Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 11, 2013

Registration No. 333-                    

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

Vital Therapies, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   2834   56-2358443
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

15010 Avenue of Science, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92128

(858) 673-6840

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

Co-Chairman of the Board &

Chief Executive Officer

Vital Therapies, Inc.

15010 Avenue of Science, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92128

(858) 673-6840

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Martin J. Waters

Robert F. Kornegay

Anthony G. Mauriello

Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati,

Professional Corporation

12235 El Camino Real, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92130-3002

(858) 350-2300

 

Michael V. Swanson

Chief Financial Officer,

Vital Therapies, Inc.

15010 Avenue of Science, Suite 200

San Diego, CA 92128

(858) 673-6840

 

Thomas A. Coll
Charles S. Kim
Sean M. Clayton
Cooley LLP
4401 Eastgate Mall
San Diego, CA 92121-1909

(858) 550-6000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box:   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   x   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    Smaller reporting company  

¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate Offering
Price (1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee (2)

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

  $86,250,000   $11,109

 

 

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Includes offering of additional shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.

 

(2) Calculated pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any state or other jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED OCTOBER 11, 2013

Preliminary Prospectus

                Shares

 

LOGO

Common Stock

 

 

This is the initial public offering of shares of our common stock. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price of our common stock is expected to be between $         and $         per share.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VTL.”

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of                 additional shares of common stock from us.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Our business and an investment in our common stock involve significant risks. These risks are described under the caption “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9 of this prospectus.

 

     Price to Public        Underwriting
Discounts and
Commissions (1)
       Proceeds to
Vital Therapies, Inc.
 

Per Share

   $                          $                          $                    

Total

   $                          $                          $                    

 

(1) We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 123 of this prospectus for additional information regarding total underwriting compensation.

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on our about                 , 2013.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Credit Suisse  

William Blair

 

Cowen and Company

    Canaccord Genuity

The date of this prospectus is                    , 2013


Table of Contents

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page  

P ROSPECTUS S UMMARY

     1   

R ISK F ACTORS

     9   

S PECIAL N OTE R EGARDING F ORWARD -L OOKING S TATEMENTS

     37   

U SE O F P ROCEEDS

     38   

D IVIDEND P OLICY

     39   

C APITALIZATION

     40   

D ILUTION

     42   

S ELECTED C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL D ATA

     44   

M ANAGEMENT S D ISCUSSION A ND A NALYSIS O F F INANCIAL C ONDITION A ND R ESULTS O F O PERATIONS

     46   

B USINESS

     63   

M ANAGEMENT

     88   

E XECUTIVE A ND D IRECTOR C OMPENSATION

     97   
     Page  

C ERTAIN R ELATIONSHIPS A ND R ELATED P ARTY T RANSACTIONS

     106   

P RINCIPAL S TOCKHOLDERS

     109   

D ESCRIPTION O F C APITAL S TOCK

     111   

S HARES E LIGIBLE F OR F UTURE S ALE

     117   

M ATERIAL U.S. F EDERAL I NCOME A ND E STATE T AX C ONSEQUENCES T O N ON -U.S. H OLDERS

     120   

U NDERWRITING

     123   

L EGAL M ATTERS

     127   

E XPERTS

     127   

W HERE Y OU C AN F IND M ORE I NFORMATION

     127   

I NDEX T O C ONSOLIDATED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

     F-1   
 

 

 

We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized any other person to provide you with different information than that contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus that we may provide to you in connection with this offering. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front cover of this prospectus. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Until              2013, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary provides an overview of selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in their entirety before investing in our common stock, including the information discussed under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9 and our financial statements and notes thereto that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. As used in this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” or “the Company” refer to Vital Therapies, Inc. and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires it.

Overview

We are a biotherapeutic company focused on developing a cell-based therapy targeting the treatment of acute liver failure. Our product candidate, the ELAD System, or ELAD, is a bio-artificial liver therapy that operates outside the body, or extracorporeal, and is designed to allow the patient’s own liver to regenerate to a healthy state, or to stabilize the patient until transplant. We believe that ELAD has the potential to be a life-saving therapy in patients suffering from acute liver failure. ELAD has received orphan designation in the United States and Europe for the treatment of acute liver failure.

Acute liver failure represents a serious unmet medical need affecting at least 30,000 patients annually in the United States with similar incidence rates in Europe. Except for liver transplant, which is limited by a shortage of donor organs, standard-of-care treatment focuses on the management of disease complications, does not restore lost liver function, and is associated with high mortality. We believe that ELAD holds considerable therapeutic promise because it has shown trends indicating the potential to increase survival rates in patients with acute liver failure. Prior to the initiation of our ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial program discussed below, more than 150 subjects have received ELAD therapy in seven clinical trials and through a compassionate use program, which we believe collectively show a promising therapeutic profile.

ELAD is an allogeneic cellular therapy system incorporating our human liver-derived C3A cells contained in four hollow fiber cartridges that are combined with single use customized disposable sets and a reuseable bedside unit to provide extracorporeal circulation of blood plasma to the C3A cells and return of treated plasma back to the patient. The C3A cells remain within these four ELAD cartridges during the treatment session and only the treated plasma, which is later reconstituted with the patient’s blood cells, is returned to the patient. We have customized the liver-derived C3A cell line to create an optimized bank of cells for use in the ELAD system that we culture and expand using proprietary techniques. These cells have been shown to retain many key synthetic and metabolic processes of normal human hepatocytes, the primary functional cell of the liver. The four ELAD cartridges collectively contain 440 grams, or approximately one pound, of C3A cells. The patient’s blood plasma is treated by our C3A cells in a single session of continuous therapy lasting between three and ten days. We believe that ELAD therapy facilitates the recovery of liver function and has the potential to improve clinical outcomes and increase survival in patients with acute liver failure.

We are currently conducting three Phase 3 clinical trials in various forms of acute liver failure. In March 2013, we initiated VTI-208, a Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial in 200 subjects with alcohol-induced liver decompensation, or AILD. As of October 9, 2013, 27 subjects had been enrolled in this trial and 23 clinical sites were actively enrolling subjects. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we intend to initiate a second Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial, VTI-210, in 120 subjects with acute alcoholic hepatitis, or AAH, which is a subset of AILD. Also in the fourth quarter of 2013, we intend to initiate VTI-212, a Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial in 126 subjects with fulminant hepatic failure, or FHF. These studies are designed to complement each other and confirm study outcomes, and may be combined to support product registration in the United States and Europe. In addition, based upon discussions with United States and European regulatory authorities, we believe that each of our Phase 3 clinical trials, if successful from both a statistical and clinical standpoint, may support product registration on a stand-alone basis. According to the Food and Drug

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Administration, or the FDA, a second confirmatory clinical trial that substantiates positive results may be necessary to support a Biologics License Application, or BLA. We have designed each of our Phase 3 clinical trials with 95% power to achieve statistical significance for their primary endpoint of overall survival.

The following table lists our pivotal clinical trials for ELAD in liver failure and future indication expansion opportunities in liver transplant support and liver cancer resection:

 

LOGO

At our facility we manufacture the ELAD cartridges containing the C3A cells, repackage the disposable sets, and assemble the ELAD bedside units. We believe that our internal manufacturing infrastructure will allow us to complete clinical development of ELAD and support worldwide commercialization efforts. We intend to build a targeted sales force to commercialize ELAD in the United States, Europe, and Australia. In the United States, we expect to focus our efforts on approximately 100 liver transplant centers and an equal number of other specialist intensive care centers. We expect to target a similar number of institutions in Europe. We also intend to opportunistically pursue markets outside the United States, Europe, and Australia either through direct sales or collaborations.

We own exclusive worldwide commercial rights to ELAD free of royalties and our key U.S. patent will remain in effect until 2027 or later if extended. In addition, we have developed proprietary methods and know-how for growing, storing and optimizing the function of our C3A cells. This know-how includes proprietary techniques for culturing and expanding our C3A cells. We have assembled this know-how through our ELAD product development and believe that our proprietary banks of C3A cells and manufacturing expertise create significant barriers to entry.

If approved for marketing, ELAD will be eligible for 12 years of data exclusivity in the United States under the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2012. Upon approval, if any, our orphan designation for ELAD for the treatment of acute liver failure will provide market exclusivity for seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe.

The ELAD System

The key to the performance of ELAD is our C3A cell bank. Our C3A cells are distinct from publicly available C3A cells and have been optimized for ELAD therapy. These cells are immortal, which means that they can be made to propagate for prolonged periods, and we believe this will permit growth at commercial scale. In addition, they have been shown to retain many of the specific metabolic processes and pathways of human liver

 

 

2


Table of Contents

cells. These functions include an active cytochrome P450 enzyme system, involved in the metabolism of many compounds such as drugs, toxins and hormones, as well as the production of liver specific-proteins such as albumin, anti-thrombin III, alpha-fetoprotein, C3 complement, Factor V, transferrin, alpha-1-antichymotrypsin and alpha-1-antitrypsin.

ELAD therapy uses C3A cells from the same source to treat all patients. This process is known as allogeneic cellular therapy. In contrast, autologous cellular therapy uses a patient’s own cells, which are manipulated in individual production batches, a costly and complex process. As a result, the production and logistics of ELAD therapy do not face the challenges commonly associated with autologous cellular therapies.

Differentiating Factors of ELAD

Unlike other potential therapies developed for acute liver failure in the past, we believe ELAD holds a unique combination of attributes:

 

    Biologically active .    ELAD is designed to mimic liver function and improve survival in patients with acute liver failure by replicating key biologic processes performed by human hepatocytes, which are believed to be responsible for 500 or more biologic processes.

 

    Human cellular therapy .    ELAD therapy uses allogeneic human cells to avoid the safety, technical and immunologic risks associated with animal cell therapies. We are not aware of any FDA-approved animal-based cellular therapy for use in patients.

 

    Immortal C3A cells .    Our C3A cells are immortal, retain many key functions of hepatocytes and can be expanded to adequate treatment amounts.

 

    Commercially scalable .    We have developed scalable production processes and manufacturing capabilities sufficient to support the development and commercialization of ELAD.

 

    Ease of use .    ELAD is an allogeneic cellular therapy designed for convenient production and administration. Our C3A cells usually remain alive for the duration of a normal patient therapy without the need for replacement, enhancing ease-of-use and reducing cost-of-goods.

ELAD Clinical Development

A full description of ELAD’s clinical development can be found in the section entitled “Business.” Prior to the initiation of our ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial program, over 150 subjects have received therapy with ELAD at multiple clinical sites in the United States, Europe, Asia and the Middle East in six randomized, controlled, clinical trials, one single-arm trial and a compassionate-use program. Certain results from selected trials are described below:

 

    Phase 2b AILD Trial .    Between 2009 and 2011, 37 subjects with AILD were randomized into a pre-defined cohort of a controlled Phase 2b clinical trial in the United States and Europe comparing ELAD plus standard-of-care with standard-of-care alone. After the elimination of eight subjects under pre-defined criteria, the per protocol analysis revealed that ELAD-treated subjects experienced a 58% increase in 90-day overall survival relative to control subjects. In addition, ELAD-treated subjects experienced improvements in serum levels of bilirubin, sodium and creatinine, which are pertinent to our understanding of the mechanism of action of ELAD in these subjects, and which we believe are consistent with improvement in liver function.

 

    China Pivotal Trial in Acute Flare of Viral Hepatitis.     Between 2006 and 2007, 68 subjects with acute liver failure were randomized in a controlled clinical trial at two hospitals in Beijing, China comparing ELAD plus standard-of-care with standard-of-care alone. The trial was stopped by the lead hospital’s ethics committee after an interim intent-to-treat analysis of the first 49 subjects revealed a 72% increase in 84-day transplant-free survival relative to control subjects. Improvements were also seen in serum bilirubin and serum sodium for subjects treated with ELAD. Subsequent follow-up at three years and five years showed durable improvements in transplant-free survival.

 

 

3


Table of Contents
    Pilot Trials in FHF.     Between 1999 and August 2003, our predecessor company enrolled 44 subjects with FHF in two separate randomized clinical trials comparing ELAD plus standard-of-care with standard-of-care alone. A post-hoc meta-analysis of the two trials limited to the 26 subjects who were listed for liver transplant at the time of enrollment revealed a 50% increase in 30-day overall survival relative to control subjects.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading biotherapeutic company developing and marketing cell-based therapies for acute liver failure. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

    Successfully complete ELAD’s clinical development in acute liver failure;

 

    Obtain regulatory approval for ELAD in the United States, Europe, and Australia;

 

    Maximize the commercial potential of ELAD in the United States, Europe, and Australia by establishing a targeted sales force focused on liver transplant and specialist intensive care centers;

 

    Opportunistically explore commercial opportunities for ELAD in other international markets;

 

    Continue to technically develop and improve our ELAD system and explore other uses for C3A cells, including the potential commercialization of proteins and other compounds produced by C3A cells; and

 

    Pursue development of ELAD in additional indications.

Our Risks

Our business is subject to numerous risks, which are highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks represent challenges to the successful implementation of our strategy and to the growth and future profitability of our business. Some of these risks are:

 

    We are a clinical-stage company with no approved products, which makes assessment of our future viability difficult;

 

    We are totally dependent upon the success of ELAD, our sole product candidate, which is a combination product that may increase the complexity of both biologic and medical device regulatory issues;

 

    We cannot give any assurance that we will successfully complete ELAD’s clinical development, or that it will receive regulatory approval in a timely manner or at all;

 

    If we fail to obtain regulatory approval in the United States, Europe, and Australia, our business would be materially and adversely harmed;

 

    If we are able to secure marketing approval, our commercial success will be determined by our ability to obtain acceptable pricing and reimbursement for ELAD therapy;

 

    We have limited experience in conducting pivotal clinical trials used to support regulatory approval and prior clinical trials of ELAD did not demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in survival, the primary endpoint that is needed to support regulatory approval;

 

    If we fail to select appropriate subjects for our Phase 3 clinical trials or if these subjects do not progress as expected, it will be difficult for us to demonstrate the statistically significant efficacy of ELAD therapy necessary to gain approval;

 

    Random variations in the standard-of-care could cause our clinical trials to fail;

 

    Ethical considerations require us to conduct open-label clinical trials of ELAD where control subjects do not receive a sham treatment and this may introduce unacceptable bias into our trial results;

 

 

4


Table of Contents
    Our patent rights may prove to be an inadequate barrier to competition and we do not hold any patents covering our C3A cells or the production processes we use to grow the C3A cells in the ELAD cartridges;

 

    We rely on third party suppliers, and in some instances, a single third party supplier, for critical components of ELAD and these suppliers could cease to manufacture the components, go out of business or otherwise not perform as anticipated;

 

    Cellular therapy is complex and we do not have a complete understanding of the mechanism of action of ELAD;

 

    If we are unable to implement our sales, marketing, distribution, training and support strategies, we will not be able to effectively commercialize ELAD and may not reach profitability; and

 

    We will need to raise additional capital.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act, and, for as long as we continue to be an “emerging growth company,” we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five fiscal years following the effective date of this prospectus, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur on the last day of the fiscal year that the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. We are choosing to “opt out” of the extended transition periods available under the JOBS Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards, and intend to take advantage of the other exemptions.

Corporate Information

We were incorporated in California in May 2003 as Vitagen Acquisition Corp., changed our name to Vital Therapies, Inc. in June 2003, and reincorporated in Delaware in January 2004. Our principal executive offices are located at 15010 Avenue of Science, Suite 200, San Diego, CA 92128. Our telephone number is (858) 673-6840. Our website address is http://www.vitaltherapies.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and should not be considered to be part of this prospectus. You should not rely on our website or any such information in making your decision whether or not to purchase our common stock.

“Vital Therapies” and “ELAD” are registered trademarks of Vital Therapies and the Vital Therapies logo is a trademark of Vital Therapies. Other service marks, trademarks, and tradenames referred to in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Except as set forth above and solely for convenience, the trademarks and tradenames in this prospectus are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

The Offering

 

Common stock offered by us

                shares

Common stock to be outstanding after

this offering

                shares

Underwriters’ option to purchase

additional shares

                shares

 

Use of proceeds

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund the Phase 3 clinical development of ELAD and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds.”

 

Risk factors

See the section entitled “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market

symbol

VTL

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 11,919,583 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013 (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis), and excludes:

 

    2,672,904 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.26 per share;

 

    250,646 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $95.21 per share; and

 

    55,186 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including our 2012 Stock Plan and our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its share reserve at the beginning of each fiscal year, as more fully described in “Management—Employee Benefit Plans”.

Unless otherwise noted, the information in this prospectus reflects and assumes the following:

 

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,313,370 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering;

 

    the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the summary consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013, from our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on the same basis as the annual audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of our financial position as of June 30, 2013 and our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future. You should read this information together with our audited and interim unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under the captions “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
           (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 5,515      $ 5,097      $ 1,460      $ 7,970   

General and administrative

     3,066        4,483        2,246        4,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,581        9,580        3,706        11,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (8,581     (9,580     (3,706     (11,989

Total other income (expense)

     2,702        2,879        62        (3,513
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (5,879     (6,701     (3,644     (15,502

Amortization of deemed dividend

                          (11

Accretion to redemption value of senior redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (538     (942     (65     (2,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (6,417   $ (7,643   $ (3,709   $ (17,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (705.40   $ (17.89   $ (9.59   $ (36.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

     9,097        427,117        386,627        487,221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (2.13     $ (1.51
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       4,511,587          7,920,031   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Please refer to Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

 

7


Table of Contents
     As of June 30, 2013 (unaudited)  
     Actual     Pro Forma(1)      Pro Forma As
Adjusted(2)(3)
 
     (In thousands)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 41,439      $ 41,439       $            

Working capital

     34,692        39,098      

Total assets

     45,760        45,760      

Future purchase rights

     4,406             

Preferred stock

     60,801             

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (24,167     41,040      

 

(1) The pro forma balance sheet data in the table above reflects the conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,313,370 shares of our common stock and the reclassification of the future repurchase rights liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity.

 

(2) The pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data in the table above reflects the pro forma conversion and reclassification described above plus the sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

(3) A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and each of working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

 

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. If any one or more of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We are a clinical-stage company with no approved products, which makes assessment of our future viability difficult.

We are a clinical-stage company and we have no approved products or revenues from the sale of products. Our operations to date have been limited to organizing, staffing and financing our company, applying for patent rights, manufacturing on a clinical scale, undertaking clinical trials of our product candidate, and engaging in research and development. We have not yet demonstrated an ability to obtain regulatory approval, manufacture commercial-scale products, or conduct the sales and marketing activities necessary for successful product commercialization. As a result, there is limited information about us for investors to use when assessing our future viability and our potential to successfully develop product candidates, conduct clinical trials, manufacture our products on a commercial scale, obtain regulatory approval and profitably commercialize any approved products.

We are totally dependent upon the success of ELAD, our sole product candidate.

ELAD is designed to treat patients with acute liver failure. ELAD is a novel product candidate whose safety, efficacy and other attributes have not been demonstrated in well-designed, large scale, clinical trials and are not fully understood. As a cell-based therapy, ELAD’s mechanism-of-action is complex and we cannot be certain that our currently-targeted indications of AILD, AAH and FHF in the United States and Europe, and viral hepatitis (predominantly hepatitis B) in China represent suitable applications for ELAD, or even ones where ELAD therapy can or will ultimately be shown to be safe and effective in well-designed clinical trials necessary to support regulatory approval in any jurisdiction. For example, the FDA has expressed concern about the open-label design of study VTI-208, our pivotal study in AILD, and the need to apply a consistent standard-of-care and to standardize post-discharge care, both being issues that could significantly confound the study results, impact morbidity and mortality and cause the FDA or other regulatory authorities to require that we repeat clinical trials with different trial designs. Finally, even if ELAD is proven to be safe and effective and ultimately receives regulatory approval, there is no guarantee that its commercialization will be successful. If ELAD should fail at any stage in our clinical trials or at the marketing stage, our business and operating results and financial condition will be materially and adversely affected.

We cannot give any assurance that we will successfully complete ELAD’s clinical development, or that ELAD will receive regulatory approval in a timely fashion or at all.

We must be evaluated in light of the uncertainties and complexities affecting a clinical-stage combination product biologic and medical device company. We have not completed clinical development for any of ELAD’s potential indications in the United States or Europe where ELAD is regulated as a combination biologic and medical device, and a combined somatic cell Advanced Therapy Medicinal Product, respectively. We expect to conduct three Phase 3 clinical trials designed to establish the safety and efficacy of ELAD and to support approval in the United States and Europe. These three clinical trials are expected to be performed in subjects with AILD, AAH and FHF. Any additional indications we elect to pursue will require the initiation and completion of additional Phase 3 clinical trials demonstrating safety and efficacy for each such indication. For example, the FDA has noted its view that preliminary clinical evidence, at this time, does not indicate that ELAD may demonstrate a substantial improvement over standard-of-care. There is no guarantee that our clinical trials will be completed in a timely fashion or succeed. Our ability ultimately to reach profitability is critically dependent on

 

9


Table of Contents

our future success in obtaining regulatory approval for ELAD. However, there is no guarantee that our clinical trials will be successful, or that regulators will approve ELAD in a timely manner, or at all.

If we fail to obtain regulatory approval as anticipated in the United States, Europe, and Australia, our business would be harmed.

We require regulatory approval for each indication we are seeking before we can market and sell ELAD in a particular jurisdiction, for such indication. Our ability to obtain regulatory approval of ELAD depends on, among other things, successful completion of clinical trials, and demonstrating efficacy with statistical significance and safety in humans. The results of our current and future clinical trials may not meet the FDA, EMA or other regulatory agencies’ requirements to approve ELAD for marketing under any specific indication, and these regulatory agencies may otherwise determine that our manufacturing processes or facilities are insufficient to support approval. For example, the FDA has noted its view that preliminary clinical evidence, at this time, does not indicate that ELAD may demonstrate a substantial improvement over standard-of-care. As such, we may need to conduct more clinical trials than we currently anticipate and upgrade our manufacturing processes and facilities, which may require significant additional time and expense, which could delay or prevent approval. If we fail to obtain regulatory approval in a timely manner, our commercialization of ELAD would be delayed and our business would be harmed.

If we are able to secure marketing approval, our commercial success will be determined by our ability to obtain acceptable pricing and reimbursement for ELAD therapy.

Therapies such as ELAD are paid for primarily by private and government insurance, although in some markets payment may be made by private individuals and their families. The payment for medical products is a highly bureaucratic, politicized and regulated process and considers factors such as cost effectiveness and patient benefit. Furthermore, there are no therapies approved to restore liver function and the lack of an established reimbursement structure introduces additional uncertainty with regard to reimbursement for ELAD. There is great pressure to reduce costs. We will have no control over the pricing that is set by the government and private insurers if we are able to secure marketing approval for ELAD. In markets where payment will be made by private individuals and their families, we cannot predict if such private payors will be prepared to pay an acceptable price.

If we are unable to implement our sales, marketing, distribution, training and support strategies or enter into agreements with third parties to perform these functions in markets outside of the United States, Europe, and Australia, we will not be able to effectively commercialize ELAD and may not reach profitability.

Our technology is new and complex, and potential customers will have limited knowledge of, or experience with, ELAD. In addition, we have no ELAD-related sales and marketing experience either domestically or abroad. We have not commercialized ELAD anywhere and do not plan to introduce ELAD, if approved, into the United States or other foreign jurisdictions until 2016, at the earliest. Our commercial success will depend on our ability to market and receive adequate reimbursement of ELAD. This success will also depend on our ability to obtain and maintain adequate pricing for ELAD.

We do not have a sales or marketing infrastructure and have no experience in the sale, marketing or distribution of biologic products and medical devices. To achieve commercial success for ELAD, if and when we obtain marketing approval, we will need to establish a sales and marketing organization.

In the future, we expect to build a targeted sales, marketing, training and support infrastructure to market ELAD in the United States, Europe and Australia and to establish collaborations opportunistically to market, distribute and support ELAD outside of the United States, Europe and Australia. There are risks involved with establishing our own sales, marketing, distribution, training and support capabilities. For example, recruiting and training sales and marketing personnel and personnel necessary to initially provide on-site device support and later device training to end-users is expensive and time consuming and could delay any product launch. If the commercial launch of ELAD is delayed or does not occur for any reason, we would have prematurely or unnecessarily incurred these commercialization expenses. This may be costly, and our investment would be lost if we cannot retain or reposition our sales, marketing, training and support personnel.

 

10


Table of Contents

Factors that may inhibit our efforts to commercialize ELAD on our own include:

 

    our inability to recruit, train and retain adequate numbers of effective sales, marketing, training and support personnel;

 

    the inability of sales personnel to obtain access to physicians, including key opinion leaders, or to persuade adequate numbers of physicians to use ELAD;

 

    our inability to properly support ELAD therapy with our own qualified personnel at each customer site or our inability to properly train and support our customers to use ELAD effectively on their own;

 

    the lack of complementary products to be offered by sales personnel, which may put us at a competitive disadvantage relative to companies with more extensive or integrated product offerings; and

 

    unforeseen costs and expenses associated with creating an independent sales, marketing, training and support organization.

If we are unable to establish our own sales, marketing, distribution, training and support capabilities and instead enter into arrangements with third parties to perform these services, our product revenues and our profitability, if any, are likely to be lower than if we were to market, sell and distribute ELAD ourselves. In addition, we may not be successful in entering into arrangements with third parties to sell, market and distribute ELAD or may be unable to do so on terms that are favorable to us. We likely will have little control over such third parties, and any of them may fail to devote the necessary resources and attention to commercialize ELAD effectively. If we do not establish sales, marketing, distribution, training and support capabilities successfully, either on our own or in collaboration with third parties, we will not be successful in commercializing ELAD and achieving profitability, and our business would be harmed.

We have incurred losses since our inception and expect to incur significant losses in the foreseeable future and may never become profitable. Even if we ultimately achieve profitability, it may not be sustained and we may require additional capital.

We are a clinical-stage company and clinical development of a novel therapy is a highly speculative undertaking. We have incurred significant losses in each fiscal year since our inception, including net losses of $5.9 million, $6.7 million, and $15.5 million during 2011, 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, we had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $86.0 million. We expect to spend a considerable amount of our resources on the completion of Phase 3 clinical trials and the work necessary to submit and gain approval, on the production of the ELAD cartridges and bedside units, on investment in production facilities, and on the commercial launch and sales and marketing of ELAD. We also expect to expend considerable resources on research and development to develop new and improved products and to understand the mechanism of action of ELAD. We do not expect to earn meaningful revenues until 2016, at the earliest, and anticipate incurring additional losses and negative cash flow from operations for at least the next several years. Even if we do achieve profitability in the future, there is no guarantee that we will be able to sustain this profitability in subsequent periods and we may need to raise additional capital.

Our ability to use our net operating losses to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.

As of December 31, 2012, we had net operating losses, or NOLs, of approximately $8.6 million and $8.8 million for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. In general, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its pre-change NOLs to offset future taxable income. Our existing NOLs may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with or after this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs could be further limited by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Future changes in our stock ownership, some of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. Furthermore, our ability to utilize NOLs of companies that we may acquire in the future may be subject to limitations. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of the NOLs, even if we attain profitability.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our internal computer systems, or those used by our clinical investigators, contract research organizations or other contractors or consultants, may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of development programs for ELAD.

We rely on information technology systems to keep financial records, maintain laboratory and corporate records, communicate with staff and external parties and operate other critical functions. Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those used by our clinical investigators, contract research organizations, or CROs, and other contractors and consultants are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war, and telecommunication and electrical failures. The techniques that could be used by criminal elements or foreign governments to attack these computer systems are sophisticated, change frequently and may originate from less regulated and remote areas of the world. Because of our activities in China, we may be particularly at risk. As a result, we may not be able to address these techniques proactively or implement adequate preventative measures. While we have not experienced any such system failure, theft of information, accident or security breach to date, if such an event were to occur and cause interruptions in our operations, it could result in a material disruption of our clinical development activities. For example, the loss of clinical trial data from ongoing or future clinical trials could result in delays in regulatory approval efforts and significantly increase costs to recover or reproduce the data. To the extent that any disruption, theft of information, or security breach were to result in a loss of or damage to data or applications, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could incur liability and the clinical development and the future development of ELAD could be delayed.

Risks Related to ELAD’s Clinical Development

We have limited experience in conducting pivotal clinical trials used to support regulatory approval and our prior clinical trials of ELAD did not demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in survival, the primary endpoint that is needed to support regulatory approval.

We are currently undertaking our first pivotal clinical trials for ELAD. While the endpoints and populations for the pivotal trials are derived from results of initial studies, in none of those prior studies have we demonstrated an effect in the population and on the endpoints prospectively described in the study plan. The pivotal trials are primarily based on trends derived from post-hoc, retrospective analyses of data subsets. Our prior clinical trials of ELAD in AILD were not powered to, and did not demonstrate, statistically significant improvement over the standard-of-care in the primary endpoint of 90-day survival. Similarly, our prior clinical trials of ELAD in FHF did not demonstrate statistically significant improvement in the primary endpoint of 28-day survival. The lack of statistical significance could be attributed to various factors including the lack of power to demonstrate significance, the design of the studies or the lack of an ELAD treatment benefit. Although we did complete a pivotal clinical program in acute liver failure in China in 2007, the underlying clinical trial was terminated early by the lead hospital due to achievement of safety and efficacy goals and a determination that it was unethical to continue. We are now in the process of conducting a pivotal program for the United States and Europe. We have not yet completed a pivotal clinical trial program of the size and complexity of our currently planned pivotal program for the United States, Europe, and Australia and we cannot provide any guarantee that we will successfully complete such a program. If this pivotal program is completed, there can be no assurance that the data generated can be used to support marketing approval for any indication in the United States, Europe, and Australia. If our Phase 3 clinical trials do not achieve statistical significance for the primary endpoint, we will not receive marketing approval and we will not be able to commercialize ELAD.

The results of previous clinical trials may not be predictive of future results.

Positive results from our prior clinical trials, including either statistical significance in some endpoints or trends towards statistical significance in other endpoints, should not be relied upon as evidence that our current or future clinical trials will necessarily succeed. While we believe that we have learned valuable lessons from the results of prior trials and have attempted to use these lessons to guide our design of current and future clinical trials, there can be no guarantee that these lessons are correct or that we will effectively incorporate them into the design of current and future clinical trials. For example, our primary endpoint in VTI-208, 90-day survival, is

 

12


Table of Contents

based on the results of a subset of subjects in VTI-206. Though that subset showed a trend toward increased survival at 90-days, it consisted of only 29 subjects and the study was terminated early due to achievement of safety and efficacy goals and a determination that it was unethical to continue. The FDA has noted its belief that this preliminary clinical evidence does not indicate that our product may demonstrate a substantial improvement over the current standard-of-care. We cannot provide any guarantee that our current and future clinical trials will provide statistically significant data sufficient to support regulatory approval.

If we fail to select appropriate subjects for our Phase 3 clinical trials or if these subjects do not progress as expected, it will be difficult for us to demonstrate the statistically significant efficacy of ELAD therapy necessary to gain approval.

We have designed our clinical trials in accordance with input provided by regulatory authorities that we must demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in a survival endpoint. Each clinical trial will include concurrent control subjects in a 1:1 ratio with treated subjects, and all subjects will be included in the statistical analysis. Also, each study is designed to enroll only subjects with an expected death rate between 50 and 75% in 30 to 90 days without ELAD therapy. It is necessary to select subjects with these death rates in order to be able to determine whether ELAD has an effect on treated subjects with a manageable number of subjects in the clinical trial. If we do not succeed in selecting appropriate subjects or if the subjects we select do not progress as expected, we may not be able to be demonstrate statistically significant efficacy of ELAD therapy to gain approval.

Random variation or changes in standard-of-care could cause our clinical trials to fail.

Regulatory authorities worldwide have adopted the standard that, to gain marketing approval, clinical trials should produce a result that has less than a 5% probability of being due to random variation. There is no assurance that any of our clinical trials will meet that standard. In addition, we have designed all of our clinical trials to be judged by a survival primary endpoint, which may be difficult to achieve for many reasons, including unanticipated survival rates of control subjects due to random variations, deficiencies in our exclusion and inclusion criteria, and the standard-of-care of the subjects, which may vary from site to site and country to country and is continuously evolving. For example, FDA has expressed concern that the VTI-208 study may not be adequately designed to provide convincing evidence of efficacy if there are significant differences in how ELAD subjects and controls are treated during the treatment period and after hospital discharge. Variations in length of hospital stay, rates of hospital re-admission, alcohol recidivism rates, nutritional support, and concomitant medications, which are not within our control, could significantly confound the study results and call into question whether any difference in survival is due to ELAD or to these factors. Any of these factors, which are beyond our control, could materially and adversely affect the results of our Phase 3 clinical trials and prevent us from gaining regulatory approval of our ELAD therapy. In addition, even if the results of our Phase 3 clinical trials are positive, our inability to control or adequately account for these factors between treatment arms could cause the FDA or other regulatory authorities to determine that the results are not adequate to support marketing approval.

ELAD treatment could result in significant clinical risks to the patient, including death.

ELAD therapy is targeted towards very sick patients who are likely to die if left untreated. Patients in acute liver failure quickly develop failure of other organs including lungs, kidney, brain, and blood coagulation systems. Patients who are treated who receive ELAD therapy may die due to other serious health problems even if ELAD is effective.

All extracorporeal therapy systems cause a decline in blood platelets, which can lead to coagulation problems and uncontrolled bleeding because platelets are critical to the formation of blood clots. Patients with acute liver failure generally have serious blood clotting problems since the liver produces most of the body’s blood clotting proteins. These patients therefore have wide variations in their ability to coagulate their blood. To minimize blood clotting issues, some patients require an infusion of small amounts of anti-coagulant therapy, which can aggravate bleeding. Because every patient is different, the need for anti-coagulant therapy is not predictable and must be established during therapy, a process that can affect the course of the therapy. The risk of uncontrolled bleeding may

 

13


Table of Contents

be addressed during ELAD therapy by administering platelet transfusions to patients whose platelets drop below a safe level. However, there have been cases of uncontrolled bleeding during and after ELAD therapy. Additionally, some patients have abnormal red blood cells, which have weakened cell walls subject to rupture by physical force, a process known as hemolysis. The physical force exerted on the red blood cells by the ultrafiltrate generator in the ELAD line can, in some cases, be enough to cause hemolysis which, if not arrested, can be fatal. The incidence of hemolysis is about 1-2% in the acute liver failure patients enrolled in our trials to date.

C3A cells have been shown in animal studies to have the capacity to grow into a tumor mass under certain conditions. Although this has not been seen in the subjects treated with ELAD to date, it is possible that some C3A cells could escape from the ELAD cartridges and cause tumors in patients or produce substances that could lead to the development of malignant tumors. These or other adverse events, even those that are currently unforeseen, could significantly affect our development and commercialization efforts, cause the regulatory authorities to place our clinical trials on hold or to refuse to grant or maintain the marketing approval or result in withdrawal of ELAD from the market.

Ethical considerations require us to conduct open-label clinical trials of ELAD where control subjects do not receive a sham treatment and this could introduce unacceptable bias into our trial results.

We are not conducting any of our clinical trials with a sham control extracorporeal circuit that includes empty cartridges. This is due to the potential harm that the extracorporeal circuit can cause to control subjects without the potential for any benefit, which makes it unethical to subject the controls to a sham. Although regulatory agencies agree that, due to the nature of ELAD therapy, it is not possible to conduct a blinded study, they have expressed concern that the open-label nature of the study may introduce significant bias in the treatment of ELAD or control subjects, since the study subject, physicians and caregivers know who has, and has not received ELAD therapy. We have developed a protocol that attempts to minimize this bias to the extent possible, including defining a protocol-specific standard of care, specifying steroid treatment, standardizing the discharge criteria for both ELAD and control subjects, requiring that follow-up visits are conducted by a blinded reviewer, ensuring home healthcare nurses and other clinical personnel are unaware of treatment assignment, educating subjects not to reveal treatment assignment to their caregivers and monitoring concomitant medications, alcohol recidivism and interaction with the healthcare system to provide evidence that there is no meaningful difference between the groups that could significantly confound the trial data. However, there is no guarantee that bias will not enter into the trial, affect the results or cause regulatory agencies to refuse marketing approval of ELAD.

If we encounter difficulties enrolling subjects in our clinical trials, our clinical trials could be delayed or otherwise adversely affected.

Clinical trials for ELAD require us to identify and enroll a large number of subjects that meet all of the entry criteria set forth in our protocols, including having the disease under investigation. We may not be able to enroll a sufficient number of subjects who meet our protocol requirements in a timely manner. Subject enrollment is affected by numerous factors, many of which fall outside our control, including:

 

    timeliness of contracting with clinical trial sites, and obtaining approval of the trial by the institutional review boards, or IRBs, at each site;

 

    lack of a sufficient number of subjects who meet the enrollment criteria for our clinical trials;

 

    perceived risks and benefits of the product candidate under study;

 

    availability of competing therapies and clinical trials;

 

    efforts to facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

 

    scheduling conflicts with participating clinicians; and

 

    proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective subjects.

 

14


Table of Contents

Additionally, even if we are able to identify an appropriate subject population for a clinical trial, there can be no assurance that the subjects will complete the study.

If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of subjects to conduct our clinical trials as planned or if enrolled subjects fail to complete the study or comply with our protocols, particularly with regard to follow-up appointments, the completion of our clinical trials will be delayed and our business would be harmed.

We may face delays in completing our clinical trials, and we may be required to suspend, repeat or terminate our clinical trials if they are not conducted in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements, the results are negative or inconclusive, or the clinical trials are not well-designed or executed as expected.

Our current and future clinical trials must be conducted in accordance with regulations governing clinical studies, and are subject to oversight by the FDA, foreign governmental agencies, ethics committees and IRBs at the medical institutions where the clinical trials are conducted. In addition, clinical trials may require large numbers of test subjects. Changes in regulatory requirements may occur at any time and we may need to amend clinical trial protocols to reflect such changes. Amendments may require us to resubmit our clinical trial protocols to ethics committees for reexamination, which may impact the costs, timing or successful completion of the underlying trial.

Our current and future clinical trials may require amendment or be delayed, unsuccessful or terminated as a result of many factors, including:

 

    delays or failures in designing an appropriate clinical trial protocol with sufficient statistical power and in reaching agreement on trial design with investigators and regulatory authorities;

 

    delays or failure in reaching agreement on acceptable terms with prospective CROs and clinical trial sites, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

 

    delays or failure by CROs, investigators and clinical trial sites in ensuring the proper and timely conduct of our clinical trials;

 

    delays or failure by us in manufacturing sufficient quantities of ELAD pursuant to required quality standards for use in our clinical trials and by third-party manufacturers in supplying necessary and suitable components for the system;

 

    delays or failure in transporting ELAD to clinical trial sites with sufficient rapidity to enable treatment to begin early enough to have an opportunity for clinical benefit;

 

    delays or failure in completing data analysis and achieving primary and secondary endpoints;

 

    regulators or clinical site Ethics Committees may suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or concerns about patient safety;

 

    we may suspend or terminate our clinical trials if we believe ELAD is exposing the participating subjects to unacceptable health risks or for other reasons;

 

    subjects may not complete our clinical trials due to safety issues, adverse events, inconvenience or other reasons;

 

    subjects in our clinical trials may die or suffer other adverse events for reasons that may be either related or unrelated to ELAD, particularly given the critically ill nature of these subjects;

 

    we may have difficulty in maintaining contact with subjects after treatment, preventing us from collecting the data required by our study protocol; and

 

    final analysis of the data of our clinical trials may conclude that ELAD lacks sufficient clinical efficacy or presents unacceptable safety risks.

Should any of our clinical trials fail to provide evidence of safety and efficacy sufficient to satisfy the requirements of the regulatory authorities, ELAD will not be approved. If we experience delays in the completion of,

 

15


Table of Contents

or termination of, any clinical trial of ELAD, the commercial prospects of ELAD will be harmed, and our ability to generate revenues will be delayed or eliminated. In addition, any delays in completing our clinical trials will increase our costs, slow down our development and approval process and delay or jeopardize our ability to commercialize ELAD. Any of these occurrences may harm our business, financial condition and prospects significantly.

Risks Related to Regulatory Matters

The FDA regulatory approval process is complex, time-consuming and unpredictable.

In the United States, ELAD is regulated as a combination biologic and medical device. Before ELAD can be marketed in the United States, we must submit and the FDA must approve a BLA. In addition, the device components of ELAD must be found acceptable as part of the BLA. Because ELAD is a novel therapy involving a combination biologic and medical device, the regulatory review process is complex, time-consuming and unpredictable. As a result, our development costs, timelines and approvals are not readily predictable.

The time required to obtain approval by the FDA to market a new therapy is unpredictable but typically takes many years and depends upon many factors, including the substantial discretion of the regulatory authorities.

ELAD could fail to receive regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

 

    the FDA may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials or study endpoints. For example, it has expressed concern about the open-label design and multiplicity of confounding variables, including the need for delineating the standard-of-care that both treatment and controls will receive during our studies;

 

    we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA that ELAD is safe and effective for its proposed indications or that ELAD provides significant clinical benefits;

 

    the results of our clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA for approval or may not support approval of a label that could command a price sufficient for us to be profitable;

 

    the FDA may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials. For example, the FDA has stated there are insufficient preclinical and clinical data to determine whether ELAD has the potential to provide a clinically meaningful improvement in liver function;

 

    the opportunity for bias in the clinical trials as a result of the open-label design may not be adequately handled and may cause our trial to fail;

 

    ELAD may be subject to an FDA advisory committee review, which is triggered by an FDA request, which is solely within the FDA’s discretion, which may result in unexpected delays or hurdles to approval;

 

    the FDA may determine that the manufacturing processes at our facilities or facilities of third party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies are inadequate;

 

    even if VTI-208 is successful in demonstrating a statistically significant improvement over standard-of-care, in light of the fact that certain confounding factors may be viewed by the FDA as limiting the persuasiveness of the study results, a single Phase 3 clinical trial in AAH may not be sufficient to provide the substantial evidence of effectiveness necessary to support regulatory approval, and therefore we may need more than one Phase 3 clinical trial in AAH to secure regulatory approval;

 

    the FDA has commented that even if one of our Phase 3 clinical trials, including VTI-208, is a statistical and clinical success, a second confirmatory trial that substantiates positive results may be necessary to support a BLA; and

 

    the approval policies or regulations of the FDA may significantly change in a manner rendering our clinical data insufficient for approval.

The FDA has expressed concern that the VTI-208 study may not be adequately designed to provide convincing evidence of efficacy if there are significant differences in how ELAD subjects and control subjects are treated during the study and after discharge from the hospital. Differences in length of hospital stay, rates of

 

16


Table of Contents

hospital re-admission, alcohol recidivism rates, nutritional support, and concomitant medications could significantly confound the study results.

In addition, even if we were to obtain approval, the FDA may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or may approve ELAD with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for successful commercialization of ELAD. Any of the above could materially harm ELAD’s commercial prospects.

The regulatory approval processes of foreign regulatory authorities are lengthy, time-consuming and inherently unpredictable.

Outside the United States, our ability to market ELAD is contingent upon receiving marketing authorizations from appropriate regulatory authorities. If VTI-208, VTI-210, or VTI-212 are successful, we currently anticipate submitting applications for marketing authorization to the European Medicines Agency in the European Union and the Therapeutic Goods Administration in Australia. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials, marketing authorization, pricing and reimbursement vary widely from country to country. If the regulatory authority is satisfied that adequate evidence of safety, efficacy, and quality has been presented, a marketing authorization will be granted. The foreign regulatory approval process involves all of the risks associated with FDA approval.

Even if ELAD receives regulatory approval, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory requirements and may face regulatory or enforcement action.

If any ELAD product receives regulatory approval, we will be subject to significant ongoing regulation by the FDA and other regulatory authorities, including regulation of our manufacturing operations, and any third-party manufacturing operations for compliance with applicable current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMP, and/or Quality System Regulation, or the QSR, post-approval clinical data, adverse event reporting and complaint handling, and advertising and promotional activities. Failure to comply with regulatory requirements may subject us to sanctions. These may include warning letters, adverse publicity, civil and criminal penalties, injunctions, product seizures or detention, and refusal to approve pending product marketing applications.

Risks Related to the Medical Device Components of ELAD

If we or our third-party manufacturers fail to comply with the Quality System Regulation in the United States or Medical Device Directives and Standards in Europe, our business would suffer.

We are required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with applicable regulations for the manufacturing of combination biologic products, including specified parts of the QSR and European Medical Device Directives, or MDD. Our third-party medical device manufacturers, are required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with the QSR and MDD. The QSR and MDD are complex regulatory schemes that cover the methods and documentation of the design, testing, control, manufacturing, labeling, quality assurance, packaging, storage and shipping of ELAD. Regulatory agencies enforce the QSR and MDD through periodic inspections. Prior to approval of ELAD, our manufacturing facility will be subject to a preapproval inspection to determine compliance with the applicable regulations, including cGMPs, parts of the QSR, the European drug cGMP regulations, and the MDD. In addition, our third-party medical device component manufacturers will be subject to a preapproval inspection to determine compliance with QSR and MDD requirements. Our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers, to pass a preapproval inspection, or take satisfactory and prompt corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, could prevent or significantly delay approval of ELAD.

The ELAD bedside unit is based on a cardiopulmonary bypass system that is no longer commercially available.

Until recently the ELAD bedside unit was based exclusively on the Sorin Stöckert Perfusion System S3 Double Head Pump Module, a medical device indicated for use during cardiopulmonary bypass surgery. Our recent clinical trials have been carried out using an ELAD bedside unit based on Sorin’s S3 system. However, Sorin recently withdrew the S3 system from the market and replaced it with an updated S5 system. We have carried out testing of an ELAD bedside unit based on the S5 and we believe that the S3 and S5 systems are equivalent and

 

17


Table of Contents

interchangeable from a clinical and regulatory perspective. We have submitted information to both the U.S. and the European regulatory authorities to support equivalence. There can be no assurance that regulatory authorities will view the S3 and S5 systems interchangeably, or that Sorin will cooperate with us or provide us with the documentation necessary to obtain regulatory approval or commercialize the device.

One of the ELAD component suppliers is subject to an FDA consent decree which, if not lifted, would force us to find another supplier for these components.

One of the components of the ELAD bedside unit is manufactured by Terumo Cardiovascular Systems, or Terumo. In March 2011, Terumo entered into a consent decree with the FDA which limits its ability to ship products from certain of its manufacturing facilities including the one that manufactures the component we use. We have signed a Certificate of Medical Necessity that allows us to continue to use those components we already own while Terumo works to resolve the issues associated with the consent decree. Once the consent decree is lifted Terumo has indicated that it will resume shipping of this component. Should Terumo not be able to fulfill the requirements of the consent decree, we will have to source these components from an alternative supplier. There is no guarantee that Terumo will be able to fulfill the requirements of the consent decree, or that an alternative supplier can be found or will agree to acceptable terms.

Changes in any of the device components could affect our ability to obtain and maintain approval and commercialization efforts.

The device components of ELAD will be reviewed as part of the BLA for ELAD. If the manufacturers of those components make modifications, or if we elect to change a component, we will need to perform validation testing and obtain FDA and other regulatory approval prior to using the modified component. If FDA or any other regulatory body fails to approve use of those modified devices or take significant enforcement action against the manufacturer, we would not be able to market or may have to suspend marketing ELAD in certain jurisdictions.

We may be unable to demonstrate that devices cleared for different uses may be safe and effectively used in ELAD.

Most device components of ELAD have been previously cleared for use by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. However, we will be using the components for purposes outside the scope of the cleared indications. Other device components have no regulatory approvals. We will need to conduct additional bench testing to bridge the differences between the cleared indications for use and the proposed use in ELAD or to obtain approval. The failure to provide adequate bridging information or to obtain approval for these device components could delay or prevent approval of ELAD.

Risks Related to the Cellular Component of ELAD and Related Components

If we fail to comply with cGMPs our business will suffer.

We are required to demonstrate and maintain compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs. The cGMPs describe the methods to be used in, and the facilities or controls to be used for, the manufacture, processing, packing, or holding of a biologic to assure the biologic meets the requirements for safety, and has the quality, purity, and potency characteristics that it purports or is represented to possess. Regulatory agencies enforce these requirements through periodic inspections. Prior to approval of ELAD, our manufacturing facilities will be subject to a preapproval inspection to determine compliance with U.S. and European cGMPs and applicable QSR and MDD requirements. Our failure to pass such an inspection, or take satisfactory and prompt corrective action in response to an adverse inspection, could prevent or significantly delay approval of ELAD.

 

18


Table of Contents

We rely on third party suppliers, and in some instances, a single third party supplier, for critical components of ELAD and these suppliers could cease to manufacture the components, go out of business or otherwise not perform as anticipated.

While the growing of our C3A cells is under our control, the manufacture of all of the other parts and pieces of ELAD are undertaken by third party suppliers. We currently rely on a single source of supply for many critical components, including components of the ELAD bedside unit, the ultrafiltrate generator cartridges, the media we use to grow and ship our C3A cells, the cartridges in which our C3A cells are grown and the bioreactors that have been developed to grow and store the ELAD cartridges. We are currently developing additional sources of supply for these components sufficient to support future clinical development and, ultimately, commercialization of ELAD. If we were to fail to do so, and a single source of supply of a critical component of ELAD were to become unavailable, our ability to continue clinical development or to initiate commercialization of ELAD would be severely compromised. In addition, we rely on third party suppliers for the safety of products of human and animal origin that are incorporated in the ELAD production process and these suppliers could cease to manufacture the components, inadequately test these components, go out of business or otherwise not perform as anticipated. We do not have long-term agreements with our suppliers, and we purchase components on a purchase order basis. For components that are not readily available from other sources, we are subject to the risks that our suppliers will raise their prices or impose other terms or conditions that are less favorable or unacceptable to us.

For instance, newborn calf serum, which is a component of the cell growth media, is used in the manufacture of ELAD. It is obtained from an outside supplier. We are wholly reliant on the guarantee of our supplier that the calf serum used in our manufacturing procedures is free of transmitted animal viruses and other pathogens. Should the source of supply become infected, or the supplier become unable to continue to supply calf serum of the quality necessary to support human use, or the regulations change such that the calf serum cannot be used for human use, we would have to find alternative sources of supply and manufacturing methods, for which there is no guarantee of success.

Human albumin and Trypsin-EDTA are also used in ELAD manufacture and are each provided by a single supplier. In addition, while these products are tested to be free of contamination by the supplier, we cannot guarantee that will continue to be the case.

If our facility becomes inoperable, we will be unable to continue manufacturing our product candidate and as a result, our business will be harmed until we are able to secure a new facility.

We manufacture and assemble ELAD at our facility in San Diego, California. No other manufacturing or assembly facilities are currently available to us, and any additional manufacturing or assembly facilities that we use will need to be approved by regulatory authorities prior to our use. Our facility and the equipment we use to manufacture ELAD would be costly to replace and could require substantial lead - time to repair or replace. The facility may be harmed or rendered inoperable by natural or man-made disasters, including fire, earthquakes, flooding and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform our research, development and manufacturing for some period of time. The inability to perform our research, development and manufacturing activities, combined with our limited inventory of reserve raw materials and manufactured supplies, may result in the delay of clinical trials or loss of customers or harm our reputation, and we may be unable to reestablish relationships with those customers in the future. Although we possess insurance for damage to our property and the disruption of our business, this insurance may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

We may be unable to manage our anticipated manufacturing growth to support our clinical development activities and long-term commercial demand for ELAD.

In order to support our ongoing Phase 3 clinical trials, we will need to increase production of our ELAD system. Similarly, if and when ELAD is approved for sale, we will need to expand our manufacturing space in San Diego and build new manufacturing facilities to meet anticipated demand for ELAD in the United States and abroad. These activities involve significant expense, including the construction of new clean rooms and bioreactors, the movement and installation of key manufacturing equipment and the modification of

 

19


Table of Contents

manufacturing processes. In addition, we must also notify, and in some cases obtain approval from, the FDA and other regulatory authorities of any changes or modifications to our manufacturing facilities and processes, and there can be no assurance that they will authorize us to proceed. If we are not able to expand our manufacturing capacity to meet future demand, our business would be harmed.

Further, our anticipated growth will place additional strain on our organization, employees and third-party suppliers, resulting in an increased need for us to carefully monitor quality assurance. Any failure by us to manage our growth effectively could have an adverse effect on our ability to achieve our development and commercialization goals.

We forecast the requirements for components and materials used in ELAD, and if our forecasts are incorrect, we may experience delays in shipments or increased inventory costs.

We keep limited materials, components and finished product on hand. To manage our manufacturing operations with our suppliers, we forecast anticipated product orders and material requirements to predict our future inventory needs and to enter into purchase orders on the basis of these requirements. Our limited historical experience may not provide us with enough data to accurately predict future demand. If our business expands, our demand for components and materials would increase and our suppliers may be unable to meet our demand. Many of our components are medical devices, which have fixed future expiration dates. If we overestimate our component and material requirements, we will have excess inventory, which may have to be disposed of if it exceeds approved expiration dates, which would increase our expenses. If we underestimate our component and material requirements, we may have inadequate inventory, which could interrupt, delay or prevent delivery of ELAD to our customers. Any of these occurrences would negatively affect our financial performance and the level of satisfaction our customers have with our business.

We may not be able to grow our C3A cells reliably and cost-effectively.

Operations with human cells, even a stable, immortal cell line such as the C3A cells used in ELAD, can be subject to conditions and influences that we may not be able to control. Although our C3A cells are stored at three separate locations in the United States and the United Kingdom, it is possible that all three locations could be destroyed and we will lose all or a portion of our cell banks. It is also possible that the cells will simply cease to function. While we take precautions to prevent this from happening, ELAD employs new technologies and we could encounter unforeseen complications. To date, we have only produced the small number of ELAD cartridges required to support our clinical trials. As we increase production to support Phase 3 clinical trials and long-term commercial demand, we may experience significant scale-up issues, which may cause quality and cost problems. If we cannot produce the required number of ELAD cartridges in a cost-effective manner, our business could be materially harmed.

Cellular therapy is complex and we do not have a complete understanding of the mechanism of action of ELAD.

Cellular therapy is a complex treatment with multiple variables that are not fully understood. Our C3A cells used in ELAD cartridges produce hundreds of metabolites. Likewise, the plasma ultrafiltrate formed from blood, which has been treated by our C3A cells in our ELAD cartridges, is a similarly complex material. The composition and stability of the treated blood can be affected by the conditions of its generation in the ELAD bedside unit and could affect treatment outcomes. For instance, while patients treated with ELAD typically only require a single set of cartridges, some patients require more than one set during their 3 to 10 day treatment period, which may have implications for not only efficacy, but also cost-of-goods. While we believe that we have identified the key parameters of the ELAD C3A cartridges and set them in an appropriate range, it is possible that there are other variables that are important to safety and efficacy that have not been anticipated. We believe that we have set these parameters at realistic levels that can be controlled by the specification set for a supplier and confirmed by us in our quality control procedures, but it is possible that unanticipated complications will emerge.

 

20


Table of Contents

Risks Related to ELAD’s Future Commercialization

It is difficult to forecast future performance, which may cause our financial results to fluctuate unpredictably.

Our limited operating history makes it difficult for us to predict our future commercialization efforts. A number of factors, over which we have limited or no control, may contribute to fluctuations in our financial results, such as:

 

    delays in receipt of anticipated purchase orders;

 

    our ability to recruit, train and retain sales, marketing, training and support personnel;

 

    our inability to educate physicians about ELAD and drive the adoption of ELAD therapy for any approved indications;

 

    performance of our targeted sales force in the United States and Europe and future partners in other markets;

 

    results of clinical trials evaluating ELAD therapy;

 

    positive or negative media coverage of ELAD or products of our competitors or our industry;

 

    our ability to obtain further regulatory clearances or approvals, including for other indications;

 

    delays in, or failure of, product and component deliveries by our subcontractors and suppliers;

 

    changes in the length of the sales process;

 

    changes in healthcare coverage and reimbursement policies;

 

    customer response to the introduction of new product offerings; and

 

    fluctuations in foreign currencies.

The human clinical trial results may not be representative of the results that are obtained after ELAD product launch.

Human clinical trials are very complicated undertakings and working with subjects in acute liver failure is particularly difficult because of the serious nature of the disease and the co-morbidities experienced by the subjects. Not enough is known about the function of the liver to understand the progression of liver disease and any single patient can react differently to ELAD therapy. This means that clinical trials done at different times in different groups of subjects may obtain different results. Safety risks not identified in our clinical trials may first appear after we obtain approval and commercialize ELAD. Any new post-marketing adverse events may significantly impact our ability to market ELAD and may require that we recall and discontinue commercialization of the product. Any of these events will harm our business.

ELAD is a very complicated therapy and will need to be delivered by well-trained staff. There is no guarantee that we will be able to implement such training and find sufficient numbers of people to enable us to grow at an acceptable rate.

In the initial commercialization period, it will be essential for us to have our own trained staff present during the delivery of ELAD therapy. This may entail the construction and operation of training centers and will require the hiring of personnel of appropriate ability to be adequately trained. The differences in language and culture may make this a difficult undertaking. If we cannot recruit, train and retain significant numbers of physicians and nurses, our ability to grow will be restrained and we may find that ELAD therapy is being delivered by people with a substandard level of training, and with potentially material adverse results. If ELAD therapy is delivered improperly or the bedside device or ELAD cartridges are not properly maintained by our customers, ELAD may not provide the intended benefit or could harm patients. This may in turn result in perceptions, even if unfounded, that ELAD is ineffective or that our bedside device or ELAD cartridges are defective, which could materially harm our reputation and ability to market ELAD effectively.

We could lose our valuable employees and thereby lose our advantage in the marketplace.

We are highly dependent on the efforts of our key employees, including senior management and senior scientific, clinical, regulatory, operational and other personnel. The development of new therapeutic products requires expertise from a number of different disciplines, some of which are not widely available.

 

21


Table of Contents

Our key employees have a significant amount of know-how and experience in our company and the loss of one or more of them could have a material and adverse effect on our operations. While we have taken steps to incentivize and to retain our employees, including the granting of stock options, paying competitive salaries and implementing appropriate bonus programs, these factors may not be enough to retain the key employees that we need.

The loss of the services of existing personnel, the failure to recruit additional key scientific, managerial, clinical, regulatory, operational and other personnel in a timely manner, and the loss of our employees to our competitors would harm our research and development programs and our business. We may experience difficulty in hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with appropriate qualifications. If we fail to attract new personnel or fail to retain and motivate our current personnel, our business and future growth prospects would be harmed.

Competitive products could be developed which make ELAD obsolete.

The biotherapeutic and medical device industries are highly competitive and we face potential competition from pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical, medical device and biotechnology companies worldwide. Given the significant unmet medical need for novel therapies to treat acute liver failure, many companies, universities and research organizations are actively engaged in the discovery, research and development of potential therapies in this field. Several of these entities are engaged in research on cell-based approaches to acute liver failure. Although we are not aware of any ongoing human clinical trials involving potentially competitive product candidates, such trials could be taking place or could begin in the near future. We are not aware of any company that is in human clinical trials with a human cell-based product for the treatment of acute liver failure. At least four companies have prior research work on various human hepatocyte cell lines including Exten Industries, Hepalife Technologies, Fresenius, and Hybrid Organ GmbH. In addition, the University College London, and the University of Amsterdam and its spinout Hep-Art Medical Devices are actively pursuing animal research in this area. Several companies have also attempted to develop extracorporeal therapy based upon primary porcine hepatocytes, although ongoing research in this area is difficult to ascertain. Two commercially available liver dialysis systems, from Gambro and Fresenius, have undergone extensive clinical development, although both have failed to show an improvement in long-term survival among patients with acute liver failure. Both rely on not only traditional dialysis circuits to remove water-soluble toxins, but also albumin dialysis circuits to remove albumin-bound molecules. In addition, there are several drugs available to treat symptoms associated with acute liver failure, including steroids, pentoxifylline and N-acetylcysteine. These three drugs, alone or in combination, are used frequently in patients with acute liver failure. While we are not aware of any of these other entities being close to undergoing human clinical trials with a human cell-based product for the treatment of acute liver failure, it is possible that these trials are going on without our knowledge and that such a product may get to market much faster than we expect, which could harm our business.

The coverage and reimbursement status of new therapies is uncertain, and failure to obtain adequate coverage and reimbursement for ELAD therapy could limit our ability to generate revenue and become profitable.

There is significant uncertainty surrounding the third-party coverage and reimbursement of novel and newly approved therapies, particularly for indications for which there is no current effective treatment or standard- of- care is relatively inexpensive. Due to the novel nature of ELAD and the potential for it to offer therapeutic benefit after a single administration of continuous therapy lasting three to ten days, we face additional uncertainty related to coverage and reimbursement. We will depend in large part on the availability of coverage and the establishment of adequate reimbursement levels for ELAD from third-party payors, including government payors, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, and managed care organizations.

Third-party payors are increasingly focused on containing healthcare costs by limiting both coverage and the level of reimbursement for new therapies and, as a result, they may not cover or provide adequate payment for ELAD. Obtaining adequate coverage and reimbursement approval for a product from a third-party payor is a time-consuming, costly and sometimes unpredictable process that could require us to provide supporting scientific, clinical and cost-effectiveness data for the use of ELAD. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to provide data sufficient to gain acceptance with respect to adequate coverage and reimbursement. Payors may conclude that ELAD is less safe, less effective or less cost-effective than existing or later introduced

 

22


Table of Contents

therapies, and third-party payors may not approve ELAD for coverage and reimbursement or may cease providing or provide inadequate coverage and reimbursement. Coverage and reimbursement determinations are made on a payor-by-payor basis. Obtaining acceptable coverage and reimbursement from one payor does not guarantee the Company will obtain similar acceptable coverage or reimbursement from another payor. As there is a large number of third-party payors, obtaining coverage and reimbursement in the United States and internationally will consume significant time and resources. A third-party payor’s decision to provide coverage does not imply that an adequate reimbursement rate will be approved. There can be no assurance that our clinical data will allow for satisfactory pricing of ELAD and the failure to obtain coverage and adequate reimbursement for ELAD would materially and adversely affect our business. Moreover, healthcare cost containment initiatives that limit or deny reimbursement for ELAD would also materially and adversely affect our business.

Our relationships with investigators, healthcare professionals, institutional providers, consultants, third-party payors, and customers are subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to penalties, including without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Healthcare providers, physicians and others play a primary role in the recommendation and prescribing of any product candidates for which we may obtain marketing approval. In the United States, our current business operations and future arrangements with investigators, healthcare professionals, institutional providers, consultants, third-party payors and customers, may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations. These laws may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, market, sell and distribute our products that obtain marketing approval. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations, include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

    the federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons or entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or paying any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or in return, for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, service or item for which payment is made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare programs;

 

    the federal civil and criminal false claims laws and civil monetary penalties laws, including civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, prohibit, among other things, individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment or approval that are false or fraudulent or from knowingly making a false statement to improperly avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government;

 

    the federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, imposes criminal liability for, among other things, knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, regardless of the payor (e.g., public or private) and knowingly or willfully falsifying, concealing, or covering up by any trick, scheme or device a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of, or payment for, healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters;

 

   

HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, or HITECH, and its implementing regulations, and as amended again by the final HIPAA omnibus rule, Modifications to the HIPAA Privacy, Security, Enforcement, and Breach Notification Rules Under HITECH and the Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act; Other Modifications to HIPAA, published in January 2013, imposes certain obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to

 

23


Table of Contents
 

safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information without appropriate authorization by entities subject to the rule, such as health plans, clearinghouses and healthcare providers;

 

    the federal transparency law, enacted as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act (collectively, the ACA), and its implementing regulations, require manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals and medical supplies to report to the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services information related to payments and other transfers of value made to physicians and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members; and

 

    analogous state laws and regulations, including but not limited to: state anti-kickback and false claims laws, which may apply to our business practices, including but not limited to, research, distribution, sales and marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by state governmental and non-governmental third-party payors, including private insurers; state laws that require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government; and state laws and regulations that require manufacturers to file reports relating to pricing and marketing information, which requires tracking gifts and other remuneration and items of value provided to healthcare professionals and entities.

Efforts to ensure that our business arrangements with third parties will comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations will involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices may not comply with current or future statutes, regulations, agency guidance or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these or any other health regulatory laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to penalties, including without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, enhanced government reporting and oversight under a corporate integrity agreement or other similar arrangement, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare program, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. Any action against us for violation of these laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses or divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to be not in compliance with applicable healthcare laws, they also may be subject to similar penalties.

Healthcare policy changes, including recent laws to reform the U.S. healthcare system, may have a material adverse effect on us.

In the United States and in other countries, there have been and we expect there will continue to be a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could significantly and adversely affect the business of developing and marketing new therapies by reducing the costs paid for medical products and services. For instance, the U.S. government and other governments have shown significant interest in pursuing healthcare reform, as evidenced by the passing of the ACA. Such government-adopted reform measures may adversely impact the pricing of healthcare products and services in the United States or internationally and the amount of reimbursement available from third-party payors. For instance, under the ACA, there is a new 2.3% U.S. federal excise tax on the sale of certain medical devices. While we do not believe the tax will be applicable to us, the U.S. may seek to enforce the tax on us. In addition, in some foreign jurisdictions, there have been a number of legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could affect our ability to sell ELAD profitably, if it is ultimately approved. The continuing efforts of U.S. and other governments, insurance companies, managed care organizations and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce healthcare costs may adversely affect the prices we are able to charge for ELAD, if approved, and our ability to generate revenues and achieve and maintain profitability.

 

24


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Doing Business Internationally

We plan to do business internationally, which may prove to be difficult and fraught with economic, regulatory and political issues.

We may commercialize ELAD in countries where the business, economic and political climates are very different from those of the United States. We may not be aware of some of these issues and it may be difficult for a U.S. company to overcome these issues and ultimately become profitable. For instance, we completed our Chinese pivotal clinical trial in 2007 and submitted our data to the China FDA, or CFDA, showing a statistically significant improvement in transplant-free survival among ELAD-treated subjects compared with control subjects. However, in the past 5 years this application has been neither approved nor rejected and the timing and nature of any potential decision is highly uncertain. Moreover, currency controls are in effect in many foreign countries and could become much tighter in the future, which will hinder our ability to repatriate any profits or capital. These foreign countries may also favor businesses that are owned by nationals of those countries as opposed to foreign-owned businesses operating locally. As a small company, we may not have the resources to engage in the negotiation and time-consuming work needed to overcome some of these potential issues.

In the event that we receive marketing approval in foreign countries outside of the United States and Europe, we currently anticipate creating wholly-owned subsidiaries in those countries. These subsidiaries will need to build an effective sales, marketing, distribution, training and support staff and system, find an effective marketing partner or both. Any internal sales, marketing, training and support capabilities of the subsidiaries will need to be developed by these subsidiaries and will need to be built from scratch. The culture and accepted practices related to selling medical products in many foreign countries are unique and it is possible that we will not be able to successfully penetrate these markets. A similar consideration applies to selling in the United States since each medical system is very different and requires a different strategic approach. We have considered our approach to the U.S., European, Chinese and other international markets and we cannot guarantee that such a strategy will be effective.

The medical systems in many foreign countries are very different from that of the United States and could cause significant problems for ELAD.

The medical systems in many countries around the world pose challenges to the commercialization of ELAD. For instance, most medical care in China is delivered on a private pay basis and it may be difficult to receive payment for ELAD therapy delivered or the price of our product, which we expect to be relatively high, may prove to be beyond the capability of the targeted Chinese patient to pay. Further, as we have encountered in our clinical trials, the standard and the operation of the delivery of care in China are different, causing problems with the operation of ELAD therapy. These issues include the withholding of necessary medicines, the inadequate staffing of Chinese hospitals, the shortage of blood products, the differing practice of delivery of extracorporeal therapies, and the attitude of physicians and nurses. These issues and others are likely to occur in other countries around the world and there is no assurance that we will overcome these challenges or succeed in commercializing ELAD in foreign countries.

We face increased risks of doing business due to the extent of our operations internationally.

We currently anticipate our foreign commercialization efforts to be led by our wholly owned foreign domiciled subsidiaries. Our efforts to expand internationally pose risks that could adversely affect our business. These risks include, among others, the effects of:

 

    fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and controls;

 

    competitive disadvantages to established foreign businesses with significant current market share and business and customer relationships;

 

    nationalization;

 

    tax and regulatory policies of local governments and the possibility of trade embargoes;

 

    political instability, war or other hostilities; and

 

25


Table of Contents
    laws and policies of the United States and foreign governments affecting foreign trade and investment.

Any of these risks could cause significant interruptions in our operations, which would adversely affect our ability to commercialize ELAD internationally and our financial condition, results of operations and business.

Revenues, profits and cash flows derived in foreign countries by foreign subsidiaries may be denominated in foreign currency. The value of this currency may be controlled or adjusted periodically by foreign governments, and may be subject to changes in the political and economic conditions.

Foreign economic, political and social conditions and government policies could materially and adversely affect our business.

A significant portion of our operations may be conducted in foreign countries and it is anticipated that a significant percentage of our revenues may be derived from these countries. Accordingly, our results of operations, financial condition and prospects are subject, to a significant degree, to economic, political, legal and social developments around the world. The economies of many of these countries differ from the economy of the United States in many respects, including:

 

    level of government involvement;

 

    economic structure;

 

    allocation of resources;

 

    level of development;

 

    inflation rates;

 

    growth rate; and

 

    control of foreign exchange.

The legal systems in many foreign countries have inherent uncertainties that could limit the legal protections available to us.

We are subject to the laws and regulations of foreign governments, including those applicable to foreign investment and, in particular, laws applicable to wholly foreign-owned enterprises. Any litigation in these countries may be protracted and may result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. For example, in 2007, one of our clinical sites in China was sued in connection with the death of a subject of our clinical trial. An expert panel concluded that neither ELAD nor the clinical site was at fault and dismissed the lawsuit. Nevertheless, we were later informed that the subject’s family had been awarded approximately $100,000 in a subsequent civil proceeding brought against the clinical site. We ultimately decided to reimburse the clinical site for $100,000, which was partially insured. In addition, these countries may enact new laws or amend current laws that may be detrimental to us, which may have a material adverse effect on our business operations.

We have limited business insurance coverage internationally.

The insurance industry in many parts of the world is still in an early stage of development. Insurance companies in many countries offer only limited business insurance options. As a result, we have not maintained, and currently do not maintain, any liability, hazard or other insurance covering our services, business, operations, errors, acts or omissions, personnel or properties in China, or in any other countries where we may ultimately commercialize ELAD. To the extent that we are unable to recover from others for any uninsured losses, such losses could result in a loss of capital and significant harm to our business. If any action, suit, or proceeding is brought against us and we are unable to pay a judgment rendered against us or defend ourselves against such action, suit, or proceeding, our business, financial condition and operations could be negatively affected.

 

26


Table of Contents

We must comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, to which we are subject, prohibits corporations and individuals from engaging in certain activities to obtain or retain business or to influence a person working in an official capacity. It is illegal to pay, offer to pay or authorize the payment of anything of value to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate in an attempt to obtain or retain business or to otherwise influence a person working in an official capacity. Other countries, such as the United Kingdom and China, have similar laws with which we must comply. Although we attempt to rigidly adhere to the requirements of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and all similar laws to which we are subject, there remains the risk that an employee or agent of ours could be accused of violating one or more of these laws, particularly in geographies where significant overlap exists between local government and healthcare industries. Such an accusation, even if unwarranted, could prove disruptive to our developmental and commercialization efforts.

We could be subject to additional income and other tax liabilities.

We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States and may be subject to income and other taxes in various other foreign jurisdictions. Significant planning is required in evaluating our worldwide provision for income and other taxes. During the ordinary course of business, there may be transactions for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. We may be subject to audit in various jurisdictions and such jurisdictions may assess additional income or other tax against us. Although we believe our tax positions are reasonable, the final determination of tax audits and any related litigation could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of an audit or litigation could have a material and adverse effect on our operating results or cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Our patent rights may prove to be an inadequate barrier to competition.

We hold a granted patent in the United States which claims a method of using C3A cells to treat a patient’s blood, expires in 2027, and we believe to cover ELAD therapy. In addition, in September 2013, we received notice of allowance from the United States Patent & Trademark Office for a patent application with claims covering an extracorporeal device configuration, which we believe to include our ELAD system, independent of cell-type used. Foreign counterparts of this patent and allowed application have been issued in Australia, Canada, Indonesia, Israel, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea and Taiwan and remain under review in certain other jurisdictions, including Europe, Brazil, China, India and the Philippines. In addition to this key U.S. patent, as of June 30, 2013, we hold two additional patents in the U.S., and additional patent applications related to developments in ELAD are pending. However, the lifespan of any one patent is limited, and each of these patents will ultimately expire and we cannot be sure that pending applications will be granted, or that we will discover new inventions which we can successfully patent. Moreover, any of our granted patents may be held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction, and any of these patents may also be construed narrowly by a court of competent jurisdiction in such a way that it is held to not directly cover ELAD. Furthermore, even if our patents are held to be valid and broadly interpreted, third parties may find legitimate ways to compete with ELAD by inventing around our patent. Finally, the process of obtaining new patents is lengthy and expensive, as is the process for enforcing patent rights against an alleged infringer. Any such litigation could take years, cost large sums of money and pose a significant distraction to management. Indeed, certain jurisdictions outside of the United States and Europe where we hope to commercialize ELAD have a history of inconsistent, relatively lax or ineffective enforcement of patent rights. In such jurisdictions, even a valid patent may have limited value. Our failure to effectively prosecute our patents would have a harmful impact on our ability to commercialize ELAD in these jurisdictions.

We do not hold any patents covering our C3A cells or the production processes we use to grow the C3A cells in the ELAD cartridges.

C3A cells are publicly available and the proprietary methods and production process that we use to grow our C3A cells in ELAD cartridges are our trade secrets, but they are not currently covered by a patent and no patents

 

27


Table of Contents

are pending. Although we have sought patent protection for certain aspects of our technology, such as our method of using C3A cells to treat a patient’s blood, and we have obtained orphan designation in the United States and Europe over the use of C3A cells to treat acute liver failure, we have not sought patent protection for the proprietary methods we use to grow C3A cells in our facility. Although we believe that some of these methods may be patentable, we prefer to avoid the disclosure requirements inherent in the patenting process, as such disclosure could provide competitors with insights that allow them to invent around any granted patents. We believe that this concern is particularly appropriate since C3A cells are now publicly available, and have been available for research purposes for more than twenty years. Despite this availability, we are not aware of any third parties who have either demonstrated an ability to grow C3A cells in the quantities we do, or succeeded in treating a human subject with such cells. In addition, patent protection expires 20 years after the application’s priority date which does not apply to trade secret protection. In light of the foregoing, we do not currently contemplate seeking patent protection for our production methods and instead intend to keep our production methods protected as trade secrets, which does not require us to publicly disclose these methods and which is not subject to a formal expiration date. However, trade secrets are vulnerable to inadvertent disclosure and misappropriation. In addition, independent discovery and publication of these methods by third parties, which is now more feasible given the public availability of C3A cells, would also destroy their trade secret protection. If any of these were to occur, our business may be harmed.

We protect much of our intellectual property as trade secrets. Confidentiality agreements with employees and third parties may not prevent unauthorized disclosure of trade secrets and other proprietary information.

Trade secrets offer a relatively limited form of protection as they do not create any barrier for third-parties who independently develop this information and who may even patent the information. In the course of our research and development activities and our business activities, we often rely on confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary information. Such confidentiality agreements may be used, for example, when we talk to vendors of laboratory or clinical development services or potential strategic partners. In addition, each of our employees is required to sign a confidentiality agreement upon joining us. We take steps to protect our proprietary information, and our confidentiality agreements are carefully drafted to protect our proprietary interests. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that an employee or an outside party will not make an unauthorized disclosure of our proprietary confidential information. This might happen intentionally or inadvertently. It is possible that a competitor will make use of such information, and that our competitive position will be compromised, in spite of any legal action we might take against persons making such unauthorized disclosures. Enforcing a claim that a third party illegally obtained and is using any of our trade secrets is expensive and time consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, courts outside the United States sometimes are less willing than U.S. courts to protect trade secrets. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop equivalent knowledge, methods and know-how, which would harm our business.

If our ELAD cartridges or our C3A cells are stolen, misappropriated or reverse engineered, others could produce competing products.

Third parties, including those involved in shipping our ELAD cartridges or in any manufacturing abroad that we may undertake, often have custody or control of our ELAD cartridges. If our ELAD cartridges, or C3A cells from our proprietary C3A cell bank that are stored to grow in these cartridges, were stolen, misappropriated or reverse engineered, they could be used by other parties who may be able to reproduce these cartridges for their own commercial gain. If this were to occur, it would be difficult for us to challenge this type of use, especially in countries with limited intellectual property protection or in countries in which we do not have patents covering the misappropriated ELAD cartridges. In such instance, our business would be harmed.

Ownership of our intellectual property may be claimed by others.

ELAD has been under development for over 20 years and certain of our predecessor companies have filed for reorganization and bankruptcy. We were founded in 2003 by acquisition of the assets of a prior company after a bankruptcy. While we believe we have performed extensive diligence on the ownership of the intellectual

 

28


Table of Contents

property rights and have developed our own innovative technology which is independent of prior intellectual property rights, there could be claims by parties associated with the prior entities that could lead to costly and time consuming legal actions. In addition, we have engaged in collaborations with third parties where intellectual property has been developed. In one instance, we were engaged in a dispute over the ownership of intellectual property when a collaborator of ours pursued patent rights over technology which we believe we may have held rights to under the collaboration agreement. Although a patent which claims a different configuration than our ELAD system was ultimately issued in the United States to our former collaborator, we do not hold any rights to this patent. We are unaware of any active development with respect to the claimed system. Other such disputes could arise in the future or emerge from past activities which could lead others to claim our intellectual property.

We may be involved in future costly intellectual property litigation, which could impact our future business and financial performance.

Our industry has been characterized by frequent intellectual property litigation. Our competitors or other patent holders may assert that our ELAD system and the methods we employ are covered by their patents. For instance, we are aware of other patents issued in the liver support field which we believe do not cover our ELAD system or its use. If our ELAD system or methods are found to infringe any valid patents, we could be prevented from marketing our ELAD system. In addition, we do not know whether our competitors or potential competitors have applied for, or will apply for or obtain, patents that will prevent, limit or interfere with our ability to make, use, sell, import or export our ELAD system.

Litigation related to infringement and other intellectual property claims, with or without merit, is unpredictable, can be expensive and time-consuming and could divert management’s attention from our core business. If we lose this kind of litigation, a court could require us to pay substantial damages, and prohibit us from using technologies essential to our ELAD system, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We do not know whether necessary licenses would be available to us on satisfactory terms, or whether we could redesign our ELAD system or processes to avoid infringement.

Competing products may also appear in other countries in which our patent coverage might not exist or be as strong. If we lose a foreign patent lawsuit, we could be prevented from marketing our ELAD system in one or more countries.

In addition, we may hereafter become involved in litigation to protect our trademark rights associated with our company name or the names used with our ELAD system. Names used with our ELAD system and procedures may be claimed to infringe names held by others or to be ineligible for proprietary protection. If we have to change the name of our company or our ELAD system, we may experience a loss in goodwill associated with our brand name, customer confusion and a loss of sales.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we or our employees have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets owned by third parties.

Many of our employees were previously employed at universities or other life science companies, including our competitors or potential competitors. Although no claims against us are currently pending, we may be subject to claims that these employees or we have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed trade secrets or other confidential or proprietary information of their former employers. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. A loss of key personnel could hamper our ability to develop and commercialize ELAD, which could severely harm our business. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

Risks Related to Our Capital Requirements and Finances

Our future capital needs are uncertain and we will need to raise additional funds in the future.

We will need to raise substantial additional capital to:

 

    complete our ongoing and future clinical trials and related regulatory applications;

 

29


Table of Contents
    fund our operations;

 

    commence and expand the commercialization of our products; and

 

    further our research and development.

Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including:

 

    market acceptance of our products;

 

    the cost of our research and development activities;

 

    the cost and timing of our clinical development activities, in particular the rate of approval of our clinical trial applications, the rate of initiation of our clinical sites and the rate of enrollment of our clinical trials;

 

    the cost of filing and prosecuting patent applications;

 

    the cost of defending, in litigation or otherwise, any claims that we infringe third-party patents or violate other intellectual property rights;

 

    the cost and timing of regulatory clearances or approvals, if any;

 

    the cost and timing of establishing additional sales, marketing and distribution capabilities;

 

    the cost and timing of establishing additional technical support capabilities;

 

    the effect of competing technological and market developments; and

 

    the extent to which we acquire or invest in businesses, products and technologies, although we currently have no commitments or agreements relating to any of these types of transactions.

We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain additional funds on acceptable terms, or at all. If we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. Any debt or additional equity financing that we raise may contain terms that are not favorable to us or our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through collaboration and licensing arrangements with third parties, which we have no prior experience in, it may be necessary to relinquish some rights to our technologies or our products, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. If we are unable to raise adequate funds, we may have to liquidate some or all of our assets, or delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our development programs.

If we do not have, or are not able to obtain, sufficient funds, we may have to delay development or commercialization of our products or license to third parties the rights to commercialize products or technologies that we would otherwise seek to commercialize. We also may have to reduce marketing, customer support or other resources devoted to our products or cease operations. Any of these factors could harm our operating results.

Any acquisitions that we make could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.

We expect to evaluate potential strategic acquisitions of complementary businesses, products or technologies. We may also consider joint ventures, licensing and other collaborative projects. We may not be able to identify appropriate acquisition candidates or strategic partners, or successfully negotiate, finance or integrate acquisitions of any businesses, products or technologies. Furthermore, the integration of any acquisition and management of any collaborative project may divert our management’s time and resources from our core business and disrupt our operations. We do not have any experience with acquiring companies or products. Any cash acquisition we pursue would diminish the proceeds from this offering available to us for other uses, and any stock acquisition would dilute our stockholders’ ownership. While we from time to time evaluate potential collaborative projects and acquisitions of businesses, products and technologies, and anticipate continuing to make these evaluations, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements with respect to any acquisitions or collaborative projects.

 

30


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Being a Public Company

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and operating results. Although we have already hired additional employees to assist us in complying with these requirements, we may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants, which will increase our costs and expenses.

In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be adversely affected.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation and financial statements in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

We would cease to be an “emerging growth company” upon the earliest of: (1) the first fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (2) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenue is $1.0 billion or more, (3) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities and (4) as of the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit committee and compensation committee, and qualified executive officers.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future

 

31


Table of Contents

disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may decline or be more volatile.

Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail our company of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

As a result of becoming a public company, we will be obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting. We may not complete our analysis of our system of internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be designed or operating effectively, which may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the closing of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing or any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective, which could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports. This could cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal control and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, and the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied that our internal controls over financial reporting are designed and operating effectively to prevent or detect a material misstatement to the financial statements. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures or hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

If we do not remediate material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

We have not maintained an effective control environment to ensure that the design and execution of our controls has consistently resulted in effective review of our financial statements and supervision by appropriate individuals. As a result of these factors, certain misstatements in our annual financial statements were identified and brought to the attention of management by our independent registered public accounting firm for correction. We and our independent registered public accounting firm concluded that these control deficiencies constituted a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a control deficiency, or a combination of control deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

We are in the process of implementing measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weakness. We cannot assure you that the

 

32


Table of Contents

measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the control deficiencies that led to our material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or to avoid potential future material weaknesses. In addition, neither our management nor independent registered public accounting firm has ever performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act because no such evaluation has been required. Had we or our independent registered public accounting firm performed an evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, additional significant deficiencies or material weaknesses may have been identified. If we are unable to successfully remediate any significant deficiency or material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or identify any additional significant deficiencies or material weaknesses that may exist, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our stock price may decline as a result.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. An active trading market may not develop following closing of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will rely in part on the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the closing of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we obtain equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control of the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and you may not be able to sell the shares you purchase in this offering at or above the offering price.

The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between the representative of the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. In addition, the market price of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

 

    clinical data and government approvals relating to ELAD;

 

    volume and timing of sales of ELAD;

 

    the introduction of new products or product enhancements by us or our competitors;

 

    disputes or other developments with respect to our intellectual property rights or the intellectual property rights of others;

 

    our ability to develop, obtain regulatory clearance or approval for and market new and enhanced products on a timely basis;

 

    product liability claims or other litigation;

 

33


Table of Contents
    quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;

 

    sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers and directors;

 

    developments in our industry;

 

    media exposure of ELAD or products of our competitors;

 

    changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals or applications;

 

    changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

 

    our ability to meet investors expectations regarding our future operating performance; and

 

    general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

These and other factors may make the price of our stock volatile and subject to unexpected fluctuation.

New investors in our common stock will experience immediate and substantial dilution after this offering.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net tangible book value. If the holders of outstanding options exercise those options, you will incur further dilution. See “Dilution.”

A sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may cause the price of our common stock to decline.

We expect that significant additional capital will be needed in the future to continue our planned operations. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience substantial dilution. We may sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities. If we sell common stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, your investment in our common stock will be diluted. These sales may also result in material dilution to our existing stockholders, and new investors could gain rights superior to our existing stockholders. In addition, if our stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants, the market price of our common stock could decline. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem reasonable or appropriate. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

Our directors, officers and principal stockholders have significant voting power and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

After this offering, our officers, directors and principal stockholders and their respective affiliates each holding more than 5% of our common stock collectively will control approximately         % of our outstanding common stock, in particular, one stockholder and his affiliates will control approximately         % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these stockholders, if they act together, will be able to exert substantial influence over the management and affairs of our company and most matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock. This concentration of ownership may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

We have broad discretion in the use of proceeds of this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes.

The net proceeds of this offering will be allocated to research and development activities, preparation for marketing and general corporate purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering within those categories, and accordingly investors in this offering

 

34


Table of Contents

will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds, with only limited information concerning management’s specific intentions. See “Use of Proceeds.”

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws, and fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, as well as Delaware law, could discourage a takeover.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, bylaws, fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, and Delaware law, contain provisions that might enable our management to resist a takeover, and might make it more difficult for an investor to acquire a substantial block of our common stock. These provisions:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by our stockholders, up to                  shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by a supermajority (75%) vote of our directors then in office;

 

    specify that our board of directors may amend or repeal our bylaws only pursuant to a supermajority (75%) vote of our directors then in office;

 

    specify that our stockholders may amend or repeal our bylaws only pursuant to a supermajority (75% and majority of the minority, if applicable) vote of the outstanding shares of our capital stock;

 

    require in general the approval of a supermajority (75% and majority of the minority, if applicable) vote of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

 

    require the approval of a supermajority (75% and majority of the minority, if applicable) vote of our outstanding shares of capital stock to approve the sale or liquidation of the company;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    provide that directors may be removed only for cause by a supermajority (75%) vote of our outstanding shares of capital stock;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    provide that in general the number of directors on our board may only be fixed from time to time by a supermajority (75%) vote of our directors then in office;

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms; and

 

    provide that certain stockholders affiliated with Muneer A. Satter, referred to as the Satter Investors, have rights to nominate up to 40% of our directors.

These provisions might discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company or a change in our management. The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

Our certificate of incorporation also contains a provision that provides us with protections similar to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law and will prevent us from engaging in a business combination with a person who acquires at least 15% of our common stock for a period of three years from the date such person acquired such common stock, except for certain of our current stockholders, including Mr. Satter and entities affiliated with him, and, in certain instances, persons who purchase common stock from

 

35


Table of Contents

certain of our current stockholders, and unless board or stockholder approval is obtained prior to the acquisitions. These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect or remove directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. For additional information, including with respect to the specific voting requirements in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, see “Description of Capital Stock.”

We have not paid dividends in the past and do not expect to pay dividends in the future, and any return on investment may be limited to the value of our stock.

We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. The payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on our earnings, financial condition and other business and economic factors affecting us at such time as our board of directors may consider relevant. If we do not pay dividends, our stock may be less valuable because a positive return on your investment will only occur if our stock price appreciates.

 

36


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to our management. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Forward-looking statements include information concerning our possible or assumed future results of operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive position, industry environment, potential growth opportunities and the effects of competition. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by terms such as “anticipates,” “believes,” “could,” “seeks,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “may,” “plans,” “potential,” “predicts,” “projects,” “should,” “will,” “would” or similar expressions and the negatives of those terms.

These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about:

 

    the timing of Phase 3 clinical trials for ELAD;

 

    the timing of, and our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approvals for ELAD;

 

    the potential market for ELAD;

 

    the rate and degree of market acceptance and clinical utility of ELAD;

 

    our commercialization, marketing and manufacturing capabilities and strategy;

 

    our intellectual property position; and

 

    our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, capital requirements and needs for additional financing.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements including those described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our management’s beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements publicly, or to update the reasons actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future.

This prospectus also contains estimates and other information concerning our industry, which is based on government and industry publications. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. These government and industry publications generally indicate that their information has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable.

 

37


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds from our sale of                 shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, will be approximately $        million, or $        million if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $        million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of one million in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $        million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital for the development and possible approval of ELAD, create a public market for our common stock, and facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. We intend to use approximately $        million of the net proceeds to fund the Phase 3 clinical development of ELAD and the remainder for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

We believe that the net proceeds from this offering and our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to fund our operations through at least the next twelve months. In particular, we believe that the net proceeds from this offering intended for clinical development of ELAD and our existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments will be sufficient to fund such development through receipt of initial data from our Phase 3 program.

The expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures depend on numerous factors, including the rate of subject enrollment in our clinical trials, filing requirements with various regulatory agencies, clinical trial results, and any unforeseen cash needs. Our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering and could spend the proceeds in ways that do not improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our stock. Pending use of the proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the proceeds in a variety of short-term investment-grade and interest-bearing instruments, direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government, or certificates of deposits.

 

38


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

 

39


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our unaudited consolidated cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments and capitalization as of June 30, 2013:

 

    on an actual basis;

 

    on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of our senior redeemable and convertible preferred stock into 11,313,370 shares of common stock, the reclassification of the future repurchase rights liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity, and the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering; and

 

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis to reflect our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $        per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Actual     Pro Forma     Pro Forma As
Adjusted(1)
 
    

(unaudited)

 
    

(In thousands, except share and

per share amounts)

 
        

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 41,439      $ 41,439      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Future purchase rights liabilities

   $ 4,406            

Junior convertible preferred stock, 3,501,401 shares designated, 3,501,400 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $1,500, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     1,350            

Senior redeemable and convertible preferred stock, 10,768,199 shares designated, 7,811,970 shares issued and outstanding, liquidation preference of $95,478, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     59,451            

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

      

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value: no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                

Common stock, $0.0001 par value: 24,000,000 shares authorized, actual;                  shares authorized pro forma and pro forma as-adjusted; 606,213 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 11,919,583 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and                  shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

            1     

Additional paid-in capital

     61,689        126,895     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     94        94     

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (85,950     (85,950  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

     (24,167     41,040     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 41,040      $ 41,040     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

(1)

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) each of cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by $         million, assuming that the number of shares of common stock offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1 million shares in the number of shares of common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity and total

 

40


Table of Contents
  capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 11,919,583 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013 (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis), and excludes:

 

    2,672,904 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.26 per share;

 

    250,646 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $95.21 per share; and

 

    55,186 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including our 2012 Stock Plan and our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its share reserve at the beginning of each fiscal year, as more fully described in “Management—Employee Benefit Plans”.

 

41


Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this initial public offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after closing of this offering.

Our historical net tangible book deficit is the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities. Net historical tangible book deficit per share is our historical net tangible book deficit divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013. Our net tangible book deficit as of June 30, 2013 was $24.2 million, or $39.87 per share.

Pro forma net tangible book value gives effect to the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 11,313,370 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this offering and the reclassification of our future purchase rights liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been approximately $41.0 million, or $3.44 per share.

Pro forma as adjusted net book value is our pro forma net tangible book value, after giving effect to the sale of             shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range listed on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2013 would have been approximately $            million, or $            per share. This amount represents an immediate increase to pro forma net tangible book value of $            per share to our existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution of $            per share to new investors participating in this offering. Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the initial public offering price per share paid by new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

     $                

Historical net tangible book deficit per share as of June 30, 2013

   $ (39.87 )  

Pro forma increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of convertible preferred stock

     43.31     
  

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013

     3.44     

Increase to pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

   $       
  

 

 

   

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share, after giving effect to this offering

    
    

 

 

 

Dilution of pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors

     $     
    

 

 

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share by $            , and would increase or decrease, as applicable, dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of shares we are offering. An increase of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $             million and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $             . Similarly, a decrease of 1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $             and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            . The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price, the number of shares we sell in this offering and other terms of this offering. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options or warrants to purchase common stock are exercised, new investors would experience further dilution. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the pro

 

42


Table of Contents

forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be approximately $            per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering would be approximately $            per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as of June 30, 2013, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price of $            , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

     Shares Purchased     Total Consideration     Average
Price Per
Share
 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    

Existing stockholders

               $                  $                

New investors

            
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Totals

        100   $                      100  
  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $            , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. In addition, to the extent any outstanding options or warrants to purchase common stock are exercised or any outstanding shares of restricted stock or restricted stock units that we may grant in the future vest, new investors will experience further dilution.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 11,919,583 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013 (including preferred stock on an as-converted basis), and excludes:

 

    2,672,904 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $6.26 per share;

 

    250,646 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2013, with a weighted-average exercise price of $95.21 per share; and

 

    55,186 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans, including our 2012 Stock Plan and our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which will become effective in connection with this offering and contains provisions that will automatically increase its share reserve at the beginning of each fiscal year, as more fully described in “Management—Employee Benefit Plans”.

The foregoing discussion and tables do not reflect any potential purchases by existing investors of the shares reserved for sale by the underwriters for our directors, officers and existing investors as described in “Underwriting”.

 

43


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes our selected consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated. Our selected consolidated statements of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2011 and 2012, have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our selected consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, and our selected consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2013, have been derived from our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our interim unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles on the same basis as the annual consolidated audited financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary to a fair statement of our financial position as of June 30, 2013 and our results of our operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013, any other interim periods or any future period or year. Our selected consolidated financial data should be read together with the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and with our audited and interim unaudited consolidated financial statements and their related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (In thousands, except share and per share amounts)  
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

        

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 5,515      $ 5,097        1,460      $ 7,970   

General and administrative

     3,066        4,483        2,246        4,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,581        9,580        3,706        11,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (8,581     (9,580     (3,706     (11,989

Other income (expense):

        

Interest income

     2        4        1        3   

Interest expense

     (9,249     (413     (118       

Other (expense) income, net

     (2     7        (1     (4

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     11,951        180        180          

Revaluation of future purchase rights liabilities

       3,101               (3,512
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     2,702        2,879        62        (3,513
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (5,879     (6,701     (3,644     (15,502

Amortization of deemed dividend

                          (11

Accretion to redemption value of senior redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (538     (942     (65     (2,085
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (6,417   $ (7,643   $ (3,709   $ (17,598
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (1)

   $ (705.40   $ (17.89   $ (9.59   $ (36.12
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

     9,097        427,117        386,627        487,221   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

     $ (2.13     $ (1.51
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited) (1)

       4,511,587          7,920,031   
    

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

(1) Please refer to Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements for an explanation of the method used to calculate the historical and pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.

 

44


Table of Contents
     As of December 31,     As of June 30,  
     2011     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  
                 (unaudited)  

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

      

Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments

   $ 803      $ 18,473      $ 41,439   

Working (deficit) capital

     (1,109     17,403        34,692   

Total assets

     1,983        20,332        45,760   

Total notes payable

     534                 

Preferred stock

     54,658        26,176        60,801   

Deficit accumulated during development stage

     (63,747     (70,448     (85,950

Total stockholders’ deficit

     (54,853     (7,632     (24,167

 

45


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results may differ materially from those described below. You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a biotherapeutic company focused on developing a cell-based therapy targeting the treatment of acute liver failure. Our product candidate, the ELAD System, or ELAD, is an extracorporeal bio-artificial liver therapy designed to allow the patient’s own liver to regenerate to a healthy state, or to stabilize the patient until transplant. ELAD is the only bio-artificial liver containing immortal human liver cells to enter Phase 3 clinical trials. We designed ELAD to supplement key aspects of normal liver function to improve patient survival. We estimate that at least 30,000 patients annually in the United States experience forms of acute liver failure for which ELAD may be a life-saving therapy. Outside of liver transplant, which is severely limited by availability of organs and not available to many patients, the current standard-of-care for acute liver failure is primarily focused on the management of complications, which does not restore lost liver function and is associated with a high rate of mortality. ELAD has received orphan designation in the United States and Europe for the treatment of acute liver failure.

We are currently initiating three Phase 3 clinical trials. In March 2013, we initiated VTI-208, a Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial in 200 subjects with alcohol-induced liver decompensation, or AILD. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we intend to initiate a second Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial, VTI-210, in 120 subjects with acute alcoholic hepatitis, or AAH, which is a subset of AILD. Also in the fourth quarter of 2013, we intend to initiate VTI-212, a Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial in 126 subjects with fulminant hepatic failure, or FHF.

Vital Therapies, Inc. was formed in May 2003 to acquire the assets of VitaGen (formerly Hepatix) in a bankruptcy proceeding. Our predecessor companies developed ELAD, completing two pilot trials in acute liver failure and two randomized, controlled Phase 1 and Phase 2 trials in FHF, but failed to attract funds sufficient to continue development of the system. Beginning in June 2003, we refocused the company to pursue regulatory approval and commercialize ELAD in China. In 2007, we completed a pivotal trial in acute liver failure in subjects with viral hepatitis in China, and we submitted a marketing application to the China FDA, or CFDA. Our application is still under review in China and we do not expect approval in China until we have approval in the United States. We restarted our clinical program in the United States and Europe in 2009. Since then, we have run two Phase 2 trials and selected AILD and FHF as indications for our Phase 3 pivotal trial program in the United States and Europe. We have also made significant improvements in the ELAD bedside unit and our proprietary cartridge cell growth production process, including (i) the incorporation of an updated version of the cardiovascular base unit that has improved features and functionalities and reliability; (ii) new and improved cartridges for ultrafiltrate, cell filters and ELAD cartridges; (iii) tubing sets that have been optimized to recirculate smaller volumes of ultrafiltrate and blood through the system to reduce the risk of clotting and other potential adverse side effects; and (iv) improvements to our cell culture and growth processes to reduce cost and increase manufacturing efficiency and yield.

We are a development stage company and have incurred net losses since inception of $86.0 million as of June 30, 2013, including $5.9 million and $6.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively, and $15.5 million for the six months ending June 30, 2013. We anticipate that we will continue to

 

46


Table of Contents

incur increasing losses for at least the next several years. Due to the uncertainties involved with biological product development and the clinical trial process we cannot predict the timing or accuracy of future expenses, when ELAD product approval might occur, or when profitability may be achieved or sustained. We are headquartered in San Diego, California.

Financial Operations Overview

Operating Expenses

The following table summarizes our operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   2011      2012      2012      2013  
     (In thousands)  
                   (unaudited)  

Operating expenses:

        

Research and development

   $ 5,515       $ 5,097       $ 1,460       $ 7,970   

General and administrative

     3,066         4,483         2,246         4,019   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   $ 8,581       $ 9,580       $ 3,706       $ 11,989   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses relate to the development of ELAD and are expensed as incurred. Our research and development expenses consist primarily of:

 

    expenses incurred under agreements with clinical sites, CROs and statistical and regulatory consultants that assist us with our clinical trials;

 

    employee-related expenses, which include salaries, benefits, travel and stock-based compensation;

 

    the cost of acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials;

 

    facilities, depreciation, and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent and maintenance of facilities and equipment, and depreciation of fixed assets; and

 

    costs associated with other research and regulatory activities.

We anticipate that our research and development expenses will increase substantially during the next several years as we conduct our Phase 3 clinical trials of ELAD and begin the regulatory approval process for commercialization.

We do not track our employee and facility related research and development costs by clinical trial, as we typically use our employee and infrastructure resources across multiple clinical trials and the allocation of such costs would be arbitrary and not provide a meaningful assessment. During the second half of 2012 we began tracking direct costs related to VTI-208 to prepare for the commencement of that Phase 3 clinical trial in 2013. Prior to that time, clinical trial costs for VTI-208 were not significant. Since 2012, clinical trial costs associated with VTI-208 have been our largest research related expenditure. Direct clinical trial costs associated with VTI-208 totaled $300,000, or 5.9%, and $1.9 million, or 23.8%, of research and development expenses in the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. The clinical trial costs related to VTI-210 and VTI-212 were not significant for the year ended December 31, 2012 and totaled $58,000 and $19,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively. We have contracted with various clinical research organizations to manage our clinical trials under an agreed upon budget for each study, with oversight by our clinical program managers. Any deviations from these budgets must be approved by us in writing, prior to commencement of the work. Our internal research and development costs are controlled through our internal budget and forecast process. We compare actual expenditures to the budget quarterly.

 

47


Table of Contents

The costs of clinical trials may vary significantly over the life of a project owing to, but not limited to, the following:

 

    per subject trial costs;

 

    the number of sites included in the trials;

 

    the countries in which the trial is conducted;

 

    the number of subjects that participate in the trials;

 

    continuing quality assurance activities and standards consistent with FDA and other regulatory requirements;

 

    potential additional safety monitoring or other studies requested by regulatory agencies; and

 

    the frequency and duration of subject follow-up visits.

A change in the outcome of any of these variables could result in a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of ELAD. For example, if the FDA or other regulatory authority were to require us to conduct clinical trials beyond those which we currently anticipate will be required for the completion of clinical development of ELAD or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any clinical trial, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of the clinical development of ELAD.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expenses consist principally of salaries and related costs for personnel in executive, finance, information technology, marketing, and legal functions. Other general and administrative expenses include facility costs, stock-based compensation, and professional fees for legal, consulting, accounting and tax services.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase for primarily the following reasons:

 

    increased payroll, expanded infrastructure and higher consulting, legal, accounting and investor relations costs, and director and officer insurance premiums associated with being a public company;

 

    expansion of our facilities to support our growth;

 

    to support our business activities, which we expect to expand as we continue the development of ELAD; and

 

    to build a marketing, reimbursement, training and support team before we receive regulatory approval of ELAD in anticipation of commercial launch.

Other Income (Expense)

Interest Income

Our cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments are invested primarily in U.S. treasury bills, which generate a small amount of interest income, but in our opinion provide the most protection from loss of principal or liquidity. We expect to continue our investment policy as we obtain additional financing proceeds.

Interest Expense

Interest expense has consisted primarily of interest paid on debt and an equipment lease line, and noncash interest associated with amortization of debt discount and financing costs. As of December 31, 2012, we no longer have any debt for which we record interest expense.

Revaluation of Preferred Stock Warrant Liabilities

Warrants for our Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock were accounted for as liabilities and their value was remeasured at the end of each financial reporting period. The

 

48


Table of Contents

value of these preferred stock warrant liabilities is primarily related to the fair value of our common stock. We are required to recognize a gain or loss on these preferred stock warrant liabilities depending in part upon fluctuations in the fair value of our common stock. As a result of the junior preferred stock offering in February 2012, we recognized a final valuation adjustment for these preferred stock warrant liabilities prior to their conversion into common stock warrants.

Revaluation of Future Purchase Rights Liabilities

Future rights to purchase shares of our redeemable convertible senior preferred stock that were granted in connection with our senior preferred stock financing are accounted for as liabilities and their value is remeasured at the end of each financial reporting period. The value of these future purchase rights liabilities will fluctuate in conjunction with increases or decreases in the fair value of our common stock, and the number of preferred and common shares and future purchase rights outstanding relative to the Company’s enterprise value at each reporting date. We are required to recognize a gain or loss on these future purchase rights liabilities depending in part upon fluctuations in the fair value of these rights.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of expenses during the reporting period. On an on-going basis, management makes its best estimate of the ultimate outcome for these items based on historical trends and other information available when the financial statements are prepared. Changes in estimates are typically recognized in the period when new information regarding estimates becomes available to management. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in the notes to our financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. However, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical for fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Clinical Trial Accruals

As part of the process of preparing our financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued expenses. Our clinical trial accrual process seeks to account for expenses resulting from our obligations under agreements with clinical sites, CROs, vendors, and consultants in connection with conducting our clinical trials. We account for these expenses according to the progress of each trial as measured by subject enrollment, the timing of various aspects of the trial and if available, information from our service providers. During the course of a clinical trial, we adjust our rate of clinical expense recognition if actual results differ from our estimates. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and could result in us reporting amounts that are over or understated for a particular period and adjustments to our research and development expenses may be necessary in future periods. Through June 30, 2013, there have been no material adjustments to our prior period estimates of accrued expenses for clinical trials.

Future Purchase Rights Liabilities

On September 25, 2012, we entered into a senior preferred stock purchase agreement (as amended, the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement) that authorizes the multi-stage issuance of 13,605,741 shares of our redeemable convertible senior preferred stock for $8.00 per share. Pursuant to the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement, we granted to the investors in the senior preferred stock financing the right, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to purchase additional shares of senior preferred stock for a purchase price of $8.00 per share at multiple subsequent closings in accordance with a schedule provided in the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement. These future purchase rights terminate automatically upon certain events, including the closing of a

 

49


Table of Contents

Qualified Public Offering, as defined in the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement. Upon termination, the future purchase rights liabilities, as discussed below, would be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity.

These future purchase rights for additional shares of our senior preferred stock are legally detachable from the shares of the underlying senior preferred stock and, as a result, are considered freestanding instruments that are accounted for separately from such shares of senior preferred stock. As the future purchase rights are exercisable for shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, the future purchase rights are instruments that embody obligations to transfer assets and are classified as liabilities under the accounting guidance that distinguishes liabilities from equity. Our future purchase rights liabilities were initially recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of issuance as a discount on the underlying preferred stock and are periodically revalued to reflect changes in the estimated fair value at each reporting date, with any decrease or increase in the estimated fair value being recorded as other income or expense, respectively. The fair value of these liabilities is estimated using a binomial lattice model based on the characteristics of the common and preferred stock on the valuation date, probabilities related to our operations and clinical development, as well as assumptions for volatility, remaining expected life, risk-free interest rate and, in some cases, credit spread. Changes in the fair value of the future purchase rights will fluctuate in conjunction with increases or decreases in the fair value of our common stock, and the number of preferred and common shares and future purchase rights outstanding relative to the Company’s enterprise value at each reporting date.

Stock-based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payments made to employees, directors, and consultants based on estimated fair value, net of an estimated forfeiture rate. Currently, our stock-based awards consist only of stock options; however, future grants under our equity compensation plans may consist of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted and stock purchase rights using the Black-Scholes-Merton, or BSM, option pricing model, which requires the use of estimates to value employee stock-based compensation at the date of grant.

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for employees and directors on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that are ultimately expected to vest. We estimate forfeitures based on an analysis of our historical employee turnover and will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. We will revise the forfeiture estimate, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Changes in forfeiture estimates, which have not been material to date, impact compensation cost in the period in which the change in estimate occurs.

The fair value of options granted to nonemployees is estimated using the BSM option pricing model and is remeasured at each reporting date with changes in fair value recognized as expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

The BSM option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield of our common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, and the expected term of the option. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

Risk-Free Interest Rate

We base the risk-free interest rate assumption on zero-coupon U.S. treasury instruments appropriate for the expected term of the stock option grants.

Expected Dividend Yield

We base the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

50


Table of Contents

Expected Volatility

As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock is estimated based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies by taking the average historic price volatility for these peers for a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology industry whose shares are publicly-traded.

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted we determined the expected life assumption using either the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its ordinary vesting period, or the comparable average expected term utilizing those companies in the peer group noted above, as applicable.

The range of assumptions we used to determine the fair value of employee and nonemployee stock options granted in each period were as follows:

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
2013
 
         2011             2012         
                  (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.6     0.2%—1.0%         0.1%—0.8%   

Expected dividend yield

     0     0%         0%   

Expected volatility

     77.3     100.0%         100.0%   

Expected term of options (years)

     4.0        1.0—6.0         0.5—5.0   

We estimate the level of forfeitures expected to occur and record stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that we ultimately expect will vest. Through June 30, 2013, actual forfeitures have not been material.

The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation expense to employees and nonemployees (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended June 30,
 
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
                  

(unaudited)

 

Research and development

   $ 10       $ 50       $ 22       $ 127   

General and administrative

     26         94         27         172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 36       $ 144       $ 49       $ 299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Common Stock Valuation

Due to the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations using the BSM option pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was assessed on each grant date by our board of directors. All options to purchase shares of our common stock have been granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

For stock option grants our board of directors considered various objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of our common stock, including: external market conditions affecting the biopharmaceutical industry, trends within the biopharmaceutical industry, the superior rights and preferences of the junior and senior preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant, our results of operations and financial position, status of our research and development efforts, our stage of development and business strategy, the lack of an active public market for our common stock and our junior and senior preferred

 

51


Table of Contents

stock, and the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event such as an initial public offering (IPO) or sale of our company in light of prevailing market conditions.

April 2012 Grants

Our board of directors determined that no internal or external value generating factors had occurred since the February 3, 2012 closing of the junior preferred stock financing; as such, our board of directors utilized the junior preferred stock issuance price of $0.43 per share as the basis for establishing the exercise price of our April 2012 grants.

September 2012 Grant

On September 25, 2012, we completed the first tranche closing of our senior preferred stock financing. At this time our board of directors determined that other than the senior preferred stock financing no additional internal or external value generating factors had occurred and, therefore, established the exercise price of the September 26, 2012 grants at $8.00 per share, the issuance price of the senior preferred stock.

December 2012 Grant

Our board of directors determined that no internal or external value generating factors had occurred between September 25, 2012 and December 7, 2012; as such, our board of directors determined that the exercise price of the December grants was $8.00.

March, May, June, and July 2013 Grants

During 2013, we completed three additional tranche closings of our senior preferred stock at $8.00 per share and our investors increased their total purchase commitments by $22.7 million to approximately $108.8 million. At the time of each of the 2013 grants, our board of directors determined that these events did not increase the fair value of our common stock beyond that of our senior preferred stock and, therefore, determined the exercise price of the March, May, June, and July 2013 grants was $8.00 per share.

The following table summarizes, by grant date, the number of stock options granted since January 1, 2012 and the associated per share exercise price for each grant:

 

Option Grant Dates

   Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
     Exercise
Price Per
Share
 

April 1, 2012

     655,043       $ 0.43   

April 25, 2012

     60,695         0.43   

September 26, 2012

     1,535,463         8.00   

December 7, 2012

     87,448         8.00   

March 4, 2013

     121,854         8.00   

May 13, 2013

     262,343         8.00   

June 30, 2013

     133,222         8.00   

July 15, 2013

     50,175         8.00   

As discussed below, the common stock fair value per share for the April 1 and April 25, 2012 grants was $0.43, for the September 26 and December 7, 2012 grants was $1.17, for the March 4, 2013 grant was $6.85, and for the May 13, June 30, and July 15, 2013 grants was $6.82. The intrinsic value of all outstanding options as of                     , 2013 was $                    , based on an IPO price per share of $                     , the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, of which approximately $                      and $                      related to vested and unvested options, respectively.

In connection with the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, we determined the estimated fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, March 31, 2013, and June 30, 2013 using methodologies, approaches and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA,

 

52


Table of Contents

Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Guide. Many objective and subjective factors, along with significant judgment by our board of directors, were utilized to determine the fair value of our common stock. The key factors primarily consisted of:

 

    the prices at which we sold shares of preferred stock;

 

    the superior rights, privileges and preferences of the preferred stock relative to our common stock at the time of each grant;

 

    the lack of an active public market for our common and our preferred stock;

 

    the stage of clinical development of our ELAD system;

 

    the financial forecasts utilized to determine future cash balances and expected near-term and long-term capital requirements;

 

    the selection of appropriate market comparable transactions;

 

    an assessment of current financing and biopharmaceutical industry environments,

 

    the probability and timing of various possible liquidity events;

 

    the estimated weighted-average cost of capital; and

 

    the discount for lack of marketability of our common stock.

There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates and if we had made different assumptions that those described above, the fair value of the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share amounts would have differed.

December 31, 2012 Valuation Analysis

During the first quarter of 2013, we commenced an analysis to determine the enterprise value of our company and the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, which utilized an Option Pricing Model, or OPM. OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that any such forecast would be highly speculative, or there is a substantially contemporaneous sale of stock to a third party. OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on the enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference to be received by holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time of a liquidity event, such as a merger, sale or IPO, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock is liquidated. OPM uses the BSM option pricing model to price the call option.

The OPM considered the relative rights and preferences of the various securities, including the seniority of the liquidation preferences for preferred equity, and the potential for dilution caused by the conversion of the preferred equity. Additionally, our preferred stockholders have various rights that give them greater control and influence over future liquidity, financing and other decisions relating to our company than the holders of our common stock. The OPM applied a percentage of participation for each class of shares for each valuation interval based on BSM option pricing models, and a 25.4% discount for lack of marketability was applied for the common stockholders. The resulting implied per share value of our common stock was $1.17 per share as of December 31, 2012, which was utilized to determine the BSM fair value for the purpose of calculating stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted in September and December 2012 at an exercise price of $8.00 per share.

Due to our management’s and board of directors’ decision to pursue an IPO, coupled with our belief that we could reasonably estimate the form and timing of potential liquidity events, we utilized a Probability Weighted

 

53


Table of Contents

Expected Return Method, or PWERM, for our March 31 and June 30, 2013 valuations. Under this method, the fair value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values assuming various outcomes. The value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available to us as well as the rights of each share class. The possible outcomes considered are based upon an analysis of future scenarios as described below:

 

    closing of an initial public offering;

 

    sale to a strategic acquirer;

 

    continuation as a private company with subsequent liquidation event; and

 

    dissolution.

Critical assumptions required to perform the PWERM include the following:

 

    Scenarios: Expected future events were identified.

 

    Scenario probabilities: The probabilities of occurrence of each event were estimated.

 

    Valuation: Expected future values under each scenario were estimated.

 

    Timing: Expected timing to the event under each scenario were estimated.

 

    Risk adjusted discount rates: Risk-adjusted discount rates were selected for each equity class based on the rights and preferences of each equity class and market data.

 

    Discounts: Appropriate minority or marketability discounts, if any, required to estimate the per share value of the various equity classes were determined.

In determining the value of our common stock at each grant date, we assumed that the redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding would be converted into common stock. In allocating value to our common stock in the merger or sale scenario, we first allocated to our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock the greater of the liquidation preference of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and the amount that would have been payable had all such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted to common stock.

March 31, 2013 Valuation Analysis

Our analysis considered the following probability-weighted scenarios:

 

Scenario

   Weight  

IPO by December 31, 2013

     25

Sale by December 31, 2013

     20

Private company

     30

Dissolution

     25

A 13% discount for lack of marketability was applied for common stockholders. This resulting implied fair value of $6.85 per share was utilized to determine the BSM fair value for the purpose of calculating stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted in March 2013 at an exercise price of $8.00 per share.

June 30, 2013 Valuation Analysis

Our analysis considered the following probability-weighted scenarios:

 

Scenario

   Weight  

IPO by November 15, 2013

     35

Sale by November 15, 2013

     10

Private company

     30

Dissolution

     25

 

54


Table of Contents

A 9% discount for lack of marketability was applied for common stockholders. This resulting implied fair value of $6.82 per share was utilized to determine the BSM fair value for the purpose of calculating stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted in May, June, and July 2013 at an exercise price of $8.00 per share. The decrease in fair value of our common stock from March 31, 2013, was primarily due to dilution from the issuance of substantially more shares of our redeemable convertible senior preferred stock during the second quarter of 2013 that have superior liquidation rights.

Upon completion of the valuations of the estimated fair value of our common stock, we concluded that the fair value of our common stock was below the exercise price of options granted during the second half of 2012 and quarterly in 2013.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are provided for tax effects of transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of income taxes currently due plus deferred income taxes related to temporary differences between the basis of certain assets and liabilities for financial statement purposes and for income tax reporting purposes. Deferred taxes are determined based on the difference between the financial statement value and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance is provided if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based on our analysis of both positive and negative factors, we have determined that it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize our deferred tax assets, and therefore we have recorded a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Our analysis included an assessment of our past profitability and our future projections of forecasted revenue and expense levels.

As of December 31, 2012, we had federal and state net operating losses, or NOLs, of approximately $8.6 million and $8.8 million, respectively, which begin to expire in 2023 and 2013, respectively, for federal and state tax purposes.

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code, substantial changes in our ownership may limit the amount of net NOLs that could be utilized annually in the future to offset taxable income, if any. Specifically, this limitation may arise in the event of a cumulative change in ownership of our company of more than 50% within a three-year period as determined under the Code, which we refer to as an ownership change. Any such annual limitation may significantly reduce the utilization of these NOLs before they expire. We believe that a change in ownership, as defined in Section 382, occurred in February 2012. As a result, the deferred tax asset associated with our federal and state net operating loss carryovers and federal research credits has been reduced based on the 382 limitations. The amount of the reduction in our deferred tax assets is based on the estimated amount of the net operating loss carryover and federal research credits we believe cannot be used based on the estimated amount of our Section 382 annual limitation. As of December 31, 2012, we have reduced our deferred tax assets by $27.7 million and have estimated that approximately $60.0 million and $61.7 million of our federal and state NOLs cannot be used in future years as a result of this change in ownership. Additionally, we have estimated that approximately $2.2 million and $1.6 million of our federal and state research credits carryover cannot be used in future years. Exact computations of limitations under Section 382 have not been completed, but the amounts reflect our best estimate of limitations and net operating losses and credits available in future years. We have not determined if other changes under Section 382 subsequent to the 2012 estimated change date have occurred. We expect the issuance of common stock in this offering, together with the issuance of common stock in any other transactions involving our common stock, may result in an additional ownership change, which could further limit the amount of the NOLs we may use to offset future taxable income, if any.

Results of Operations

Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and 2013

The $6.5 million increase in research and development expense during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily attributable to increases of:

 

    $2.5 million in employee and consultant salaries and wages, stock-based compensation, and other compensation related costs due to increased headcount to support our operations;

 

55


Table of Contents
    $2.1 million in fees paid to CROs, clinical sites, and other costs related to the commencement of our Phase 3 clinical trial activities;

 

    $1.2 million in manufacturing supplies and related costs to support the clinical trial activities;

 

    $338,000 in third-party consulting expenses to support the clinical trial activities;

 

    $256,000 in travel expenses related to the increase in headcount and clinical trial activities; and

 

    $125,000 of allocated facilities costs, including depreciation and lease expenses, to support the increase in headcount and clinical trial activities.

The $1.8 million increase in general and administrative expense during the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily attributable to increases of:

 

    $797,000 in employee and consultant salaries and wages, stock-based compensation, and other compensation related expenses due to increased headcount to support our operations;

 

    $366,000 of third-party consulting expenses related to executive and board member recruitment;

 

    $504,000 of audit and related expenses due to our increased operations;

 

    $387,000 of third-party consulting expenses to support our increased operations;

 

    $222,000 in travel expenses related to the increase in headcount; and

 

    $120,000 in allocated facilities costs, including depreciation and lease expenses, related to our increases in headcount.

The above increases in general and administrative expense were partially offset by a decrease of $600,000 related to a termination fee for a potential equity raising transaction agreement in the prior year and a decrease of $111,000 in legal fees and insurance costs.

The $180,000 decrease in the revaluation of preferred stock warrants was attributable to the final valuation adjustment of our preferred stock warrant liabilities in 2012, as these warrants were converted to common stock warrants in connection with the junior preferred stock offering in February 2012.

The $3.5 million in other expense from the revaluation of future purchase rights liabilities for the six months ended June 30, 2013 is the result of an increase in the estimated fair value of future purchase rights liabilities associated with our senior preferred stock financings. The increase in the estimated fair value is primarily due to an increase in our underlying enterprise value, which resulted in an increase in the per share value of both our common and preferred stock and the underlying future purchase rights at June 30, 2013 as compared to December 31, 2012.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

The $418,000 decrease in research and development expense during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to decreases of:

 

    $485,000 in salaries and wages, stock-based compensation, and other compensation related costs;

 

    $286,000 in third-party consulting costs due to reduced headcount and clinical trial activity as we investigated financing opportunities;

 

    $222,000 of allocated facilities costs, including depreciation and lease expenses, attributable to reduced maintenance and capital expenditures; and

 

    $12,000 in legal and insurance costs.

The above decreases in research and development expense were partially offset by increases of:

 

    $461,000 in fees paid to CROs, clinical sites, and other costs related to winding down our Phase 2 clinical trial activities and starting work on the Phase 3 clinical trials; and

 

56


Table of Contents
    $126,000 in travel costs to support our clinical trial activities.

The $1.4 million increase in general and administrative expense during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 was primarily attributable to:

 

    an increase of $600,000 related to a termination fee for a potential equity raising transaction agreement;

 

    an increase of $429,000 in third-party consulting expenses related to executive and board member recruitment and marketing;

 

    an increase of $298,000 in legal expenses;

 

    an increase of $144,000 in salaries and wages, stock-based compensation, and other compensation related expenses due to increased headcount to support our operations;

 

    an increase of $138,000 in audit and related expenses; and

 

    an increase of $74,000 in computer and equipment costs, including depreciation, related to our increases in headcount.

The above increases in general and administrative expense were partially offset by a decrease of $264,000 in travel expenses.

The $8.8 million decrease in interest expense for 2012 as compared to 2011 was primarily attributable to recognizing the fair value of preferred stock warrants issued in connection with the conversion of loans into Series D Preferred Stock, which was recorded as interest expense in 2011.

The $11.8 million decrease in revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities was attributable to the decrease of the underlying fair value of our warrants recorded as liabilities in 2011. A final valuation adjustment was recognized for these preferred stock warrants prior to their conversion to common stock warrants in conjunction with the junior preferred stock offering in February 2012.

The $3.1 million in other income from the revaluation of future purchase rights liabilities for the year ended December 31, 2012 was the result of a decrease in the estimated fair value of future purchase rights liabilities associated with our senior preferred stock financings from the date of issuance in September 2012 to December 31, 2012. The decrease in the estimated fair value was primarily the result of an increase in the number of shares of senior preferred stock outstanding during the fourth quarter of 2012 relative to our enterprise value, which resulted in a reduction in the per share fair value of both our common and senior preferred stock and the underlying future purchase rights at December 31, 2012 as compared to the date of issuance of the preferred shares and the underlying future purchase rights.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

To date, we have not generated significant revenues attributable to ELAD. We have a history of incurring losses and negative cash flows from operations and, as of June 30, 2013, we had a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $86.0 million. We anticipate that we will continue to incur increasing losses for at least the next several years. We expect that our research and development and general and administrative expenses will continue to increase and, as a result, we will need additional capital to fund our operations, which we may seek to obtain through a combination of equity offerings, debt financings, government or other third-party financing, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements.

Since our inception through June 30, 2013, we have funded our operations principally with $121.9 million, net of issuance costs, from the issuance of convertible notes, preferred stock, common stock, and warrants. As of June 30, 2013, we had cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments of approximately $41.4 million. Cash in excess of immediate requirements is invested in accordance with our investment policy, primarily with an intent to maximize liquidity and capital preservation. Currently, our funds are held in cash, money market funds and U.S. government treasuries.

 

57


Table of Contents

The following table shows a summary of our cash flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the six month periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2013:

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
    Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
     2011     2012     2012     2013  
     (In thousands)  
                 (unaudited)  

Cash (used in) provided by:

        

Operating activities

   $ (7,831   $ (9,244   $ (3,682   $ (10,409

Investing activities

     (18     (14,588     (420     8,156   

Financing activities

     8,253        27,501        5,054        34,213   

Net cash used in operating activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, operating activities used $10.4 million of cash. The use of cash primarily related to our net loss of $15.5 million, partially offset by $4.1 million of noncash charges related to the revaluation of future purchase rights, depreciation, and stock-based compensation and $965,000 of net changes in our operating assets and liabilities. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 consisted primarily of an increase of $1.4 million in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due primarily to the timing of payments made by us to vendors, partially offset by an increase of $198,000 related to a lease deposit, $154,000 of prepaid clinical costs, and $102,000 related to other prepaid expenses.

During the six months ended June 30, 2012, operating activities used $3.7 million of cash. The use of cash primarily related to our net loss of $3.6 million and adjustments to net loss of $180,000 due to the noncash revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities, partially offset by $464,000 of net changes in our operating assets and liabilities and $530,000 of noncash charges related to depreciation, stock-based compensation, and noncash interest expense. Net cash provided by changes in our operating assets and liabilities during the six months ended June 30, 2012 consisted primarily of a decrease of $33,000 in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due primarily to the timing of payments made by us to vendors, and an increase of $431,000 due primarily to the timing of prepaid legal expenses.

Net operating cash used in the year ended December 31, 2012 was $9.2 million. The use of cash during 2012 primarily related to our net loss of $6.7 million, $473,000 of net changes in our operating assets and liabilities, and adjustments to net loss of $180,000 due to the noncash revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities, partially offset by $1.2 million of noncash charges related to depreciation, interest, and stock-based compensation. Net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of a decrease of $231,000 in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due primarily to the timing of payments made by us to vendors, and an increase in prepaid expenses of $242,000 due primarily to increases in prepaid clinical costs of $54,000 and $188,000 related to other items.

Net operating cash used in the year ended December 31, 2011 was $7.8 million. The use of cash during 2011 primarily related to our net loss of $5.9 million, $12.0 million related to the noncash revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities, and $104,000 related to net changes in our operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by $9.1 million in noncash interest expense and $997,000 of noncash charges related to depreciation and stock-based compensation. Net cash used by changes in our operating assets and liabilities consisted primarily of an decrease of $171,000 in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due primarily to the timing of payments made by us to vendors, and a decrease of $67,000 in other current assets and prepaid expenses, due primarily to timing of operations.

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, investing activities provided $8.2 million of cash, primarily related to sales of short-term investments of $12.0 million, partially offset by $3.0 million of purchases of short-term investments, $558,000 in purchases of capital equipment, and $286,000 related to the changes in restricted cash requirements associated with our clinical trial obligations and potential corporate wind-down and employee related expenses.

 

58


Table of Contents

During the six months ended June 30, 2012 our investing activities used $420,000 of cash related to $368,000 in changes in restricted cash requirements associated with potential corporate wind-down and employee related expenses and $52,000 in purchases of capital equipment.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, investing activities used $14.6 million of cash related to the purchase of $14.0 million in short-term investments, $261,000 of cash related to the purchases of capital equipment, and $355,000 related to changes in restricted cash requirements associated with our clinical trial obligations and potential corporate wind-down and employee related expenses.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, total cash of $18,000 used in investing activities related to purchases of capital equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, financing activities provided $34.2 million of cash, net of offering costs, primarily related to the sale of additional senior preferred stock. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, financing activities provided $5.1 million of cash, which was comprised of $3.7 million of proceeds from term loans and convertible debt, net of payments and issuance costs, and $1.3 million of proceeds from the sale of our junior preferred stock, net of offering costs.

During the year ended December 31, 2012, financing activities provided $27.5 million of cash, compared to $8.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase of cash during 2012 primarily related to the sale of senior preferred stock for $21.1 million, net of offering costs, and proceeds of $6.9 million from a loan that converted to senior preferred stock during 2012. These increases were partially offset by principal payments of $533,000 on our debt. Our 2011 financing activities included the placement of $2.9 million in convertible debt, net of offering costs, and the sale of $6.0 million of Series D preferred stock, net of offering costs. Partially offsetting these receipts of funds was the use of $572,000 related to the payments on our loan. The promissory notes plus accrued interest were converted into Series D preferred stock during 2011.

Funding Requirements

We have not completed development of ELAD. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and increasing operating losses for at least the next few years.

As of June 30, 2013, we had $41.4 million in cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments. We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments as of June 30, 2013, along with the estimated net proceeds from this offering, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially.

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including:

 

    the number and characteristics of any future product candidates we pursue;

 

    the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing ELAD and any future product candidates on our own, and conducting preclinical research and clinical trials;

 

    the cost of commercialization activities, if any, of ELAD and any future product candidates we develop independently that are approved for sale, including marketing, sales and distribution costs;

 

    the cost of manufacturing ELAD and future product candidates and any products we successfully commercialize independently;

 

    our ability to maintain existing collaborations and to establish new collaborations, licensing or other arrangements and the financial terms of such agreements;

 

    the costs involved with being a public company;

 

59


Table of Contents
    the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing patents, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and

 

    the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on ELAD and any future product candidates.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our most significant clinical trial expenditures are to investigative sites and to CROs. The agreements are cancellable by either party at any time upon written notice, but obligate us to reimburse the providers for any time or costs incurred through date or termination, with notice, at our option and do not have any cancellation penalties. These items are not included in the table below. We lease office and manufacturing space in San Diego, California. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2012 and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our cash flow in future periods:

 

     Payments Due by Period  
     Total      Less Than
1 Year
     1-3 Years      3-5 Years      More
Than
5 Years
 
     (In thousands)  

Operating lease obligations (1)

   $ 1,676       $ 449       $ 692       $ 535       $  —   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

   $ 1,676       $ 449       $ 692       $ 535       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  (1) In May 2013, we entered into a lease for office space that expires in July 2017. Minimum future annual obligations under this lease total $1.9 million, which is not included in the table above.

As of December 31, 2012, we had existing purchase commitments for future minimum payments of $250,000, exclusive of prepayments totaling $40,000, with raw material vendors for materials that will be manufactured and utilized on an as needed basis. These items are not included in the table above due to the uncertainty of timing of the utilization. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 we purchased $170,000, $462,000, $88,000, and $295,000, respectively, of materials from these vendors.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Sensitivity

We had cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments of $41.4 million at June 30, 2013, which was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We do not believe that we have any material exposure to changes in the fair value of these investments as a result of changes in interest rates due to their short-term nature. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income.

Foreign Currency Risk

To date, our international agreements have been denominated almost exclusively in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, we have limited exposure to foreign currency exchange rates and do not enter into foreign currency hedging transactions or derivative financial transactions. The functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries are the local currencies. Accordingly, the effects of exchange rate fluctuations on the net assets of these operations are accounted for as translation gains or losses in accumulated other comprehensive income within stockholders’ equity. We do not believe that a change of 10% in such foreign currency exchange rates would have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

Our balance sheet as of June 30, 2013, includes cash and cash equivalent balances of $116,000 denominated in renminbi and $0 denominated in U.S. dollars at our Chinese subsidiary, VTI China. The majority of VTI China’s operational activities are denominated and transacted in renminbi with the exception of intercompany investments and loans that are transacted in U.S. dollars. Exchange rate losses recognized for all periods presented were insignificant. We contract with clinical investor sites, CROs and consultants globally. We may be

 

60


Table of Contents

subject to fluctuations in foreign currency rates in connection with certain of these agreements. Transactions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency are recorded based on exchange rates at the time such transactions arise. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, substantially all of our total liabilities were denominated in the functional currency.

Effects of Inflation

We do not believe that inflation and changing prices had a significant impact on our results of operations for any periods presented herein.

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update, or ASU, No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS s. This accounting standard clarifies the application of certain existing fair value measurement guidance and expands the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. This ASU is effective on a prospective basis for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. Our adoption of this standard on January 1, 2012 did not have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income , which provides companies with two options for presenting comprehensive income. Companies can present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. In December 2011, the FASB indefinitely deferred the requirement of the guidance to present reclassification adjustments of other comprehensive income by line item on the face of the applicable statement. However, all other requirements of the guidance are effective for us, and we adopted this guidance, effective January 1, 2012. As the guidance relates only to how comprehensive income is disclosed and does not change the items that must be reported as comprehensive income, adoption did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. ASU 2013-02 requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We adopted ASU 2013-02 as of January 1, 2013 and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists , which requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. If an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 and earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance; however, management does not believe it will have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

61


Table of Contents

Internal Controls and Procedures

In connection with past audits of our financial statements, our independent registered public accounting firm identified and reported adjustments to management. Certain of these adjustments were deemed to be the result of internal control deficiencies that constitute material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. If one or more material weaknesses persist or if we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results could be adversely affected.

We have not maintained an effective control environment in that the design and execution of our controls was limited due to the lack of proper segregation of duties resulting from inadequate staffing levels, the ineffective review over financial transactions and the maintenance of our books and records. The lack of adequate staffing levels resulted in insufficient time spent on review and approval of certain information used to prepare our financial statements and the maintenance of effective controls to adequately monitor and review significant transactions for financial statement completeness and accuracy. Such examples include correct financial statement classification, the valuation of financing transactions entered into during the period, and maintenance of documentation in support of such transactions. These control deficiencies, although varying in severity, contributed to the material weaknesses in the control environment noted by our independent registered public accounting firm.

Although remediation efforts are still in progress, management is taking steps to address the causes of our audit adjustments and to improve our internal control over financial reporting, including the implementation of new accounting processes and control procedures and the identification of gaps in our skills base and expertise of the staff required to meet the financial reporting requirements of a public company. We have hired additional accounting personnel who are degreed accountants, which has enabled us to expedite our month-end close process, thereby facilitating the timely preparation of financial reports and strengthen our segregation of duties. During 2013, we may hire incremental qualified staff as part of a comprehensive review of our internal controls and formalization of our review and approval processes.

We may identify additional control deficiencies, which could give rise to significant deficiencies and other material weaknesses in addition to the material weaknesses previously identified.

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for the first fiscal year beginning after the closing of this offering. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by management over our internal control over financial reporting.

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and processing documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing or any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are designed and operating effectively, which could result in a loss of investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports. This could cause the price of our common stock to decline, and we may be subject to investigation or sanctions by the SEC.

We will be required to disclose changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis. However, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of the year following our first annual report required to be filed with the SEC, or the date we are no longer an “emerging growth company” if we take advantage of the exemptions contained in the JOBS Act. At such time, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied that our internal controls over financial reporting are designed and operating effectively to prevent or detect a material misstatement to the financial statements. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures or hiring accounting or internal audit staff.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have during the periods presented, and we do not currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined under SEC rules.

 

62


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a biotherapeutic company focused on developing a cell-based therapy targeting the treatment of acute liver failure. Our product candidate, the ELAD System, or ELAD, is an extracorporeal bio-artificial liver therapy designed to allow the patient’s own liver to regenerate to a healthy state or to stabilize the patient until transplant. ELAD is the only bio-artificial liver containing immortal human liver cells to enter Phase 3 clinical trials. We designed ELAD to supplement key aspects of normal liver function to improve patient survival. We estimate that at least 30,000 patients annually in the United States experience forms of acute liver failure for which ELAD may be a life-saving therapy. Outside of liver transplant, which is severely limited by availability of organs and not available to many patients, the current standard-of-care for acute liver failure is primarily focused on the management of complications, which does not restore lost liver function and is associated with a high rate of mortality. ELAD has received orphan designation in the United States and Europe for the treatment of acute liver failure.

We are currently conducting three Phase 3 clinical trials. In March 2013, we initiated VTI-208, a Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial in 200 subjects with alcohol-induced liver decompensation, or AILD. In the fourth quarter of 2013, we intend to initiate a second Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial, VTI-210, in 120 subjects with acute alcoholic hepatitis, or AAH, which is a subset of AILD. Also in the fourth quarter of 2013, we intend to initiate VTI-212, a Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial in 126 subjects with fulminant hepatic failure, or FHF.

These studies are designed to complement each other and confirm study outcomes, and may be combined to support product registration in the United States and Europe. In addition, based upon discussions with United States and European regulatory authorities, we believe that each of our three Phase 3 clinical trials, if successful from both a statistical and clinical standpoint, may support product registration on a stand-alone basis. According to the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, a second confirmatory clinical trial that substantiates positive results may be necessary to support a Biologics License Application, or BLA. These studies are designed to complement each other and confirm study outcomes, and may be combined to support product registration in the United States and Europe. We designed VTI-208 with input from the Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA, to support product registration in the United States. Similarly, we designed VTI-210 with input from the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, to support product registration in Europe. We believe that VTI-212 could support product registration in both the United States and Europe. We currently anticipate the receipt of Phase 3 clinical trial data from VTI-208 beginning in 2015. In the event that more than one clinical trial is deemed necessary for regulatory approval, we plan to incorporate data from several of these trials into our submission.

ELAD consists of customized disposable sets and a reusable bedside unit attached to four disposable cartridges. This bedside unit is based on a cardio-pulmonary bypass machine, which we have configured for ELAD therapy. This bedside unit and customized disposable sets are attached to the cartridges where the patient’s blood plasma is treated by our C3A cells before being returned to the patient. The four ELAD cartridges collectively contain 440 grams, or approximately one pound, of immortal human C3A cells from our proprietary cell bank. We employ proprietary methods designed to manufacture large quantities of these cells consistently and cost-effectively. These cells have been shown to retain many key synthetic and metabolic processes of normal human hepatocytes, the primary functional cell of the liver.

During ELAD therapy, blood plasma is drawn from the patient through a central venous line and then passes into the cartridges via our bedside unit. Therapy is expected to consist of a single session of continuous allogeneic cellular therapy lasting between three and ten days. As the treatment with our C3A cells is not patient-specific, we avoid the costly logistical and production challenges typically associated with autologous cellular therapies.

ELAD has shown trends indicating the potential to increase survival rates in acute liver failure. Prior to the initiation of our ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial programs, over 150 subjects have received ELAD therapy, including earlier iterations of the ELAD system, in seven clinical trials and through a compassionate use program. Data from a 68 subject randomized, controlled clinical trial performed at two hospital centers in Beijing, China showed a statistically significant difference in 28 day and 56 day transplant-free survival rates in

 

63


Table of Contents

the ELAD treated group compared with the control group using the pre-defined logrank test, a statistical test that compares the survival distributions of the two study groups. This technique is widely used in clinical trials to document the efficacy of a new treatment compared to a control treatment when the measurement is the time to event (such as the time from initial treatment to death, or to a liver transplant). Data from a subset comprising the first 49 subjects in this clinical trial revealed a statistically significant difference in 84 day survival using a more sensitive analytical technique, the Wilcoxon rank-sum test. This test is another statistical method used in the analysis of clinical trial data that compares two populations, for example, in respect to their survival times. Additionally, subsets of data from other Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical trials showed a trend indicating that ELAD may increase survival rates.

Early ELAD clinical trials carried out prior to the current pivotal trial program were pilot in nature and designed to identify patient populations and clinical trial designs that were appropriate and necessary to pursue in pivotal clinical studies to support regulatory approval in the United States, Europe, and Australia. Although they demonstrated trends towards increased survival, to date none of our prior trials were designed to adequately power or demonstrate significant increased survival and the FDA has noted its view that our preliminary clinical evidence, at this time, does not indicate that ELAD may demonstrate a substantial improvement over the current standard-of-care. For each of the Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate efficacy, a statistical plan has been generated, and the studies have been powered with a sufficient number of subjects, such that, should the survival benefits be consistent with those from prior smaller studies, the sample size will be adequate to prove efficacy within statistical criteria traditionally acceptable to the FDA. We have also designed these studies with guidance from the FDA and with the intent of minimizing bias, to the extent possible, in an open label study design. These plans have been shared with the FDA.

Other artificial liver devices to reach late-stage clinical trials have been either acellular or contained pig cells. We believe that human liver cells are necessary to allow an artificial liver to replicate key aspects of the intricate biology of normal human liver function.

We own exclusive worldwide commercial rights to ELAD free of royalties. If our marketing applications are approved, we intend to commercialize ELAD in the United States, Europe, and Australia with a targeted sales force. We intend to opportunistically pursue markets outside the United States, Europe, and Australia either through direct sales or collaborations. We also believe that ELAD may have potential use for viral hepatitis, liver resection support and liver transplant support, although we have generated limited clinical data to support these indications.

As of September 30, 2013, we are the owner of record of three U.S. patents and over a dozen issued or allowed foreign patents, including in Europe and Australia. Our key U.S. patent, which claims a method of using C3A cells to treat a patient’s blood, is set to expire in April 2027 unless extended further. In addition, in September 2013, we received notice of allowance from the United States Patent & Trademark Office for a patent application with claims covering an extracorporeal device configuration, which we believe to include our ELAD system, independent of cell-type used. Moreover, if approved, ELAD will be eligible for 12 years of data exclusivity in the United States under the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2012. Finally, orphan designation provides market exclusivity for seven years in the United States and ten years in Europe upon regulatory approval.

Our Strategy

Our goal is to become the leading biotherapeutic company developing and marketing cell-based therapies targeting the treatment of acute liver failure. Key elements of our strategy to achieve this goal are:

 

    Successfully complete ELAD’s clinical development in acute liver failure .    In March 2013, we began enrollment in VTI-208 for AILD and we expect to begin enrollment in VTI-210 for AAH and VTI-212 for FHF later this year. We anticipate receiving data from these Phase 3 trials in acute liver failure beginning in 2015.

 

   

Obtain regulatory approval for ELAD in the United States, in Europe , and Australia .    If our VTI-208 or VTI-210 Phase 3 clinical trials are statistically and clinically successful, we plan to submit a BLA to the FDA and a Marketing Authorization Application, or an MAA, to the EMA, in 2016 for the indications of

 

64


Table of Contents
 

AILD and AAH, respectively. If VTI-212 is statistically and clinically successful, we plan to submit filings to the FDA and EMA in 2017 for approval in FHF.

 

    Maximize the commercial potential of ELAD in the United States, Europe, and Australia .    If approved, we intend to directly commercialize ELAD in the United States, Europe, and Australia with a targeted sales force focusing on liver transplant and other specialist intensive care centers. We believe that we can price ELAD in a range consistent with other currently marketed life saving therapies, such as left ventricular assist devices, orphan biologic medications for hereditary metabolic diseases, and monoclonal antibody medications for cancer.

 

    Opportunistically explore commercial opportunities for ELAD in other international markets .    We have completed a trial for ELAD that may be considered pivotal in China. The study predominantly enrolled subjects with viral hepatitis, and our application for marketing approval, filed in 2007, is still under review. However, we do not currently anticipate receiving approval in China prior to our receipt of FDA approval, if any, in the United States. We plan to address the commercial opportunity in China following approval in the United States and Europe. We also plan to evaluate commercial opportunities in Japan, India, other Asian markets, the Middle East, Brazil and Africa.

 

    Pursue development of ELAD in additional indications .    If ELAD is approved for use in treating AILD, AAH or FHF, we anticipate pursuing ELAD’s clinical development in viral hepatitis, liver transplant support and liver resection support.

 

    Technical Improvements and New Applications .    We plan to continue our development of the ELAD system with the incorporation of technical improvements to our bedside unit, customized disposable sets, and cells and the development of next-generation systems. In addition, we plan explore other uses for C3A cells including the potential commercialization of proteins and other C3A-produced compounds.

Our ELAD Product Candidate

ELAD is a Phase 3 investigational extracorporeal bio-artificial liver therapy designed to supplement hepatic function in order to improve survival rates among patients with acute liver failure. ELAD consists of a reusable bedside unit attached to four disposable cartridges, which collectively contain thousands of hollow fibers and approximately one pound of immortal human C3A cells from our proprietary cell bank.

The below figure is a schematic of ELAD:

 

LOGO

During ELAD therapy, blood is drawn from the patient via a central venous line and then passes into the bedside unit where plasma ultrafiltrate is isolated by an ultrafiltrate generator. The patient’s plasma ultrafiltrate then

 

65


Table of Contents

passes into the four cartridges where it contacts our C3A cells after passing through fibers which allow appropriate two-way transfer of toxins, metabolites and nutrients, mimicking liver function. The fibers, made of a semi-permeable membrane, permit passage from our C3A cells to the patient’s plasma ultrafiltrate of macromolecules. At the same time, these fibers permit the passage of toxins such as ammonia and bilirubin and nutrients such as glucose and oxygen from the plasma ultrafiltrate to our C3A cells. Heparin, a widely-available anti-coagulant drug, is administered during ELAD therapy in some patients to prevent blood-clotting in the ultrafiltrate cartridge.

Treated plasma ultrafiltrate is then filtered, reconstituted with blood cells and returned to the patient via the central venous line. Meanwhile, the bedside unit monitors and adjusts glucose and oxygen concentrations in the plasma ultrafiltrate as well as temperature in order to maintain the cells’ viability. Therapy is expected to consist of a single session of continuous treatment lasting between three and ten days, as determined by the treating physician.

Our Proprietary C3A Cell Bank

The key to the performance of ELAD is our C3A cell bank. The bank contains immortal human liver cells that can be grown in almost unlimited quantities, stored and shipped worldwide. These properties enable continuous patient treatment for ten days often without changing the cartridges. Moreover, the immortal C3A cells mimic certain functions of human liver cells and have been shown to retain many of the specific metabolic processes and pathways of hepatocytes. These functions include an active P450 enzyme system as well as the production of liver specific proteins such as albumin, anti-thrombin III, alpha-fetoprotein, C3 complement, Factor V, transferrin, alpha-1-antichymotrypsin and alpha-1-antitrypsin.

Past attempts to develop a liver assist product based on human hepatocytes faced two problems: human hepatocytes could not be expanded in the large quantities needed for a commercial product and the cells lost their hepatocyte functions in a short time. This meant that products based on human hepatocytes were not scalable and could not provide the prolonged treatment necessary for liver support. In the late 1980’s, scientists at Baylor College of Medicine in Houston set out to develop a human hepatocyte cell line that could be grown in commercial quantities, ceased cell division on filling space available, retained key hepatocyte functions and survived therapy in human blood. Baylor entered into a cooperative program with The Wistar Institute to develop a new cell line. The parties recognized that the cell properties they sought would likely be found in a tumor cell and worked with the HepG2 cell line derived from a human hepatoblastoma, a mildly metastatic human liver tumor taken from a young person. This cell line was not homogeneous and they searched for a clone of HepG2, which displayed the properties they sought. The C3A cell satisfied most of the criteria that they had specified and they began work with C3A cells in a specially designed bedside delivery system.

The C3A cell line has been studied by independent investigators who have confirmed its hepatocyte properties, such as the presence of a functional cytochrome P450 toxin-processing enzyme system and the production of many liver-specific proteins. However, the C3A cell line does not entirely mimic the behavior of primary hepatocytes. For instance, it has not been shown to process ammonia as primary hepatocytes do and C3A produces large amounts of alpha-fetoprotein, or AFP. We believe these issues are manageable since excess ammonia can be removed by dialysis if needed, and AFP is a non-toxic fetal analogue of albumin.

We have customized the now-publicly available C3A cell line which we originally acquired from Baylor University to create a proprietary C3A cell bank for use in ELAD, which we culture and expand through proprietary techniques. This cell bank represents a well-characterized stock of original cells that have been subjected to rigorous testing for viruses, pathogens and other contaminants in order to allow them to be used in humans. This bank contains enough cells to enable our clinical development and commercialization. We own this C3A cell bank exclusively and on a royalty-free basis. In addition, we have developed proprietary methods for growing, storing and optimizing the function of these cells.

ELAD therapy is not patient specific and our C3A cells, which are derived from a single source, are used to treat all patients. This process is known as allogeneic cellular therapy. In contrast, autologous cellular therapy uses a patient’s own cells, which are manipulated in individual production batches, and is a costly and complex process. As a result, the production and logistics of treatment with our C3A cells does not face the challenges commonly associated with autologous cellular therapies.

 

66


Table of Contents

Our proprietary C3A cell bank is stored in three separate locations around the world for security purposes and is used as the basis for growing approximately one pound of cells needed for each patient at our production facility in San Diego.

Differentiating Factors of ELAD

Unlike other potential therapies developed for acute liver failure in the past, we believe ELAD holds a unique combination of attributes:

 

    Biologically active .    ELAD is a biologically active system that is designed to replicate many liver functions. The functional unit of the liver, the hepatocyte, is thought to be responsible for 500 or more biologic processes necessary for human life. Moreover, many processes of the liver occur at ever-fluctuating rates in continuing response to the liver’s constantly changing biologic environment. As a result, we believe that an acellular solution to liver failure is unlikely to effectively replace lost liver function. We believe that a cellular approach, capable of replicating key biologic processes performed by a human hepatocyte, is best able to provide the requisite flexibility and breadth of function to sufficiently supplement liver function and improve survival in patients with acute liver failure.

 

    Human cellular therapy .    ELAD is based on human cells which confer a considerable advantage over animal cell therapies. Given the widespread availability of animal tissues, much work has been done on the use of animal liver cells, often derived from pigs, to treat humans with liver failure. While immunological risk is always present in cellular therapy, the use of non-human animal tissues presents greater immunological risk compared to human cellular therapy. Humans possess naturally occurring antibodies that react with antigens on porcine cell surfaces. These antibodies can mount an immediate attack in the presence of porcine cells, causing these cells to rapidly lose function and die. Moreover, repeated treatments with a porcine cell may cause subsequent immune responses to become increasingly severe. The infusion of porcine enzymes into a patient’s blood stream also poses immunologic risk. We are not aware of any FDA-approved non-human animal-based cellular therapy for use in patients.

 

    Immortal C3A cells .    Our C3A cells used in ELAD are derived from a human hepatoblastoma and are immortal. They can be expanded and can survive a session up to ten days of ELAD therapy, often without needing to be replaced during treatment. Hepatocytes are the main cell in the liver and deteriorate rapidly when removed from the body. Hepatocytes cannot be grown outside the body as they de-differentiate and die in a short period of time. The inability to expand makes hepatocytes unsuitable for a liver assist device which requires large amounts of hepatocytes.

 

    Commercially scalable .    We have developed a process to grow our C3A cell line in our facility in San Diego that is designed for scalable production. Each patient set of four cartridges contains a total of about one pound of cells and is grown in a production process that takes about six weeks. The process is carefully controlled and is performed under ultra clean conditions to avoid contamination in our cGMP compliant production plant. The process is scalable by modular units.

 

    Minimal manipulation needed by site .    Prior to shipment, ELAD cartridges are put into a dormant state and have up to 60 hours to be administered. When the hospital receives the cartridges, they are unpacked by our ELAD specialists on site, placed on the bedside unit, flushed with saline and are ready to be used for patient therapy. Since our C3A cells are immortal, they can remain alive for the duration of anticipated patient therapy and the ELAD cartridges do not usually need to be replaced, thus enhancing ease-of-use and reducing cost-of-goods.

Liver Failure

The liver performs a wide variety of vital life functions including metabolic, regulatory, detoxification and synthetic activities. The primary liver cell, the hepatocyte, is thought to be responsible for approximately 500 or more specific biologic processes. In addition, the liver also serves as a reservoir for immune cells which clear the blood of pathogens. As a result, the liver’s failure to perform its normal role can have devastating or fatal consequences. Causes of liver failure are numerous, and the condition is typically described in terms of rapidity of onset. The two main categories are acute liver failure and chronic liver failure. Liver disease represents the

 

67


Table of Contents

twelfth leading cause of death in the United States. In China, where viral hepatitis is endemic, liver disease represents the fifth leading cause of death and over 1 million cases of liver failure are estimated to occur each year in urban areas alone.

Acute Liver Failure

Acute liver failure refers to the rapid onset of liver dysfunction in a patient without chronic liver disease. The most common early features include yellowing of the skin and eyes, mental status changes and bleeding. Acute liver failure may occur from a variety of causes such as acute flares of viral hepatitis, paracetamol or acetaminophen overdose, idiosyncratic drug reactions and excessive alcohol intake. Despite improvements in intensive care management, mortality continues to be unacceptably high. Most acute liver failure patients, except active drinkers of alcohol, are considered suitable for liver transplant. When acute liver failure occurs in the presence of underlying liver disease, the condition is sometimes referred to as acute-on-chronic liver failure. Specific forms of acute liver failure include AILD and FHF.

Alcohol-Induced Liver Decompensation

AILD is a life-threatening form of acute liver failure precipitated by the recent ingestion of alcohol. AILD can occur with or without chronic underlying liver disease and can manifest itself in several clinical patterns depending on the acute response of the liver to alcohol’s toxic effect. One common and well-recognized form of AILD is AAH, which is characterized by inflammation and enlargement of the liver. Most subjects with AAH are thought to have some underlying chronic changes to the liver as a result of longer-term alcohol use, although these changes may be reversible on abstention.

A second form of AILD, which we refer to as non-AAH AILD, occurs in subjects with underlying stable chronic liver disease who suffer from an episode of acute liver failure due to excessive consumption of alcohol. Current standard-of-care for AILD is defined by the treating facility and typically includes the use of anti-inflammatory drugs, such as corticosteroids, and the treatment of secondary complications such as bleeding, kidney failure and hepatic coma and may include admission to an intensive care unit. Since abstinence from alcohol for six months is generally considered a pre-requisite for inclusion on a liver transplant list, organ transplantation is usually not available for these patients.

The Department of Health and Human Services in the United States estimates that for 2011 the number of hospital admissions related to AAH in the United States was approximately 99,000, with approximately 14,000 of these admissions identifying AAH as the primary diagnosis. In addition, approximately 300,000 hospital admissions occurred in 2011 related to alcoholic cirrhosis, alcohol liver damage not-otherwise-specified or alcoholic fatty liver, with approximately 50,000 hospital admissions identifying these conditions as primary diagnosis. We believe that a subset of these patients have a form of non-AAH AILD that may be treatable with ELAD. Incidence rates for both AAH and non-AAH AILD appear to be similar in Europe.

Fulminant Hepatic Failure

A second form of acute liver failure is FHF, a relatively rare condition characterized by a rapid deterioration of liver function with altered mental state and coagulopathy in individuals without known pre-existing liver disease. The most frequent causes include drug or toxin-induced liver injury, viral hepatitis, autoimmune disease and hypoperfusion. Two thousand cases of FHF are estimated to occur in the United States each year. The standard-of-care includes liver transplantation, although these patients tend to progress very rapidly and may succumb to their disease before a suitable organ is made available.

Chronic Liver Failure

Chronic liver failure refers to a gradual loss of liver function and is usually characterized by the presence of widespread cirrhosis, which refers to the replacement of normal liver tissue by fibrosis, scar tissue and regenerative nodules. As normal liver is destroyed, the organ gradually fails to perform its normal metabolic, regulatory and synthetic functions. Unfortunately, damage from cirrhosis cannot be reversed and lost liver

 

68


Table of Contents

function can only be regained through transplantation. For this reason, we do not anticipate that ELAD will be effective for cirrhotic patients outside of the potential to bridge these patients to transplant.

Limitations of Currently Available Treatment Options for Acute Liver Failure

Given the liver’s complexity, there are no simple or widely effective medical solutions to acute liver failure. The only long-term cure for acute liver failure is surgical transplantation. In 2012, according to UNOS.org, fewer than 6,500 liver transplants were performed in the United States due to an insufficient number of available donor organs. According to UNOS.org, the average billable charge for a liver transplant in 2011, including the one month before surgery and six months after surgery, was $577,100. There are approximately 16,000 patients currently on the transplant waiting list and approximately 1,500 patients die while waiting each year. Similarly, there are approximately 6,000 liver transplants performed per year in Europe. Outside of transplant, current therapy is defined by the treating facility and is mostly supportive and designed to manage the symptoms and complications associated with acute liver failure.

Pharmaceuticals

N-acetylcysteine is approved by the FDA for the prevention of acute liver injury following the ingestion of toxic amounts of acetaminophen. Other treatments, including steroids and pentoxifylline, are often used off-label to manage symptoms associated with acute liver failure, although steroids in particular have been shown to increase risk of potentially fatal infections. Despite the availability of these treatments, the mortality rate for acute liver failure remains above approximately 40%. There are no known mechanisms for pharmacologically addressing liver failure specifically or restoring lost liver function.

Liver Support Devices

There are no medical devices approved for liver support that have been proven to improve survival in patients with acute liver failure. Clinical trials have been conducted in recent years involving two acellular liver support devices that filter toxic metabolites from the blood. In 2004, Gambro acquired the Molecular Adsorbents Recirculation System, or MARS, a liver dialysis system. However, in 2010, a randomized, controlled clinical trial comparing MARS to standard-of-care among 189 subjects with AILD and other forms of liver failure failed to show any improvement in 28-day survival for subjects treated with MARS. Likewise, in 2010 a similar liver support device, Prometheus, developed by Fresenius SE & Co. KGaA, also failed to show an improvement in either 28-day or 90-day survival in a randomized, controlled trial among 145 subjects with AILD and other forms of liver failure. MARS is currently cleared as a device in the United States for use in hepatic encephalopathy, drug overdoses and poisoning cases. MARS and Prometheus are both commercialized in Europe under CE marks.

In 1999-2000, Circe Biomedical, Inc. ran a 171-subject randomized, controlled clinical trial in acute liver failure using a liver support device that incorporated live pig liver cells. However, the trial did not meet its 30-day survival endpoint.

 

69


Table of Contents

Clinical Experience with ELAD in Acute Liver Failure

Prior to the initiation of our ongoing Phase 3 clinical trial program, over 150 subjects have received ELAD therapy, including earlier iterations of the ELAD system, at multiple clinical sites in the United States, Europe, Asia and the Middle East in six randomized, controlled, clinical trials, one single-arm trial and a compassionate-use program. In addition, a Phase 3 randomized, controlled clinical trial is underway and two more Phase 3 clinical trials are anticipated to begin enrolling subjects in the fourth quarter of 2013. Two early studies in acute liver failure were conducted using a different configuration of the ELAD system which involved circulation of whole blood to the C3A cartridges rather than blood plasma. In these studies, 36 subjects were enrolled, of which 23 received ELAD treatment and 13 were controls. The data from these studies led to the development of the next configuration of the ELAD system utilizing blood plasma and informed the design of the next clinical trials in acute liver failure.

The following table summarizes subsequent clinical trials as well as currently planned clinical trials using the later configuration of the ELAD system involving the treatment of blood plasma:

 

Trial

  

Date

  

Study Design

  

Indication(s)

  

Sites

  

Location(s)

   Total
Subjects
 

VTI-208

(Phase 3)

   Commenced March 2013    Randomized, controlled    AILD    40+  planned    U.S., Europe, Australia      200   

VTI-210

(Phase 3)

   Expected to begin H2: 2013    Randomized, controlled    AAH    25+  planned    U.S., Europe, Australia      120   

VTI-212

(Phase 3)

   Expected to begin H2: 2013    Randomized, controlled    FHF    25+  planned    U.S., Europe      126   

VTI-206

(Phase 2b)

   2009 - 2011    Randomized, controlled    AILD and other    26    U.S., Europe      61   

Compassionate-

use program

   2008 - 2010    Single-arm    Various    6    U.S., U.K., Singapore, Saudi Arabia      17   

VTI-201

(Phase 2a)

   2008 - 2009    Randomized, controlled    AILD and other    6    U.S.      18   

VTIC-301

(Pivotal)

   2006 - 2007    Randomized, controlled    Various, primarily viral hepatitis    2    China      68   

CR-202

(Phase 2)

   2002 - 2003    Randomized, controlled    FHF    8    U.S., U.K.      19   

PS-0698

(Phase 1)

   1999 - 2000    Randomized, controlled    FHF    6    U.S., U.K.      25   

ELAD’s Clinical Development in Alcohol-Induced Liver Decompensation

VTI-206: Phase 2b AILD Trial .    Between 2009 and 2011, we enrolled 61 subjects in a randomized, controlled Phase 2b clinical trial of ELAD therapy in AILD and non-AILD subjects, which were two pre-defined and separately randomized cohorts. The clinical trial was conducted at 26 clinical sites in the United States and Europe. After discussions with the FDA, and to better inform our Phase 3 clinical trial, we adopted a 90-day overall survival endpoint. In each of the pre-defined cohorts, subjects were randomized in a 1:1 ratio to either ELAD therapy or medical treatment in accordance with the standard therapy of the institution.

In January 2011, the trial’s Data Safety and Monitoring Board, or DSMB, reported that only the AILD cohort had the possibility of showing any treatment effect and therefore recommended that we discontinue the non-AILD cohort. This second cohort contained subjects with severe forms of chronic liver disease who would

 

70


Table of Contents

not be eligible for ELAD therapy under our Phase 3 clinical trial criteria. Discussion with our FDA reviewer indicated the statistical analysis would be affected by closing the non-AILD arm, and therefore the study would not be able to serve as a pivotal trial. It was decided to terminate VTI-206 and design a new trial in AILD subjects. There were no unexpected ELAD-related safety issues, as the DSMB did not detect any differences in the rates of serious events between the treated and control groups. Generally, the serious adverse events reported in this study were reflective of the severity of disease and co-morbidities present in the patient population. There were 67 serious adverse events reported by 35 subjects in this study, of which 6 events were reported as possibly or probably treatment-related, and consisted of gastrointestinal bleeding (1 subject), vomiting blood (1 subject), kidney failure (1 subject), reaction to blood infection (1 subject), vaginal bleeding (1 subject) and breakdown of red blood cells (1 subject). No serious adverse events were reported as definitely treatment-related.

The trial was terminated in April 2011 when 37 subjects had been enrolled in the predefined AILD cohort, which resulted in 29 subjects in the per protocol analysis due to elimination of eight subjects under predefined criteria. This subset showed a non-significant trend (p=0.27) toward improved 90-day survival of 69.2% in the ELAD-treated group versus 43.8% in the control group. This trend is depicted in the figure below:

 

LOGO

Several clinical laboratory values, including bilirubin, creatinine, and sodium, were monitored for safety in this study. We believe that these parameters are also biomarkers pertinent to our understanding of the mechanism of action of ELAD in these subjects. As such, we conducted a post-hoc analysis evaluating the effect of ELAD and standard-of-care versus standard-of-care alone on these biomarkers. These data showed subjects treated with ELAD demonstrated positive trends which we believe are consistent with improvements in liver function. A fourth biomarker also included in liver failure algorithms, INR, is not presented because it is transiently and artificially impacted by the administration of anti-coagulant drugs used during ELAD therapy. The other biomarkers are:

 

    Bilirubin .    Bilirubin is a degradation product of hemoglobin that is normally processed and excreted by the liver. In liver failure, bilirubin accumulates in the body and is responsible for the yellow color of jaundice. In VTI-206, ELAD-treated subjects experienced a statistically significant reduction in serum bilirubin levels over the five days of therapy when compared with baseline, while control subjects did not.

 

    Creatinine .    Serum creatinine is a biomarker of kidney function. Kidney failure frequently is induced by liver failure. In VTI-206, ELAD-treated subjects demonstrated a trend towards reduction in creatinine in the first six days of the trial, while control subjects did not.

 

    Sodium .    Sodium is an electrolyte normally found in blood in a relatively narrow concentration band. Reductions in serum sodium frequently occur in subjects with acute liver failure. In VTI-206, ELAD-treated subjects experienced an increase in serum sodium over the first six days, while control subjects experienced a decrease.

 

71


Table of Contents

The below charts depict trends of several biomarkers in VTI-206:

 

LOGO

VTI- 201 : Phase 2a AILD and Non-AILD Trial .    In preparation for VTI-206, we completed a small, randomized, controlled clinical study, incorporating 18 subjects with AILD and non-AILD. The study was intended to establish the safety of moving forward with our modified ELAD system, to define enrollment criteria for future studies in the United States and Europe and to assess the logistics of carrying out a large study in the United States and Europe. This trial was performed in 2008 and 2009, demonstrated no unexpected safety issues, and provided what we believe is preliminary evidence of ELAD’s potential efficacy in this population. Generally, the serious adverse events reported in this study were reflective of the severity of disease and co-morbidities present in the patient population. There were 39 serious adverse events reported by 11 subjects in this study, of which only 2 events, reduction in the number of red blood cells (1 subject) and reduction in the number of blood platelets (1 subject), were reported as possibly treatment-related. No serious adverse events were reported as definitely treatment-related.

Phase 3 Plan in AILD and AAH.     Since January 2011, we have engaged in dialogue with both the FDA and EMA on the design of our Phase 3 program. We used the input we received from both authorities to design VTI-208, which is primarily intended to support potential FDA approval in AILD, and VTI-210, which is primarily intended to support potential EMA approval in AAH.

In March 2013, we enrolled the first subject in VTI-208, a 1:1 randomized, controlled pivotal trial designed to enroll 200 subjects with AILD. This trial is being conducted at over 40 sites in the United States, Europe and Australia. The study’s primary endpoint is overall survival through day 91 using a Kaplan-Meier survival analysis. VTI-208’s trial design is similar to that of VTI-206, although VTI-208 contains several elements designed to better focus the study on what we believe to be our addressable patient population. These changes include the addition of criteria intended to exclude subjects who are either too unstable to survive the first five days post-randomization, who have non-regenerable livers, or who have criteria suggesting that they are already recovering in the immediate pre-randomization period. Assuming a response pattern similar to the per-protocol subset analysis in VTI-206, the trial is 95% powered to reach a p-value of 0.05. A p-value of less than or equal to 0.05 means that there is at least a 95% probability that increased survival in the ELAD treatment group is due to the ELAD treatment and not chance. As of October 9, 2013, 27 subjects had been enrolled in this trial and 23 clinical sites were actively enrolling subjects. The FDA has expressed concern that the VTI-208 study may not be adequately designed to provide convincing evidence of efficacy if there are significant differences in how ELAD subjects and controls are treated during the treatment period and after hospital discharge. Variations in length of hospital stay, rates of hospital re-admission, alcohol recidivism rates, nutritional support, and concomitant medications, which are not within our control, could significantly confound the study results and call into question whether the only demonstrated difference in survival is due to ELAD or to these factors. We have developed a protocol that attempts to minimize this bias to the extent possible, including defining a protocol-specific standard of care, specifying steroid treatment, standardizing the discharge criteria for both ELAD and control subjects, requiring that follow-up visits are conducted by a blinded reviewer, ensuring home health care nurses and other clinical personnel are unaware of

 

72


Table of Contents

treatment assignment, educating subjects not to reveal treatment assignment to their caregivers and monitoring concomitant medications, alcohol recidivism and interaction with the health care system to provide evidence that there is no meaningful difference between the groups that could significantly confound the trial data.

Later in 2013, we expect to initiate enrollment in VTI-210, a 1:1 randomized, controlled pivotal trial designed to enroll 120 subjects with AAH who have failed seven days of steroid therapy according to predefined criteria. The study’s primary endpoint is overall survival through day 91 using a Kaplan-Meier survival analysis. Assuming a median survival of 45 days for the control group and 90 days for the ELAD-treated group, the trial is 95% powered to reach a p-value of 0.05.

We expect to report preliminary data from VTI-208 in 2015 and VTI-210 in 2015 or 2016.

ELAD’s Clinical Development in Fulminant Hepatic Failure

Phase 1 and 2 Trials of Fulminant Hepatic Failure.     Our predecessor companies, Hepatix and VitaGen, tested earlier versions of ELAD in four clinical trials among subjects with FHF.

PS-0698 and CR-202 .    Between May 1999 and August 2000, VitaGen enrolled 25 human subjects with FHF in an open-label, randomized Phase 1 study, titled PS-0698, at six clinical sites in the United States and the United Kingdom comparing ELAD therapy to medical treatment in accordance with the standard therapy of the institution. The ELAD-treated subjects received either two or four cartridges, depending on body weight, with each cartridge containing 80 to 100 grams of C3A cells. Of the 25 subjects enrolled, the first six subjects received ELAD therapy, with the following 19 subjects randomized to 10 ELAD-treated subjects and nine controls. Between March 2002 and January 2003, VitaGen enrolled 19 human subjects with FHF in a Phase 2 open-label clinical study, titled CR-202, at eight clinical sites in the United States, with 13 subjects randomized to ELAD and six subjects randomized to standard-of-care. In CR-202, all ELAD-treated subjects received four ELAD cartridges containing 80 to 100 grams of C3A cells.

Clinical study PS-0698 was designed to evaluate the safety of ELAD in FHF subjects. Clinical study CR-202 was designed to help inform future studies of ELAD in FHF. We believe the data from these preliminary studies are useful in evaluating ELAD’s potential as a treatment for FHF.

We believe the data from study PS-0698 suggest that the principal effect of ELAD therapy is to allow severely ill patients with FHF to survive the first few days following study entry, so that they can receive a liver transplant. All of the control subjects who died did so within the first five days following their enrollment. All transplant subjects received their donor organs during this same time period. ELAD did not affect any other study variables associated with hepatic function or dysfunction. There were no serious adverse events reported that were considered by the trial investigator to be treatment-related.

In study CR-202, no intergroup differences in mortality were observed. Only two subjects, one treated and one control, died during the study. The proportion of subjects who received transplants was higher for treated subjects (54.5%) compared with control subjects (16.7%). Of the six subjects in the ELAD group who received a transplant, three were not on the transplant list, unlike the single transplanted control who was listed. Generally, the serious adverse events reported in this study were reflective of the severity of disease and co-morbidities present in the patient population. There were 11 serious adverse events reported by 6 subjects in this study. Three serious adverse events were determined by the trial investigator to be definitely treatment-related, which consisted of reduction in the number of blood platelets (1 subject), device malfunction (1 subject), and low blood pressure (1 subject). Seven serious adverse events were determined by the trial investigator to be possibly or probably treatment-related, which consisted of reduction in the number of blood platelets (3 subjects), device malfunction (1 subject), low blood pressure (1 subject), reduced body temperature (1 subject), changes in blood clotting parameters or prolonged prothrombin time, or PT (1 subject), and changes in blood clotting parameters or elevated partial prothromboplastin time, or PTT (1 subject).

Neither study PS-0698 nor study CR-202 was designed to demonstrate a statistically significant improvement in overall survival or bridge-to-transplant/recovery (BTT/R). In neither case was a statistically significant improvement demonstrated. However, because inclusion criteria for these studies were similar and the endpoints

 

73


Table of Contents

were identical, we performed a post-hoc meta-analysis to explore the impact of transplant-listing on treatment outcome. While there was no evidence of an ELAD treatment effect in the subset of subjects not listed for transplant, in the subset of subjects prospectively listed for transplant (N=26), this meta-analysis revealed positive survival trends. Moreover, as suggested by the study PS-0698 data alone, we observed additional benefit in the group treated with ELAD therapy in BTT/R. While BTT/R is not an acceptable regulatory endpoint, we believe that it is clinically important, and these data have helped inform the design of our Phase 3 clinical trial in FHF.

In summary this meta-analysis revealed the following:

 

    thirty-day survival rates were 75% for the ELAD-treated subjects and 50% for the control subjects (p=0.12)

 

    an analysis of Kaplan-Meier curves comparing success at a BTT/R endpoint revealed additional benefits for ELAD-treated subjects (p=0.06)

 

    a chi-squared analysis of the BTT/R status of subjects at the end of the study showed a statistically significant advantage for ELAD-treated subjects versus control subjects (p=0.03)

The overall survival trend of the meta-analysis is demonstrated in the following Kaplan-Meier chart on the left and the bridge-to-transplant or recovery of the meta analysis is demonstrated in the following Kaplan-Meier chart on the right:

 

LOGO    LOGO  

Statistically significant differences were not observed for other outcome variables, including those related to hepatic function, in either the overall population or the subset.

Phase 3 Plan in Fulminant Hepatic Failure.     We anticipate beginning enrollment of VTI-212, a 1:1 randomized, controlled pivotal trial designed to incorporate 126 subjects with FHF, in the fourth quarter of 2013. This trial is expected to be conducted in the United States and Europe in at least 25 sites that are already participating in either VTI-208 or VTI-210. The study’s primary endpoint is overall survival at day 28. The inclusion criteria and target survival rates for this study were based on the meta-analysis of the Phase 1 and Phase 2 clinical data. Assuming a 50% survival rate at 28 days for the control group and a 80% survival rate for the ELAD-treated group at 28 days, the trial is 95% powered to reach a p-value of 0.05. We expect to receive preliminary data from VTI-212 in 2016.

ELAD’s Clinical Development in Acute Flare of Viral Hepatitis

VTIC-301 .    Between 2006 and 2007, we enrolled 68 subjects with acute liver failure in a randomized, controlled open label trial at two hospitals in Beijing. Inclusion criteria focused the trial’s enrollment on subjects anticipated to have a 50% chance of death by 84 days, and the majority of enrolled subjects were experiencing an acute flare of viral hepatitis. The study was designed to enroll 120 subjects but was terminated early by one of the hospital’s ethics committee because, in light of the results discussed below, it would have been unethical to

 

74


Table of Contents

continue to treat control subjects with standard-of-care alone. Endpoints included survival at 14, 28, 56 and 84 days, as analyzed using a logrank method.

A significant protocol amendment was enacted after the enrolment of the first 49 subjects, in which inclusion criteria were changed, reducing the severity of disease, and a shorter ELAD treatment time was recommended. This change in study design resulted in far fewer deaths or transplants in the second subset of 19 subjects. A revised statistical plan was prepared to accommodate these differences in subject populations. Separate analyses were performed on the 49-subject subset and the full 68-subject population, and additional statistical analysis techniques were proposed, such as the use of Wilcoxon rank-sum techniques to analyze continuous variables such as survival time.

Analysis of the first 49 subjects (32 subjects randomized to be treated with ELAD for 3 days along with standard-of-care for the treating institution and 17 subjects randomized to be treated with standard-of-care alone) revealed the following:

 

    significant differences in 28- and 56-day survival using the logrank test (p=0.015 and 0.018 respectively);

 

    significant differences in 84-day survival using the Wilcoxon test (p=0.049) (logrank was not significant at 14 and 84 days, p=0.197 and 0.067, respectively); and

 

    no unexpected safety issues.

Generally, the serious adverse events reported in this study were reflective of the severity of disease and co-morbidities present in the patient population. There were 16 post-treatment adverse events in 8 of the 32 treated subjects where the investigators reported as possibly or probably treatment related.

These efficacy results are depicted in the below Kaplan-Meier curve:

 

LOGO

Analysis of all 68 subjects (44 subjects randomized to be treated with ELAD for 1 to 3 days along with standard-of-care for the treating institution and 24 subjects randomized to be treated with standard of care alone) revealed the following:

 

    Significant differences in 28- and 56-day survival using the logrank test (p=0.014 and 0.034 respectively);

 

    No significant differences in 84-day survival using either the logrank or Wilcoxon test; and

 

    No unexpected safety issues.

Based on these results, it was concluded that the Wilcoxon test is a more sensitive technique to elucidate differences between groups in the ELAD clinical trials, and that a more severely diseased population and more extended treatment times should be evaluated in future clinical studies. Future clinical trials may be analyzed using the more conservative logrank technique.

One further observation from this study was that ELAD can significantly decrease bilirubin levels, an important biomarker of liver function in patients with acute liver failure. Bilirubin levels of the treatment group

 

75


Table of Contents

at the end of ELAD treatment were significantly lower than those of the control group (12.12±5.77mg/dL as compared with 20.47±11.06mg/dL, p=0.007). Bilirubin levels after ELAD treatment decreased 11.42±5.98mg/dL from baseline while bilirubin levels of the control group only decreased 3.88±8.74mg/dL, p=0.001. Serum sodium, another biomarker associated with survival in subjects with acute liver failure, also was significantly improved in the subjects treated with ELAD relative to control subjects.

These China pivotal trial data formed the basis of a submission for marketing approval to the China FDA, or CFDA, in September 2007. It should be noted that this study was not designed, and will not be used, as a pivotal trial to support approval of ELAD in the United States and Europe.

Subsequent to the completion of the VTIC-301 clinical study, an additional protocol was prepared by the treating physicians to explore the long-term survival of subjects enrolled in this study. Following the grant of informed consent, subjects enrolled in VTIC-301 were contacted and invited to return to the treating hospital for examination for recurrence of liver disease or the incidence of cancer. This study was carried out in 23 and 22 subjects, respectively, 3 and 5 years following initial randomization.

These data suggest that the survival benefit (statistically significant at 3 years, p<0.05, logrank) afforded to those subjects treated with ELAD is maintained over a 3 and 5 year period relative to those subjects in the control group. These trends are depicted in the Kaplan-Meier curves below:

 

LOGO    LOGO  

While these follow-up analyses were not prospectively defined in the VTIC-301 protocol, we believe they provide valuable information on the long-term survival of this group of patients.

The results of VTIC-301 were submitted to the CFDA, for marketing approval in September 2007. However, a regulation enacted in 2009 prevents the approval of novel foreign medical products until they are approved in their home markets first. Our application in China is pending.

Future Clinical Development Plans

In the future, we anticipate pursuing clinical development of ELAD in additional indications, including liver transplant support and liver resection support.

Liver Transplant Support.     In 2012, about 6,300 liver transplants were performed in the United States. Of these, approximately 250 were performed using a living donor who voluntarily donated a portion (usually 50%) of their liver to the recipient. Because ELAD appears to be able to supplement liver function, we intend to pursue a pivotal clinical program for use of ELAD in liver transplant support if our ongoing Phase 3 program achieves success.

Liver Resection Support.     Because the liver is a frequent site of primary cancer and secondary cancer metastasis, partial liver resection is often performed as a component of cancer therapy. Surgeons are often comfortable resecting up to 50% of liver tissue as it can regenerate quickly. It is possible that temporary support with ELAD could allow some patients with a smaller portion of their liver to survive long enough for their liver

 

76


Table of Contents

to regenerate sufficiently. If ELAD’s ongoing Phase 3 program is successful, we intend to pursue a clinical program for ELAD in this indication, with the acknowledgement that the traditional approach of a randomized, controlled clinical trial would be inappropriate.

Future Commercialization Opportunity

The C3A cells which we grow in our facility produce large quantities of proteins and other cell products, such as albumin, alpha-fetoprotein, alpha-1 antichymotrypsin, alpha-1 antitrypsin, C3 complement, anti-thrombin 3, factor V, factor VII, fibrinogen, and transferrin. Many of these compounds have known or potential industrial and/or therapeutic applications. We have begun exploring the commercialization potential for these compounds, although we do not expect to generate revenues in this area in the near-term.

Commercialization Strategy and Organization

Given our stage of development, we have not yet established a commercial organization or distribution capabilities. If approved, we intend to directly commercialize ELAD in the United States, Europe, and Australia with a targeted hospital sales force and to either commercialize directly or utilize a variety of types of collaboration in other markets.

Sales, Marketing and Reimbursement

Following FDA and/or EMA approval, if any, we intend to launch ELAD commercially in the United States and Europe, respectively. We expect to direct our initial sales and marketing efforts at those sites which will have participated in our Phase 3 clinical trials, which we anticipate exceed 40 in number. Subsequently, we plan to gradually expand our focus in the United States to approximately 100 liver-transplant centers, as well as to another 100 specialist intensive care centers with a similar penetration in Europe. We expect that our commercial infrastructure would be comprised of a targeted hospital sales force led by several experienced sales management personnel, an internal marketing and medical affairs staff, and a reimbursement support team. We currently intend to focus our initial commercial efforts on the United States, European, and Australia markets, which we believe represent the largest and most readily addressable market opportunities for ELAD. In addition, we believe that Eastern Europe, the Middle East and Asia represent significant opportunities because of the prevalence of liver disease in these geographies, and we intend to pursue the commercialization of ELAD in certain of these markets through a variety of types of collaborations.

We expect ELAD to be reimbursed as an in-patient drug in the United States. For patients eligible for Medicare, who we anticipate to constitute a minority of ELAD-addressable patients, reimbursement is expected to occur under a diagnosis related group, which may be eligible for a New Technology Add-on Payment and outlier payments. Beginning prior to regulatory approval in the United States, we plan to request appropriate codes and groupings for ELAD therapy from the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, which may take several years to complete, if successful. We also expect to work with private payers to develop appropriate case-rates for ELAD reimbursement. We believe that we will ultimately be able to price ELAD in a range consistent with other currently marketed life saving therapies, such as left ventricular assist devices, orphan biologic medications for hereditary metabolic diseases, and monoclonal antibody medications for cancer.

Manufacturing and Supply

Our manufacturing facility is licensed as a drug and medical device manufacturer by the California Food and Drug Bureau. Our primary facility houses corporate offices. This facility was recently remodeled in order to expand manufacturing capacity to support worldwide clinical trials and early marketing demands for ELAD. This remodel increased manufacturing clean room, quality control laboratory, and warehouse and refrigeration space. The increased clean room space will allow modular increases in ELAD cartridge manufacture.

 

77


Table of Contents

At our facility, we manufacture the ELAD system, which is comprised of our proprietary C3A cells, cartridges and the ELAD bedside unit. The system contains both reusable and disposable medical device components. We source certain components of ELAD from third-party suppliers. Most components of our ELAD system are FDA-cleared and CE marked. In a few cases we manufacture a device or a device component ourselves. Based on discussions with the pertinent regulatory authorities, we have determined that all components will have to be submitted for approval for use with ELAD as part of the BLA.

Training and Support

We also expect to deploy a training and support team at the liver transplant and specialist intensive care centers that our sales and marketing team are expected to target. During the initial commercialization period, it will be essential for us to have our own trained staff present during the delivery of ELAD therapy. This may entail the construction and operation of training centers and will require the hiring of personnel of appropriate ability to be adequately trained.

All biopharmaceutical production activities are conducted under cGMP, the standards established by the FDA for pharmaceutical and biologics production. Medical devices are manufactured in accordance with pertinent device regulations. The equipment used in the manufacturing process is based on designs typically encountered in the production of other biotechnology products, and has been customized to tailor their use to ELAD production. ELAD cartridges and bedside units are tested according to the FDA’s and other applicable regulatory bodies’ standards before they can be released for use in humans. All device components shipped from us to our investigational sites are subject to quality control inspection.

Intellectual Property

We believe that we have a patent portfolio and substantial know-how relating to ELAD. Our patent portfolio includes claims directed to our ELAD system, specific clonal cells and cell-lines derived from C3A, as well as methods of growing these cells. As of June 30, 2013, we are the owner of record of three issued U.S. patents and over a dozen issued or allowed foreign patents. Our key U.S. patent, which we believe covers our ELAD system, claims a method of using C3A cells to treat a patient’s blood and is currently set to expire in April 2027, unless extended further. In addition, in September 2013, we received notice of allowance from the United States Patent & Trademark Office for a patent application with claims covering an extracorporeal device configuration, which we believe to include our ELAD system, independent of cell-type used. Foreign counterparts of this patent and allowed application have been issued in Australia, Canada, Indonesia, Israel, Japan, Mexico, New Zealand, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea and Taiwan and remain under review in certain other jurisdictions including Europe, Brazil, China, India and the Philippines.

We strive to protect the proprietary technology that underlies the ELAD system. We seek patent protection in the United States and internationally for ELAD, its methods of use and processes of manufacture, and any other technology to which we have rights, where available and when appropriate. We also rely on trade secrets that may be important to the development of our business.

A predecessor company initially developed ELAD after the technology was spun out of Baylor College of Medicine in 1990. In 2003, we acquired substantially all of the assets of the predecessor, including trade secrets, know how, clinical experience and key employees and facilities. Among those assets was a U.S. patent, which we had exclusively licensed from Baylor, which is now expired.

Our success will depend on the ability to obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary rights in commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business, the validity and enforceability of our patents, the continued confidentiality of our trade secrets as well as our ability to operate without infringing the valid and enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. We also rely on continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop and maintain our proprietary position.

We cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications we may own or license in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents we may own or license in the future will be useful in protecting our technology. For this

 

78


Table of Contents

and more comprehensive risks related to our intellectual property, please see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Intellectual Property.”

The term of individual patents depends upon the legal term of the patents in the countries in which they are obtained. In most countries in which we file, the patent term is 20 years from the date of filing the non-provisional priority application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or PTO, in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier-filed patent.

The term of a U.S. patent that covers an FDA-approved biologic may also be eligible for patent term extension, which permits patent term restoration as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent term extension of up to five years beyond the expiration of the patent. The length of the patent term extension is related to the length of time the biologic is under regulatory review. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only one patent applicable to an approved biologic may be extended. Similar provisions are available in Europe and other foreign jurisdictions to extend the term of a patent that covers an approved drug. When possible, depending upon the length of clinical trials and other factors involved in the filing of our BLA, we expect to apply for patent term extensions.

In addition to patents, we rely on trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. For example, significant aspects of our proprietary technology are based on unpatented trade secrets and know-how. This includes our methods of expanding, culturing and optimizing the performance of the C3A cell line.

Trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors, contractors and commercial partners. These agreements are designed to protect our proprietary information and, in the case of the invention assignment agreements, to grant us ownership of technologies that are developed through a relationship with a third party. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems. While we have confidence in these individuals, organizations and systems, agreements or security measures may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions.

We seek trademark protection in the United States and outside of the United States where available and when appropriate. We have registered trademark rights in the Vital Therapies and ELAD marks in the United States.

Competitive Environment

The biotherapeutic and medical device industries are highly competitive and rapidly evolving, and we face potential competition from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies, medical device developers and biotechnology companies worldwide, many of which have longer more established operating histories, and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing, sales and distribution and other resources than us. Given the significant unmet medical need for novel therapies to treat acute liver failure, many companies, public and private universities and research organizations are actively engaged in the discovery and research and development of potential products in this field. Several of these entities are engaged in research on cell-based approaches to acute liver failure. Although we are not aware of any ongoing human clinical trials involving potentially competitive product candidates, such trials could be taking place or could begin in the near future. In addition, these entities compete with us for limited resources including personnel, trial sites and potential complementary assets.

We are not aware of any company that is in human clinical trials with a human cell-based product for the treatment of acute liver failure. At least four companies have conducted prior research on various human hepatocyte cell lines including Exten Industries, Hepalife Technologies, Fresenius, and Hybrid Organ GmbH. In

 

79


Table of Contents

addition, the University College London, and the University of Amsterdam and its spinout Hep-Art Medical Devices are actively pursuing animal research in this area.

Several companies have also attempted to develop extracorporeal therapy based upon primary porcine hepatocytes, although ongoing research in this area is difficult to ascertain.

Two commercially available liver dialysis systems, from Gambro and Fresenius, have undergone extensive clinical development, although both have failed to show an improvement in long-term survival among patients with acute liver failure. Both rely on not only traditional dialysis circuits to remove water-soluble toxins, but also albumin dialysis circuits to remove albumin-bound molecules.

In addition, there are several drugs available to treat symptoms associated with acute liver failure, including steroids, pentoxifylline and N-acetylcysteine. These drugs, alone or in combination, are used frequently in patients with acute liver failure.

Government Regulation

We operate in a highly regulated industry that is subject to significant federal, state, local and foreign regulation. Our present and future business has been, and will continue to be, subject to a variety of laws including, the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDC Act, and the Public Health Service Act, or PHS Act, among others. Biologics and medical devices are subject to regulation under the PHS Act and FDC Act.

Regulation of Combination Products

The FDA has specified a definition for the term “combination product,” which includes: (1) A product comprised of two or more regulated components, i.e., drug/device, biologic/device, drug/biologic, or drug/device/biologic, that are physically, chemically, or otherwise combined or mixed and produced as a single entity; (2) Two or more separate products packaged together in a single package or as a unit and comprised of drug and device products, device and biological products, or biological and drug products; (3) A drug, device, or biological product packaged separately that according to its investigational plan or proposed labeling is intended for use only with an approved individually specified drug, device, or biological product where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect and where upon approval of the proposed product the labeling of the approved product would need to be changed, e.g., to reflect a change in intended use, dosage form, strength, route of administration, or significant change in dose; or (4) Any investigational drug, device, or biological product packaged separately that according to its proposed labeling is for use only with another individually specified investigational drug, device, or biological product where both are required to achieve the intended use, indication, or effect. The FDA is divided into various Centers by product type. Different Centers typically review drug, biologic, or device applications. In order to review an application for a combination product, the FDA must decide which Center should be responsible for the review. FDA regulations require that the FDA determine the combination product’s primary mode of action, or PMOA, which is the single mode of a combination product that provides the most important therapeutic action of the combination product. The Center that regulates that portion of the product that generates the PMOA becomes the lead evaluator. If there are two independent modes of action, neither of which is subordinate to the other, the FDA makes a determination as to which Center to assign the product based on consistency with other combination products raising similar types of safety and effectiveness questions or to the Center with the most expertise in evaluating the most significant safety and effectiveness questions raised by the combination product. When evaluating an application, a lead Center may consult other Centers but still retain complete reviewing authority, or it may collaborate with another Center, by which the Center assigns review of a specific section of the application to another Center, delegating its review authority for that section. Typically, the FDA requires a single marketing application submitted to the Center selected to be the lead evaluator, although the agency has the discretion to require separate applications to more than one Center. One reason to submit multiple evaluations is if the applicant wishes to receive some benefit that accrues only from approval under a particular type of application, like new drug product exclusivity. If multiple applications are submitted, each may be evaluated by a different lead Center.

The ELAD System is regulated as a combination biologic/device in the United States. Based upon the proposed mechanism of action, the primary Center within the FDA responsible for its regulation is the Center for

 

80


Table of Contents

Biologics Evaluation and Research, or CBER. The CBER office responsible for review is the Office of Cellular, Tissue and Gene Therapies, and the marketing application will be a BLA. CBER will consult with the Center for Devices and Radiological Health, or CDRH, in reviewing the device components of ELAD.

FDA Approval Process

In the United States, pharmaceutical and biological products and medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA. The FDC Act, PHS Act, and other federal and state statutes and regulations, govern, among other things, the research, development, testing, manufacture, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion and marketing, distribution, post-approval monitoring and reporting, sampling, and import and export of these products. Failure to comply with applicable U.S. requirements may subject a company to a variety of administrative or judicial sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending license applications, warning and other letters, product recalls, product seizures, total or partial suspension of production or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties and criminal prosecution.

Preclinical Studies

Biological product development in the United States typically involves preclinical laboratory and animal tests. Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of product chemistry, formulation, and toxicity, as well as animal trials to assess the characteristics and potential safety and efficacy of the product. The conduct of the preclinical tests must comply with federal regulations and requirements including good laboratory practices. The results of preclinical testing are submitted to the FDA as part of an IND along with other information, including information about product chemistry, manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. Long term preclinical tests, such as animal tests of reproductive toxicity and carcinogenicity, may continue after the IND is submitted.

A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IND is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA has not objected to the IND within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IND may begin.

Clinical Studies

Clinical trials involve the administration of the investigational biologic to healthy volunteers or subjects under the supervision of a qualified investigator. Clinical trials must be conducted in compliance with federal regulations and good clinical practices, or GCP, an international standard meant to protect the rights and health of subjects and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, administrators, and monitors, as well as under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol involving testing on U.S. subjects and subsequent protocol amendments must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND.

The FDA may order the temporary or permanent discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time or impose other sanctions if it believes that the clinical trial is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial subjects. The clinical trial protocol, and protocol amendments, and informed consent information for subjects in clinical trials must also be submitted to an institutional review board, or IRB, for approval. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may impose other conditions.

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of investigational products are required to register on clinicaltrials.gov, a National Institute of Health website registry database, and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is then made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to discuss the results of their clinical trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the new product or new indication being studied has been approved. Competitors may use this publicly-available information to gain knowledge regarding the progress of development programs.

 

81


Table of Contents

Marketing Approval

Clinical trials to support BLAs, which are applications for marketing approval, are typically conducted in three sequential Phases, but the Phases may overlap. In Phase 1, the initial introduction of the investigational biologic candidate into healthy human subjects, the investigational biologic is tested to assess metabolism, pharmacokinetics, pharmacological actions, side effects associated with increasing doses and, if possible, early evidence on effectiveness. Phase 2 usually involves trials in a limited subject population, to determine the effectiveness of the investigational biologic for a particular indication or indications, dosage tolerance and optimum dosage, and identify common adverse effects and safety risks. In the case of product candidates for severe or life-threatening diseases such as cancer, the initial human testing is often conducted in patients rather than in healthy volunteers.

If an investigational biologic demonstrates evidence of effectiveness and an acceptable safety profile in Phase 2 evaluations, Phase 3 clinical trials are undertaken to obtain additional information about clinical efficacy and safety in a larger number of subjects, typically at geographically dispersed clinical trial sites, to permit the FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the investigational drug and to provide adequate information for its labeling. In most cases, the FDA requires two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 clinical trials to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the biologic for use in a specific indication or population. A single Phase 3 clinical trial with other confirmatory evidence may be sufficient in rare instances where the study is a large multicenter trial demonstrating internal consistency and a statistically very persuasive finding of a clinically meaningful effect on mortality, irreversible morbidity, or prevention of a disease with a potentially serious outcome and confirmation of the result in a second trial would be practically or ethically impossible.

After completion of the required clinical testing, a BLA is prepared and submitted to the FDA. FDA approval of the BLA is required before marketing of the product may begin in the United States. The BLA must include the results of all preclinical, clinical and other testing and a compilation of data relating to the product’s manufacture and controls. The cost of preparing and submitting a BLA is substantial. The submission of most BLAs is additionally subject to a substantial application and the manufacturer or sponsor under an approved BLA are also subject to annual product and establishment user fees.

The FDA has 60 days from its receipt of a BLA to determine whether the application will be accepted for filing based on the agency’s threshold determination that it is sufficiently complete to permit substantive review. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth review. The FDA has agreed to certain performance goals in the review of BLAs. Most such applications for standard review biologics products are reviewed within twelve months of submission; most applications for priority review biologics are reviewed within eight months of submission. Priority review for biologics is limited to those products intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease with unmet medical need relative to the currently approved products. The review process may be extended by the FDA for three additional months to consider certain late-submitted information, or information intended to clarify information already provided in the submission.

The FDA may also refer applications for novel biologics products or biologics products that present difficult questions of safety or efficacy, to an advisory committee, typically a panel that includes clinicians and other experts, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendation of an advisory committee, but it generally follows such recommendations. Before approving a BLA, the FDA will typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with GCP. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the biologic product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve the BLA unless compliance with current good manufacturing practice, or cGMP, is satisfactory, including ELAD compliance with applicable parts of the device QSR regulations as defined for combination products, and the BLA contains data that provide substantial evidence that the biologic is safe, pure and potent in the indication studied. Manufacturers of biologics also must comply with the FDA’s general biological product standards.

After the FDA evaluates the BLA and the manufacturing facilities, it issues either an approval letter or a complete response letter. A complete response letter outlines the deficiencies in the submission and may require substantial additional testing, including additional large-scale clinical testing or information in order for the FDA

 

82


Table of Contents

to reconsider the application. If, or when, those deficiencies have been addressed to the FDA’s satisfaction in a resubmission of the BLA, the FDA will issue an approval letter. The FDA has committed to reviewing such resubmissions in two or six months depending on the type of information included.

An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the biologic with specific prescribing information for specific indications. As a condition of BLA approval, the FDA may require substantial post-approval testing and surveillance to monitor the product’s safety or efficacy and may impose other conditions, including labeling restrictions, which can materially affect the product’s potential market and profitability. Once granted, product approvals may be withdrawn if compliance with regulatory standards is not maintained or problems or safety issues are identified following initial marketing.

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labeling, device components or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new BLA or BLA supplement before the change can be implemented. A BLA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing BLA supplements as it does in reviewing BLAs.

Post-Approval Requirements

Once a BLA is approved, a product will be subject to certain post-approval requirements. For instance, the FDA closely regulates the post-approval marketing and promotion of biologics, including standards and regulations, off-label promotion, industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities and promotional activities involving the internet.

Biologics may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved labeling.

Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of a BLA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase 4 testing, Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategies, or REMS, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product. In addition, quality control as well as product manufacturing, packaging and labeling procedures must continue to conform to cGMP’s after approval. Manufacturers and certain of their subcontractors are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies, and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA during which the agency inspects manufacturing facilities to assess compliance with applicable regulations such as cGMPs and the QSR. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money and effort in the areas of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP’s. Regulatory authorities may withdraw product approvals or request product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory standards, if it encounters problems following initial marketing, or if previously unrecognized problems are subsequently discovered.

Exclusivity and Approval of Competing Products

Biosimilar Exclusivity

The Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act of 2009, or BPCIA, creates an abbreviated approval pathway for biological products shown to be highly similar to or interchangeable with an FDA-licensed reference biological product. Biosimilarity sufficient to reference a prior FDA-approved product requires that there be no differences in conditions of use, route of administration, dosage form, and strength, and no clinically meaningful differences between the biological product and the reference product in terms of safety, purity, and potency. Biosimilarity must be shown through analytical studies, animal studies, and at least one clinical study, absent a waiver by the Secretary. A biosimilar product may be deemed interchangeable with a prior approved product if it meets the higher hurdle of demonstrating that it can be expected to produce the same clinical results as the reference product and, for products administered multiple times, the biologic and the reference biologic may be switched after one has been previously administered without increasing safety risks or risks of diminished efficacy relative to exclusive use of the reference biologic. No biosimilar or interchangeable products have been

 

83


Table of Contents

approved under the BPCIA to date. Complexities associated with the larger, and often more complex, structures of biological products, as well as the process by which such products are manufactured, pose significant hurdles to implementation which are still being evaluated by the FDA.

A reference biologic is granted twelve years of exclusivity from the time of first licensure of the reference product, and no application for a biosimilar can be submitted for four years from the date of licensure of the reference product. The first biologic product submitted under the abbreviated approval pathway that is determined to be interchangeable with the reference product has exclusivity against a finding of interchangeability for other biologics for the same condition of use for the lesser of (i) one year after first commercial marketing of the first interchangeable biosimilar, (ii) eighteen months after the first interchangeable biosimilar is approved if there is no patent challenge, (iii) eighteen months after resolution of a lawsuit over the patents of the reference biologic in favor of the first interchangeable biosimilar applicant, or (iv) 42 months after the first interchangeable biosimilar’s application has been approved if a patent lawsuit is ongoing within the 42-month period.

Orphan Drugs

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan designation to a drug or biologic intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally a disease or condition that affects fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or more than 200,000 individuals in the United States and for which there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making available in the United States a drug or biologic for this type of disease or condition will be recovered from sales in the United States for that drug or biologic. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting a BLA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA.

If a product that has orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to orphan product exclusivity, which means that the FDA may not approve any other applications, including a full BLA, to market the same biologic for the same indication for seven years, except in limited circumstances, such as a showing of clinical superiority to the product with orphan drug exclusivity. Orphan drug exclusivity does not prevent FDA from approving a different drug or biologic for the same disease or condition, or the same drug or biologic for a different disease or condition. Among the other benefits of orphan drug designation are tax credits for certain research and a waiver of the BLA application user fee.

A designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. In addition, orphan drug exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantities of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse, Privacy and Transparency Laws

In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of pharmaceutical products, several other types of federal and state laws have been applied to restrict certain business operations and activities in the biopharmaceutical and medical device industries in recent years. These laws that may affect our ability to operate include, but are not limited to:

The federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, or receiving any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe or rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce, or in return, for purchasing, leasing, ordering, or arranging for or recommending the purchase, lease, or order of any good, facility, service or item for which payment is made, in whole or in part, under a federal health care program. The federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers on one hand and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers on the other. Although there are a number of statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors protecting certain common activities from prosecution, the exceptions and safe harbors are drawn narrowly, and practices that involve remuneration intended to induce prescribing, purchasing, or recommending may be subject to scrutiny if they do not qualify for a statutory exception or a regulatory safe harbor. Failure to meet all of the requirements of a particular applicable statutory exception or

 

84


Table of Contents

regulatory safe harbor does not make the conduct per se illegal under the federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute. Instead, the legality of the arrangement will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis based on a cumulative review of all of its facts and circumstances.

The federal civil False Claims Act prohibits, among other things, any person or entity from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment to, or approval by, the federal government, or knowingly making, using, or causing to be made or used, a false record or statement material to a false or fraudulent claim to the federal government. Recently, the civil False Claims Act has been used to assert liability on the basis of kickbacks and improper referrals, improperly reported government pricing metrics such as Medicaid Best Price or Average Manufacturer Price, improper use of supplier or provider Medicare numbers when detailing a provider of services, improper promotion of drugs or off-label uses not expressly approved by the FDA in a drug’s label, and misrepresentations with respect to the services rendered or items provided. The federal criminal false claims law prohibits, among other things, at any time knowingly and willingly making, or causing to be made, any false statement or representation of a material fact for use in determining rights to a benefit or payment under a federal healthcare program.

Many states also have statutes or regulations similar to the federal fraud and abuse laws, which apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, apply regardless of the payor (e.g. private payors). Sanctions under federal, and state healthcare fraud and abuse laws may include, without limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare program, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Additionally, the civil monetary penalties statute, which, among other things, imposes fines against any person who is determined to have presented, or caused to be presented, claims to a federal healthcare program that the person knows, or should know, is for an item or service that was not provided as claimed or is false or fraudulent. The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, created new federal criminal statutes that prohibit knowingly and willfully executing, or attempting to execute, a scheme to defraud or to obtain, by means of false or fraudulent pretenses, representations, or promises, any of the money or property owned by, or under the custody or control of, any healthcare benefit program, including private third party payors and knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up by trick, scheme or device a material fact or making any materially false, fictitious or fraudulent statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services relating to healthcare matters. Many states have similar fraud and abuse statutes and regulations that apply to items and services reimbursed under Medicaid and other state programs, or, in several states, private payors. In addition, we may be subject to, or our marketing activities may be limited by, data privacy and security regulation by both the federal government and the states in which we conduct our business.

The risk of our being found in violation of these laws is increased by the fact that many of them have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Moreover, recent healthcare reform legislation has strengthened many of these laws. For example, the ACA, among other things, amends the intent requirement of the federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute to a stricter standard such that a person or entity does not need to have actual knowledge of the federal healthcare program anti-kickback statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. In addition, the ACA codified case law that a claim including items or services resulting from a violation of the federal anti-kickback statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act. Because of the breadth of these laws and the narrowness of the statutory exceptions and regulatory safe harbors, it is possible that some of our business activities may not satisfy the statutory exceptions or regulatory safe harbors and we could be subject to challenge under one or more of such laws. State law equivalents to these federal laws may also apply. Such a challenge could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Additionally, the federal Physician Payments Sunshine Act within the ACA, and its implementing regulations, require that certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biological, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program (with certain

 

85


Table of Contents

exceptions) to report to the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, information related to certain payments or other transfers of value made or distributed to physicians and teaching hospitals, or to entities or individuals at the request of, or designated on behalf of, the physicians and teaching hospitals. The Physician Payments Sunshine Act provisions were recently implemented in final regulation that requires applicable manufacturers to report annually to CMS certain ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members, with data collection beginning on August 1, 2013. Manufacturers are required to report such data to CMS by March 13, 2014 (and by the 90th day of each subsequent calendar year). Other state laws require pharmaceutical companies to adopt and or disclose specific compliance policies to regulate the Company’s interactions with healthcare professionals. Moreover, some states, such as Minnesota and Vermont, also impose an outright ban on certain gifts to physicians.

Violations of some of these laws may result in substantial fines. These laws affect our promotional activities by limiting the kinds of interactions we may have with hospitals, physicians or other potential purchasers or users of our products. Both the disclosure laws and gift bans impose additional administrative and compliance burdens on us. Although we seek to structure our interactions in compliance with all applicable requirements, these laws are broadly written, and it is often difficult to determine precisely how a law will be applied in specific circumstances. If an employee were to offer an inappropriate gift to a customer, we could be subject to a claim under an applicable state law. Similarly if we fail to comply with a reporting requirement, we could be subject to penalties under applicable federal or state laws including, with out limitation, civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, disgorgement, possible exclusion from participation in Medicare, Medicaid and other federal healthcare program, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. In addition to the federal and state disclosure and gift ban laws, certain countries outside of the United States have similarly enacted disclosure laws for which the company in its activities may be subjected to from time to time.

Regulation in the European Union

Biologics and medical devices are subject to extensive regulation outside of the United States. In the European Union, for instance, a centralized approval procedure may be used to authorize the marketing of a product in all countries of the European Union, which includes most major European markets. However, for certain products, if this procedure is not used, approval in one country of the European Union can be used to obtain approval in a second country of the European Union under two simplified application processes, either the mutual recognition procedure or the decentralized procedure. Both of these procedures rely on the principle of mutual recognition. In addition to regulatory approval, pricing and reimbursement approvals are also required in most countries.

In Europe, ELAD is regulated as a Combination Somatic Cell Advanced Therapy Medicinal Product, or ATMP. The primary regulatory submission in Europe (a Marketing Authorization Application, MAA) will be made to The Committee for Advanced Therapies, or CAT, and the Committee for Human Medicinal Products, or CHMP, which are the committees at the EMA that are responsible for assessing the quality, safety and efficacy of ATMPs. Marketing Authorization Applications for ATMPs can only be filed using the Centralized Procedure. The CHMP and the CAT (Co)-Rapporteurs and CHMP Coordinators liaise closely together to prepare the ATMP Assessment Reports. The draft opinion prepared by the CAT is issued on any scientific assessment of ATMPs necessary to draw up the scientific opinions by the CHMP relating to granting, variation, suspension or revocation of an authorization to place an ATMPs on the market in accordance with Regulation (EC) No 1394/2007 and pharmacovigilance. The CAT has also established collaborations with Notified Bodies, or NBs, in Europe in order to review the device components of combination device products, and we anticipate that the device components of our submission will be reviewed by one of those NBs. During the clinical trial phase in Europe, the company is granted authorization to conduct our clinical studies through local regulatory agencies in each country, each of which has its own format and regulation for the issuance of Clinical Trial Authorizations, or CTAs. In general, it is necessary to obtain separate authorizations in each country for each clinical trial protocol from the medicines and device agencies as there is yet to be developed a procedure for dealing with combination products like the ELAD System. These authorizations have been granted by the UK’s Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, and are being sought in other European countries. The EMA has provisions for providing companies with scientific advice through the Scientific Advice Working Party, or SAWP, and we have sought and obtained advice on our clinical

 

86


Table of Contents

development program through the SAWP process. We anticipate obtaining further guidance and advice through future interactions with the SAWP.

In other jurisdictions we anticipate that there will be different requirements for authorization for clinical trials and ultimately marketing of ELAD due to the complex nature of the combination of biological and device components of our ELAD System.

Other Regulations

We are also subject to numerous, federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices, fire hazard control, environmental protection and the disposal of hazardous and potentially hazardous substances and biological materials. We may incur significant costs to comply with such laws and their related regulations now or in the future. In addition, we are also subject to laws and regulations in foreign countries outside of the United States and Europe where we may seek to commercialize ELAD. In certain cases, these foreign laws and regulations may change at inopportune times and prevent ELAD’s timely commercialization. For example, several years after we submitted our 2007 regulatory package in China, we were notified of a then-newly-enacted 2009 regulation which prohibits ELADs approval in China until it is first approved in the United States. As such, we now do not expect to begin commercializing in China until 2016 at the very earliest.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any litigation, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation against us that we believe would adversely affect our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Our industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights as well as product liability. As a result, in the future, we may be involved in various legal proceedings from time to time.

Employees

As of September 30, 2013, we had 64 employees, 9 of whom held Ph.D. or M.D. degrees. Of our employees, 39 were engaged in research and development, 11 in manufacturing and 14 in administration. None of our employees is represented by a labor organization or under any collective bargaining arrangement, and we have never had a work stoppage. We consider our employee relations to be good. We have also engaged numerous consultants.

Facilities

We lease approximately 39,100 square feet in San Diego in two different facilities under leases that expire in June 2017. Our corporate headquarters are in a 20,000 square foot facility, which also includes laboratories for research and development, and we lease a 20,000 square foot facility for our manufacturing operations. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our ongoing needs and that additional facilities are available for lease to meet our future needs.

Corporate Information

Vital Therapies, Inc. was formed in May 2003 to acquire the assets of VitaGen (formerly Hepatix) in a bankruptcy proceeding. Our predecessor companies developed ELAD, completing two pilot trials in acute liver failure and two randomized, controlled Phase 1 and Phase 2 trials in FHF, but failed to attract funds sufficient to continue development of the system. Beginning in June 2003, we refocused the company to pursue regulatory approval and commercialize ELAD in China. In 2007, we completed a pivotal trial in acute liver failure in subjects with viral hepatitis in China, and we submitted a marketing application to the CFDA. Our application is still under review in China and we do not expect approval in China until we have approval in the United States. We restarted our clinical program in the United States and Europe in 2009. Since then, we have run two Phase 2 trials and selected AILD and FHF as indications for our Phase 3 pivotal trial program in the United States and Europe. We have also made significant improvements in the ELAD bedside unit and our proprietary cartridge cell growth production process.

 

87


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth the names, ages and positions of our executive officers and directors as of September 30, 2013:

 

Name

   Age    

Position

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

     71      Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Robert A. Ashley, M.A.

     55      Executive Vice President, Chief Technical Officer

Duane Nash, M.D., J.D.

     42      Executive Vice President, Chief Business Officer

Michael V. Swanson, M.B.A.

     59      Chief Financial Officer

Aron P. Stern

     60      Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary

Muneer A. Satter, J.D., M.B.A (2)(3).

     52      Co-Chairman and Lead Director

Jean-Jacques Bienaimé (2)(5)

     60      Director

Philip M. Croxford, M.B.A. (1) (4) (5)

     53      Director

Douglas E. Godshall, M.B.A. (1)(5)

     49      Director

Errol R. Halperin, J.D., L.L.M. (3)

     72      Director

J. Michael Millis, M.D. (3) (4)

     54      Director

Lowell E. Sears, M.B.A. (1)(2)

     62      Director

Randolph C. Steer, M.D., Ph.D. (2)(4)

     63      Director

 

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee.

 

(2) Member of the Compensation Committee.

 

(3) Member of Nominating and Governance Committee.

 

(4) Member of Quality and Innovation Committee.

 

(5) Member of Commercialization Committee.

Executive Officers

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D. has served as the Chairman of our board of directors from June 2003 to March 2013. Dr. Winters became Co-Chairman of our board of directors in March 2013 and currently serves as such. Dr. Winters has served as our Chief Executive Officer since June 2003. Dr. Winters is also a Special Limited Partner of Valley Ventures, an investor in Vital Therapies since May 2003. He was formerly a General Partner of Columbine Venture Funds and Vice President of DS Ventures, a venture capital subsidiary of Diamond Shamrock Corp., a chemical, life science and petroleum company. Dr. Winters was previously a director of three public companies: CollaGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a developer and marketer of proprietary medical therapies to the dermatology market, Orthologic Corp., a biotechnology company focused on development and commercialization of novel synthetic peptides for tissue repair and healing, and Clinuvel Pharmaceuticals, a global biopharmaceutical company committed to developing drugs for the treatment of a range of severe skin disorders. Dr. Winters has also served as a director of over 20 private companies. He earned a B.Sc. as well as a Ph.D. in chemistry from the University of Wales, U.K. He also completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of California, Los Angeles.

We believe Dr. Winters is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience with corporate governance as a director of many private and public life science companies and over 30 years of experience as a general partner of venture capital funds with investments in life sciences and medical technology companies.

Robert A. Ashley, M.A. has served as our Executive Vice President since May 2013 and has served as our Chief Technical Officer since September 2013. Between May 2008 and September 2013, Mr. Ashley served as our Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Ashley was formerly Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of AmpliMed Corp., a developer of small-molecule oncology drugs, and a Senior Vice President of Commercial Development at CollaGenex Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Mr. Ashley earned an M.A. in biochemistry from Oxford University.

 

88


Table of Contents

Duane Nash, M.D., J.D. has served as our Executive Vice President since May 2013 and as our Chief Business Officer since March 2012. Between March 2012 and May 2013, he also served as our Medical Director. Dr. Nash completed his internship in general surgery at the University of California at San Francisco during which he served as a member of the liver transplant team. Dr. Nash also practiced as an attorney from November 2002 to February 2008, most recently at the law firm of Davis Polk, where he focused on intellectual property litigation and corporate matters. Dr. Nash joined Vital Therapies from Wedbush PacGrow Life Sciences where he was employed from March 2009 to March 2012 serving most recently as Vice President in Equity Research. Before that he was a research analyst at Pacific Growth Equities from April 2008 through March 2009, which was subsequently acquired by Wedbush Securities, Inc. Dr. Nash has served on the board of directors of Akebia Therapeutics, Inc., a biotech company focused on the treatment of anemia, since May 2013, and on the board of directors of Aerpio Therapeutics Inc., a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on advancing innovative therapies for vascular diseases, since September 2012. Dr. Nash earned a B.A. in biology from Williams College, an M.D. from Dartmouth Medical School, a J.D. from the University of California, Berkeley, and an M.B.A. from the University of Oxford.

Michael V. Swanson, M.B.A. joined us in August 2013 as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Swanson has over 20 years of experience in senior financial positions in both public and private life sciences companies. Mr. Swanson was Chief Financial Officer of Amira Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a pharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and early development of drugs to treat inflammatory and fibrotic diseases, from May 2008 until the company was acquired in September 2011, and of Panmira Pharmaceuticals, LLC, a spin out from Amira from September to December 2011. Since January 2012, Mr. Swanson has been providing financial consulting services to development stage companies. From July 2000 to April 2008, Mr. Swanson served in senior finance positions including Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer at Prometheus Laboratories Inc., a specialty pharmaceutical company marketing and selling pharmaceutical products and diagnostic testing services for gastrointestinal diseases and disorders. Previously, Mr. Swanson was Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Advanced Tissue Sciences, Inc., a publicly-traded biomedical company, where he served in senior financial positions for over ten years. Mr. Swanson also served as Director of Finance of the Fisher Scientific Group, Inc., a health and scientific technology company, and its parent, The Henley Group, Inc., a widely diversified holding company. Mr. Swanson began his career working approximately nine years with the public accounting firm of Deloitte Haskins & Sells, now Deloitte & Touche LLP. Mr. Swanson earned a B.S. in business administration from the California Polytechnic State University at San Luis Obispo and an M.B.A. from the University of Southern California. He is also a Certified Public Accountant.

Aron P. Stern , M.B.A. has served as our Chief Administrative Officer since August 2013 and as our Secretary since October 2005. Between June 2003 and August 2013, Mr. Stern served as our Treasurer, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Stern has over 20 years of experience in capital formation, acquisitions, financial strategy and financial and operational management in growth-stage high technology and biotechnology companies. He previously was Chief Financial Officer at each of Protein Polymer Technologies, Inc., developer of a protein-based technology, 4-D Neuroimaging, a medical equipment manufacturing company, and VitaGen, Inc., our predecessor company. Mr. Stern also held positions at Apple Computer and Isis Pharmaceuticals, a developer of antisense drugs. Mr. Stern earned a B.S. in economics and business administration and an M.B.A. in finance and marketing from the University of California, Berkeley.

Board of Directors

Muneer A. Satter, J.D., M.B.A. has served on our board of directors since March 2013 and is our Co-Chairman and Lead Director. Mr. Satter manages Satter Investment Management, or SIM, a private investment firm and family office with significant investments in several life sciences and medical technology companies. He has also managed the Satter Foundation, a private family foundation since 1997. Mr. Satter has served as Co-Chairman of Akebia Therapeutics, a biotech company focused on the treatment of anemia, since May 2013. He is Co-Founder and has served as Chairman of Restorsea, a company which holds exclusive rights to a unique enzyme for an anti-aging cream since May 2013. He has served as Co-Chairman of Linq3, a unique secure payment platform for lottery transactions since May 2013. He is Vice Chairman of the Board of the Goldman Sachs Foundation and GS Gives, where he is also Chairman of the Investment Committee overseeing

 

89


Table of Contents

$1.2 billion of assets. He is on the Board of the Nature Conservancy where he is Chairman of the Finance Committee overseeing a $1.6 billion endowment. He is also on the Board of Trustees of Northwestern University. He is on the Board of Advisors of the American Enterprise Institute. He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations and is on the board of World Business Chicago, which is chaired by Chicago’s Mayor Rahm Emanuel. Mr. Satter is a retired partner at Goldman Sachs, where he was at the firm for twenty-four years and a partner of the firm for sixteen years in the Merchant Banking Division. He was the Global Head of the Mezzanine Group, where he raised and managed over $30 billion of assets. He was also a senior member of the Investment Committee and Chairman of the Risk Committee for the Merchant Banking Division, which at the time had over $80 billion of assets under management. Additionally, he was former Co-Chairman of Room to Read, which builds 2,000 libraries and schools per year in developing countries. Mr. Satter earned a B.A. from Northwestern University and a J.D. and M.B.A. from Harvard Law School and Harvard Business School.

We believe Mr. Satter is qualified to serve on our board of directors because of his extensive experience in merchant banking and venture capital investments and his experience as an investor and director of other companies in the life sciences and medical technology industries.

Jean-Jacques Bienaimé  has served on our board of directors since September 2013. Since May 2005, Mr. Bienaimé has served as the chief executive officer and as a director of BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc., a publicly-traded company that develops and commercializes innovative pharmaceuticals for serious diseases and medical conditions. From November 2002 to April 2005, Mr. Bienaimé served as chairman, chief executive officer and president of Genencor, a biotechnology company focused on industrial bioproducts and targeted cancer biotherapeutics. Prior to joining Genencor, Mr. Bienaimé was chairman, president and chief executive officer of SangStat Medical Corporation, another biotechnology company. He became president of SangStat Medical Corporation, a global pharmaceutical company, in 1998 and chief executive officer in 1999. Prior to joining SangStat Medical Corporation, Mr. Bienaimé held various management positions from 1992 to 1998 with Rhône-Poulenc Rorer Pharmaceuticals (now known as Sanofi-Aventis), including senior vice president of corporate marketing and business development, and vice president and general manager of the advanced therapeutic and oncology division. Mr. Bienaimé currently serves on the boards of Intermune, Inc., a biotechnology company, Portola Pharmaceuticals and The Biotech Industry Organization. He earned an M.B.A. from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an B.S. in economics from the Ecole Superieure de Commerce de Paris.

We believe that Mr. Bienaimé is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive experience in the management of biotechnology organizations, business development, and sales and marketing of both biotechnology and pharmaceutical products.

Philip M. Croxford, M.B.A. has served on our board of directors since 2009. Mr. Croxford has been Senior Vice President of Global Commercial Operations for LifeCell Corporation, a tissue biotechnology engineering company, since December 2012, and was a member of its Executive Leadership Team. From June 2008 to December 2012 he was President and Chief Executive Officer of ArjoHuntleigh, North America, a member of The Getinge AB Group, a global medical and safety technology company listed on the OMX Nordic Exchange. From February 2006 to October 2007, Mr. Croxford was President and Chief Executive Officer and member of the board of directors of Draeger Medical, Inc., a private medical device company. Mr. Croxford also served as Group Vice President and Worldwide General Manager of Arrow International, Inc. and as an Operating Company Board Member and Vice President for the Worldwide Wound Management Business of Ethicon, a Johnson & Johnson Company. Mr. Croxford also held other executive management positions with Johnson & Johnson Company. He earned a B.Sc. (Honors) degree in pharmacy from the University of Manchester, School of Pharmacy, in England. Mr. Croxford is also a licensed member of the Royal Pharmaceutical Society of Great Britain. He earned a Post Graduate Diploma in marketing from the Royal Chartered Institute of Marketing, and is a Chartered Member of the Institute. He earned his M.B.A. from Heriot Watt University, Edinburgh Business School, United Kingdom.

We believe Mr. Croxford is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his significant operational and leadership experience and extensive experience in the life sciences and medical technology industries.

 

90


Table of Contents

Douglas E. Godshall, M.B.A. has served on our board of directors since May 2013. Mr. Godshall has been the Chief Executive Officer of HeartWare International, Inc., a developer of a range of implantable mechanical circulatory assist devices, since September 2006 and a director since October 2006. Prior to joining HeartWare, Mr. Godshall served in various executive and managerial positions at Boston Scientific Corporation, a manufacturer and a developer of medical supplies and medical devices in a variety of fields, including as a member of Boston Scientific’s Operating Committee and President, Vascular Surgery. Previously, Mr. Godshall spent five years as Vice President, Business Development, at Boston Scientific, where he was focused on acquisition strategies for the cardiology, electrophysiology, neuroradiology and vascular surgery divisions. In March 2012, Mr. Godshall was appointed a director of pSivida Corp., a developer of drug delivery products for treatment of back-of-the-eye diseases. Mr. Godshall earned a B.A. in business from Lafayette College and an M.B.A from Northeastern University.

We believe that Mr. Godshall is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience as an executive officer and director of several life sciences and medical technology companies.

Errol R. Halperin, J.D., L.L.M. has served on our board of directors since December 2012. Mr. Halperin has been a senior partner of DLA Piper since January 1979. In his practice, Mr. Halperin has provided general business advice to clients in a broad range of sectors, including the manufacturing, real estate industry and real estate investment trust industry. Mr. Halperin’s practice is concentrated in the areas of mergers and acquisitions, corporate law, international transactions, real estate law and federal income tax law. Mr. Halperin has also served on the board of Equity Residential, a public REIT, and private company boards. Currently, he is a director of Elkay Manufacturing Company, a privately held corporation, and Pangea Properties, a real estate investment and management company. He also currently serves as a director of other late stage venture companies. Before joining DLA Piper, from June 1972 to January 1979 he was legislation counsel of the Joint Committee on Taxation of the United States Congress; and was an assistant branch chief of the Legislation and Regulations Division of the Chief Counsel for the Internal Revenue Service from June 1968 to June 1972. Mr. Halperin earned a B.S. and a J.D. from DePaul University and an L.L.M. in taxation from New York University.

We believe that Mr. Halperin is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience as an attorney practicing for a nationally known firm in the areas of mergers and acquisitions and corporate transactions and his involvement in advising venture capital backed companies.

J. Michael Millis, M.D. has served on our board of directors since 2006. Dr. Millis is a Professor of Surgery and Chief of the Section of Transplantation at the University of Chicago. Dr. Millis currently serves on the medical staff at the University of Chicago Hospital. His current research explores the application of cellular technology on patient care, including how hepatocyte transplantation, extracorporeal assist technology and stem cells can assist in the care of patients with liver disease or liver tumors. Dr. Millis has been associated with ELAD since 1994, and was an investigator on the Phase 1 clinical trial. He has been the chairman of the Vital Therapies Clinical Advisory Board since 2003 and chairman of the China Clinical Advisory Board since 2004. Dr. Millis currently serves or has served in the past on a variety of committees, such as the American Association for the Study of Liver Diseases’ Ethics Committee, the American Society of Transplant Surgeons, Studies of Pediatric Liver Transplantation Scientific Advisory Board and Publication and Research Committee, and the ROBI Liver Intestinal Subcommittee, for which he is the former chairman. Dr. Millis is also a MAC and board member for the American Liver Foundation Illinois Chapter. He also serves on the board of directors of Gift of Hope (the organ procurement organization for Illinois) and the Editorial Board of the American Journal of Transplantation, Transplantation, and Liver Transplantation. He earned a B.A. in chemistry and political science from Emory University and an M.D. with high honors from the University of Tennessee. He completed his surgical residency, clinical and research fellowship in liver transplantation at the University of California, Los Angeles.

We believe that Dr. Millis is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his participation on multiple advisory committees and boards and his research in the treatment of liver disease.

Lowell E. Sears, M.B.A. has served on our board of directors since May 2013. Mr. Sears is the Chairman and CEO of Sears Capital Management, a venture investment and portfolio management firm specializing in life

 

91


Table of Contents

sciences. He has served on the board of directors of Cellerant Therapeutics, Inc., a clinical stage biotechnology company focused on the regulation of the hematopoietic, or blood-forming, system, since February 2012 and has been Chairman of the Board since June 2012. Mr. Sears has also served on the board of directors of SymBio Pharmaceuticals, KK, Ltd., a biotechnology company that is engaged in identifying and development of therapeutics for the treatment of leukemia, multiple myeloma and lymphoma, since September 2005. From 1986 until 1994, Mr. Sears was a part of the senior management team of Amgen, Inc., a developer and manufacturer of therapeutics targeting cancers, kidney ailments, inflammatory disorders, and metabolic diseases, where he was Chief Financial Officer as well as the Senior Vice President responsible for the Asia Pacific Region. Prior to joining Amgen, Mr. Sears held senior planning and financial positions with Atlantic Richfield Company, an oil company from 1976 until 1986, including Chief Financial Officer for its Ventures Division. He earned a B.A. in economics from Claremont McKenna College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

We believe that Mr. Sears is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience as a senior manager and director of private and publicly traded companies, including several in the life sciences industry.

Randolph C. Steer, M.D., Ph.D. has served on our board of directors since May 2005. Dr. Steer has been an independent pharmaceutical, biotechnology and medical devices consultant since 1989. Dr. Steer has served as Associate Director of Medical Affairs at Marion Laboratories, a then-public pharmaceutical company; Medical Director at Ciba Consumer Pharmaceuticals (a division of Ciba-Geigy Corporation, a then-public pharmaceutical company); Vice President, Senior Vice President and Member of the Executive Committee at Physicians World Communications Group; Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Advanced Therapeutics Communications International, a drug regulatory group serving the United States, Mexico, Latin America, the Pacific Rim, Europe and Japan; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Vicus.com, Inc.; and President and Chief Operating Officer of Capstone Therapeutics Corp., a public biotechnology company. Dr. Steer is a member of the board of directors of Techne Corporation, a public biotechnology company, and the Board of Trustees of the Mayo Clinic. He earned his B.A. in Physiology from University of Minnesota. He earned an M.D. from the Mayo Medical School and a Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota where he also completed a residency and subspecialty training in clinical and chemical pathology. He is a Fellow of the American College of Clinical Pharmacology.

We believe that Dr. Steer is qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his experience as a senior manager in multiple biotechnology and medical device companies.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors and executive officers.

Board Composition

Our board of directors is currently composed of eight members. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the years 2014 for the Class I directors, 2015 for the Class II directors and 2016 for the Class III directors.

The Class I directors will be Mr. Croxford and Drs. Steer and Winters.

The Class II directors will be Messrs. Bienaimé, Godshall and Satter.

The Class III directors will be Messrs. Halperin and Sears and Dr. Millis.

The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our board of directors or a change in control. See the sections of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement” for a discussion of other anti-takeover provisions found in the certificate of incorporation.

 

92


Table of Contents

Following this offering, certain of our stockholders affiliated with Mr. Satter, referred to as the Satter Investors, will retain contractual rights to nominate up to 40% of our directors, as provided in our fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, dated as of August 28, 2013, as amended. To date, the Satter Investors have not exercised their rights to designate any candidates for nomination but have reserved the right to do so in the future. The rights of the Satter Investors to nominate directors are described under the caption “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement.”

Director Independence

Upon the closing of this offering, we anticipate that our common stock will be listed on The NASDAQ Global Market, or NASDAQ. Under the rules of NASDAQ, independent directors must comprise a majority of a listed company’s board of directors within a specified period of the closing of this offering. In addition, the rules of the NASDAQ require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and nominating and governance committees be independent. Audit committee members and compensation members must also satisfy separate independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 and Rule 10C-1, respectively, under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under the rules of NASDAQ, a director will only qualify as an “independent director” if, among other things, in the opinion of that company’s board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director.

To be considered independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3 and under the rules of NASDAQ, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, our board of directors, or any other board committee: (1) accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries; or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.

To be considered independent under the rules of NASDAQ, a member of a compensation committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the compensation committee, our board of directors, or any other board committee accept, directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries. Additionally, in determining whether a director is eligible to serve on the compensation committee, the listed company’s board must also consider the affiliate status of the director and whether such affiliation would impair the director’s judgment as a member of the compensation committee.

Our board of directors undertook a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of our directors and considered whether any director has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of Drs. Millis and Steer and Messrs. Croxford, Godshall, Halperin, Satter and Sears, representing seven of our eight directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is “independent” as that term is defined under the rules of NASDAQ.

In making this determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each nonemployee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director.

Lead Director

Our board of directors has established certain corporate governance principles in connection with this offering. Our board of directors determined as part of our bylaws that one of our directors should serve as a lead director. Mr. Satter has been appointed to serve as our Lead Director and Co-Chairman. As Lead Director, Mr. Satter will, among other responsibilities, coordinate the scheduling of, and preparing the agenda for, meetings of our board of directors, stockholders and independent directors, preside (or designate another director to preside) over such

 

93


Table of Contents

meetings, and define the scope, quality, quantity and timeliness of the flow of information between management and our board of directors that is necessary for our board of directors to effectively and responsibly perform its duties. While we have offered Mr. Satter the same compensation for his service as a member of our board of directors and as Lead Director as we pay to each other nonemployee member of our board of directors, Mr. Satter has declined to receive (and has not received) any compensation for his service on our board of directors or as Lead Director.

Our fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, dated August 28, 2013, as amended, or the Senior Preferred IRA, provides that for so long as Mr. Satter and Dr. Winters both serve as members of our board of directors, each shall serve as Co-Chairman of our board of directors and Mr. Satter shall serve as our Lead Director. In the event that Mr. Satter serves as a member of our board of directors at a time when Dr. Winters does not, Mr. Satter will serve as our Chairman of the board and Lead Director. This provision survives the closing of this offering. Dr. Winters will serve as Co-Chairman only so long as he is both a director and Chief Executive Officer. As the Satter Investors’ ownership percentage decreases, their rights to nominate directors similarly decreases. The rights of the Satter Investors to nominate directors are described in more detail under the caption “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement.”

Board Committees

Our board of directors has an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and governance committee, and a quality and innovation committee, each of which has the composition and the responsibilities described below.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee oversees our corporate accounting and financial reporting process and assists our board of directors in monitoring our financial systems and our legal and regulatory compliance. Our audit committee will also:

 

    oversee the work of our independent auditors;

 

    approve the hiring, discharging and compensation of our independent auditors;

 

    approve engagements of the independent auditors to render any audit or permissible non-audit services;

 

    review the qualifications, independence and performance of the independent auditors;

 

    review our financial statements and review our critical accounting policies and estimates;

 

    review the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls;

 

    review our policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management;

 

    review and monitor our policies and procedures relating related person transactions; and

 

    review and discuss with management and the independent auditors the results of our annual audit, our quarterly financial statements and our publicly filed reports.

The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Croxford, Godshall and Sears. Mr. Sears was appointed to our audit committee on May 13, 2013 and serves as the chairman. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee is independent under Rule 10A-3 and the rules of NASDAQ and financially literate, and that Mr. Sears qualifies as an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

94


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee oversees our corporate compensation programs. The compensation committee will also:

 

    review and recommend for approval by the independent members of our board of directors policies, plans and arrangements relating to compensation and benefits of our officers and employees;

 

    review and recommend for approval by the independent members of our board of directors corporate goals and objectives relevant to compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers;

 

    evaluate the performance of our executive officers in light of established goals and objectives;

 

    recommend compensation of our executive officers based on its evaluations;

 

    administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity compensation plans;

 

    review and discuss with management the compensation discussion and analysis required by SEC rules;

 

    engaging a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisors (other than in-house counsel) to advise on executive compensation and assess the independence of each in accordance with NASDAQ;

 

    evaluating whether any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor (other than in-house legal counsel) has a conflict of interest in accordance with the SEC rules; and

 

    preparing the annual compensation committee report required by SEC rules.

The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Bienaimé, Satter and Sears and Dr. Steer. Dr. Steer is the chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee is independent under the current rules of NASDAQ.

Nominating and Governance Committee

Our nominating and governance committee oversees and assists our board of directors in reviewing and recommending nominees for election as directors. The nominating and governance committee will also:

 

    evaluate and make recommendations regarding the organization and governance of our board of directors and its committees;

 

    assess the performance of members of our board of directors and make recommendations regarding committee and chair assignments;

 

    recommend desired qualifications for board of director membership and conduct searches for potential members of our board of directors; and

 

    review and make recommendations with regard to our corporate governance guidelines.

The members of our nominating and governance committee are Mr. Halperin and Drs. Millis and Steer. Mr. Halperin was appointed to our nominating and corporate governance committee on May 13, 2013 and serves as the chairman. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our nominating and governance committee is independent under the current rules of NASDAQ.

Quality and Innovation Committee

Our quality and innovation committee provides assistance to our board of directors in its oversight of product quality and safety, manufacturing practices, scientific and technical direction and human and animal studies. The members of our quality and innovation committee are Drs. Millis and Steer and Mr. Croxford. Dr. Millis is the chairman of our quality and innovation committee.

 

95


Table of Contents

Commercialization Committee

Our commercialization committee provides assistance to our board of directors in its oversight of the commercialization of ELAD. The members of our commercialization committee are Messrs. Bienaimé, Croxford and Godshall. Mr. Bienaimé is the chairman of our commercialization committee.

Committee Charters

Our board of directors has adopted charters for each of the audit committee, the compensation committee, the nominating and governance committee, and the quality and innovation committee. These charters will be available on the corporate governance section of our website, which is located at www.vitaltherapies.com.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves, or in the past has served, as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is, or has ever been, an officer or employee of our company.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We intend to adopt a new written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following the closing of this offering, a copy of the code of business conduct will be available on the corporate governance section of our website, which is located at www.vitaltherapies.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website.

 

96


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

The following table summarizes the compensation paid to our Chief Executive Officer and our two other highest paid executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2012. We refer to these executive officers as our named executive officers.

 

Name and Principal Position

   Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Option
Awards
($)(1)
    All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
    Total
($)
 

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D. (3)

     2012        325,000               266,174               591,174   

Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

            

Robert A. Ashley

     2012        250,479               166,358        25,111        441,948   

Executive Vice President, Chief Technical Officer

            

Duane Nash, M.D, J.D. (4)

     2012        198,702        25,000        166,358        83        390,143   

Executive Vice President, Chief Business Officer

            

 

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during 2012 computed in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 718, Compensation—Stock Compensation . The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 8 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

 

(2) Includes $25,000 in relocation expenses paid to Mr. Ashley and company-paid premiums for group term life insurance for each of our executive officers.

 

(3) Dr. Winters became a full-time employee in May 2012.

 

(4) Dr. Nash became a full-time employee in March 2012 at which time he received a $25,000 sign-on bonus.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End for Fiscal 2012

The following table sets forth certain information concerning outstanding equity for our named executive officers awards at fiscal year-end (December 31, 2012):

 

Name

   Vesting
Commencement
Date(2)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable(1)
     Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable
     Option
Exercise
Price
     Option
Expiration
Date
 

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

     2/8/2012 (3)       186,755               $ 0.43         3/31/2022   

Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     9/13/2012 (4)       386,672                 8.00         9/25/2022   

Robert A. Ashley

     2/8/2012 (5)       93,377                 0.43         3/31/2022   

Executive Vice President, Chief Technical Officer

     4/25/2012 (6)       23,344                 0.43         4/24/2022   
     9/13/2012 (7)       241,670                 8.00         9/25/2022   

Duane Nash, M.D., J.D.

     2/8/2012 (5)       93,377                 0.43         3/31/2022   

Executive Vice President, Chief Business Officer

     4/25/2012 (6)       23,344                 0.43         4/24/2022   
     9/13/2012 (7)       241,670                 8.00         9/25/2022   

 

(1) The options listed above are subject to an early exercise right and may be exercised in full prior to the vesting of the shares underlying such options. Any shares purchased by early exercising unvested options are subject to repurchase by the company in event the optionee ceases providing services to the company and are released from this repurchase right in accordance with the options original vesting schedule. Vesting of all options or early exercise shares is subject to continued service on the applicable vesting date.

 

97


Table of Contents
(2) All options listed above vest in equal monthly installments over the four year period following the vesting commencement date.

 

(3) 38,900, or 21%, of the shares subject to these options were vested as of December 31, 2012.

 

(4) 24,165, or 6%, of the shares subject to these options were vested as of December 31, 2012.

 

(5) 19,450, or 21%, of the shares subject to these options were vested as of December 31, 2012.

 

(6) 3,888, or 17%, of the shares subject to these options were vested as of December 31, 2012.

 

(7) 15,102, or 6%, of the shares subject to these options were vested as of December 31, 2012.

Executive Employment Arrangements

Terence E. Winters

We entered into an employment letter agreement, dated             , with Dr. Winters, which sets forth the terms and conditions of his employment with us. The employment letter agreement has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. This agreement supersedes all existing agreements he may have with us concerning his employment relationship. The agreement provides that Dr. Winters’ current annual base salary is $450,000 and he is eligible for an annual bonus equal to 40% of his base salary.

Robert A. Ashley

We entered into an employment letter agreement, dated             , with Mr. Ashley, which sets forth the terms and conditions of his employment with us. The employment letter agreement has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. This agreement supersedes all existing agreements he may have with us concerning his employment relationship. The agreement provides that Mr. Ashley’s current annual base salary is $350,000 and he is eligible for an annual bonus equal to 30% of his base salary.

Duane Nash

We entered into an employment letter agreement, dated             , with Dr. Nash, which sets forth the terms and conditions of his employment with us. The employment letter agreement has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. This agreement supersedes all existing agreements he may have with us concerning his employment relationship. The agreement provides that Dr. Nash’s current annual base salary is $350,000 and he is eligible for an annual bonus equal to 30% of his base salary.

Michael V. Swanson

We entered into an employment letter agreement, dated August 26, 2013, with Michael V. Swanson, our current Chief Financial Officer, which sets forth the terms and conditions of his employment with us. The employment letter agreement has no specific term and provides for at-will employment. Mr. Swanson’s current annual base salary is $325,000 and his annual bonus opportunity is 25% of his annual base salary. In addition, Mr. Swanson received an option grant to purchase 90,000 shares of our common stock on September 9, 2013 at an exercise price per share of $10.50 that vests over a period of four years from his employment start date in equal monthly installments, subject to Mr. Swanson continuing to provide services to us.

Executive Change of Control and Severance Agreements

We expect that each of our named executive officers (and Mr. Swanson) will enter into a change of control and severance agreement, which will provide for the severance and change of control benefits described below. Each change of control and severance agreement will become effective immediately before the closing of this offering and will supersede any existing agreement or arrangement the executive may have with us that provides for severance and/or change of control payments or benefits.

If prior to the two-month period before or after the twelve-month period following a change of control (such period, the “Change of Control Period”), his employment is terminated without “cause” or he resigns for “good

 

98


Table of Contents

reason” (as such terms are defined in his change of control and severance agreement), he will be eligible to receive the following benefits if he timely signs and does not revoke a release of claims:

 

    continued payment of base salary for a period of six months (12 months in the case of Dr. Winters); and

 

    reimbursement by us for up to six months (12 months in the case of Dr. Winters) of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents, or taxable monthly payments for the equivalent period in the event payment for COBRA premiums would violate applicable law.

If, within the Change of Control Period, his employment is terminated without cause or he resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to the following benefits if he timely signs a release of claims:

 

    a lump sum payment equal to (x) 12 months (18 months in the case of Dr. Winters) his annual base salary (for the year of the change of control or his termination, whichever is greater), plus (y) 1x (1.5x in the case of Dr. Winters) the greater of: (A) his target annual bonus (for the year of the change of control or his termination, whichever is greater) or (B) his actual bonus for performance relating to the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year of his termination;

 

    reimbursement by us for up to 12 months (18 months in the case of Dr. Winters) of COBRA premiums to continue health insurance coverage for him and his eligible dependents, or taxable monthly payments for the equivalent period in the event payment for COBRA premiums would violate applicable law; and

 

    100% accelerated vesting of all outstanding equity awards.

In addition, in the event any of the amounts provided for under these agreements or otherwise payable to our named executive officers (and Mr. Swanson) would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and could be subject to the related excise tax, the named executive officer (and Mr. Swanson) would be entitled to receive either full payment of benefits under this agreement or such lesser amount which would result in no portion of the benefits being subject to the excise tax, whichever results in the greater amount of after-tax benefits to the named executive officer (and Mr. Swanson). The agreements do not require us to provide any tax gross-up payments.

Director Compensation

The following table summarizes compensation paid to our nonemployee directors during or with respect to the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. Messrs. Godshall, Satter and Sears were not elected to our board of directors until 2013.

 

Name

   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash ($)
     Option
Awards
($)(1)
    Total ($)  

Philip M. Croxford (2)

     25,000         23,290 (6)       48,290   

J. Michael Millis, M.D. (3)

     43,250         23,290 (7)       66,540   

Randolph C. Steer, M.D., Ph.D. (4).

     36,250         23,290 (8)       59,540   

Errol R. Halperin (5)

     5,500                5,500   

Ross A. Jaffe, M.D. (9)

                      

Charles T. Liamos (9)

                      

 

(1) The amounts in the “Option Awards” column reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of stock options granted during the fiscal year computed in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718. The assumptions that we used to calculate these amounts are discussed in Note 8 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the director upon the vesting of the stock options, the exercise of the stock options, or the sale of the common stock underlying such stock options.

 

(2) Mr. Croxford’s fees earned or paid in cash include $7,500 for board service in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012.

 

99


Table of Contents
(3) Dr. Millis’ fees earned or paid in cash include $18,750 for board service in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012. Dr. Millis also received $7,000 in fees earned from services as Director of our Clinical Advisory Board.

 

(4) Dr. Steer’s fees earned or paid in cash include $18,750 for board service in the third and fourth quarters of 2011 and the first quarter of 2012.

 

(5) Mr. Halperin was appointed to our board of directors in December 2012.

 

(6) Mr. Croxford had a total of 50,175 stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

 

(7) Dr. Millis had a total of 50,175 stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

 

(8) Dr. Steer had a total of 50,175 stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2012.

 

(9) Resigned from our board of directors in February 2012.

Director Compensation Policy

Beginning April 1, 2012, we paid our nonemployee directors (other than Mr. Satter who has not received any compensation for his service on our board of directors) an annual fee of $20,000 each as compensation for their service on our board of directors. These fees are payable quarterly ($5,000 per quarter). For each board meeting exceeding four per year, an additional $2,500 are paid for each in person meeting and $500 for each telephonic meeting. In 2012, we also granted to each of Mr. Croxford and Drs. Millis and Steer 50,175 non-qualified common stock options, vesting monthly over four years, subject to the director’s continued service with us.

On May 13, 2013, our board of directors approved a new compensation policy for our nonemployee directors (other than Mr. Satter, who has elected not to receive any compensation for his service as Co-Chairman or a director) which provides for the following compensation to our non-employee directors:

 

    each nonemployee director will receive an annual base retainer of $30,000;

 

    in addition to the $30,000 annual base retainer, the chairman of our audit committee will receive an annual fee of $15,000 and other members of our audit committee will receive an annual fee of $7,500;

 

    in addition to the $30,000 annual base fee, the chairman of our compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000 and other members of our compensation committee will receive an annual fee of $5,000;

 

    in addition to the $30,000 annual base fee, the chairman of our nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual fee of $10,000 and other members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will receive an annual fee of $5,000; and

 

    in addition to the fees listed above, each director shall receive $2,500 for each meeting in excess of four meetings per year and $500 for each telephonic meeting.

Pursuant to this policy, each new director will receive an initial grant of 50,175 non-qualified common stock options at an exercise price of at least the then fair value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant, vesting monthly over four years, subject to the director’s continued service with us.

Dr. Winters is not eligible to receive any board compensation because he is an employee. Mr. Satter has declined board compensation. We reimburse our directors for their reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings (other than Mr. Satter, who is not seeking reimbursement for such expenses).

In June 2013, each of our nonemployee directors was offered the opportunity to participate in our Senior Preferred Stock financing and to receive one non-qualified option to purchase our common stock for each share of Senior Preferred Stock purchased in the financing, up to a total investment of $500,000. As of June 30, 2013, Messrs. Croxford, Godshall, Halperin and Sears have purchased 3,750, 31,250, 20,667 and 31,250 shares of Senior Preferred Stock, respectively, and were granted an equivalent number of stock options. While the Satter Investors have participated in the Senior Preferred Stock financing and purchased shares of our Senior Preferred Stock, Mr. Satter has declined to receive (and has not received) any stock options.

 

100


Table of Contents

Equity Incentive Plans

2013 Equity Incentive Plan

Our board of directors has adopted, and we will ask our stockholders to approve, our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the 2013 Plan. The 2013 Plan will become effective as of the business day immediately prior to the effective date of this offering. Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares to our employees, directors and consultants and our parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants.

Share Reserve .    The shares reserved for issuance under the 2013 Plan will initially include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2012 Stock Option Plan, or the 2012 Plan, as of the effective date described above and (b) shares subject to awards granted under the 2012 Plan that expire, terminate, or are forfeited (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2013 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is 3,200,000 shares). In addition, the 2013 Plan provides for annual increases in the number of shares available for issuance thereunder on the last day of each fiscal year, beginning with our 2013 fiscal year, equal to the lesser of:

 

    1,200,000 shares of our common stock;

 

    3% of the outstanding shares of our common stock on the second-to-the-last day of the fiscal year; or

 

    an amount as our board of directors may determine.

Administration .    Our board of directors or a committee of our board of directors will administer our 2013 Plan. In the case of awards intended to qualify as “performance based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code, the committee will consist of two (2) or more “outside directors” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code. In addition, if we determine it is desirable to qualify transactions under the 2013 Plan as exempt under Rule 16b-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Rule 16b-3, such transactions will be structured to satisfy the requirements for exemption under Rule 16b-3. Subject to the provisions of the 2013 Plan, the administrator will have the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each such award, the exercisability of the awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise. The administrator also will have the authority to institute, without stockholder approval, an exchange program whereby the exercise prices of outstanding awards may be increased or reduced, outstanding awards may be surrendered or cancelled in exchange for awards of the same type (which may have higher or lower exercise prices), awards of a different type or cash, or outstanding awards may be transferred to a third party.

Stock Options .    Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options. The grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code may only be made to our employees and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. Nonstatutory stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors. The exercise price of options granted under our 2013 Plan must at least be equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The term of an incentive stock option may not exceed ten (10) years, except that with respect to any participant who owns ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term must not exceed five (5) years, and the exercise price must equal at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair market value on the grant date. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator will determine the terms of all other options.

After termination of an employee, director or consultant, he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for the period of time specified in the option agreement. In the absence of a specified time in the option agreement, the option generally will remain exercisable for twelve (12) months following a termination due to death or disability, and for three (3) months in all other cases. However, an option may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Stock Appreciation Rights .    Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of stock appreciation rights. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair value of our common stock between

 

101


Table of Contents

the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator will determine the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof, except that the per share exercise price for the shares to be issued pursuant to the exercise of a stock appreciation right will be no less than one hundred percent (100%) of the fair value per share on the date of grant. Stock appreciation rights expire under the same rules that apply to stock options.

Restricted Stock Awards .    Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of restricted stock awards. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate (for example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals or continued service to us); provided, however, that the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed. Recipients of restricted stock awards generally will have voting and dividend rights with respect to such shares upon grant without regard to vesting, unless the administrator provides otherwise. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

Restricted Stock Units .    Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of restricted stock units. Restricted stock units are bookkeeping entries representing an amount equal to the fair value of one share of our common stock. Subject to the provisions of our 2013 Plan, the administrator determines the terms and conditions of restricted stock units, including the vesting criteria (which may include accomplishing specified performance criteria or continued service to us) and the form and timing of payment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the administrator, in its sole discretion, may accelerate the time at which any restrictions will lapse or be removed.

Performance Units and Shares .    Our 2013 Plan provides for the grant of performance units and performance shares. Performance units and performance shares are awards that will result in a payment to a participant only if the vesting criteria established by the administrator are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. The administrator will establish organizational or individual performance goals in its discretion, which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and the value of performance units and performance shares to be paid out to participants. Performance units shall have an initial dollar value established by the administrator prior to the grant date. Performance shares shall have an initial value equal to the fair value of our common stock on the grant date. Payment for performance units and performance shares may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with equivalent value, or in some combination, as determined by the administrator.

Nonemployee Directors .    Our 2013 Plan provides that all nonemployee directors will be eligible to receive all types of awards (except for incentive stock options) under the 2013 Plan. In connection with this offering, we intend to implement a formal policy pursuant to which our nonemployee directors will be eligible to receive equity awards under the 2013 Plan. Our 2013 Plan provides that the number of shares subject to awards granted to a nonemployee director in a given fiscal year will not be greater than 100,000, increased to 150,000 in the fiscal year of his or her initial service as a nonemployee director.

Transferability of Awards .    Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2013 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an option or stock appreciation right may exercise such an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments .    In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2013 Plan, the administrator will make adjustments to one or more of the number and class of shares that may be delivered under the 2013 Plan or the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award and the numerical share limits contained in the 2013 Plan. In the event of our proposed liquidation or dissolution, the administrator will notify participants as soon as practicable and all awards, to the extent that they have not been previously exercised, will terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such proposed transaction.

Change in Control Transactions .    Our 2013 Plan provides that in the event of a merger or change in control, as defined in the 2013 Plan, each outstanding award will be treated as the administrator determines,

 

102


Table of Contents

including, without limitation, that awards may be assumed or substituted for by the acquiring or succeeding corporation, awards may be terminated immediately prior to the consummation of the merger or change in control, awards may vest in whole or in part prior to or upon consummation of the merger or change in control and, to the extent the administrator determines, terminate on or immediately prior to the effectiveness of the merger or change in control, or awards may be terminated in exchange for cash or property or replaced with other rights or property. If a successor corporation does not assume or substitute an equivalent award for any outstanding award, then such award will fully vest, all restrictions on such award will lapse and all performance goals or other vesting criteria applicable to such award will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels. Additionally, if a successor corporation does not assume or substitute an option or stock appreciation right, the administrator will notify the participant in writing or electronically that such award will be exercisable for a specified period of time determined by the administrator prior to the transaction, and such award will then terminate upon the expiration of such period. The administrator will not be required to treat all awards similarly in the event of a merger or change in control. In addition, in the event of a change of control, options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, and restricted stock units held by our nonemployee directors, if any, will vest fully and become immediately exercisable, all restrictions on his or her restricted stock will lapse, and all performance goals or other vesting requirements for his or her performance shares and units will be deemed achieved at one hundred percent (100%) of target levels, and all other terms and conditions met.

Plan Amendments and Termination .    Our 2013 Plan will automatically terminate in 2023, unless we terminate it sooner. In addition, our board of directors has the authority to amend, suspend or terminate the 2013 Plan provided such action does not impair the rights of any participant unless mutually agreed to in writing by the participant and us.

2012 Stock Option Plan

Our 2012 Plan was adopted by our board of directors in April 2012 and approved by our stockholders in September 2012. Our 2012 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, to our employees and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options and stock purchase rights to our employees, directors and consultants and any parent and subsidiary corporations’ employees and consultants. We will not grant any additional awards under our 2012 Plan following this offering; instead, we will grant awards under our 2013 Plan. However, our 2012 Plan will continue to govern the terms and conditions of outstanding awards granted thereunder.

Share Reserve .     As of June 30, 2013, under the 2012 Plan, options to purchase 2,672,904 shares of common stock were outstanding, and 55,186 shares were available for future grant under our 2012 Plan. Additionally, we increased the share reserve under our 2012 Plan on July 2, 2013 by 350,000 shares and on September 9, 2012 by an additional 50,000 shares to an aggregate of 3,267,136 total shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to our 2012 Plan.

Administration.     Our board of directors currently administers our 2012 Plan. Under our 2012 Plan, the administrator has the power to determine the terms of the awards, including the employees, directors and consultants who will receive awards, the exercise price, the number of shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule and exercisability of awards and the form of consideration payable upon exercise.

Stock Options.     With respect to all incentive stock options granted under the 2012 Plan, the exercise price must at least be equal to the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. With respect to all nonstatutory stock options granted under the 2012 Plan, the exercise price must at least be equal to eighty-five percent (85%) of the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant. However, with respect to any participant who owns ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the exercise price of the option must equal at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the fair value on the grant date. The term of an option may not exceed ten (10) years, except that with respect to any participant who owns ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of our outstanding stock as of the grant date, the term of an incentive stock option must not exceed five (5) years.

 

103


Table of Contents

All options granted under the Plan are exercisable immediately subject to which we have a repurchase right that lapses as the option vests.

Unless otherwise provided by our board of directors in the option agreement, after termination of an employee, director or consultant (other than due to death or disability), he or she may exercise his or her option, to the extent vested, for a period of three (3) months following such termination. If termination is due to death or disability, the option will remain exercisable for a period of twelve (12) months following such termination, or such longer period of time as approved by our board of directors and specified in the stock option agreement. However, an option generally may not be exercised later than the expiration of its term.

Transferability.     Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2012 Plan generally does not allow for the transfer of awards under the 2012 Plan other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution, and only the recipient of an option may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

Certain Adjustments.     In the event of certain changes in our capitalization, to prevent diminution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits available under the 2012 Plan, our board of directors will make adjustments to the number, class and price of shares covered by each outstanding award.

Change in Control Transactions.     Our 2012 Plan provides that in the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2012 Plan, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof may assume or substitute an equivalent award for each outstanding option under the 2012 Plan. If there is no assumption or substitution of outstanding options, such options will terminate upon the expiration of such stated notice period.

In addition, pursuant to their stock option agreements, certain optionees, including our named executive officers, are eligible for full vesting acceleration of their outstanding options in the event their service is terminated other than for cause or they resign from their service for good reason, in either case, within twelve months following a change in control.

Plan Amendments and Termination.     Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the 2012 Plan, provided (i) such action does not impair the rights of any participant unless mutually agreed to in writing by the participant and us or (ii) such action is required to enable an option designated as an incentive stock option to qualify as an incentive stock option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule. We intend to terminate the 2012 Plan as to new awards as of the effective date of this offering.

Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

Our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, or Incentive Plan, was adopted by our board of directors on July 8, 2013. The Incentive Plan allows a committee appointed by the board to provide cash incentive awards to selected employees, including our named executive officers, based upon performance goals established by our board of directors or its committee.

Under the Incentive Plan, a committee appointed by the board determines the performance goals applicable to any award, which goals may include, without limitation, the attainment of research and development milestones, sales bookings, business divestitures and acquisitions, cash flow, cash position, earnings (which may include earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes and net earnings), earnings per share, net income, net profit, net sales, operating cash flow, operating expenses, operating income, operating margin, overhead or other expense reduction, product defect measures, product release timelines, productivity, profit, return on assets, return on capital, return on equity, return on investment, return on sales, revenue, revenue growth, sales results, sales growth, stock price, time to market, total shareholder return, working capital, and individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. Performance goals that include the Company’s financial results may be determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, or such financial results may consist of non-GAAP financial measures. The performance goals may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. The performance goals may differ from participant to participant and from award to award.

 

104


Table of Contents

The committee appointed by the board may, in its sole discretion and at any time, increase, reduce or eliminate a participant’s actual award, or increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the bonus pool for a particular performance period. The actual award may be below, at or above a participant’s target award, in the discretion or the committee appointed by the board. The committee appointed by the board may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and it is not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

Actual awards are paid in cash only after they are earned, which usually requires continued employment through the date of payment of the award. Payment of bonuses occurs as soon as administratively practicable after they are earned, but no later than the dates set forth in the Incentive Plan.

Our board of directors has the authority to amend, alter, suspend or terminate the Incentive Plan provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant with respect to any earned bonus.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnification Matters

The amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the closing of this offering, will limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:

 

    any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

    unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions, or other distributions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

 

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

The amended and restated bylaws to be in effect upon the closing of this offering provide that we indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. These amended and restated bylaws also provide that we shall advance expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity, regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law.

We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive officers and other employees as determined by our board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among others, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance.

The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty of care. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

105


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2010 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded $120,000 and in which any of our executive officers, directors, promoters or beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under the section of this prospectus titled “Executive and Director Compensation.”

Senior Preferred Stock Financing

Effective as of June 5, 2013, we entered into a fourth amended and restated senior preferred stock purchase agreement, or Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement, with Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust and certain affiliated trusts and other entities, or the Satter Investors, certain of our directors and officers and certain unaffiliated third party investors, all of which are collectively referred to herein as the Investors. Muneer A. Satter is a member of our board of directors and is the trustee of the Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust and the trustee, investment advisor or manager of each other Satter Investor. In his capacity as trustee, investment advisor or manager as applicable, Mr. Satter has sole voting and dispositive power over all shares held by the Satter Investors. The Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement contemplates the issuance by us of an aggregate of $108.8 million of our senior redeemable and convertible preferred stock for the purchase price of $8.00 per share to the Investors. As of June 30, 2013, we had issued an aggregate of 7,811,970 shares of our senior redeemable and convertible preferred stock for an aggregate purchase price of $62.5 million. Upon closing of this offering, all rights and obligations under the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement with respect to the issuance and sale of additional shares of our senior redeemable and convertible preferred stock will terminate automatically and be of no further force or effect.

The following table presents the number of shares issued to our directors, officers and holders of more than 5% of our capital stock or entities affiliated with them.

 

Purchaser

   Shares of Senior
Preferred

Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Trusts and Other Entities Affiliated with Muneer A. Satter (1)

     2,995,638       $ 23,965,101   

BSL Associates LLC and Affiliated Entities (2)

     625,000         5,000,000   

Lowell E. Sears

     31,250         250,000   

Douglas E. Godshall

     31,250         250,000   

Philip M. Croxford

     3,750         30,000   

Errol R. Halperin (3)

     20,667         165,336   

Aron P. Stern

     278         2,224   

 

(1) Includes shares held by Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust and various other trusts and other entities for which Mr. Satter serves as trustee, investment advisor or manager and, in such capacity, has sole voting and dispositive control over such shares.

 

(2) Consists of shares held by BSL Associates LLC and NP1 LLC for which Ralph Finerman serves as sole manager and, in such capacity, has sole voting and dispositive control over such shares.

 

(3) Consists of 20,667 shares held by Errol R. Halperin and Libby G. Halperin.

The Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement provides to certain of the Investors (including the Satter Investors) certain rights relating to the delivery of certain financial statements and other information. In addition, the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement restricts the issuance of stock options or any comparable equity or equity-based incentives to any person who was a director, officer or other member of senior management as of September 25, 2012 unless such person shall have received a material promotion and commensurate increase in duties and responsibilities. While the information rights described above will be suspended for so long as we are subject to and remain in compliance with the periodic reporting requirements of the SEC, the restrictions on future equity awards described in this paragraph, as well as certain other covenants and agreements contained in the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement, will survive completion of the offering and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.

 

106


Table of Contents

Senior Preferred Investors’ Rights Agreement

We and certain of our directors and stockholders, including the Satter Investors and certain other stockholders who hold greater than 5% of our outstanding capital stock, are parties to a fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, dated August 28, 2013, or the Senior Preferred IRA. The Senior Preferred IRA contains customary registration rights and related provisions, including customary market standoff provisions.

The Senior Preferred IRA also provides that, for so long as the Satter Investors hold at least 30% of our outstanding common stock, the Satter Investors will have the right to nominate 40% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). If the Satter Investors hold less than 30% (but at least 20%) of our outstanding common stock, they will have the right to nominate 30% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). If the Satter Investors hold less than 20% (but at least 10%) of our outstanding common stock, they will have the right to nominate 20% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). If the Satter Investors hold less than 10% (but at least 2%) of our outstanding common stock, they will have the right to nominate 10% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). For so long as the Satter Investors hold less than 2% of our outstanding common stock, they will not have the contractual right to nominate any representatives to our board of directors. These rights survive the closing of this offering. To date the Satter Investors have not exercised their rights to nominate any directors, but they have reserved the right to do so in the future.

The Senior Preferred IRA provides that for so long as Mr. Satter and Dr. Winters both serve as members of our board of directors, each shall serve as co-chairman of our board of directors and Mr. Satter shall serve as our Lead Director. In the event that Mr. Satter serves as a member of our board of directors at a time when Dr. Winters does not, Mr. Satter will serve as our chairman of the board and Lead Director. This provision survives the closing of this offering. Dr. Winters will serve as Co-Chairman only so long as he is both a director and Chief Executive Officer.

Convertible Debt Financing

Between May 14, 2012 and September 10, 2012, we sold an aggregate of $7.2 million in secured convertible promissory notes to certain of the Satter Investors. On September 25, 2012, these secured convertible promissory notes converted into an aggregate of 911,949 shares of our senior redeemable and convertible preferred stock pursuant to the terms of the notes.

Junior Preferred Securities Purchase Agreement

We entered into a securities purchase agreement on February 3, 2012, or the Junior Preferred Purchase Agreement, in connection with the sale of Junior Preferred Stock. Pursuant to the Junior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, we sold an aggregate of 3,501,400 shares of our Junior Preferred Stock. The purchase included a holder of more than 5% of our capital stock, a director and an officer.

 

Purchaser

   Shares of Junior
Preferred

Stock
     Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Trusts and Other Entities Affiliated with Muneer A. Satter (1)

     2,589,764       $ 1,109,455   

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D. (2)

     116,713         50,000   

Aron P. Stern

     4,669         2,000   

 

(1) Includes shares held by Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust and various other trusts and other entities for which Mr. Satter serves as trustee, investment advisor or manager and, in such capacity, has sole voting and dispositive control over such shares.

 

(2) Consists of 116,713 shares held by Terence E. Winters and Eileen Y. Winters.

The Junior Preferred Purchase Agreement contains various negative and affirmative covenants, including those requiring us to deliver specified financial statements and annual budgets to certain investors, and other covenants rights with respect to the management of our company. This agreement will be terminated in full at or prior to closing of this offering.

 

107


Table of Contents

Junior Preferred Investors’ Rights Agreement

Our company and certain of the holders of our junior preferred stock are parties to an investors’ rights agreement, dated February 23, 2012, or the Junior Preferred IRA. The Junior Preferred IRA contains certain restrictions on transfer, registration rights, market standoff provisions and various affirmative and negative covenants with respect to management of our company. Upon the closing of this offering, all covenants in this agreement, except for the rights relating to the registration of shares under the Securities Act, will terminate. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Series D Investors’ Rights Agreement

We and certain of our directors and stockholders, including the Satter Investors, are parties to an investors’ rights agreement, dated June 7, 2011, or the Series D IRA. The Series D IRA contains restrictions on transfer (for compliance with applicable securities laws) and customary registration rights. Upon the closing of this offering, all covenants in this agreement, except for the rights relating to the registration of shares under the Securities Act, will have terminated. For a description of these registration rights, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Capital Stock—Registration Rights.”

Indemnification of Officers and Directors

We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons. The indemnification agreements and our amended restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws require us to indemnify our directors, executive officers and certain controlling persons to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See “Management—Limitations on Liability and Indemnification Matters” above.

Related-Person Transactions Policy

We are in the process of adopting a written Related-Person Transactions Policy that sets forth our policies and procedures regarding the identification, review, consideration, approval and oversight of “related-person transactions.” For purposes of our policy only, a “related-person transaction” is a past, present or future transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we and any “related person” are participants, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and a related person has a direct or indirect material interest. Various transactions are not covered by this policy, including transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee, director, consultant or similar capacity by a related person, equity and debt financing transactions with a related person that are approved by the Board, and other transactions not otherwise discloseable under Item 404 of Regulation S-K. A “related person,” as determined since the beginning of our last fiscal year, is any executive officer, director or nominee to become director, a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, including any immediate family members of such persons. Any related-person transaction may only be consummated if approved or ratified by the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of our dis-interested directors then in office in accordance with the policy guidelines set forth below.

Under the policy, where a transaction has been identified as a related-person transaction, management must present information regarding the proposed related-person transaction to our audit committee for review and recommendation for approval to our board of directors. In considering related-person transactions, our audit committee and board of directors take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to whether the terms of such transaction are no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third-party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. In the event a director has an interest in the proposed transaction, the director must recuse himself or herself from the deliberations and approval process. We did not previously have a formal policy concerning transactions with related persons.

 

108


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of September 30, 2013 by:

 

    each person, or group of affiliated persons, who we know to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock;

 

    each of our named executive officers;

 

    each of our directors; and

 

    all of our executive officers and directors as a group.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based on an aggregate of 11,919,608 shares of our common stock and is comprised of 606,238 shares of our common stock outstanding as of September 30, 2013 and 11,313,370 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of our outstanding shares of preferred stock.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options and warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before November 29, 2013, which is 60 days after September 30, 2013. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options and warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

Unless otherwise noted below, the address of each of the individuals and entities named in the table below is c/o Vital Therapies, Inc., 15010 Avenue of Science, Suite 200, San Diego, California 92128. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).

 

     Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned Before this
Offering
    Shares of Common
Stock Beneficially
Owned After this
Offering
 
     Number      Percent     Number    Percent  

5% Stockholders:

          

Trusts and Other Entities Affiliated with Muneer A. Satter (1)

     5,854,167         48.60                  

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D. (3)

     692,322         5.57     

Entities Affiliated with BSL Entities (2)

     625,000         5.24     

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

          

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D. (3)

     692,322         5.57     

Robert A. Ashley (4).

     358,391         2.92     

Duane Nash, M.D., J.D. (5)

     367,615         2.99     

Muneer A. Satter (1).

     5,854,167         48.60     

Jean-Jacques Bienaimé (12)

     75,000         *        

Douglas E. Godshall (6)

     112,675         *        

Philip M. Croxford (7)

     57,675         *        

J. Michael Millis, M.D. (8)

     50,263         *        

Randolph C. Steer, M.D., Ph.D. (9)

     50,611         *        

Errol R. Halperin (10)

     91,509         *        

Lowell E. Sears (11)

     112,675         *        

All directors and executive officers as a group (13 people) (13)

     8,061,511         57.99     

 

(1) Consists of 5,727,519 shares and warrants to acquire 126,648 shares that are held by Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust and various other trusts and other entities for which Mr. Satter serves as trustee, investment advisor or manager and, in such capacity, has sole voting and dispositive control over all such shares.

 

109


Table of Contents
(2) Consists of 541,667 shares held by BSL Associates LLC and 83,333 shares held by NP1 LLC (collectively referred to as the “BSL Entities”). Ralph Finerman is the sole manager of BSL Associates LLC and NP1 LLC and has voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the BSL Entities.

 

(3) Consists of 59,877 shares held by Terence E. Winters, 116,952 shares held by Terence E. Winters and Eileen Y. Winters, 427 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants held of record by Terence E. Winters, and options to purchase 515,066 shares of common stock.

 

(4) Consists of options to purchase shares of common stock.

 

(5) Consists of 9,224 shares held by Duane Nash and Jazibe Nash and options to purchase 358,391 shares of common stock.

 

(6) Consists of 31,250 shares held and options to purchase 81,425 shares of common stock.

 

(7) Consists of 20,091 shares held and options to purchase 37,584 shares of common stock.

 

(8) Consists of 16,429 shares held and options to purchase 33,834 shares of common stock.

 

(9) Consists of 299 shares held, 137 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants, and options to purchase 50,175 shares of common stock.

 

(10) Consists of 40,000 shares held by Errol R. Halperin, 20,667 shares held by Errol R. Halperin and Libby G. Halperin, and options to purchase 30,842 shares of common stock.

 

(11) Consists of 31,250 shares held and options to purchase 81,425 shares of common stock.

 

(12) Consists of options to purchase shares of common stock.

 

(13) Consists of (i) 6,073,558 shares held, 127,213 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants, and options to purchase 1,622,133 shares of common stock as reflected in footnotes 3 through 12, and (ii) 6,196 shares, 54 shares that may be acquired pursuant to the exercise of warrants, and options to purchase 232,357 shares of common stock held directly by two officers who are not named executive officers.

 

110


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of all material characteristics of our capital stock as set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon closing of this offering. The summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, all of which are incorporated by reference as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and the applicable provisions of Delaware law.

General

Upon the closing of this offering and the filing of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of                 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and                 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

Upon the closing of this offering, all the outstanding shares of our existing preferred stock will automatically convert into an aggregate of 11,313,370 shares of our common stock.

Common Stock

Outstanding Shares

Based on 606,213 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013, the conversion of preferred stock outstanding as of June 30, 2013 into 11,313,370 shares of common stock upon the closing of this offering, the issuance of                 shares of common stock in this offering, and no exercise of options or warrants, there will be                 shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering. As of June 30, 2013, assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering, we had approximately 195 record holders of our common stock.

As of June 30, 2013, there were 250,646 shares of common stock subject to outstanding warrants, and 2,672,904 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options.

Voting

Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting rights. Because of this absence of cumulative voting, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the combined voting power of all our stockholders entitled to vote on the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

Subject to supermajority votes for some matters, matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter, provided that the holders of our common stock are not allowed to vote on any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders or one or more such series, to approve such amendment. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors and, in some cases, the affirmative vote of a majority of minority stockholders entitled to vote in any annual election of directors are required to amend or repeal our bylaws, amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, approve certain transactions with certain affiliates, or approve the sale or liquidation of the company. The vote of a majority of minority of stockholders applies when an individual or entity and its affiliates or associates together own more than 50% of the voting power of our then outstanding capital stock, excluding any such persons that own 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock immediately prior to the closing of this offering, and such a vote would require the approval of the majority of our voting stock, excluding the voting stock held by such a majority holder.

 

111


Table of Contents

Dividends

Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of legally available funds. For more information, see “Dividend Policy.”

Liquidation

In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preferences that may be granted to the holders of any then outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Rights and Preferences

Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock, which we may designate and issue in the future.

Fully Paid and Nonassessable

All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering, when paid for, will be fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

As of June 30, 2013, there were (i) 7,811,970 shares of our senior preferred stock outstanding and (ii) 3,501,400 shares of our junior preferred stock outstanding. All outstanding shares of our preferred stock will convert into shares of our common stock upon closing of this offering.

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock.

Following closing of this offering, our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company and may adversely affect the market price of the common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. Upon the closing of this offering, no shares of preferred stock will be outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2013, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 2,672,904 shares of our common pursuant to our 2012 Stock Plan, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.26. As of June 30, 2013, 55,186 shares of our common stock remain available for future grant or issuance under our 2012 Stock Plan.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2013, we had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 250,646 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $95.21.

 

112


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

Under our investors’ rights agreements, following the closing of this offering, the holders of approximately                  shares of common stock (including the shares underlying the warrants described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Warrants”) or their transferees, have the right to require us to register the offer and sale of their shares, or to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.

Senior Preferred Investors’ Rights Agreement

Pursuant to our fourth amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, dated August 28, 2013, as amended, or the Senior Preferred IRA, the holders of 11,405,680 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants and options, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. Beginning on the date that is 180 days following the effective date of this prospectus, and subject to limitations in the Senior Preferred IRA agreement, including our ability to delay registration in certain circumstances, the holders of at least 25% of these securities then outstanding may demand on three occasions, that we use our reasonable best efforts to register these securities using a long form registration statement for public resale if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $15 million. If we register any of our common stock either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these securities are entitled to include their shares of common stock in that registration, subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the offering. After closing of this offering, we will be obligated to use our reasonable best efforts to make short form registration statements available, and after such time the holders of at least 25% of these securities then outstanding may also demand, but not more than two times in any 12-month period, that we register all or a portion of these securities using a short form registration statement, provided, among other limitations, that the proposed aggregate selling price is at least $15 million. We will be responsible for paying all registration expenses, including the reasonable fees of legal counsel for the selling holders, and the holders selling their shares will be responsible for paying all selling expenses.

Registration rights under the Senior Preferred IRA terminate, as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder and such holder’s affiliates can sell all of their registrable securities in a three-month period pursuant to Rule 144.

Junior Preferred Investors’ Rights Agreement

Pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement, dated February 23, 2012, or the Junior Preferred IRA, the holders of 705,048 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants or options, or their transferees will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. After the earlier of the third anniversary of the Junior Preferred IRA or six months after the effective date of this prospectus, and subject to limitations in the agreement, including our ability to delay registration in certain circumstances, the holders of at least 25% of these securities then outstanding may require, on two occasions, that we use our best efforts to register these securities using a long form registration statement for public resale if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $7 million. Following our initial public offering, if we register any of our common stock either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these securities are entitled to include their shares of common stock in that registration, subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the offering to as few as 45% of the offering. After closing of this offering, the holders of these securities then outstanding may also require us, but not more than one time in any 12-month period, to register all or a portion of these securities using a short form registration statement when the use of that form becomes available to us, provided, among other limitations, that the proposed aggregate selling price is at least $1 million. We will be responsible for paying all registration expenses, including the reasonable fees of legal counsel for the selling holders, and the holders selling their shares will be responsible for paying all selling expenses.

 

113


Table of Contents

Registration rights under Junior Preferred IRA terminate upon the earliest of (i) the date that is five years after the effective date of this prospectus, or (ii) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder and such holder’s affiliates can sell all of their registrable securities in a three-month period pursuant to Rule 144.

Series D Investors’ Rights Agreement

Pursuant to our investors’ rights agreement, dated June 7, 2011, or the Series D IRA, the holders of 892,708 shares of common stock, including shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants or options, or their transferees will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. After the earlier of the third anniversary of the Series D IRA or six months after the effective date of this prospectus, and subject to limitations in the agreement, including our ability to delay registration in certain circumstances, the holders of at least 25% of these securities then outstanding may require, on two occasions, that we use our best efforts to register these securities using a long-form registration statement for public resale if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, would exceed $7 million. Following our initial public offering, if we register any of our common stock either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, the holders of these securities are entitled to include their shares of common stock in that registration, subject to the ability of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in the offering to as few as 45% of the offering. After closing of this offering, the holders of these securities then outstanding may also require us, but not more than one time in any 12-month period, to register all or a portion of these securities using a short form registration statement when the use of that form becomes available to us, provided, among other limitations, that the proposed aggregate selling price is at least $1 million. We will be responsible for paying all registration expenses, including the reasonable fees of legal counsel for the selling holders, and the holders selling their shares will be responsible for paying all selling expenses.

Registration rights under the Series D IRA terminate upon the earliest of (i) the date that is five years after the effective date of this prospectus, or (ii) as to a given holder of registration rights, when such holder and such holder’s affiliates can sell all of such holder’s registrable securities in a three month-period pursuant to Rule 144.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon closing of this offering, and the Senior Preferred IRA contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed in part to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the advantages gained by protecting our ability to negotiate with any unsolicited and potentially unfriendly acquirer outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals, including those priced above the then-current market value of our common stock, because, among other reasons, the negotiation of such proposals could improve their terms.

Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon closing of this offering include provisions that:

 

    authorize our board of directors to issue, without further action by the stockholders, up to                  shares of undesignated preferred stock;

 

    require that any action to be taken by our stockholders be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting and not by written consent;

 

    specify that special meetings of our stockholders can be called only by a supermajority (75%) vote of our directors then in office;

 

    our board of directors may amend or repeal our bylaws only pursuant to a supermajority (75%) vote of our directors then in office;

 

114


Table of Contents
    our stockholders may amend or repeal our bylaws only pursuant to a supermajority (75% and majority of the minority, if applicable) vote of the outstanding shares of our capital stock;

 

    require in general the approval of a supermajority (75% and majority of the minority, if applicable) vote of our outstanding shares of capital stock to amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation;

 

    require the approval of a supermajority (75% and majority of the minority, if applicable) vote of our outstanding shares of capital stock to approve the sale or liquidation of the company;

 

    establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder approvals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors;

 

    provide that directors may be removed only for cause by a supermajority (75%) vote of our outstanding shares of capital stock;

 

    provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;

 

    provide that in general the number of directors on our board may only be fixed from time to time by a supermajority (75%) vote of our directors then in office; and

 

    establish that our board of directors is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered terms

Senior Preferred Investors’ Rights Agreement

The Senior Preferred IRA also provides that, for so long as the Satter Investors hold at least 30% of our outstanding common stock, the Satter Investors will have the right to nominate 40% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). If the Satter Investors hold less than 30% (but at least 20%) of our outstanding common stock, they will have the right to nominate 30% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). If the Satter Investors hold less than 20% (but at least 10%) of our outstanding common stock, they will have the right to nominate 20% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). If the Satter Investors hold less than 10% (but at least 2%) of our outstanding common stock, they will have the right to nominate 10% of our directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number). For so long as the Satter Investors hold less than 2% of our outstanding common stock, they will not have the contractual right to nominate any representatives to our board of directors. These rights survive the closing of this offering. To date the Satter Investors have not exercised their rights to nominate any directors, but they have reserved the right to do so in the future.

The Senior Preferred IRA provides that for so long as Mr. Satter and Dr. Winters both serve as members of our board of directors, each shall serve as Co-Chairman of the board of directors and Mr. Satter shall serve as our Lead Director. In the event that Mr. Satter serves as a member of our board of directors at a time when Dr. Winters does not, Mr. Satter will serve as our Chairman of the board and Lead Director. This provision survives the closing of this offering. Dr. Winters will serve as Co-Chairman only so long as he is both a director and Chief Executive Officer.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

We will elect in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that certain of our current stockholders, including Mr. Satter and entities affiliated with him, and any persons to whom certain of our current stockholders sell their common stock will be deemed to have been approved by our board of directors, and thereby not subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 203.

 

115


Table of Contents

Listing

We have applied to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “VTL.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, or AST. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 6201 15th Avenue Brooklyn, New York 11219.

 

116


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and although we expect that our common stock will be approved for listing on the NASDAQ Global Market we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock following this offering. We cannot predict what effect, if any, sales of our shares in the public market or the availability of shares for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, or the perception that such sales may occur, however, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and also could adversely affect our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our common stock or other equity-related securities of ours at times and prices we believe appropriate.

Upon closing of this offering, based on our shares outstanding as of June 30, 2013 and after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock,                 shares of our common stock will be outstanding, or                 shares of common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. All of the shares of common stock expected to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act unless held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if their offer and sale is registered under the Securities Act or if the offer and sale of those securities qualify for an exemption from registration, including exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

As a result of the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 or 701 and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares in full, the shares of our common stock that will be deemed “restricted securities” will be available for sale in the public market following the closing of this offering as follows:

 

                    shares will be eligible for sale on the date of this prospectus; and

 

                    shares will be eligible for sale upon expiration of the lock-up agreements and market stand-off provisions described below, beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

We may issue shares of our common stock from time to time for a variety of corporate purposes, including in capital raising activities through future public offerings or private placements, in connection with exercise of stock options, vesting of restricted stock units and other issuances relating to our employee benefit plans and as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other purposes. The number of shares of our common stock that we may issue may be significant, depending on the events surrounding such issuances. In some cases, the shares we issue may be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. In other cases, we may grant registration rights covering the shares issued in connection with these issuances, in which case the holders of the common stock will have the right, under certain circumstances, to cause us to register any resale of such shares to the public.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding shares of capital stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, as modified as described below, except with the prior written consent of the representative of the underwriters on behalf of the underwriters.

The representative may, at any time or from time to time before the termination of the lock-up period release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements; provided, however, that, subject to limited exceptions, if such release is for the securities of any of our officers or directors, at least three business days before the release, the representative must notify us of the impending release and we will announce the impending release through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release.

 

117


Table of Contents

Rule 144

Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, in general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner, other than one of our affiliates, without being required to comply with the notice or manner of sale or volume limitation provisions of Rule 144. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to the registration requirements of the Securities Act or the availability of public information about us, if:

 

    the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months; and

 

    the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

    1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                  shares immediately after this offering; and

 

    the average weekly trading volume in our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. To the extent that shares were acquired from one of our affiliates, a person’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 would commence on the date of transfer from the affiliate.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract before the effective date of this offering may sell these shares beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

As of June 30, 2013, 139,046 shares of our outstanding common stock had been issued in reliance on Rule 701 as a result of exercises of stock options. All of these shares, however, are subject to lock-up agreements or market stand-off provisions as discussed above, and, as a result, these shares will only become eligible for sale at the earlier of the expiration of the lock-up period or upon obtaining the consent of the representative on behalf of the underwriters to release all or any portion of these shares from the lock-up agreements.

Stock Options

As of June 30, 2013, options to purchase an aggregate 2,672,904 shares of our common stock were outstanding. We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the offer and sale of all shares of our common stock subject to outstanding stock options and all shares reserved for issuance under our equity compensation plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering these shares after the date of this prospectus, which will permit the resale of such shares in the public market,

 

118


Table of Contents

subject, with respect to certain of the shares, to the provisions of the lock-up agreements. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as permitted under the Securities Act.

Warrants

Upon closing of this offering, warrants entitling holders to purchase an aggregate of 250,646 shares of our common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $95.21 per share will be outstanding. See “Description of Capital Stock” for additional information. Such shares issued upon exercise of the warrants may be able to be sold after the expiration of the lock-up period described above subject the requirements of Rule 144 described above.

Registration Rights

Upon closing of this offering, the holders of approximately 13,003,436 shares of our common stock (including the shares of common stock underlying the warrants described in “—Warrants” above and shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options), will be eligible to exercise certain rights to cause us to register their shares for resale under the Securities Act, subject to various conditions and limitations. These registration rights are described under the caption “Description of Capital Stock.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable, and a large number of shares may be sold into the public market. If that occurs, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

 

119


Table of Contents

MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our stock to non-U.S. holders, but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any U.S. state or local or any non-U.S. jurisdiction, the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax or under U.S. federal gift and estate tax laws, except to the limited extent below. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

    banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions;

 

    persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

 

    tax-exempt organizations;

 

    dealers in securities or currencies;

 

    traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

 

    persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than five percent of our stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below);

 

    certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;

 

    persons who hold our stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction;

 

    persons who do not hold our stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment purposes); or

 

    persons deemed to sell our stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code.

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any U.S. state or local or any non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. Holder Defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder (other than a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not:

 

    an individual citizen or resident of the U.S.;

 

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof;

 

    an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or

 

    a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has made an election to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

120


Table of Contents

Distributions

If we make distributions on our stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8BEN or other appropriate version of IRS Form W-8 certifying qualification for the reduced rate.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. Payments of effectively connected dividends that are included in the gross income of a non-U.S. holder generally are exempt from withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8 ECI or other applicable IRS Form W-8 properly certifying such exemption.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may be able to obtain a refund of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Stock

You generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our stock unless:

 

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the U.S.), in which case you will be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and for a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation, such non-U.S. holder may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty;

 

    you are an individual who is present in the U.S. for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, in which case you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which tax may be offset by U.S. source capital losses (even though you are not considered a resident of the U.S.) subject to applicable income tax or other treaties providing otherwise; or

 

    our stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes (a USRPHC) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future.

Federal Estate Tax

Our stock held (or treated as held) by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and therefore may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

121


Table of Contents

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address, and the amount of tax withheld, if any. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or another appropriate version of IRS Form W-8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA)

FATCA imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our stock to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% generally applies to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our stock to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. Under the final Treasury Regulations the withholding provisions described above will generally apply to payments of dividends on our stock made on or after July 1, 2014 and to payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of such stock on or after January 1, 2017. You should consult your tax advisors regarding these withholding provisions.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

122


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated                     , 2013, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below, for whom Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC is acting as representative, the following respective numbers of shares of common stock:

 

Name

   Number of Shares

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Cowen and Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Genuity Inc.

  
  

 

  
  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares of common stock in the offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated.

We have granted to the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to an aggregate of         additional shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel including the validity of the shares, and subject to other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is also subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members, if any, at that price less a selling concession of up to $             per share. After the initial public offering the representative may change the public offering price and selling concession.

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us assuming no exercise or full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares:

 

     Per Share      Total  
     No Exercise      Full Exercise      No Exercise      Full Exercise  

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

   $                            $                            $                            $                        

We estimate that our out of pocket expenses for this offering (not including any underwriting discounts and commissions) will be approximately $             . We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

The representative has informed us that it does not expect sales to accounts over which the underwriters have discretionary authority to exceed 5% of the shares of common stock being offered.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, (ii) offer, sell, issue, contract to sell, contract to purchase or grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or any other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequences of ownership, (iv) establish or increase a put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease a call equivalent position or (iv) file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to take any such action, without the prior written consent of the representative, for 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

 

123


Table of Contents

The restrictions in the foregoing paragraph do not apply to (i) the sale of shares of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, (ii) the issuance by us of shares of common stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants or options, in each case outstanding on the date of this prospectus, (iii) the grant of stock options, restricted stock or other equity-based compensation awards pursuant to the terms of a plan in effect on the date of this prospectus, or (iv) the issuance of common stock upon exercise of options or warrants or similar rights to acquires shares that are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus.

Our executive officers, our directors and substantially all of our existing security holders have agreed that they will not offer, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, contract to sell, or otherwise dispose of or announce the intention to otherwise dispose of, or enter into any swap, hedge or similar agreement or arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock without, in each case, the prior written consent of the representative, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                  shares of common stock offered in this prospectus for our directors, officers and existing investors. Reserved shares purchased by our directors and officers will be subject to the lock-up agreements described above. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered in this prospectus. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their affiliates against certain liabilities and expenses, including the liabilities under the Securities Act in connection with sales of the directed shares.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol ‘‘VTL.’’

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiation between us and the representative. In addition to prevailing market conditions, the principal factors that will be considered in determining the initial public offering price will include:

 

    the history of, and prospects for, our company and the industry in which we compete;

 

    our past and present financial information;

 

    an assessment of our management;

 

    its past and present operations, and the prospects for, and timing of, our future revenues;

 

    the present state of our development;

 

    the above factors in relation to market values and various valuation measures of other companies engaged; and

 

    other information included in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters.

We cannot assure you that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our common stock will trade in the public market subsequent to this offering or that an active trading market for our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may in the future provide financial advisory or investment banking services to us from time to time for which they expect to receive customary compensation and expense reimbursement.

 

124


Table of Contents

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

    Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

    Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of our common stock in the open market to cover syndicate short positions. Sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the short position is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the short position is greater than the amount of additional shares for which their option to purchase additional shares may be exercised. A naked short position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

    Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

    In passive market making, market makers in the common stock who are underwriters or prospective underwriters may, subject to limitations, make bids for or purchases of our common stock until the time, if any, at which a stabilizing bid is made.

These stabilizing transactions, short sales and syndicate covering transactions, penalty bids and passive market making may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and one or more of the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The representative may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a ‘‘Relevant Member State’’), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus

 

125


Table of Contents

Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the ‘‘Relevant Implementation Date’’), shares of our common stock will not be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of common stock may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

  (a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  (b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

 

  (c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an ‘‘offer of common stock to the public’’ in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the common shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression ‘‘Prospectus Directive’’ means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression ‘‘2010 PD Amending Directive’’ means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Our common stock may not be offered or sold and will not be offered or sold to any persons in the United Kingdom other than persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses and in compliance with all applicable provisions of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (‘‘FSMA’’) with respect to anything done in relation to our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

In addition, each underwriter:

 

  (a) has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and

 

  (b) has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

126


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, San Diego, California. Cooley LLP, San Diego, California is representing the underwriters in the offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012, and cumulatively, for the period January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss (not presented separately herein), redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows (not presented separately herein) of Vital Therapies, Inc. (a development stage enterprise) for the period from May 23, 2003 (Inception) to December 31, 2008, have been audited by Hein & Associates LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock that we are offering. The registration statement, including the attached exhibits and schedules, contains additional relevant information about us and our common stock. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto. The rules and regulations of the SEC allow us to omit from this prospectus certain information included in the registration statement.

For further information about us and our common stock, you may inspect a copy of the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement without charge at the offices of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain copies of all or any part of the registration statement from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549 upon the payment of the prescribed fees.

You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants like us that file electronically with the SEC. You can also inspect our registration statement on this website.

Upon closing of this offering, we will become subject to the reporting and information requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

 

127


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

     Page  

Report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-2   

Report of Hein & Associates LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-3   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Operations

     F-5   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

     F-6   

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

     F-7   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     F-9   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-10   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Vital Therapies, Inc.

In our opinion, based on our audits and the report of other auditors, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Vital Therapies, Inc. and its subsidiaries (a development stage company) at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended and cumulatively for the period from May 23, 2003 (date of inception) to December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of the Company for the period from May 23, 2003 (date of inception) to December 31, 2008. Those financial statements, which reflect a deficit of $34 million accumulated during the development stage, were audited by other auditors whose report, dated July 16, 2009, except with respect to the effect of the May 2011 and March 2012 stock splits described in Note 1, as to which the date is July 22, 2013, has been furnished to us, and our opinion expressed herein, insofar as it relates to the cumulative amounts for the period from May 23, 2003 (date of inception) to December 31, 2008, is based solely on the report of other auditors. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the report of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

July 22, 2013

 

F-2


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Vital Therapies, Inc.

We have audited the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of Vital Therapies, Inc. and Subsidiaries (a development stage enterprise) for the period from May 23, 2003 (inception) to December 31, 2008. The consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss and cash flows are not presented separately herein. The consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of Vital Therapies, Inc. (a development stage enterprise) for the period from May 23, 2003 (inception) to December 31, 2008 (not presented separately herein) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ HEIN & ASSOCIATES LLP

Irvine, California

July 16, 2009 (July 22, 2013 as to the effect of the May 2011 and March 2012 stock splits described in Note 1)

 

F-3


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

    December 31,     June 30,
2013
    Pro Forma
Stockholders’
Equity

June 30,
2013
 
    2011     2012      
                (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 803      $ 4,477      $ 36,439     

Restricted cash

           355        641     

Short-term investments

           13,996        5,000     

Other current assets and prepaid expenses

    86        320        1,714     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    889        19,148        43,794     

Property and equipment, net

    1,094        1,184        1,768     

Other assets

                  198     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 1,983      $ 20,332      $ 45,760     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ (Deficit) Equity

       

Current liabilities:

       

Accounts payable

  $ 870      $ 1,144      $ 2,557     

Accrued expenses

    594        601        1,852     

Long-term debt and obligations, current portion

    534               8     

Stock option repurchase liability

                  279     

Future purchase rights liabilities

             4,406     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    1,998        1,745        9,102     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Other long-term liabilities

    180        43        24     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments and contingencies

       

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Series A, B, C, and D); $0.0001 par value; 318,850 shares authorized at December 31, 2011 and no shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); 90,267 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively; $0 liquidation preference at June 30, 2013 (unaudited); no shares issued or outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

    54,658         

Convertible preferred stock (Junior); $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized at December 31, 2011 and 3,501,401 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); no shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 3,501,400 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively; $1,500 liquidation preference at June 30, 2013 (unaudited); no shares issued or outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

      1,342        1,350     

Redeemable convertible preferred stock (Senior); $0.0001 par value, no shares authorized at December 31, 2011 and 10,768,199 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); no shares issued or outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 3,518,199 and 7,811,970 shares issues and outstanding at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively; $95,478 liquidation preference at June 30, 2013 (unaudited); no shares issued or outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

      24,834        59,451     

Stockholders’ (deficit) equity:

       

Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 411,765 shares authorized at December 31, 2011, and 24,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited); 9,097, 467,167, and 606,213 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively; 11,919,583 shares issued and outstanding pro forma at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

                       $ 1   

Additional paid-in capital

    8,811        62,728        61,689        126,895   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    83        88        94        94   

Deficit accumulated during development stage

    (63,747     (70,448     (85,950     (85,950
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity

    (54,853     (7,632     (24,167   $ 41,040   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock, and stockholders’ (deficit) equity

  $ 1,983      $ 20,332      $ 45,760     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Period From
May 23, 2003
(inception) to
December 31,
2012
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Period From
May 23, 2003
(inception) to
June 30,
2013
 
     2011     2012       2012     2013    
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenues

   $      $      $ 22      $      $      $ 22   

Cost of revenues

                   13                      13   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

                   9                      9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

            

Research and development

     5,515        5,097      $ 41,192        1,460        7,970        49,162   

General and administrative

     3,066        4,483        31,700        2,246        4,019        35,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     8,581        9,580        72,892        3,706        11,989        84,881   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

     (8,581     (9,580     (72,883     (3,706     (11,989     (84,872
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

            

Interest income

     2        4        762        1        3        765   

Interest expense

     (9,249     (413     (14,298     (118            (14,298

Other (expense) income, net

     (2     7        286        (1     (4     282   

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     11,951        180        12,579        180               12,579   

Revaluation of future purchase rights liabilities

            3,101        3,101               (3,512     (411
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

     2,702        2,879        2,430        62        (3,513     (1,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

     (5,879     (6,701     (70,453     (3,644     (15,502     (85,955

Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle

                   5                      5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

     (5,879     (6,701   $ (70,448     (3,644     (15,502     (85,950

Amortization of deemed dividend

                                 (11     (11

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     (538     (942     (2,387     (65     (2,085     (4,472
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

   $ (6,417   $ (7,643   $ (72,835   $ (3,709   $ (17,598   $ (90,433
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (705.40   $ (17.89     $ (9.59   $ (36.12  
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     9,097        427,117          386,627        487,221     
  

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

   

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

     $ (2.13       $ (1.51  
    

 

 

       

 

 

   

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

       4,511,587            7,920,031     
    

 

 

       

 

 

   

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(In thousands)

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
    Period From
May 23, 2003
(inception) to
December 31,
2012
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Period From
May 23, 2003
(inception) to
June 30,

2013
 
     2011     2012       2012     2013    
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Net loss

   $ (5,879   $ (6,701   $ (70,448   $ (3,644   $ (15,502   $ (85,950

Other comprehensive income:

            

Foreign currency translation

     13        5        88        1        6        94   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss

   $ (5,866   $ (6,696   $ (70,360   $ (3,643   $ (15,496   $ (85,856
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Deficit

(In thousands, except shares)

 

    Series A-D,
Junior
Convertible,

and Senior
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Note
Receivable
from
Officer
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Deficit
Accumulated
During
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’
Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balance at May 23, 2003 (inception)

         $             $      $      $      $      $      $   

Net loss

                                                     (967     (967

Issuance of restricted common stock

                  125               4        (2                   2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

                  125               4        (2            (967     (965

Net loss

                                                     (2,482     (2,482

Private placement – from February 2 to May 24, 2004 and conversion of loan

    986        2,899        1,472               442                             442   

Proceeds from note receivable from founders

                                       1                      1   

Exercise of stock options

                  18               1                             1   

Stock-based compensation

                                2                             2   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           83                                           (83     (83
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

    986        2,982        1,615               449        (1            (3,532     (3,084

Net loss

                                                     (5,278     (5,278

Other comprehensive income

                                              1               1   

Private placement – from October 24 to December 23, 2005 and conversion of loan

    5,994        8,568                                                    

Warrant issued in connection with the Series B preferred stock financing

                                82                             82   

Conversion of loan

    877        2,981                                                    

Proceeds from note receivable from founders

                                       1                      1   

Exercise of stock options

                  246               8                             8   

Stock-based compensation

                                9                             9   

Repurchase unvested restricted stock from founder

                  (5                                          

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           98                                           (98     (98
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

    7,857        14,629        1,856               548               1        (8,908     (8,359

Net loss

                                                     (6,106     (6,106

Other comprehensive income

                                              4               4   

Reclassification of warrant to liabilities

                                (82                          (82

Exercise of stock options

                  274               39                             39   

Stock-based compensation

                                12                             12   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           139                                           (139     (139
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2006

    7,857        14,768        2,130               517               5        (15,153     (14,631

Net loss

                                                     (8,165     (8,165

Other comprehensive income

                                              22               22   

Private placement – September 2007 and conversion of loan

    18,800        27,915                                                    

Exercise of stock options

                  902               128                             128   

Stock-based compensation

                                29                             29   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           136                                           (136     (136
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

    26,657        42,819        3,032               674               27        (23,454     (22,753

Net loss

                                                     (10,294     (10,294

Other comprehensive income

                                              42               42   

Exercise of stock options

                  150               21                             21   

Stock-based compensation

                                54                             54   

 

F-7


Table of Contents
    Series A-D,
Junior Convertible,
and Senior
Redeemable
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Note
Receivable
from
Officer
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Deficit
Accumulated
During
Development
Stage
    Total
Stockholders’

Deficit
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Sale of common stock for cash in connection with consulting services

                  59               9                             9   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           127                                           (127     (127
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

    26,657        42,946        3,241               758               69        (33,875     (33,048

Net loss

                                                     (12,198     (12,198

Other comprehensive loss

                                              (2            (2

Exercise of stock options

                  4                                             

Stock-based compensation

                                51                             51   

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

    (5,852     (9,368     5,852               9,368                             9,368   

Adjust previously recorded accretion

                                (583                   583          

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           182                      (182                          (182
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    20,805        33,760        9,097               9,412               67        (45,490     (36,011

Net loss

                                                     (12,378     (12,378

Other comprehensive income

                                              3               3   

Stock-based compensation

                                43                             43   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           142                      (142                          (142
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    20,805        33,902        9,097               9,313               70        (57,868     (48,485

Net loss

                                                     (5,879     (5,879

Other comprehensive income

                                              13               13   

Private placement – from February 23 to June 7, 2011 and conversion of loans

    69,462        20,218                                                    

Stock-based compensation

                                36                             36   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           538                      (538                          (538
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

    90,267        54,658        9,097               8,811               83        (63,747     (54,853

Net loss

                                                     (6,701     (6,701

Other comprehensive income

                                              5               5   

Stock-based compensation

                                144                             144   

Conversion of Series A-D preferred stock to common stock

    (90,267     (54,715     458,070               54,715                             54,715   

Private placement of junior convertible preferred stock – from February 3 to March 5, 2012

    3,501,400        1,326                                                    

Private placement senior redeemable convertible preferred stock – from September 25 to October 29, 2012 and conversion of loans

    3,518,199        23,965                                                    

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           942                      (942                          (942
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

    7,019,599        26,176        467,167               62,728               88        (70,448     (7,632

Net loss

                                                     (15,502     (15,502

Other comprehensive income

                                              6               6   

Exercise of stock options, net of repurchase liability

                  139,046               84                             84   

Stock-based compensation

                                299                             299   

Private placement senior redeemable convertible preferred stock – from February 28 to June 26, 2013

    4,293,771        32,540                      663                             663   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

           2,085                      (2,085                          (2,085
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

    11,313,370      $ 60,801        606,213      $  —      $ 61,689      $  —      $ 94      $ (85,950   $ (24,167
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

    Years Ended
December 31,
    Period From
May 23, 2003
(inception) to
December 31,
2012
    Six Months
Ended June 30,
    Period From
May 23, 2003
(inception) to
June 30,

2013
 
    2011     2012       2012     2013    
                     

(unaudited)

    (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

           

Net loss

  $ (5,879   $ (6,701   $ (70,448   $ (3,644   $ (15,502   $ (85,950

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

           

Depreciation and amortization

    961        651        5,187        450        337        5,524   

Stock-based compensation

    36        144        379        49        299        678   

Noncash interest expense

    9,106        382        13,517        31               13,517   

Revaluation of preferred stock warrant liabilities

    (11,951     (180     (12,584     (180            (12,584

Revaluation of future purchase rights liabilities

           (3,101     (3,101            3,512        411   

Deferred rent

           43        43        79        (20     23   

Gain on sale of equipment

           (7     (25                   (25

Other

           (2     3        (3            3   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

           

Other assets and prepaid expenses

    67        (242     (73     (431     (454     (527

Accounts payable

    (186     (219     651        (133     226        877   

Accrued expenses

    15        (12     583        100        1,193        1,776   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

    (7,831     (9,244     (65,868     (3,682     (10,409     (76,277
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

           

Purchases of short-term investments

           (13,992     (13,992            (2,999     (16,991

Sales of short-term investments

                                11,999        11,999   

Proceeds from sale of equipment

           20        140                      140   

Restricted cash

           (355     (355     (368     (286     (641

Purchases of property and equipment

    (18     (261     (3,185     (52     (558     (3,743
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (18     (14,588     (17,392     (420     8,156        (9,236
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

           

Proceeds from debt, net of issuance costs

    2,860        6,934        30,277        3,885               30,277   

Deferred financing costs

    (32            (255            (247     (502

Principal payments on term loan

    (572     (533     (2,154     (158            (2,154

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

                  62                      62   

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    5,997        21,100        59,522        1,327        34,097        93,619   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

                  199               84        283   

Proceeds from early exercise of stock options

                                279        279   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

    8,253        27,501        87,651        5,054        34,213        121,864   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

    12        5        86        3        2        88   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

    416        3,674        4,477        955        31,962        36,439   

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    387        803               803        4,477          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 803      $ 4,477      $ 4,477      $ 1,758      $ 36,439      $ 36,439   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

           

Cash paid for interest

  $ 92      $ 32      $ 518      $ 23      $      $ 518   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities:

           

Deferred offering costs included in liabilities

  $      $      $      $      $ 889      $ 889   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment through liabilities

  $      $ 502      $ 502      $      $ 363      $ 865   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Purchase of assets through debt

  $      $      $ 2,807      $      $      $ 2,807   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Issuance of Series D warrant in connection with Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 3,265      $      $ 3,265      $      $      $ 3,265   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of debt for redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 17,486      $ 7,296      $ 33,996      $      $      $ 33,996   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock

  $      $ 54,715      $ 64,083      $ 54,715      $      $ 64,083   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation of future purchase rights

  $      $ 3,101      $ 3,101      $      $ 894      $ 3,995   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Beneficial conversion

  $      $      $      $      $ 673      $ 673   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 538      $ 942      $ 2,387      $ 65      $ 2,085      $ 4,472   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Information as of June 30, 2013 and thereafter and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 is unaudited)

1. Description of Business and Basis of Financial Statements

Description of Business

We began operations as a California corporation on May 23, 2003 through the acquisition of the assets and business of VitaGen, Inc. and in June 2003 changed our name to Vital Therapies, Inc. In January 2004, we were re-incorporated in Delaware. We are a biotherapeutic company focused on developing a cell-based therapy targeting the treatment of acute liver failure. Our product candidate, currently in Phase 3 clinical trials, the ELAD ® System, or ELAD, is an extracorporeal bio-artificial liver therapy designed to allow the patient’s own liver to regenerate to a healthy state, or to stabilize the patient until transplant. Since inception, we have devoted essentially all of our efforts to product development, clinical testing and pilot manufacturing and have not realized revenues from our planned principal operations. Accordingly, we are considered to be a development stage enterprise. Our headquarters are located in San Diego, California.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and include the accounts of Vital Therapies, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries located in the United Kingdom (currently inactive) and China. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the opinion of management these statements reflect all adjustments, which are of a normal recurring nature, necessary for a fair presentation of the results. We manage our operations as a single segment for the purposes of assessing performance and making operating decisions.

In May 2011, we executed a 1 for 10 reverse stock split on all outstanding shares of common and preferred stock. In March 2012, we executed a 1 for 340 reverse stock split on all outstanding shares of common and junior preferred stock. All share and per share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect these reverse stock splits.

Liquidity

We have incurred losses since inception and negative cash flows from operating activities for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, we had working capital of $17.4 million and $34.7 million, respectively, and a deficit accumulated during the development stage of $70.4 million and $86.0 million, respectively. We anticipate that we will continue to incur net losses into the foreseeable future as we work towards completing ELAD’s clinical development through the clinical trial process and expand our corporate and manufacturing infrastructure.

We plan to continue to fund our losses from operations and capital funding needs through future debt and equity financings. If we are not able to secure adequate additional capital funding, we may be forced to make reductions in spending, extend payment terms with suppliers, liquidate assets where possible, or suspend or curtail planned programs. Any of these actions could materially harm our business, results of operations, and future prospects.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates and assumptions.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Unaudited Interim Financial Information

The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013, consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2013, are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments necessary for the fair statement of our financial position as of June 30, 2013, and the results of our operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes related to the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 are unaudited. The results for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2013, any other interim or any future year or period.

Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet Information

The accompanying unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2013, has been prepared to give effect to the automatic conversion upon the closing of a qualified initial public offering of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible senior preferred stock and convertible junior preferred stock into 11,313,370 shares of common stock and the reclassification of our future repurchase rights liabilities to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity, as though the proposed initial public offering had occurred on June 30, 2013.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share

The following table presents the computation of our unaudited pro forma net loss per share (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

     Year Ended
December 31,
2012
    Six Months
Ended
June 30,
2013
 
    

(unaudited)

 

Numerator:

    

Net loss attributable to common stockholders.

   $ (7,643   $ (17,598

Less (Add):

    

Change in fair value of preferred stock warrant liabilities

     (180       

Change in fair value of future purchase rights liabilities

     (3,101     3,512   

Interest on convertible notes payable.

     146     

Accretion of convertible notes offering costs

     216     

Accretion of redeemable convertible preferred stock

     942        2,085   

Amortization of deemed dividend

            11   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (9,620   $ (11,990
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     427,117        487,221   

Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted-average effect of conversion of convertible preferred stock

     4,084,470        7,432,810   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

     4,511,587        7,920,031   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

   $ (2.13   $ (1.51
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less when acquired and are stated at cost, which approximates market value.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash relates to amounts reserved for various clinical trial obligations and potential corporate wind-down and employee related expenses.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or be paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy that requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of

 

F-12


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The standard describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1 Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Our Level 1 assets consist of U.S. treasuries and money market funds for all periods presented and we have no Level 1 liabilities for any period presented.

Level 2 Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets), or model-derived valuations in which all significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from or corroborated with observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. We have no Level 2 assets or liabilities in any period presented.

Level 3 Unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of assets or liabilities. Our Level 3 liabilities include preferred stock warrant liabilities at December 31, 2011 and future purchase rights liabilities at December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited). We have no Level 3 assets in any period presented. We estimate the fair value of our Level 3 liabilities using either the Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model, the Binomial Monte-Carlo Cliquet option pricing model, or another binomial lattice model depending on the underlying attributes of the preferred stock warrants or future purchase rights, as applicable.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, other current assets and prepaid expenses, accounts payable, and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to the short period of time to maturity.

At December 31, 2011 the fair value of our term loan with CIT Healthcare LLC approximated the carrying amount due to the fact there had been no significant changes in our credit risk or in the interest rates from the time we were not in compliance with the debt covenants and the interest rate and payment terms had not changed.

We used Level 3 inputs for our valuation methodology on the future purchase rights liabilities. The estimated fair values were determined using a binomial lattice model based on various assumptions. Our future purchase rights liabilities are recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of issuance. We record subsequent adjustments to reflect the increase or decrease in estimated fair value at each reporting date as a gain or loss depending in part upon fluctuations in the fair value of our common stock.

Property, Equipment, Depreciation, and Amortization

Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets (generally three to five years). Leasehold improvements are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining term of the related lease or the estimated useful lives of the assets. Construction in progress is not depreciated until the underlying asset is placed in service. Repairs and maintenance costs are charged to expense as incurred.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets consist primarily of property and equipment. An impairment loss is recorded if and when events and circumstances indicate that assets might be impaired and the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying amount of those assets. While our current and historical operating losses and negative cash flows are indicators of impairment, we believe that future cash flows to be

 

F-13


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

received support the carrying value of our long-lived assets and, accordingly, have not recognized any impairment losses through December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited).

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Our Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock and junior convertible and senior redeemable convertible preferred stock are classified as temporary equity instead of a component of stockholders’ deficit in accordance with authoritative guidance for the classification and measurement of potentially redeemable securities, as the preferred stock is conditionally redeemable at the holder’s option or upon certain change in control events that are outside our control, including liquidation, sale, or transfer of control of the company.

Warrants to Purchase Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

We classify our preferred stock warrants that are either puttable or that are redeemable as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value. At the end of each reporting period, changes in fair value during the period are recorded as a component of other income (expense), net. On February 3, 2012, a final valuation adjustment was recognized for these preferred stock warrants prior to their conversion to common stock warrants in conjunction with the junior preferred stock offering.

Future Purchase Rights Liabilities

On September 25, 2012, we entered into a senior preferred stock purchase agreement (as amended, the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement) that authorizes the multi-stage issuance of 13,605,741 shares of our redeemable convertible senior preferred stock for $8.00 per share. Pursuant to the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement, we granted to the investors in the senior preferred stock financing the right, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to purchase additional shares of senior preferred stock for a purchase price of $8.00 per share at multiple subsequent closings in accordance with a schedule provided in the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement. These future purchase rights terminate automatically upon certain events, including the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, as defined in the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement. Upon termination, the future purchase rights liabilities, as discussed below, would be reclassified to additional paid-in capital, a component of stockholders’ (deficit) equity.

These future purchase rights for additional shares of our senior preferred stock are legally detachable from the shares of the underlying senior preferred stock and, as a result, are considered freestanding instruments that are accounted for separately from such shares of senior preferred stock. As the future purchase rights are exercisable for shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, the future purchase rights are instruments that embody obligations to transfer assets and are classified as liabilities under the accounting guidance that distinguishes liabilities from equity. Our future purchase rights liabilities were initially recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of issuance as a discount on the underlying preferred stock and are periodically remeasured to reflect changes in the estimated fair value at each reporting date, with any decrease or increase in the estimated fair value being recorded as other income or expense, respectively. The fair value of these liabilities is estimated using a binomial lattice model that is based on the characteristics of the common and preferred stock on the valuation date, probabilities related to our operations and clinical development, as well as assumptions for volatility, remaining expected life, risk-free interest rate and, in some cases, credit spread. Changes in the fair value of the future purchase rights will fluctuate in conjunction with increases or decreases in the fair value of our common stock, and the number of preferred and common shares and future purchase rights outstanding relative to the Company’s enterprise value at each reporting date.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Revenues and Cost of Revenues

Revenues to date relate to compassionate use treatment for patients and are recognized when the product is shipped and the risks and rewards of ownership have transferred to the hospital administering the treatments. Shipping charges billed to hospitals are included in revenues and the related shipping costs are included in cost of revenues. Cost of revenues consists of direct materials costs incurred during the manufacturing of the ELAD cartridges. Revenues and cost of revenues have not been significant to date.

Research and Development

Research and development costs consist primarily of employee-related expenses, contractors, clinical trial sites and contract research organizations engaged in the development of ELAD, expenses associated with obtaining regulatory approvals, and the cost of acquiring and manufacturing clinical trial materials. All research and development costs are expensed as incurred.

Stock-Based Compensation

We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payments made to employees, directors, and consultants based on estimated fair value, net of an estimated forfeiture rate. Currently, our stock-based awards consist only of stock options; however, future grants under our equity compensation plans may consist of shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units. We estimate the fair value of stock options granted and stock purchase rights using the Black-Scholes-Merton, or BSM, option pricing model, which requires the use of estimates to value employee stock-based compensation at the date of grant.

We recognize stock-based compensation cost for employees and directors on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award. Stock-based compensation expense is recognized only for those awards that are ultimately expected to vest. We estimate forfeitures based on an analysis of our historical employee turnover and will continue to evaluate the appropriateness of the forfeiture rate based on actual forfeiture experience, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. We will revise the forfeiture estimate, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Changes in forfeiture estimates, which have not been material to date, impact compensation cost in the period in which the change in estimate occurs.

The fair value of options granted to nonemployees is estimated using the BSM option-pricing model and is remeasured at each reporting date with changes in fair value recognized as expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

The BSM option pricing model requires the input of highly subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the expected dividend yield of our common stock, the expected volatility of the price of our common stock, and the expected term of the option. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. If factors change and different assumptions are used, our stock-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. These assumptions are estimated as follows:

Risk-Free Interest Rate

We base the risk-free interest rate assumption on zero-coupon U.S. treasury instruments appropriate for the expected term of the stock option grants.

Expected Dividend Yield

We base the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that we have never paid cash dividends and have no present intention to pay cash dividends. Consequently, we used an expected dividend yield of zero.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Expected Volatility

As we do not have a trading history for our common stock, the expected stock price volatility for our common stock is estimated based on volatilities of a peer group of similar companies by taking the average historic price volatility for these peers for a period equivalent to the expected term of the stock option grants. The peer group was developed based on companies in the biotechnology industry whose shares are publicly-traded.

Expected Term

The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. As we do not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted we determined the expected life assumption using either the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its ordinary vesting period, or the comparable average expected term utilizing those companies in the peer group noted above, as applicable.

Common Stock Valuation

Due to the absence of a public market trading our common stock, it is necessary to estimate the fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards when performing fair value calculations using the BSM option pricing model. The fair value of the common stock underlying our stock-based awards was assessed on each grant date by our board of directors. All options to purchase shares of our common stock have been granted with an exercise price per share no less than the fair value per share of our common stock underlying those options on the date of grant.

In the absence of a public trading market for our common stock, we determined the estimated fair value of our common stock using methodologies, approaches, and assumptions consistent with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Audit and Accounting Practice Aid Series: Valuation of Privately Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation , or the AICPA Practice Aid.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss is defined as the change in equity during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive loss has been reflected in the consolidated statements of comprehensive loss and as a separate component of the consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for all periods presented.

Foreign Currency Translation and Transactions

The functional currencies of each our subsidiaries in the UK and China is the local currency. Assets and liabilities of the subsidiaries are translated at the rate of exchange at the balance sheet date. Expenses are translated at the average rate of exchange rates in effect during the reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency translation are included in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the results of operations, which to date, have not been significant.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in

 

F-16


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

the consolidated financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statements and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We recognize net deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, management considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. If management determines that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, management would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

We record uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) management determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, management recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. We recognize interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, if any, within income tax expense and any accrued interest and penalties are included within the related tax liability line.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period, without consideration for common stock equivalents. Excluded from the weighted-average number of shares outstanding are shares that have been issued upon the early exercise of stock options and are subject to future vesting totaling 55,516 shares as of June 30, 2013. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net loss attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common share equivalents outstanding for the period determined using the treasury-stock method. Dilutive common stock equivalents are comprised of redeemable convertible preferred stock, warrants for the purchase of common stock, and options outstanding under our stock option plan. For all periods presented, there is no difference in the number of shares used to calculate basic and diluted shares outstanding due to our net loss position.

Potentially dilutive securities not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders because to do so would be anti-dilutive are as follows (in common stock equivalent shares):

 

     As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
                   (unaudited)  

Redeemable convertible preferred stock

     90,267         7,019,599         3,501,400         11,313,370   

Options to purchase common stock

     27,230         2,336,314         714,337         2,672,904   

Warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock

     252,308                           

Warrants to purchase common stock

             250,646         252,308         250,646   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     369,805         9,606,559         4,468,045         14,236,920   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-17


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 

Recently Issued and Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update, or ASU, No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS s. This accounting standard clarifies the application of certain existing fair value measurement guidance and expands the disclosures for fair value measurements that are estimated using significant unobservable (Level 3) inputs. This ASU is effective on a prospective basis for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. Our adoption of this standard on January 1, 2012 did not have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income , which provides companies with two options for presenting comprehensive income. Companies can present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. This guidance eliminates the option to present the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. In December 2011, the FASB indefinitely deferred the requirement of the guidance to present reclassification adjustments of other comprehensive income by line item on the face of the applicable statement. However, all other requirements of the guidance are effective for us, and we adopted this guidance, effective January 1, 2012. As the guidance relates only to how comprehensive income is disclosed and does not change the items that must be reported as comprehensive income, adoption did not have an effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. ASU 2013-02 requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. ASU 2013-02 is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. We adopted ASU 2013-02 as of January 1, 2013 and the adoption did not have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-11, Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists , which requires an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, to be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss (NOL) carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. If an NOL carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available at the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013 and earlier adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the new guidance; however, management does not believe it will have a material effect on our financial position or results of operations.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Other Financial Information

Short-Term Investments

The estimated fair value of our available-for-sale securities was as follows (in thousands):

 

     As of December 31, 2012  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 

U.S. treasury securities

   $ 13,996       $       $       $ 13,996   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     As of June 30, 2013  
     Amortized
Cost
     Gross
Unrealized
Gains
     Gross
Unrealized
Losses
     Estimated
Fair Value
 
     (unaudited)  

U.S. treasury securities

   $ 5,000       $       $       $ 5,000   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

There were no impairments considered other-than-temporary for all periods presented, as it is our intention and we have the ability to hold the securities until maturity or a recovery of the cost basis or recovery of fair value.

Gross realized gains and losses on sales of marketable securities were not significant for all periods presented. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited), all of our marketable securities were due within one year.

Property and Equipment

Property, equipment, and leasehold improvements and related accumulated depreciation and amortization were as follows (in thousands):

 

     December 31,     June 30,
2013
 
     2011     2012    
                 (unaudited)  

Manufacturing and laboratory equipment

   $ 3,192      $ 3,191      $ 3,191   

Office furniture and equipment

     106        47        47   

Clinical equipment

            726        1,575   

Computer equipment and software

     76        95        96   

Leasehold improvements

     2,023        2,029        2,101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     5,397        6,088        7,010   

Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (4,303     (4,904     (5,242
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,094      $ 1,184      $ 1,768   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 was $961,000 and $651,000, respectively. Depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 was $450,000, and $337,000, respectively.

 

F-19


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Other Financial Information (Continued)

 

Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of (in thousands):

 

     December 31,      June 30,
2013
 
     2011      2012     
                   (unaudited)  

Accrued other

   $ 324       $ 152       $ 310   

Accrued clinical costs

     259         312         1,035   

Accrued compensation and related taxes

     11         137         326   

Cash overdraft

                     181   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 594       $ 601       $ 1,852   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

4. Debt

Convertible Loans

Series A

In May 2003, we received a total of $645,000 in the form of convertible loans, with an 8.0% annual interest rate. In October 2005, the total principal of $645,000 and accrued interest of $124,000 converted into Series A preferred stock (Note 7).

From June 2003 to January 2004, we received a total of $1.0 million in the form of convertible loans, with an 8.0% annual interest rate. In May 2004, the total principal of $1.0 million and accrued interest of $14,000 converted into Series A preferred stock (Note 7).

Series B

From January to October 2005, we received a total of $1.9 million in the form of convertible loans, with an 8.0% annual interest rate. From October through December 2005, the total principal of $1.9 million and accrued interest of $71,000 converted into Series B preferred stock (Note 7).

Series C

In November 2006, we received a total of $3.5 million in the form of convertible loans, with an 8.0% annual interest rate. In June 2007, we received a total of $1.7 million in the form of convertible loans, with an 8.0% annual interest rate. During September 2007, the total principal of $5.2 million and accrued interest of $262,000 converted into Series C preferred stock (Note 7).

Series D

From September 2009 through May 2011, we received a total of $16.2 million in the form of convertible loans, with an 8.0% annual stated interest rate, which could increase to 12.0% upon certain events of default. In May 2011, the total principal of $16.2 million and accrued interest of $1.2 million converted into Series D preferred stock (Note 7). The holders of the Series D loans received warrants to purchase Series D preferred stock. The number of securities was variable depending on the valuation of the Series D preferred stock. The warrants were not initially exercisable, but became exercisable upon conversion of the related loan into our Series D preferred stock. In connection with the Series D loans we paid legal fees of $122,000, which were recorded as deferred financing costs and amortized to interest expense over the life of the Series D loans.

 

F-20


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

4. Debt (Continued)

 

From May 14 to September 11, 2012, we received a total of $7.2 million in the form of convertible loans. Interest on the loans accrues at 10% per year compounded and added to the principal amount of the convertible loans at the end of each calendar quarter. Accrued interest is payable on the maturity date of September 28, 2012. These convertible loans automatically convert in the event of a qualified equity financing (issuance of senior preferred convertible stock in which we receive cash proceeds of at least $16.0 million, which would include the outstanding balance of the convertible loans) at a pre-money valuation of $37.5 million at a conversion price equal to the price per share paid in the financing. We issued 911,949 shares of senior preferred stock upon the conversion of a these loans for $7.2 million of principal and $146,000 of accrued interest (Note 7).

Term Loan and Troubled Debt Restructuring

In September 2008, we entered into a term loan with CIT Healthcare LLC (the Term Loan) at a fixed interest rate of approximately 10.6% for a period of up to four years that provided a maximum of $4.0 million to be used for capital expenditures. In connection with the Term Loan, we paid a loan origination fee and legal fees totaling $80,000 and issued a warrant to purchase 94 shares of our Series C preferred stock at $1,496 per share. The loan origination and legal fees were recorded as deferred financing costs in other assets and were amortized over the life of the loan to interest expense. Additionally, we recorded $42,000 for the fair value as determined by utilizing BSM of the warrants as debt discount, which was amortized over the life of the loan to interest expense.

In May 2012, CIT Healthcare LLC agreed to modify the scheduled payment terms of the Term Loan and deferred 50% of the remaining monthly payments to a final balloon payment due at the end of the original loan dates. These modifications were determined to meet the definition of a troubled debt restructuring. The outstanding debt and accrued interest were paid in full in accordance with the amended provisions in October 2012.

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We lease office, manufacturing and research and development facilities, and equipment under various non-cancellable operating lease agreements through 2017. Facility leases generally provide for periodic rent increases and many contain escalation clauses and renewal options. Certain leases require us to pay property taxes and routine maintenance.

Future minimum annual obligations under all non-cancellable operating lease commitments, including the facility leases described above, at December 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

 

Years Ending December 31,

      

2013

   $ 449   

2014

     346   

2015

     346   

2016

     346   

2017

     189   
  

 

 

 
   $ 1,676   
  

 

 

 

The above table excludes future annual lease obligations of $1.9 million related to additional office space entered into in May 2013. Lease obligations for this new lease by year are $186,000 in 2013, $453,000 in 2014, $467,000 in 2015, $481,000 in 2016, and $285,000 in 2017.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

 

Total rent expense under our operating leases was $402,000 and $459,000 during the years ended December 31, 2011, and 2012, respectively, and $224,000 and $288,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

We recognize rent expense for our facility operating leases on a straight-line basis. We account for the difference between the minimum lease payments and the straight-line amount as deferred rent. Current and noncurrent deferred rent totaled $6,000 and $9,000 at December 31, 2011, $8,000 and $43,000 at December 31, 2012, and $8,000 and $24,000 at June 30, 2013 (unaudited), respectively.

Purchase Commitments

As of December 31, 2012, we had existing purchase commitments for future minimum payments of $250,000, exclusive of prepayments totaling $40,000, with raw material vendors for materials that will be manufactured and utilized on an as needed basis. During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2013 we purchased $170,000, $462,000, $88,000, and $295,000, respectively, of materials from these vendors.

Our most significant clinical trial expenditures are to investigative sites and to contract research organizations. The agreements are cancellable by either party at any time upon written notice, but obligate us to reimburse the providers for any time or costs incurred through date or termination, with notice, at our option and do not have any cancellation penalties.

Legal Proceedings

We are not currently a party to any litigation, nor are we aware of any pending or threatened litigation against us that we believe would materially affect our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Our industry is characterized by frequent claims and litigation, including claims regarding patent and other intellectual property rights as well as product liability. As a result, in the future, we may be involved in various legal proceedings from time to time.

6. Fair Value

The following fair value hierarchy table presents information about each major category of our financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

Money market funds

   $ 476       $ 476       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants

   $ 180       $       $       $ 180   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Fair Value (Continued)

 

     Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2012  
     Fair Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Cash equivalents:

           

U.S. treasuries

   $ 2,000       $ 2,000       $       $   

Money market funds

     1,580         1,580                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

   $ 3,580       $ 3,580       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term investments:

           

U.S. treasuries

   $ 13,996       $ 13,996       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurement at June 30, 2013  
     Fair Value      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  
            (unaudited)         

Assets

           

Cash equivalents:

           

U.S. treasuries

   $ 1,000       $ 1,000       $       $   

Money market funds

     33,856         33,856                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cash equivalents

   $ 34,856       $ 34,856       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term investments:

           

U.S. treasuries

   $ 5,000       $ 5,000       $       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities

           

Future purchase rights

   $ 4,406       $       $       $ 4,406   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

We report the change in fair value during each period as a nonoperating gain or loss. The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 preferred stock warrant liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value of
Preferred Stock
Warrant Liabilities
 

Balance at January 1, 2011

   $ 216   

Issuance of warrants in connection with Series D preferred stock issuance

     11,915   

Revaluation of warrants

     (11,951
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     180   

Revaluation of warrants

     (180
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

   $   
  

 

 

 

We revalued the preferred stock warrant liabilities as of December 31, 2011 using the BSM option pricing model for the Series B and Series C preferred stock warrants and the Binomial Monte-Carlo Cliquet option pricing model for the Series D preferred stock warrant, each per the assumptions noted below. As a result of the junior preferred stock offering in February 2012, we revalued these warrant liabilities to $0 prior to their conversion.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Fair Value (Continued)

 

     Series B      Series C      Series D  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.12%—0.83%         0.83%—1.35%         1.6%   

Expected dividend yield

     0%         0%         0%   

Expected volatility

     77.3%         77.3%         78.4%   

Expected term of options (years)

     0.96—4.16         4.89—7.02         7.7   

The following table summarizes the changes in Level 3 future purchase rights liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value of
Future Purchase
Rights Liabilities
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

   $   

Initial valuation of future purchase rights

     3,101   

Revaluation of future purchase rights

     (3,101
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

       

Initial valuation of additional future purchase rights

     894   

Revaluation of future purchase rights

     3,512   
  

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

   $ 4,406   
  

 

 

 

We valued the future purchase rights liabilities in the periods ended December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013 (unaudited) using a binomial lattice option pricing model with the following assumptions:

 

     December 31,
2012
    June 30,
2013
 

Common stock fair value

   $ 1.17      $ 6.82   

Preferred stock price

   $ 8.00      $ 8.00   

Volatility

     80.0     75.0

Risk-free interest rate

     0.36     0.51

Contractual life (years)

     3.08        2.59   

Number of nodes

     37        31   

Dividend yield

     0.0     0.0

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Series A Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In May 2004, we issued 688 shares of Series A preferred stock, or Series A, for proceeds of $2.3 million, net of issuance costs of $60,000. We also issued 298 shares of Series A in conjunction with the conversion of a $1.0 million loan and $14,000 of accrued interest.

In October 2005, we issued 877 shares of Series A in conjunction with the conversion of a $645,000 loan and $124,000 of accrued interest.

On February 2, 2012 all of the Series A converted into 22,686 shares of common stock in conjunction with our junior preferred stock purchase agreement.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

Series B Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In December 2005, we completed the issuance of 5,994 shares of Series B preferred stock, or Series B, for proceeds of $8.6 million, net of issuance costs of $317,000, and including the conversion of a $1.9 million loan and $71,000 of accrued interest. Each Series B investor received a warrant to purchase 1.152 additional shares of Series B preferred stock. In conjunction with the junior preferred stock financing on February 2, 2012, all of the Series B and warrants for the purchase of Series B converted into 45,350 shares of common stock and warrants for the purchase of 1,771 shares of common stock, respectively.

Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In September 2007, we issued 18,800 shares of Series C preferred stock, or Series C, for proceeds of $27.9 million, net of issuance costs of $210,000 and including the conversion of a $5.2 million loan and $262,000 of accrued interest. Each Series C investor received a warrant to purchase 1 additional share of Series C preferred stock. In conjunction with the junior preferred stock financing on February 2, 2012, all of the Series C and warrants for the purchase of Series C converted into 136,055 shares of common stock and warrants for the purchase of 9,922 shares of common stock, respectively.

Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

During May 2011, we issued 69,462 shares of Series D preferred stock, or Series D, for proceeds of $6.0 million, net of issuance costs of $134,000, and including the conversion of a $16.2 million loan and $1.2 million of accrued interest. We issued a total of 65,807 warrants to Series D investors of which 47,773 were previously committed in connection with the issuance of a loan. We recognized $8.7 million as the fair value of the warrants to purchase 47,773 shares of Series D, which was recorded as interest expense upon the conversion of the loan to Series D. The remaining 18,034 warrants for which the initial fair value utilizing the Binomial Monte-Carlo Cliquet option pricing model, totaled $3.2 million and was recorded as a discount to Series D. The aggregate value of the warrants issued in the amount of $11.9 million was recorded as the fair value of the preferred stock warrant liabilities at the time of issuance. In conjunction with the junior preferred stock financing on February 2, 2012, all of the Series D and warrants for the purchase of Series D converted into 253,979 shares of common stock and warrants for the purchase of 240,615 shares of common stock, respectively.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

The following is a rollforward of our Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock activity (in thousands, except share amounts):

 

     Series A
Redeemable and
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series B
Redeemable and
Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series C Redeemable
and Convertible
Preferred Stock
    Series D Redeemable
and Convertible
Preferred Stock
 
     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount  

Balance at May 23, 2003 (inception)

          $             $             $             $   

Issuance of preferred stock

                                                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2003

                                                        

Private placement—from February 2 to May 24, 2004 and conversion of loan

     986        2,899                                             

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            83                                             
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2004

     986        2,982                                             

Private placement—from October 24 to December 23, 2005 and conversion of loan

                   5,994        8,568                               

Conversion of loan

     877        2,981                                             

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            85               13                               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2005

     1,863        6,048        5,994        8,581                               

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            59               80                               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2006

     1,863        6,107        5,994        8,661                               

Private placement—September 2007 and conversion of loan

                                 18,800        27,915                 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            53               72               11                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

     1,863        6,160        5,994        8,733        18,800        27,926                 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            36               49               42                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

     1,863        6,196        5,994        8,782        18,800        27,968                 

Conversion of preferred stock to common stock

     (322     (1,095     (183     (273     (5,347     (8,000              

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            54               53               75                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     1,541        5,155        5,811        8,562        13,453        20,043                 

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            39               63               40                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     1,541        5,194        5,811        8,625        13,453        20,083                 

Series D Financing for cash and debt conversion

                                               69,462        20,218   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

            39               63               40               396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     1,541        5,233        5,811        8,688        13,453        20,123        69,462        20,614   

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

                                                      57   

Conversion of Series A-D preferred stock to common stock

     (1,541     (5,233     (5,811     (8,688     (13,453     (20,123     (69,462     (20,671
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2012

                                                        

Accretion to redemption value of redeemable convertible preferred stock

                                                        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

          $             $             $             $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-26


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

Issuance of Junior Convertible Preferred Stock

On February 3, 2012, we entered into a securities purchase agreement for a new round of junior convertible preferred stock. In conjunction with the junior preferred stock financing the previously issued Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock converted into shares of common stock at the following conversion ratios as amended: Series A: 14.72155 for 1; Series B: 7.8041 for 1; Series C: 10.1141 for 1; and Series D: 3.65637 for 1. As a result, we reclassified the aggregate value of the Series A, Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock of $54.7 million to stockholders’ (deficit) equity.

The junior preferred stock financing totaled $1.5 million of convertible, but not redeemable, preferred stock at approximately $0.43 a share, for an aggregate of 3,501,400 shares. During February and March 2012, we received net total proceeds of $1.3 million, net of issuance costs of $40,000.

Issuance of Senior Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement, we granted to the investors in the senior preferred stock financing the right, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, to purchase additional shares of senior preferred stock for a purchase price of $8.00 per share at multiple subsequent closings in accordance with a schedule provided in the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement. If an investor does not participate in a subsequent funding, such investor will not have the right to participate in future closings and, if such subsequent closing occurs prior to a specified date, all previously purchased shares of senior preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of our common stock at the then applicable conversion rate.

From September 25 to October 29, 2012, we issued 2,606,250 shares of senior preferred stock for net total proceeds of $19.8 million, net of issuance costs of $240,000. We also issued 911,949 shares of senior preferred stock upon the conversion of a loan entered into during 2012 that included $7.2 million of principal and $146,000 of accrued interest.

In February 2013, we closed an additional senior preferred stock financing tranche and issued 305,571 shares of senior preferred stock for net total proceeds of $2.3 million, net of issuance costs of $134,000, incurred by the company for services rendered by a third-party professional services firm that is also utilized by certain of our investors.

In May 2013, we closed an additional senior preferred stock financing tranche and issued 158,150 shares of senior preferred stock for net total proceeds of $1.2 million, net of issuance costs of $28,000.

In June 2013, we closed an additional senior preferred stock financing tranche and issued 3,830,050 shares of senior preferred stock for net total proceeds of $30.6 million, net of issuance costs of $90,000.

Future Purchase Rights

The right of each of the investors to purchase additional shares of senior preferred stock under the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement terminates automatically upon closing of a Qualified Public Offering or a Sale of the Company (each as defined in the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement) and also upon written notice to the company from the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of senior preferred stock (or two-thirds of the outstanding shares of senior preferred stock if we have previously issued at least $40,000,000 of senior preferred stock) if a subsequent closing has not occurred as scheduled due to a failure to meet certain conditions at or prior to a scheduled closing. Our future purchase rights liabilities were initially recorded at their estimated fair value on the date of issuance as a discount on the underlying preferred stock and are periodically revalued to reflect any change in the estimated fair value at each reporting date, with any

 

F-27


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

decrease or increase in the estimated fair value being recorded as other income or expense, respectively. The fair value of these liabilities is estimated using a binomial lattice model that is based on the characteristics of the common and preferred stock on the valuation date, probabilities related to our operations and clinical development, as well as assumptions for volatility, remaining expected life, risk-free interest rate and, in some cases, credit spread.

The following table summarizes the number of future purchase rights granted, the fair value of such rights at issuance, the fair value of our common stock used in determining such value, and beneficial conversion amounts underlying the preferred stock that were recorded in connection with certain purchases of such preferred stock under the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (in thousands except share, rights, and per share and rights amounts);

 

Issuance Date

   Number of
Future Purchase
Rights Granted
     Fair Value
per Right
     Grant Date Fair
Value Recorded
     Common Stock
Value Used in
Determining
Fair Value
     Beneficial
Conversion on
Underlying
Preferred Stock
 

September 25, 2012

     2,018,199       $ 1.54       $ 3,101       $ 2.30           

February 28, 2013

     305,571       $ 2.20       $ 672       $ 6.85       $ 321   

April 30, 2013

     46,251       $ 2.20       $ 102       $ 6.85       $ 47   

June 26, 2013

     66,250       $ 1.81       $ 120       $ 6.82       $ 306   

In conjunction with the issuance of senior preferred stock during the six months ended June 30, 2013, we estimated the fair value of the future purchase rights for the shares issued to new investors to be $894,000. The future purchase rights were recorded at their estimated fair value, with the remaining amount of the proceeds allocated to the senior preferred stock, resulting in the senior preferred stock being recorded at an amount per share less than the fair value of our common stock at that time. Accordingly, we recorded a beneficial conversion amount underlying the senior preferred stock of $409,000, an amount equal to the number of shares of senior preferred stock sold on that date multiplied by the difference between the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock and the value allocated to the senior preferred stock on that date. The beneficial conversion amount was recorded as an offset to additional paid-in capital and is being amortized as a deemed dividend over the redemption period using an effective interest rate method. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we recognized a deemed dividend of $11,000.

In connection with the issuance of senior preferred stock in June 2013 discussed above, we also granted to certain members of our board of directors who participated in the senior preferred stock financings one common stock option for each share of preferred stock purchased through June 2013. An aggregate of 86,917 common stock options were granted to these board members, which were valued at $4.91 per share utilizing the BSM option pricing model. After allocation of the proceeds to the underlying future purchase rights as noted above, the remaining amount of the proceeds were allocated between the common stock options and the senior preferred stock acquired using the relative fair value method. As the allocated value per share of the senior preferred stock acquired was less than the fair value of our common stock on such date, we recorded a beneficial conversion associated with the options granted, on the underlying senior preferred stock of $264,000. This beneficial conversion was also recorded as an offset to additional paid-in capital and is being amortized as a deemed dividend over the redemption period using an effective interest rate method.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

Certificate of Incorporation

On October 12, 2012, in connection with the Senior Preferred Purchase Agreement, we restated our certificate of incorporation. The material terms are as follows:

Authorized Shares

The certificate of incorporation was amended authorizing the company to issue 43,000,000 shares of stock consisting of 24,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share and 19,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which 10,768,199 shares are designated as senior preferred stock and 3,501,401 shares are designated as junior preferred stock, both with a par value at $0.0001 per share. Together, the senior preferred stock and the junior preferred stock are collectively referred to as the Preferred Stock.

Dividends

Dividends on each share of senior preferred stock shall accrue on a daily basis, compounding annually, at the rate of 8.0% per annum of the sum of (i) original purchase price and (ii) cumulative unpaid dividends, whether or not declared. Junior preferred stock only receives dividends if and when declared by our board of directors. The dividends do not convert to common stock upon the completion of a successful initial public offering.

Liquidation Preference

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether voluntary or involuntary, the senior preferred stock has a first liquidation preference equivalent to 150% of the original purchase price per share plus all cumulative unpaid dividends, whether or not declared. Once the senior preferred stock has been paid, junior preferred stock has a liquidation preference equal to the original purchase price plus all declared and unpaid dividends. If, upon any such liquidation event, our assets available to be distributed to the holders of the senior preferred stock are insufficient, payment shall be distributed pro rata.

Redemption

Holders may require us to redeem all, but not less than all, the Preferred Stock any time after September 2022. The redemption price is equal to the greater of (i) the liquidation value plus all cumulative unpaid dividends, whether or not declared thereon, and (ii) the fair value of the common stock issuable upon conversion of such share of the Preferred Stock and will occur in three equal installments over three years. Redemption requires a majority vote of the senior preferred stock investors. We must notify the junior preferred stock investors of the redemption within five days of receiving the redemption request. Junior preferred stock investors then have 20 days to redeem all (but not less than all) of the outstanding shares of junior preferred stock.

Conversion Rights

Each share of the Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and into common stock at a conversion price of $8.00 for each share of senior preferred stock and $0.4284 for each share of junior preferred stock. The conversion prices of the Preferred Stock are subject to anti-dilution protection. Each share of the senior preferred stock will automatically convert into shares of common stock at the then applicable conversion price immediately upon the earlier of i) the closing of a qualified public offering (as defined) and ii) the date specified by the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of senior preferred stock (or two-thirds of the outstanding shares of senior preferred stock if we have previously issued at least $40,000,000 of senior preferred stock).

 

F-29


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

 

Voting Rights

The holder of each share of the Preferred Stock shall have the right to one vote for each share of common stock into which the Preferred Stock could then be converted (with any fractional share determined on an aggregate conversion basis being rounded to the nearest whole share, with one-half being rounded up to one). With respect to such vote, such holder shall have full voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the holders of common stock. The holder of each share of the Preferred Stock shall be entitled, notwithstanding any provision hereof, to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with our bylaws, and shall be entitled to vote, together as a single class with holders of common stock with respect to any question upon which holders of common stock have the right to vote.

Subject to supermajority votes for some matters, matters shall be decided by the affirmative vote of our stockholders having a majority in voting power of the votes cast by the stockholders present or represented and voting on such matter, provided that the holders of our common stock are not allowed to vote on any amendment to our certificate of incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more series of preferred stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders or one or more such series, to approve such amendment. The affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all of our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any annual election of directors and, in some cases, the affirmative vote of a majority of minority shareholders entitled to vote in any annual election of directors are required to amend or repeal our bylaws, amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation, approve certain transactions with certain affiliates, or approval of the sale or liquidation of the company. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the combined voting power of all our stockholders entitled to vote on the election of directors, voting together as single class.

We are accreting the carrying amounts of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, redeemable anytime after September 2022, to the redemption amount using an effective interest rate method.

Warrants

We issued warrants to purchase redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with financing activities or for consulting services. In connection with the junior preferred stock financing in February 2012, all warrants to purchase Series B, Series C, and Series D preferred stock converted to common stock warrants. The common stock warrants have a weighted-average exercise price of $95.21 and expire between February 10, 2016 and September 25, 2019. Our warrant activity is as follows:

 

     Number
Outstanding
    Weighted-
average
Exercise Price
 

Balance outstanding – January 1, 2011

     11,693      $ 154.54   

Issuance of warrants with convertible loans

     174,676      $ 92.99   

Issued with private placement shares

     65,939      $ 92.99   
  

 

 

   

Balance outstanding – December 31, 2011

     252,308      $ 95.84   

Expiration of warrants

     (1,662 )   $ 191.69  
  

 

 

   

Balance outstanding – December 31, 2012

     250,646      $ 95.21   

Issuance of warrants

         $  
  

 

 

   

Balance outstanding – June 30, 2013 (unaudited)

     250,646      $ 95.21   
  

 

 

   

 

F-30


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

8. Common Stock

Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

Shares reserved for future issuance at June 30, 2013 (unaudited) are as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
 

Conversion of the Preferred Stock

     11,313,370   

Exercise of common stock warrants

     250,646   

Common stock options outstanding

     2,672,904   

Common stock options available for future grant

     55,186   
  

 

 

 

Total common shares reserved for future issuance

     14,292,106   
  

 

 

 

9. Stock Compensation Plans

Equity Incentive Plans

Our 2012 Stock Option Plan, or the 2012 Plan, as approved by our board of directors and stockholders, provides for the grant of stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units, stock purchase rights, and performance awards to employees, directors, and consultants. Option grants under the 2012 Plan generally have a ten-year term and vest over four years. The 2012 Plan also provides that options granted under the 2012 Plan are exercisable immediately subject to a repurchase right that lapses as the option vests. As of June 30, 2013 (unaudited), under the 2012 Plan, the aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2012 Plan is 2,728,090, which is comprised of 2,672,904 options outstanding and 55,186 available for future grant. In July 2013, the board of directors approved an increase of 350,000 to the number of shares issuable under the 2012 Plan.

As of June 30, 2013, options for the purchase of 139,046 shares of our common stock have been exercised, of which 55,516 are unvested and subject to repurchase. Under the authoritative guidance, early exercise is not considered an exercise for accounting purposes and, therefore, any potential payment for unvested shares is recognized as a liability at the exercise price. As of June 30, 2013, we have not purchased any shares related to these early exercises and our repurchase liability is $279,000.

Prior to the adoption of the 2012 Plan we granted incentive awards under the 2004 Stock Option Plan. In February 2012 and in connection with the junior preferred stock financing, 27,230 outstanding options from the 2004 Stock Option Plan were canceled, which represented all options outstanding at the time of cancellation. In conjunction with the cancellation of options, we expensed previously unrecognized compensation cost of $27,000.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)

 

The following table summarizes stock option activity:

 

     Options     Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (Years)
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2012

     27,230      $ 44.20         

Granted

     2,338,649      $ 5.68         

Exercised

          $         

Forfeited or cancelled

     (29,565   $ 40.74         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

     2,336,314      $ 5.69         9.6       $ 529,060   

Granted

     517,419      $ 8.00         

Exercised

     (139,046   $ 2.61         

Forfeited

     (41,783   $ 8.00         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding as of June 30, 2013

     2,672,904      $ 6.26         9.2       $ 3,926,724   
  

 

 

         

Options vested as of June 30, 2013

     549,599      $ 5.82         9.2       $ 1,013,689   
  

 

 

         

Options vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2013

     2,630,438      $ 6.26         9.2       $ 3,868,459   
  

 

 

         

Options exercisable as of June 30, 2013

     2,672,904      $ 6.26         9.2       $ 3,926,724   
  

 

 

         

The aggregate intrinsic value of options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the deemed fair value of our common stock for those shares that had exercise prices lower than the deemed fair value of our common stock. The number of options vested and expected to vest is calculated as the total number of options vested plus the number of unvested options remaining after applying our estimated forfeiture rate. The total fair value of options that vested during the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) is $102,000, and $612,000, respectively. There were no exercises of stock options during the year ended December 31, 2012. The total fair value of options exercised during the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $236,000. We have not capitalized or recognized an income tax benefit from the exercise of any stock options as we continue to record a full valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets.

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, and 2012, and the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited) were $0.01, $0.47, and $4.92, respectively. The following are the ranges of underlying assumptions used to determine the fair value of stock options granted to employees and nonemployees:

 

     Years Ended December 31,      Six Months Ended
June 30,

2013
 
         2011              2012         
                   (unaudited)  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.6%         0.2% - 1.0%         0.1% - 0.8%   

Expected dividend yield

     0%         0%         0%   

Expected volatility

     77.3%         100.0%         100.0%   

Expected term of options (years)

     4.0         1.0 - 6.0         0.5 - 5.0   

 

F-32


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)

 

December 31, 2012 Valuation Analysis

During the first quarter of 2013, we commenced an analysis of the enterprise value of our company and the fair value of our common stock as of December 31, 2012, which utilized an Option Pricing Model, or OPM. OPM is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that any such forecast would be highly speculative, or there is a substantially contemporaneous sale of stock to a third party. OPM treats common stock and convertible preferred stock as call options on the enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the liquidation preference of the convertible preferred stock. Therefore, the common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to the stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference to be received by holders of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time of a liquidity event, such as a merger, sale or IPO, assuming the enterprise has funds available to make a liquidation preference meaningful and collectible by the stockholders. The common stock is modeled to be a call option with a claim on the enterprise at an exercise price equal to the remaining value immediately after the convertible preferred stock is liquidated. OPM uses the BSM option pricing model to price the call option.

The OPM considered the relative rights and preferences of the various securities, including the seniority of the liquidation preferences for preferred equity, and the potential for dilution caused by the conversion of the preferred equity. Additionally, our preferred stockholders have various rights that give them greater control and influence over future liquidity, financing and other decisions relating to our company than the holders of our common stock. The OPM applied a percentage of participation for each class of shares for each valuation interval based on BSM option pricing models and a 25.4% discount for lack of marketability was applied for the common stockholders. The resulting implied per share value of our common stock was $1.17 per share as of December 31, 2012, which was utilized to determine the BSM fair value for the purpose of calculating stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted in September and December 2012 at an exercise price of $8.00 per share.

Due to our management’s and board of directors’ decision to pursue an IPO, coupled with our belief that we could reasonably estimate the form and timing of potential liquidity events we utilized a Probability Weighted Expected Return Method, PWERM, for our March 31 and June 30, 2013 valuations. Under this method, the fair value of our common stock is estimated based upon an analysis of future values assuming various outcomes. The value is based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available to us as well as the rights of each share class. The possible outcomes considered are based upon an analysis of future scenarios as described below:

 

    closing of an initial public offering;

 

    sale to a strategic acquirer;

 

    continuation as a private company with subsequent liquidation event; and

 

    dissolution.

Critical assumptions required to perform the PWERM include the following:

 

    Scenarios: Expected future events were identified.

 

    Scenario probabilities: Estimates of the probability of occurrence of each event were identified.

 

    Valuation: Expected future values under each scenario were estimated.

 

    Timing: Expected timing to the event under each scenario were estimated.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)

 

    Risk adjusted discount rates: Risk-adjusted discount rates were selected for each equity class based on the rights and preferences of each equity class and market data.

 

    Discounts: Appropriate minority or marketability discounts, if any, required to estimate the per share value of the various equity classes were determined.

In determining the value of our common stock at each grant date, we assumed that the redeemable convertible preferred stock then outstanding would be converted into common stock. In allocating value to our common stock in the merger or sale scenario, we first allocated to our outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock the greater of the liquidation preference of the redeemable convertible preferred stock and the amount that would have been payable had all such shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock been converted to common stock.

There is inherent uncertainty in these estimates and if we had made different assumptions that those described above, the fair value of the underlying common stock and amount of our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share amounts would have differed.

March 31, 2013 Valuation Analysis

Our analysis considered the following probability-weighted scenarios:

 

Scenario

   Weight  

IPO by December 31, 2013

     25

Sale by December 31, 2013

     20

Private company

     30

Dissolution

     25

A 13% discount for lack of marketability was applied for common stockholders. This resulting implied fair value of $6.85 per share was utilized to determine the BSM fair value for the purpose of calculating stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted in March 2013 at an exercise price of $8.00 per share.

June 30, 2013 Valuation Analysis

Our analysis considered the following probability-weighted scenarios:

 

Scenario

   Weight  

IPO by November 15, 2013

     35

Sale by November 15, 2013

     10

Private company

     30

Dissolution

    
25

A 9% discount for lack of marketability was applied for common stockholders. This resulting implied fair value of $6.82 per share was utilized to determine the BSM fair value for the purpose of calculating stock-based compensation expense related to the options granted in May, June, and July 2013 at an exercise price of $8.00 per share. The decrease in fair value of our common stock from March 31, 2013, was primarily due to dilution from the issuance of substantially more shares of our redeemable convertible senior preferred stock during the second quarter of 2013 that have superior liquidation rights.

Upon completion of the valuations of the estimated fair value of our common stock, we concluded that the fair value of our common stock was below the exercise price of options granted during 2012 and quarterly in 2013.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Stock Compensation Plans (Continued)

 

Total noncash stock-based compensation expense for all stock awards recognized in our consolidated statements of operations is as follows (in thousands):

 

     Years Ended
December 31,
     Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
     2011      2012      2012      2013  
                  

(unaudited)

 

Research and development

   $ 10       $ 50       $ 22       $ 127   

General and administrative

     26         94         27         172   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 36       $ 144       $ 49       $ 299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

As of June 30, 2013 (unaudited), there was $2.6 million of total compensation cost related to unvested stock option awards not yet recognized, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 3.2 years.

10. Income Taxes

Our net loss before income tax was subject to tax in the following jurisdictions for the following periods (in thousands):

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

United States

   $ (5,493   $ (6,321

Foreign

     (386     (380
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $ (5,879   $ (6,701
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Our rate reconciliation consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Federal statutory rate

     35.0     35.0

State tax (net of federal benefit)

     5.8     5.8

Warrants

     82.8     19.9

Non-deductible interest expense and fees

     (60.0 %)      (1.4 %) 

Other permanent differences

     5.5     1.0

Change in valuation allowance

     (78.9 %)      355.5

Foreign net operating losses

     9.8     (0.6 %) 

382 limited net operating losses and credits

         (415.2 %) 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

     0.0     0.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-35


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

Significant components of our deferred tax assets are shown below. A valuation allowance has been established as realization of such deferred tax assets has not met the more likely-than-not threshold requirement. If our judgment changes and it is determined that we will be able to realize these deferred tax assets, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets will be accounted for as a reduction to income tax expense.

 

     December 31,  
     2011     2012  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 24,461      $ 3,521   

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards

     714        813   

Research and development tax credit

     3,269        123   

Other, net

     542        706   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     28,986        5,163   

Less valuation allowance

     (28,986     (5,163
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

We have a history of incurring net operating losses each year since inception that is due to our history as a development stage company with no realized revenues from our planned principal operations. These cumulative operating losses provide significant negative evidence in the determination of whether or not we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets such as our net operating losses and other favorable temporary differences. As a result, we have maintained a full valuation allowance against the entire balance of deferred tax assets since the date of inception. The valuation allowance increased by $4.6 million and decreased by $23.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, respectively.

As of December 31, 2012 we had available net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of approximately $8.6 million and $8.8 million for federal and state income tax purposes, respectively. The federal and state NOLs begin to expire in 2023 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, we have state research and development tax credits available for income tax purposes of approximately $190,000. The state research and development tax credits do not expire.

As of December 31, 2012 we also have available NOLs from our Chinese subsidiary of approximately $3.3 million. The Chinese NOLs begin to expire in 2013.

Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code (the IRC) limit a company’s ability to utilize certain net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards in the event of a cumulative change in ownership in excess of 50%, as defined. We believe that a change in ownership, as defined in Section 382, occurred in February 2012. As a result, the deferred tax asset associated with our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and federal and state research credits have been reduced based on the 382 limitations. The amount of the reduction in our deferred tax assets is based on the estimated amount of the net operating loss carryforwards and federal and state research credits we believe cannot be used based on the estimated amount of our Section 382 annual limitation. We have reduced our deferred tax assets by $27.7 million and have estimated that approximately $60.0 million and $61.7 million of our federal and state NOLs cannot be used in future years as a result of this change in ownership. Additionally, we have estimated that approximately $2.2 million and $1.6 million of our federal and state research credits cannot be used in future years. Exact computations of limitations under Section 382 have not been completed, but the amounts reflect our best estimate of limitations and net operating losses and credits available in future years. We have not determined if other changes under Section 382 subsequent to the February 2012 estimated change date have occurred. If additional limitations against the utilization of net operating losses

 

F-36


Table of Contents

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(A Development Stage Company)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

 

and credits exist, it could impact our future cash flows, but will not impact our 2012 consolidated financial statements, due to the existence of a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

There were no unrecognized tax benefits netted against deferred tax asset balances or included in any liability balances at the end of tax years 2011 and 2012, respectively, and we do not anticipate any significant changes in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits over the next twelve months.

We are subject to income tax in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in California. We are no longer subject to U.S. federal or state income tax examination by tax authorities for tax returns filed for the years ended on or before December 31, 2007. However, to the extent allowed by law, the taxing authorities may have the right to examine the period from 2003 through 2012 where NOLs were generated and carried forward, and make adjustments to the amount of the NOL carryforward amount. We are not currently under examination by federal or state jurisdictions.

11. Related Party Transactions

Investors

During the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited), we incurred an aggregate of $1.2 million and $0, respectively, of costs on behalf of certain of our stockholders, directors and officers and their respective affiliates for third-party professional services incurred in connection with the closing of our junior and senior preferred stock financings and convertible loans.

Directors

During the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited), we paid an aggregate of $7,000 and $50,000, respectively, to a member of our board of directors for services rendered as Director of our Clinical Advisory Board.

One member of our board of directors is a partner in a firm that provides certain legal services to the company. For the year ended December 31, 2012 and the six months ended June 30, 2013 (unaudited), we incurred an aggregate of $73,000 and $39,000, respectively, in fees for these services. As of December 31, 2012 and June 30, 2013, accounts payable included $6,000 and $3,000, respectively.

12. Subsequent Events

For our financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and for the year then ended, we evaluated subsequent events through July 22, 2013, the date on which those financial statements were available to be issued.

13. Subsequent Events (Unaudited)

For our unaudited interim financial statements as of June 30, 2013 and for the six months then ended, we evaluated subsequent events through August 30, 2013, the date on which the unaudited interim financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

Estimated expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered under this registration statement are as follows:

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 11,109   

FINRA filing fee

     13,438   

Listing fee

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

     *   

Miscellaneous

     *   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $            
  

 

 

 

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

On closing of this offering, the Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that eliminate, to the maximum extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the personal liability of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors or officers. The Registrant’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that the Registrant must indemnify its directors and executive officers and may indemnify its employees and other agents to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

Sections 145 and 102(b)(7) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provide that a corporation may indemnify any person made a party to an action by reason of the fact that he or she was a director, executive officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of a corporation against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with such action if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of an action by or in right of the corporation, no indemnification may generally be made in respect of any claim as to which such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.

The Registrant has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and executive officers, in addition to the indemnification provided for in its amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, and intends to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and executive officers in the future.

The Registrant has purchased and intends to maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the Registrant against any loss arising from any claim asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, subject to certain exclusions.

The Underwriting Agreement (Exhibit 1.1 hereto) provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrant and its executive officers and directors, and by the Registrant of the underwriters, for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 herein.

 

II-1


Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since January 1, 2010, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

Between January 21 and May 9, 2011, the Registrant raised $2.9 million in a private placement of Convertible Notes and Warrants in a supplemental loan financing. The securities issued in the private placements were sold exclusively to accredited investors. Such transactions were exempt from registration under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the Securities Act and under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

On May 19, 2011 the Registrant raised $2.8 million in cash and an additional $17.5 million through conversion of outstanding Convertible Notes in a private placement of Series D Preferred Stock and Warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share (after a 1 for 10 reverse stock split) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock purchased (with no additional consideration for any warrants issued with the Series D purchased). Warrants were only issued for Series D Preferred Stock that was purchased for cash and not for any that was purchased by conversion of Convertible Notes. The securities issued in the private placement were sold exclusively to accredited investors. Such transactions were exempt from registration under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the Securities Act and under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

On June 7, 2011, the Registrant raised an additional $2.3 million in cash in a private placement of Series D Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock at a purchase price of $1.00 per share of Series D Preferred Stock purchased (with no additional consideration for any warrants issued with the Series D purchased). The securities issued in the private placement were sold exclusively to accredited investors. Such transactions were exempt from registration under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the Securities Act and under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

On or about February 2, 2012, after the Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation was amended to set forth new conversion rates for each then existing series of preferred stock, the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock consented in writing to the conversion of all then outstanding shares of preferred stock causing their automatic conversion. The shares of common stock issuable upon conversion were issued with for no additional consideration with the number of shares of common stock receivable for each share of preferred stock being 14.72155, 7.80410, 10.11410 and 3.65637, for each share of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, respectively. Subsequently, the Company effected a 1 for 340 reverse stock split. All holders of preferred stock who received the common stock upon conversion were accredited investors and any offering was done on a private placement basis. Such transactions were exempt under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the Securities Act and under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

During February and March 2012, the Registrant raised $1.5 million in a private placement of shares of a new series of Convertible Preferred Stock at a price $0.4284 per share. The securities issued in the private placement were sold exclusively to accredited investors. Such transactions were exempt from registration under Sections 4(2), 4(6) and/or 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

Between May 14, 2012 and September 25, 2012, the Registrant raised $16.1 million in private placements, consisting of $8.9 million of senior redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $8.00 per share and $7.2 million in secured convertible loans, the outstanding principal amount of which (together with all accrued and unpaid interest) was subsequently converted into shares of Senior Preferred Stock at $8.00 per share. The securities issued in the private placement were sold exclusively to accredited investors or otherwise sophisticated investors. Such transactions were exempt under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the Securities Act and under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

Between October 29, 2012 and June 26, 2013, the Registrant raised $46.4 million in private placements of Senior Convertible Preferred Stock at a price of $8.00 per share. The securities issued in the private placements were sold exclusively to accredited investors. Such transactions were exempt under Sections 4(2) and 4(6) of the Securities Act and under Rule 506 of Regulation D.

Since January 1, 2010, the Registrant granted stock options under the 2012 Plan to purchase an aggregate of 3,120,367 shares of common stock, net of cancellations, at a weighted-average exercise price of $6.52 per share, to certain employees, consultants, and directors. Such transactions were exempt from registration under Sections 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

Since January 1, 2010, the Registrant issued and sold to certain employees an aggregate of 139,071 shares of common stock upon the exercise of options under the 2012 Plan at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.61 per share. Such transactions were exempt from registration under Sections 4(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 701 of Securities Act.

There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth above.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

  (a) Exhibits:

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Exhibit Title

  1.1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed October 12, 2012.
  3.2*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering.
  3.3   Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, adopted September 25, 2012.
  3.4*   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering.
  4.1*   Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2   Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated August 28, 2013.
  4.3   Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated February 23, 2012.
  4.4   Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated June 7, 2011.
  5.1*   Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+*   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.2+*   Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Duane Nash, dated                         .
10.3+*   Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Robert A. Ashley, dated                         .
10.4+*   Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Terence E. Winters, dated                         .
10.5+*   Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Michael V. Swanson, dated August 26, 2013.
10.6+   2012 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements.
10.7+*   2013 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements.
10.8+   Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.9+   Form Change of Control and Severance Agreement.
10.10+*   Form of Director Compensation Agreement.
10.11    Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease and Addendum between DermTech International and R.E. Hazard Contracting Company, dated April 5, 2001, as amended.
10.12  

Standard Office Lease between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated as of May 7, 2013.

21.1   List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2   Consent of Hein & Associates, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.3*   Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1   Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

II-3


Table of Contents

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

 

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

 

  (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

  (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Diego, State of California, on October 11, 2013.

 

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

  Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.
  Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Terence E. Winters and Michael V. Swanson, jointly and severally, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Vital Therapies, Inc. and any or all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto and any new registration statement with respect to the offering contemplated thereby filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated below:

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

   Co-Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)   October 11, 2013

/s/ Michael V. Swanson

Michael V. Swanson

   Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)   October 11, 2013

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Muneer A. Satter

   Co-Chairman and Lead Director   October 11, 2013

/s/ Jean-Jacques Bienaimé

Jean-Jacques Bienaimé

   Director   October 11, 2013

/s/ Philip M. Croxford

Philip M. Croxford

   Director   October 11, 2013

/s/ Douglas E. Godshall

Douglas E. Godshall

   Director   October 11, 2013

/s/ Errol R. Halperin

Errol R. Halperin

   Director   October 11, 2013

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/s/ J. Michael Millis, M.D.

J. Michael Millis, M.D.

   Director   October 11, 2013

/s/ Lowell E. Sears

Lowell E. Sears

   Director   October 11, 2013

/s/ Randolph C. Steer, M.D., Ph.D.

Randolph C. Steer, M.D., Ph.D.

   Director   October 11, 2013

 

II-6


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

  

Exhibit Title

  1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, filed October 12, 2012.
  3.2*    Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering.
  3.3    Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, adopted September 25, 2012.
  3.4*    Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon closing of the offering.
  4.1*    Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant.
  4.2    Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated August 28, 2013.
  4.3    Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated February 23, 2012.
  4.4    Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated June 7, 2011.
  5.1*    Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation.
10.1+*    Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement.
10.2+*    Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Duane Nash, dated                         .
10.3+*    Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Robert A. Ashley, dated                         .
10.4+*    Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Terence E. Winters, dated                         .
10.5+*    Employment Letter Agreement between the Registrant and Michael V. Swanson, dated August 26, 2013.
10.6+    2012 Stock Option Plan and form of agreements.
10.7+*    2013 Equity Incentive Plan and form of agreements.
10.8+    Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
10.9+    Form Change of Control and Severance Agreement.
10.10+*    Form of Director Compensation Agreement.
10.11    Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease and Addendum between DermTech International and R.E. Hazard Contracting Company, dated April 5, 2001, as amended.
10.12   

Standard Office Lease between Arden Realty Limited Partnership and the Registrant dated as of May 7, 2013.

21.1    List of subsidiaries of the Registrant.
23.1    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.2    Consent of Hein & Associates, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
23.3*    Consent of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1    Power of Attorney (see page II-5 to this registration statement on Form S-1).

 

* To be filed by amendment.

 

+ Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan.

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

Delaware

       PAGE 1   
  The First State      

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF “VITAL THERAPIES, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE TWELFTH DAY OF OCTOBER, A.D. 2012, AT 4:53 O’CLOCK P.M.

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE NEW CASTLE COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

  LOGO  

/s/    Jeffrey W. Bullock        

    Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State

3749361 8100

    AUTHENTICATION: 9913690

 

121125921

   

 

                    DATE: 10-12-12

You may verify this certificate online

at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml

   


     

State of Delaware

Secretary of State

Division of Corporations

Delivered 04:58 PM 10/12/2012

FILED 04:53 PM 10/12/2012

SRV 121125921 – 3749361 FILE

CERTIFICATE OF RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

VITAL THERAPIES, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  1. The name of the Corporation is Vital Therapies, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 13, 2004.

 

  2. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has unanimously adopted a resolution approving the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the text of which is set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”), pursuant to the provisions of Section 141(f) and Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  3. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 and Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and was approved by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this 12th day of October, 2012.

 

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

Name:   Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


CERTIFICATE OF RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

(Pursuant to Sections 242 and 245 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware)

VITAL THERAPIES, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”), does hereby certify as follows:

 

  1. The name of the Corporation is Vital Therapies, Inc., and the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on January 13, 2004.

 

  2. The Board of Directors of the Corporation has unanimously adopted a resolution approving the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the text of which is set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”), pursuant to the provisions of Section 141(f) and Section 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

  3. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with Section 242 and Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and was approved by written consent of the stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Section 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been signed this 12th day of October, 2012.

 

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.
By:  

/s/ Terence E. Winters

Name:   Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.
Title:   Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT A

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Vital Therapies, Inc.

See Attached.


AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

ARTICLE I

The name of the corporation is Vital Therapies, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

ARTICLE II

The address, including street, number, city and county, of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, and the name of the registered agent of the Corporation at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

The general nature of the business the Corporation proposes to transact, and its objects, purposes and powers shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Laws of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

A. Authorized Shares .

1. The total number of shares of all classes of stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 43,000,000, consisting of (i) 24,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and (ii) 19,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which (a) 10,768,199 shares are hereby designated “Senior Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Senior Preferred ”) and (b) 3,501,401 shares are hereby designated “Convertible Preferred Stock” (the “ Junior Preferred ” and, together with the Senior Preferred, the “ Preferred Stock ”).

2. Shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more additional series. The board of directors of the Corporation is hereby authorized to determine and alter all rights, preferences and privileges and qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof (including, without limitation, voting rights and the limitation and exclusion thereof) granted to or imposed upon any wholly unissued series of preferred stock and the number of shares constituting any such series and the designation thereof, and to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding) the number of shares of any series subsequent to the issue of shares of that series then outstanding. In the event that the number of shares of any series is so decreased, the shares constituting such reduction shall resume the status which such shares had prior to the adoption of the resolution originally fixing the number of shares of such series.

3. In accordance with the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the number of authorized shares of any class or series of stock (including the Common Stock) may be increased or decreased by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote irrespective of


the class or series vote requirements set forth in Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (but, in the case of any decrease, not below the number of shares of any such class or series then outstanding or reserved for issuance upon exercise of Options or conversion of Convertible Securities then outstanding).

B. Preferred Stock . The rights, preferences, restrictions and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock are as set forth in this Part B of Article IV . For purposes of this Part B of Article IV , all holdings of Senior Preferred, Junior Preferred or Common Stock by Persons who are Affiliates of each other shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting any threshold tests under this Part B of Article IV . Except as otherwise provided herein, all references to “Sections” in this Part B of Article IV refer to sections of Part B of Article IV .

1. Dividend Rights .

(a) Senior Preferred Dividend .

(1) When and as declared by the board of directors of the Corporation and to the extent permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the Corporation shall pay preferential dividends in cash to the holders of Senior Preferred as provided in this Section 1 . Dividends on each share of Senior Preferred shall accrue on a daily basis at the rate of 8.0% per annum of the sum of the Original Purchase Price thereof plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon from and including the date of issuance of such share of Senior Preferred to and including the first to occur of (i) the date on which the Liquidation Value of such share of Senior Preferred (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon) is paid to the holder thereof in connection with the liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Corporation or the redemption or repurchase of such share of Senior Preferred by the Corporation, (ii) the date on which such share of Senior Preferred is converted into shares of Common Stock hereunder, and (iii) the date on which such share of Senior Preferred is otherwise acquired by the Corporation. Such dividends shall accrue regardless of whether or not they have been declared, whether or not there are profits, surplus (as defined in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware) or other funds legally available for the payment thereof and whether or not the Corporation is prohibited from paying dividends under applicable law, and such dividends shall be cumulative such that all accrued and unpaid dividends with respect to the Senior Preferred shall be fully paid or declared with funds irrevocably set apart for payment before any dividends may be declared or paid with respect to any Junior Securities. The date on which the Corporation initially issues any share of Senior Preferred shall be deemed to be its “ date of issuance ” regardless of the number of times transfer of such share of Senior Preferred is made on the stock records maintained by or for the Corporation and regardless of the number of certificates which may be issued to evidence such share of Senior Preferred.

(2) To the extent not paid on September 25 of each year (each, a “ Dividend Reference Date ”), beginning September 25, 2013, all dividends which have accrued on each share of Senior Preferred outstanding during the twelve-month period (or such shorter period in the case of the initial Dividend Reference Date) ending on each such Dividend Reference Date shall be accumulated and shall remain accumulated dividends with respect to such share of Senior Preferred until paid to the holder thereof ( i.e. , annual compounding).

(3) Except as otherwise provided herein, if at any time the Corporation pays less than the total amount of dividends then accrued with respect to the Senior Preferred, such payment shall be distributed pro rata among the holders of the Senior Preferred based upon the aggregate accrued and unpaid dividends on the shares of Senior Preferred held by each such holder.

 

- 2 -


(b) Other Dividends . In addition to any other dividends accruing or declared hereunder, in the event that the Corporation declares or pays any dividends upon the Common Stock (whether payable in cash, securities or other property), other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock, the Corporation shall also declare and pay to the holders of the Preferred Stock, at the same time that it declares and pays such dividends to the holders of the Common Stock, the dividends which would have been declared and paid with respect to the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock had all of the outstanding Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock immediately prior to the record date for such dividend, or if no record date is fixed, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock entitled to such dividends are to be determined.

2. Liquidation Preference .

(a) Senior Preferred . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “ Liquidation Event ”), each holder of Senior Preferred shall be entitled to be paid, before any distribution or payment is made upon any Junior Securities, an amount equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate Liquidation Value of all shares of Senior Preferred then held by such holder plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon, and (ii) the amount which such holder would be entitled to receive upon such Liquidation Event if all of such holder’s shares of Senior Preferred (and all other shares of Senior Preferred and, in the event that the holders of Junior Preferred would receive more under clause (ii) of Section 2(b) than under clause (i) of Section 2(b) upon such Liquidation Event, all shares of Junior Preferred) were converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event, and the holders of Senior Preferred shall not be entitled to any further payment in respect thereof. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the Corporation’s assets available to be distributed to the holders of Senior Preferred are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the entire amount to which they are entitled to be paid pursuant to this Section 2(a) , then all of the Corporation’s assets available to be distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders shall be distributed pro rata among such holders of Senior Preferred based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of the Senior Preferred held by each such holder (plus all accrued and unpaid dividends thereon).

(b) Junior Preferred . If, upon any Liquidation Event, the Corporation’s assets available to be distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders exceed the aggregate amount required to be paid to the holders of the Senior Preferred pursuant to Section 2(a) , then each holder of Junior Preferred shall be entitled to be paid, after all amounts required to be paid to the holders of the Senior Preferred pursuant to Section 2(a) have been fully paid or irrevocably set apart for payment and before any distribution or payment is made upon any Junior Securities (other than shares of Junior Preferred), an amount equal to the greater of (i) the aggregate Liquidation Value of all shares of Junior Preferred then held by such holder plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon, and (ii) the amount which such holder would be entitled to receive upon such Liquidation Event if all of such holder’s shares of Junior Preferred (and all other shares of Junior Preferred and, in the event that the holders of Senior Preferred would receive more under clause (ii) of Section 2(a) than under clause (i) of Section 2(a) upon such Liquidation Event, all shares of Senior Preferred) were converted into Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation Event, and the holders of Junior Preferred shall not be entitled to any further payment in respect thereof. If, upon any such Liquidation Event, the Corporation’s assets available to be distributed to the holders of the Junior Preferred are insufficient to permit payment to such holders of the entire amount to which they are entitled to be paid pursuant to this Section 2(b) , then all of the Corporation’s assets available to be distributed to the Corporation’s stockholders after all amounts required to be paid to the holders of the Senior Preferred pursuant to Section 2(a) have been fully paid or irrevocably set apart for payment shall be distributed pro rata among such holders of Junior Preferred based upon the aggregate Liquidation Value of the Junior Preferred held by each such holder (plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon).

 

- 3 -


(c) Deemed Liquidation .

(1) Unless waived by the Requisite Stockholders, each of the following shall be deemed to be a Liquidation Event for purposes of this Section 2 (each, a “ Deemed Liquidation Event ”), and each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in connection therewith payment from the Corporation (or the successor or purchasing entity) of an amount equal to the aggregate amount specified herein that such holders would have received upon a Liquidation Event in accordance with this Section 2 :

(A) any merger or consolidation in which the Corporation is a constituent party (or a subsidiary of the Corporation is a constituent party and the Corporation issues shares of its capital stock pursuant to such merger or consolidation), except any such merger or consolidation in which the shares of capital stock of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continue to represent, or are converted into or exchanged for shares of capital stock that represent, immediately following such merger or consolidation, at least a majority, by voting power, of the capital stock or other equity securities of the surviving or resulting corporation or other entity in such merger or consolidation (or, if the surviving or resulting corporation or other entity in such merger or consolidation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of another corporation or other entity immediately following such merger or consolidation, the parent corporation or other entity of such surviving or resulting corporation or other entity);

(B) any sale, transfer or issuance, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, of the Corporation’s capital stock by the Corporation that results in the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock immediately prior to such sale, transfer or issuance (or series of related sales, transfers and/or issuances) ceasing to own at least a majority, by voting power, of the Corporation’s capital stock immediately following such sale, transfer or issuance (or series of related sales, transfers and/or issuances), except for any such issuance (or series of related issuances) primarily for capital raising purposes; and

(C) the sale, transfer or other disposition, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, except for any such sale, transfer or other disposition that is to a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Corporation.

(2) The amount deemed paid or distributed to the holders of capital stock of the Corporation upon any Deemed Liquidation Event shall be the amount of cash and/or the value of property other than cash paid or distributed to such holders by the Corporation and/or the acquiring Person. If the amount deemed paid or distributed under this Section 2(c)(2) consists of property other than cash, then the value of such property will be determined as follows (or, at the election of the Requisite Stockholders, as may be provided in the definitive agreement(s) entered into in connection with any such Deemed Liquidation Event):

(A) For securities not subject to an investment letter or other similar restriction on free marketability: (i) if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of such securities on such exchange over the 10-day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such Deemed Liquidation Event; (ii) if actively traded over-the- counter, the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of such securities over the 30- day period ending three (3) days prior to the closing of such Deemed Liquidation Event; and (iii) if there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Corporation and the Requisite Stockholders.

 

- 4 -


(B) The method of valuation of securities subject to an investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall take into account an appropriate discount from the market value that would be determined pursuant to Section 2(c)(2)(A) if such securities were not subject to such investment letter or other restriction so as to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as mutually determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Corporation and the Requisite Stockholders.

(C) The value of any property other than securities shall be the fair market value thereof, as mutually determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Corporation and the Requisite Stockholders.

(3) Allocation of Escrow . In the event of a Deemed Liquidation Event pursuant to Section 2(c)(1)(A) , if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the definitive agreement(s) entered into in connection with any such Deemed Liquidation Event shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) , and Section 2 of Part C of this Article IV , as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2(a) and Section 2(b) , and Section 2 of Part C of this Article IV , after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

(d) Notice . The Corporation will mail written notice of any Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event not less than twenty (20) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called or written consent issued to approve such transaction, or twenty (20) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier, to each holder of record of Preferred Stock. Such notice shall setting forth in reasonable detail the material terms of the impending transaction, the amount of proceeds payable under each of clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2(a) with respect to each share of Senior Preferred, the amount of proceeds payable under each of clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 2(b) with respect to each share of Junior Preferred and the amount of proceeds payable with respect to each Junior Security (other than shares of Junior Preferred) in connection with such transaction, and the Corporation shall thereafter provide such holders prompt notice of any material changes to any of the foregoing.

3. Redemption .

(a) Redemption Upon Request . At any time after the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the first share of Senior Preferred is issued, and within ninety (90) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written request from the Requisite Senior Preferred Stockholders that all (but not less than all) of the Senior Preferred be redeemed, concurrently with the surrender by such holders of the certificates representing such shares, subject to Section 3(c) , the Corporation shall redeem in equal annual installments over three years (with the second and third installments being paid on the first and second anniversaries of the first payment date) (each such date, a “ Redemption Date ”) all of the Senior Preferred by paying an amount per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or the like) in cash equal to the Redemption Price thereof. Within five (5) days after the Corporation’s receipt of a written redemption request with respect to the Senior Preferred, the Corporation will give written notice of such request to each other holder of Preferred Stock specifying the Redemption Price of each share of Preferred Stock held by such holder. The holders of a majority of

 

- 5 -


the outstanding Junior Preferred shall have until twenty (20) days after the receipt of such notice to require (by delivery of written notice to the Corporation) the Corporation to redeem all (but not less than all) of the shares of Junior Preferred held by each such holder. The Corporation will not begin any redemptions for at least thirty (30) days after the Corporation’s receipt of a written redemption request with respect to the Senior Preferred. The number of shares of Senior Preferred and Junior Preferred that the Corporation shall be required to redeem on any one Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (i) the aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred, as applicable, by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies). Any redemption of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred effected pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall be made ratably among the holders thereof in proportion to the aggregate Redemption Price that each such holder would be entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 3 .

(b) Redemption Price and Redemption Procedures .

(1) At least fifteen (15) days but no more than thirty (30) days prior to each Redemption Date, written notice (each, a “ Redemption Notice ”) shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, by the Corporation to each holder of record (as of the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which the Redemption Notice is given) of the Senior Preferred and/or Junior Preferred to be redeemed, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, specifying the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder, the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price and the place at which payment can be obtained, and calling upon such holder to surrender to the Corporation, in the manner and at the place designated, such holder’s certificate(s) representing the shares to be redeemed. Except as provided in Section 3(c) regarding a partial redemption, on each Redemption Date, upon the Corporation’s receipt of the certificate(s) representing the shares being redeemed on such Redemption Date (or, if any such certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, an affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), the Corporation shall apply all of its assets to the redemption of the Preferred Stock being redeemed on such Redemption Date and to no other corporate purpose and pay to each holder of Preferred Stock being redeemed on such Redemption Date an amount in cash for each share of Preferred Stock being redeemed equal to the greater of (i) the Liquidation Value of such share of Preferred Stock plus all accrued and unpaid or declared and unpaid dividends thereon, and (ii) the fair market value of the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock (as determined in accordance with Section 2(c)(2) ) (the “ Redemption Price ”), to the order of the Person whose name appears on such certificate(s) as the owner thereof. If less than all the shares of Preferred Stock represented by a certificate are redeemed, a new certificate representing the unredeemed shares shall be delivered to the holder thereof together with the Redemption Price.

(2) On or prior to each Redemption Date, the Corporation shall deposit the aggregate Redemption Price for all shares of Preferred Stock designated for redemption in the Redemption Notice and not yet redeemed or converted with a bank or trust company having aggregate capital and surplus in excess of $100,000,000 as a trust fund for the benefit of the holders of the shares designated for redemption and not yet redeemed, with irrevocable instructions and authority to the bank or trust company to pay the Redemption Price for such shares to their respective holders on or after the applicable Redemption Date upon receipt of notification from the Corporation that such holder has surrendered the certificate(s) representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed to the Corporation in accordance with Section 3(b)(1) . Such instructions shall also provide that any funds deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 3(b)(2) for the redemption of shares subsequently converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 4 shall be returned to the Corporation forthwith upon such conversion. The balance of any funds deposited by the Corporation pursuant to this Section 3(b)(2) remaining unclaimed at the expiration of one (1) year following the Redemption Date shall be returned to

 

- 6 -


the Corporation and thereafter the holders of shares called for redemption who have not claimed such funds shall be entitled to receive payment of the Redemption Price only from the Corporation.

(c) Failure to Redeem . If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of shares of Preferred Stock as of any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the Corporation is then required to redeem, then (without limiting the Corporation’s obligation hereunder or curing any failure not to redeem all of the shares of Preferred Stock the Corporation is then required to redeem) those funds that are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares of Preferred Stock that are required to be redeemed on such Redemption Date, in the following order and priority: (i) first, the maximum number of shares of Senior Preferred that the Corporation is required to redeem on such date, and (ii) second, the maximum number of shares of Junior Preferred that the Corporation is required to redeem on such date. Any shares of Preferred Stock that are not redeemed shall remain outstanding and be entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein. At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation has become obligated to redeem on any Redemption Date but that it has not redeemed (with redemptions allocated among the holders of shares required to be redeemed as provided above), in each case at the Repurchase Price plus simple interest from the initial Redemption Date at the rate per annum equal to the Short Term Applicable Federal Rate (as defined from time to time pursuant to Section 1274(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) as of the initial Redemption Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Senior Preferred Stockholders, the Corporation shall not declare or pay any dividends or redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside for a sinking fund for such purpose) any Junior Securities (other than shares of Junior Preferred after the redemption in full of all shares of Senior Preferred that the Corporation has then become obligated to redeem in accordance with this Section 3 ) after the receipt of notice of redemption under this Section 3 , or at any other time when the Corporation is obligated to make redemption payments under this Section 3 , unless and until all amounts required to be paid to the holders of Preferred Stock under this Section 3 shall have been paid in full.

(d) Effect of Redemption . From and after each Redemption Date, unless there shall have been an uncured default in the payment of the applicable Redemption Price, all rights of the holders of shares of Senior Preferred and Junior Preferred to be redeemed as holders of those shares of Preferred Stock shall cease with respect to such shares (except the right to receive payment of the applicable Redemption Price (plus interest, if applicable) upon surrender of the certificate(s) representing such shares), and all such shares shall be automatically and immediately cancelled and retired and shall not be reissued, sold or transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.

(e) Other Redemptions and Repurchases . The Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable or otherwise subject to repurchase by the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, except as set forth in this Section 3 or as otherwise agreed to by Corporation and the Requisite Senior Preferred Stockholders.

4. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time and without the payment of additional consideration by the holder thereof, into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of such share of Preferred Stock by the applicable

 

- 7 -


Conversion Price in effect at the time of conversion for such share of Preferred Stock. The initial “ Conversion Price ” shall be $8.00 for each share of Senior Preferred (the “ Senior Preferred Conversion Price ”) and $0.4284 for each share of Junior Preferred (the “ Junior Preferred Conversion Price ”), and each such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred, as applicable, may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below.

(b) Automatic Conversion .

(1) Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of such share of Preferred Stock by the Conversion Price applicable to such share on the date of such automatic conversion, which shall occur immediately upon the earlier of (i) the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering and (ii) the date specified in writing by the Requisite Stockholders. Promptly following any such automatic conversion, the holders of Preferred Stock shall surrender the certificate(s) representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (or, if any such certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, an affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) at the office of the transfer agent for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent for such shares of Preferred Stock, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation), and the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(2) In the event of any Commitment Breach by a Defaulting Investor, each share of Senior Preferred held by such Defaulting Investor shall automatically be converted into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Original Issue Price of such share of Senior Preferred by the Senior Preferred Conversion Price in effect on the date of such automatic conversion, which shall occur immediately upon the occurrence of such Commitment Breach. Promptly following any such automatic conversion, the Defaulting Investor shall surrender the certificate(s) representing the shares of Senior Preferred to be converted (or, if any such certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, an affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) at the office of the transfer agent for such shares of Senor Preferred (or, if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent for such shares of Senior Preferred, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation), and the Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof.

(c) Mechanics of Conversion .

(1) If a holder of Preferred Stock wishes to convert shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, such holder must (i) surrender the certificate(s) representing the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted (or, if any such certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, an affidavit and agreement reasonably acceptable to the Corporation to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against the Corporation on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate) at the office of the transfer agent for such shares of Preferred Stock (or, if the Corporation serves as its own transfer agent for such shares of Preferred Stock, at the principal corporate office of the Corporation), and (ii) give written notice to the Secretary of the Corporation at its

 

- 8 -


principal corporate office specifying that such holder elects to convert all or any number of the shares of Preferred Stock represented by such certificate(s), the event or transaction (if any) on which such conversion is contingent, and the name or names in which the certificate(s) representing the shares of Common Stock are to be issued. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date the certificate(s) representing the shares of Preferred Stock (or lost certificate affidavit and agreement) to be converted are so surrendered and such notice of conversion is so given (hereinafter, the “ Conversion Time ”), and the Person(s) entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of such shares of Common Stock as of such date. The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver to such holder, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion in accordance with the provisions hereof and a certificate for the number (if any) of shares of Preferred Stock represented by any surrendered certificate that were not converted into Common Stock in such conversion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if any conversion of Preferred Stock is to be made in connection with a Deemed Liquidation Event, Public Offering or other event or transaction affecting the Corporation or a holder of Preferred Stock, such conversion may, at the option of the holder tendering Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon consummation of such event or transaction, in which case such conversion shall not be deemed to be effective until immediately prior to the consummation of such event or transaction and shall be deemed to be null and void if such event or transaction is not subsequently so consummated.

(2) All shares of Preferred Stock which shall have been surrendered for conversion as herein provided shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall immediately cease and terminate at the Conversion Time, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive shares of Common Stock in exchange therefor. Any shares of Preferred Stock so converted shall be retired and cancelled and may not be reissued as shares of such class or series, and the Corporation may thereafter take such appropriate action (without the need for stockholder action) as may be necessary to reduce the authorized number of shares of Preferred Stock accordingly. Upon any such conversion, no adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price shall be made for any accrued or declared but unpaid dividends on any Preferred Stock surrendered for conversion or on the Common Stock delivered upon such conversion.

(3) The Corporation shall pay any and all issue and other similar taxes that may be payable in respect of any issuance or delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 4 . The Corporation shall not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock in a name other than that in which the shares of Preferred Stock so converted were registered, and no such issuance or delivery shall be made unless and until the Person requesting such issuance has paid to the Corporation the amount of any such tax or has established, to the satisfaction of the Corporation, that such tax has been paid.

(d) Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times when any Preferred Stock shall be outstanding reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of capital stock, for the purpose of effecting the conversion of such Preferred Stock, such number of its duly authorized shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of the Preferred Stock. If at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holders of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including using its best efforts to obtain the approval of the Corporation’s

 

- 9 -


stockholders to any necessary amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Before taking any action which would cause an adjustment reducing the Conversion Price of any share of Preferred Stock below the then par value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such share of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Corporation may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock at such adjusted Conversion Price.

(e) Adjustments to Conversion Price for Certain Diluting Issues .

(1) No Adjustment to Conversion Price . No adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common Stock if the Corporation receives written notice from the Requisite Senior Preferred Stockholders (in the case of an adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price) or the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred (in the case of an adjustment to the Junior Preferred Conversion Price) agreeing that no such adjustment shall be made as the result of the issuance or deemed issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock.

(2) Adjustment to Conversion Price Upon Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue or sell (or, in accordance with Section 4(e)(3) , shall be deemed to have issued or sold) Additional Shares of Common Stock, without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Shares of Common Stock, then the Senior Preferred Conversion Price and/or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, shall immediately upon such issue or sale be reduced to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, determined (to the nearest one-hundredth of a cent) by multiplying (i) the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock, by (ii) a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (y) the number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued or sold if such Additional Shares of Common Stock had been issued at a price per share equal to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock (determined by dividing the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation in respect of such issue or sale by the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such issue or sale of Additional Shares of Common Stock), and the denominator of which is the sum of (x) the number of shares of Common Stock Deemed Outstanding immediately prior to such issue or sale, plus (y) the number of Additional Shares of Common Stock issued or sold in such transaction.

(B) No adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price shall be made in an amount less than $0.0001 per share; provided , that any adjustments that are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward based upon the capitalization as of the date of such original dilutive event(s). Except to the limited extent provided for in Section 4(e)(3)(B) and Section 4(e)(3)(D) , no adjustment of the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or

 

- 10 -


the Junior Preferred Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(e) shall have the effect of increasing the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, above the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

(3) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common Stock .

(A) If the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto, assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to exercisability, convertibility or exchangeability but without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common Stock issued as of the time of such issue or, in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date.

(B) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security, the issuance of which resulted in an adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4(e)(2) , are revised as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security to provide for either (i) any increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (ii) any increase or decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, then, effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective, the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, computed upon the original issue of such Option or Convertible Security (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) shall be readjusted to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, as would have obtained had such revised terms been in effect upon the original date of issuance of such Option or Convertible Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no readjustment pursuant to this Section 4(e)(3)(B) shall have the effect of increasing the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (x) the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect immediately prior to the original adjustment made as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security, and (y) the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, that would have resulted from any issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock (other than deemed issuances of Additional Shares of Common Stock as a result of the issuance of such Option or Convertible Security) between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(C) If the terms of any Option or Convertible Security (excluding Options or Convertible Securities which are themselves Exempted Securities), the issuance of which did not result in an adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4(e)(2) (either because the consideration per share (determined in accordance with Section 4(e)(4) ) of the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto was equal to or greater than the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, then in effect or because such Option or Convertible Security was issued before the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), are revised after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as a result of an amendment to such terms or any other adjustment pursuant to the provisions of such Option or Convertible Security to

 

- 11 -


provide for either (i) any increase in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion or exchange of any such Option or Convertible Security or (ii) any decrease in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion or exchange, then such Option or Convertible Security, as so amended or adjusted, and the Additional Shares of Common Stock subject thereto (determined in the manner provided in Section 4(e)(3)(A) ) shall be deemed to have been issued effective upon such increase or decrease becoming effective.

(D) Upon the expiration or termination of any unexercised Option or unconverted or unexchanged Convertible Security (or portion thereof) which resulted (either upon its original issuance or upon a revision of its terms) in an adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price pursuant to the terms of Section 4(e)(2) , the Senior Preferred Conversion Price and/or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, shall be readjusted to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, as would have obtained had such Option or Convertible Security (or portion thereof) never been issued.

(E) If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, is calculable at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended but is subject to adjustment based upon subsequent events, then any adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price, as applicable, provided for in this Section 4(e)(3) shall be effected at the time of such issuance or amendment based on such number of shares or amount of consideration without regard to any provisions for subsequent adjustments (and any subsequent adjustments shall be treated as provided in Section 4(e)(3)(B) and Section 4(e)(3)(C) ). If the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise, conversion and/or exchange of any Option or Convertible Security, or the consideration payable to the Corporation upon such exercise, conversion and/or exchange, cannot be calculated at the time such Option or Convertible Security is issued or amended, then any adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price that would result under the terms of this Section 4(e)(3) at the time of such issuance or amendment shall instead be effected at the time such number of shares and/or amount of consideration is First calculable (even if subject to subsequent adjustment(s)), assuming for purposes of calculating such adjustment that such issuance or amendment took place at the time such calculation can first be made.

(4) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 4(e) , the consideration received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be computed as follows:

(A) Cash and Property . Such consideration shall (i) insofar as such consideration consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation; (ii) insofar as such consideration consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair market value thereof at the time of such issue (as determined in accordance with Section 2(c)(2) ); and (iii) in the event Additional Shares of Common Stock are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (i) and (ii) above, as mutually determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Corporation and the Requisite Stockholders.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common Stock deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(e)(3) relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing (i) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the

 

- 12 -


issue of such Options or Convertible Securities plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities), by (ii) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities (or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities).

(f) Adjustment for Stock Splits and Combinations . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall effect a subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock, the Senior Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision and the Junior Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that subdivision shall be proportionately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred, as applicable, shall be increased in proportion to such increase in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall combine the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Senior Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that combination and the Junior Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before that combination shall be proportionately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of Senior Preferred or Junior Preferred, as applicable, shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Any adjustment under this Section 4(f) shall become effective at the close of business on the date the subdivision or combination becomes effective.

(g) Adjustment for Certain Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock, then and in each such event the Senior Preferred Conversion Price and the Junior Preferred Conversion Price in effect immediately before such event shall be decreased as of the time of such issuance or, in the event such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date, by multiplying the Senior Preferred Conversion Price then in effect or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price then in effect, as applicable, by a fraction, (i) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date, and (ii) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the time of such issuance or the close of business on such record date plus the number of shares of Common Stock issuable in payment of such dividend or distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) if such record date shall have been fixed and such dividend is not fully paid or if such distribution is not fully made on the date fixed therefor, the Senior Preferred Conversion Price and the Junior Preferred Conversion Price shall be recomputed accordingly as of the close of business on such record date and thereafter the Senior Preferred Conversion Price and the Junior Preferred Conversion Price shall be adjusted pursuant to this subsection as of the time of actual payment of such dividends or distributions, and (y) no such adjustment shall be made if the holders of the Senior Preferred Stock (in the case of an adjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price) or the holders of the Junior Preferred Stock (in the case of an adjustment or readjustment to the Junior Preferred Conversion Price) simultaneously receive a dividend or other

 

- 13 -


distribution of shares of Common Stock in a number equal to the number of shares of Common Stock as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Senior Preferred Stock or Junior Preferred Stock, as applicable, had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(h) Adjustment for Other Dividends and Distributions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation shall make or issue, or fix a record date for the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive, a dividend or other distribution payable in securities of the Corporation (other than a dividend or other distribution payable on the Common Stock in additional shares of Common Stock) or in other property and the provisions of Section 1 do not apply to such dividend or distribution, then and in each such event the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive, simultaneously with the distribution to the holders of Common Stock, a dividend or other distribution of such securities or other property in an amount equal to the amount of such securities or other property as they would have received if all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock had been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event.

(i) Adjustment for Merger, Reorganization, Recapitalization, Etc . Subject to Section 2(c) , if there shall occur any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger involving the Corporation in which the Common Stock (but not the Preferred Stock) is converted into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property (other than a transaction covered by Section 4(f) , Section 4(g) or Section 4(h) ), then, following any such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger, each share of Preferred Stock shall thereafter be convertible in lieu of the Common Stock into which it was convertible prior to such event into the kind and amount of cash, securities or other property which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation issuable upon conversion of one share of Preferred Stock (without rounding) immediately prior to such reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, consolidation or merger would have been entitled to receive pursuant to such transaction. In such case, appropriate adjustment (as mutually determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Corporation and the Requisite Stockholders) shall be made in the application of the provisions in this Section 4 with respect to the rights and interests thereafter of the holders of the Preferred Stock, to the end that the provisions set forth in this Section 4 (including provisions with respect to adjustments to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price and the Junior Preferred Conversion Price) shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to any securities or other property thereafter deliverable upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(j) No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

(1) No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued upon the conversion of any share of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded up to the nearest whole share. Whether or not such a conversion would result in the issuance of any fractional shares shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion.

(2) Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price or the Junior Preferred Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4 , the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each record holder of Senior Preferred (in the case of an adjustment or readjustment to the Senior Preferred Conversion Price) and Junior Preferred (in the case of an adjustment or readjustment to the Junior Preferred Conversion Price) a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause

 

- 14 -


to be furnished to such holder a certificate setting forth (i) the Conversion Price at the time in effect for each series of Preferred Stock then held by such holder, and (ii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of cash, securities or other property that then would be received upon the conversion of such holder’s Preferred Stock.

(k) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of the Common Stock (or other capital stock or securities at the time issuable upon conversion of any Preferred Stock) for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of capital stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other securities or property, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least twenty (20) days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

(l) Notices . Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given five (5) business days after such notice is deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to the last known address of the holder as set forth on the books of the Corporation.

(m) Termination of Conversion Rights . In the event of a notice of redemption of any shares of Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 3 , the Conversion Rights of the shares designated for redemption shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the Redemption Date fixed for such shares, except to the extent that the Redemption Price for any such shares is not fully paid on such Redemption Date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such Redemption Price is paid in full. In the event of a Liquidation Event or Deemed Liquidation Event, the Conversion Rights of the Preferred Stock shall terminate at the close of business on the last full day preceding the date fixed for the payment of any amounts distributable to the holders of Preferred Stock, unless the amount distributable to the holders of such shares on such date is not fully paid on such date, in which case the Conversion Rights for such shares shall continue until such amount is paid in full.

5. Voting Rights .

(a) General Voting Rights . In addition to any circumstances in which the holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as a separate class under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, on any matter (including the election of directors) presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by any written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting), each holder of outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of all meetings of stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation and, except as otherwise required by applicable law, shall have the right to one vote for each share of Common Stock into which the shares of Preferred Stock held by such holder are convertible as of the record date for determining stockholders entitled to vote on such matter (or, if no record date is specified, as of the date of such vote). Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or the provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together with the holders of Common Stock as a single class.

(b) Election of Directors . The holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class to the exclusion of all other classes or series of the Corporation’s capital stock, shall be entitled to elect all of the members of the Corporation’s Board of Directors. Any director elected as provided in the preceding sentence may be removed with or without cause by, and only by, the

 

- 15 -


affirmative vote of the holders of Preferred Stock, given either at a special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation duly called for that purpose or pursuant to a written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting. If the holders of Preferred Stock fail to elect a sufficient number of directors to fill all directorships for which they are entitled to elect directors, voting exclusively and as a separate class, pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 5(b) , then any directorship not so filled shall remain vacant until such time as the holders of the Preferred Stock elect a person to fill such directorship by vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting, and no such directorship may be filled by stockholders of the Corporation other than the holders of Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class to the exclusion of all other classes or series of the Corporation’s capital stock. At any meeting held for the purpose of electing a director, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock shall constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing such director. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5(b) , a vacancy in any directorship filled by the holders of Preferred Stock shall be filled only vote or written consent in lieu of a meeting of the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to this Section 5(b) .

(c) Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .

(1) For so long as any shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to), directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Stockholders:

(A) liquidate, dissolve or wind up the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or effect a recapitalization or reorganization or change in the form of organization of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries in any form of transaction (including the formation of a parent holding company for the Corporation, reorganization into any non-corporate entity treated as a partnership for federal income tax purposes or a transaction to change the domicile of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries), except for any such recapitalization or reorganization or change in the form of organization of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries contemplated by and approved in accordance with Section 4F of that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2012, by and among the Corporation and the investors from time to time party thereto (as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms);

(B) directly or indirectly declare or pay, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to declare or pay, any dividends or make any distributions upon any of its capital stock or other equity securities, except that any Wholly-Owned Subsidiary may declare and pay dividends or make distributions directly or indirectly to the Corporation or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary;

(C) directly or indirectly (i) redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire, any of the Corporation’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ capital stock or other equity securities (including warrants, options and other rights to acquire such capital stock or other equity securities), or assign or transfer any rights or options to make any such redemption, repurchase or other acquisition, or (ii) redeem, repurchase or make any payments with respect to any stock appreciation rights, phantom stock plans or similar rights or plans, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to so redeem, repurchase or make such payments, or assign or transfer any rights or options to make such redemption, repurchase or payment, in each case other than repurchases by the Corporation of capital stock or other equity securities from former employees of (or independent contractors to) the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries upon termination of such Persons’ employment or other service for an aggregate purchase price of no more than $100,000 in any calendar year and otherwise on terms and conditions approved by the board of directors of the Corporation and so

 

- 16 -


long as no default under any material agreement to which the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries is a party is in existence immediately prior to or is otherwise caused by any such repurchase and so long as such right or option to repurchase is not assigned or transferred to any other Person;

(D) authorize, issue or enter into any agreement providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of (i) any capital stock or other equity securities (or any securities convertible into or exercisable for any capital stock or other equity securities or containing profit participation features) having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Senior Preferred with respect to dividends, distributions, voting, repurchase, redemption, liquidation preference or otherwise, or (ii) any notes or debt securities containing equity features (including any notes or debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock or other equity securities, issued in connection with the issuance of capital stock or other equity securities or containing profit participation features), in each case, except that the Corporation may issue Senior Preferred pursuant to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement;

(E) merge or consolidate with or into any Person, or (except as otherwise contemplated in Section 5(c)(1)(F) ) permit any Subsidiary to merge or consolidate with or into any Person or consummate, permit or in any manner facilitate a sale of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or a change in control of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries or other Deemed Liquidation Event, or consent to, or waive any condition or requirement with respect to, any transfer or assignment of any capital stock or other equity securities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries that would constitute a change in control or Deemed Liquidation Event;

(F) acquire, or permit any Subsidiary to acquire, any interest in any company or business (whether by a purchase of assets, purchase of stock or other equity interests, merger or otherwise), except any such acquisitions approved by the board of directors of the Corporation where the aggregate consideration payable by the Corporation and its Subsidiaries (including the assumption of liabilities, whether direct or indirect) does not exceed $5,000,000 in the aggregate for all such acquisitions, or enter into, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into, any joint venture;

(G) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, or permit any Subsidiary to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist, any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness), or amend, modify, supplement or waive any provision of the documents, agreements or instruments evidencing, securing or otherwise pertaining to any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Permitted Indebtedness), or refinance, substitute or replace any Indebtedness of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Permitted Indebtedness);

(H) sell, lease, license, encumber (whether by security interest, lien or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or permit any Subsidiary to sell, lease, license, encumber (whether by security interest, lien or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, any material tangible assets, except (1) sales of inventory in the ordinary course of business, (2) any sale or disposition approved by the board of directors of the Corporation following a determination that such tangible assets are of de minimis value to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries and (3) as contemplated by and approved in accordance with Section 5(c)(2)(D) ;

(I) sell, assign, transfer, lease, license or otherwise encumber (whether by security interest, lien or otherwise), dispose of, abandon, or permit to lapse any material Intellectual Property Rights or other material intangible assets, except (1) for the grant of nonexclusive licenses to customers or other end-users in the ordinary course of business, (2) for any abandonment of Intellectual Property Rights where such abandonment is approved by the board of directors of the Corporation following a determination that such Intellectual Property Rights are of de

 

- 17 -


minimis value to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, and (3) as contemplated by and approved in accordance with Section 5(c)(2)(D) ;

(J) consummate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries (including any corporate successor thereto) to consummate, (i) an initial Public Offering of its capital stock or other equity securities or listing on any securities exchange or substantially equivalent market (including any private Rule 144A market), except for a Qualified Public Offering, or (ii) a Qualified Public Offering in which the Corporation receives gross cash proceeds in excess of US$40,000,000;

(K) enter into, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into, any agreement, transaction, commitment or arrangement with any of the Corporation’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors, key employees, stockholders or affiliates or any entity in which any of the foregoing owns a greater than 10% beneficial interest, except (i) as contemplated by any of the Transaction Agreements, (ii) for entering into employment arrangements and benefit programs, in each case on terms as approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of the directors of the Corporation, (iii) as contemplated by and approved in accordance with Section 5(c)(2)(A) or Section 5(c)(2)(C) , and (iv) any transaction, agreement, commitment or arrangement which is not substantially less favorable to the Corporation than would be obtainable by the Corporation at the time in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person not affiliated with the Corporation;

(L) materially change, or cause or allow any Subsidiary to materially change, the business activities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries as currently conducted, or enter into, or permit any Subsidiary to enter into, the ownership, active management or operation of any material business that is not reasonably related to the current business activities of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries; or

(M) make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a voluntary bankruptcy or similar proceeding or fail to contest any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding filed against the Corporation, or permit any of the Corporation’s Subsidiaries to do any of the foregoing.

(2) For so long as any shares of Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to), directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class:

(A) (i) amend or modify the Stock Option Plan as in existence as of September 25, 2012 (including by increasing the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance thereunder above 2,867,136 shares (as such number of shares is equitably adjusted for stock splits and stock combinations subsequent to the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation), (ii) adopt, amend or modify, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to adopt, amend or modify, any other stock option plan, equity incentive plan, employee equity ownership plan, profit sharing plan, phantom equity plan, equity appreciation rights plan or any similar plan, program, agreement or arrangement, or (iii) issue any capital stock or other equity securities, or options to acquire shares of Common Stock or other equity securities (or other comparable equity or equity-based incentives), to any directors, officers or employees of the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries, whether under the Stock Option Plan or otherwise and whether before or after the Corporation’s initial Public Offering, except that the Corporation may issue options to acquire up to 659,442 shares of Common Stock (as such number of shares is equitably adjusted for stock splits and stock combinations subsequent to the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation) to directors, officers and other employees of the Corporation or any its Subsidiaries (other than any director, officer or

 

- 18 -


employee who is employed by or providing services to the Corporation or any of its Subsidiaries as of September 25, 2012 and who has not received a material promotion and commensurate increase in duties and responsibilities after September 25, 2012) and shares of Common Stock upon exercise of any such options;

(B) increase or decrease the authorized number of directors constituting the board of directors of the Corporation;

(C) hire or terminate the employment of, or (other than non-cash benefits applicable to employees generally) increase greater than 10.0% the aggregate compensation payable to any of the Corporation’s chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief business officer and medical director or any comparable employee or other individual exercising the authority or performing the functions customarily associated with such job titles; or

(D) any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, license or other disposition of distribution, sales, marketing or similar rights in a particular geographic territory (such as Japan or China) in any form of transaction (including the sale of capital stock or member or other ownership interests in any of the Corporation’s Subsidiaries).

(3) For so long as any shares of Senior Preferred remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to), directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the Requisite Senior Preferred Stockholders, amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Senior Preferred so as to affect the Senior Preferred adversely.

(4) For so long as any shares of Junior Preferred remain outstanding, the Corporation shall not (and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries not to), directly or indirectly by amendment, merger, consolidation or otherwise, without the prior written consent of the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Junior Preferred, voting together as a separate class:

(A) authorize, issue or enter into any agreement providing for the issuance (contingent or otherwise) of any capital stock or other equity securities (or any securities convertible into or exercisable for any capital stock or other equity securities or containing profit participation features) having a preference over the Junior Preferred, but junior to the Senior Preferred, with respect to dividends, distributions, voting, repurchase, redemption, liquidation preference or otherwise; or

(B) amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Junior Preferred so as to affect the Junior Preferred adversely.

6. Definitions . For purposes of this Article IV , the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Additional Shares of Common Stock ” means all shares of Common Stock issued or sold (or, in accordance with Section 4(e)(3) , deemed to have been issued or sold) by the Corporation after the date of filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, other than Exempted Securities.

 

- 19 -


Bridge Notes ” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

CIT Indebtedness ” means all Indebtedness owed to CIT Healthcare LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, including pursuant to that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 11, 2008, as amended, restated, modified, supplemented and waived from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Commitment Breach ” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

Common Stock ” means the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and for purposes of Section 4 shall include any capital stock of any class of the Corporation hereafter authorized which is not limited to a fixed sum or percentage of par or stated value with respect to the rights of the holders thereof to participate in dividends or in the distribution of assets upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

Common Stock Deemed Outstanding ” means, at any time of determination, the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at such time (treating for this purpose as outstanding all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding at such time or upon conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities (including the Preferred Stock) outstanding at such time).

Convertible Securities ” means any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities directly or indirectly convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock (other than Options).

Defaulting Investor ” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

Equity Securities ” means (i) capital stock (including the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock) of, or other equity interests in, the Corporation, (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other debt or equity securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into such capital stock or other equity interests in the Corporation and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire such capital stock or other equity interests in the Corporation.

Exempted Securities ” means any of the following shares of Common Stock and any shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to any of the following Options or Convertible Securities: (i) shares of Senior Preferred issued pursuant to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement; (ii) shares of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (iii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued as a dividend or distribution on the Preferred Stock; (iv) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued by reason of a dividend, stock split, split-up or other distribution on shares of Common Stock that is covered by Section 4(f) , Section 4(g) , Section 4(h) or Section 4(i) ; (v) Options to purchase up to an aggregate of 2,867,136 shares of Common Stock (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or the like and inclusive of all shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of Options outstanding on September 25, 2012) to directors, officers, employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Corporation or any its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Stock Option Plan and such additional number of Equity Securities, or Options to purchase such additional number of shares of Common Stock, as may be approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; (vi) shares of Common Stock or Convertible Securities actually issued upon the exercise of Options or shares of Common Stock actually issued upon the conversion or exchange of Convertible Securities, in each case provided such issuance is pursuant to

 

- 20 -


the terms of such Option or Convertible Security; and (vii) shares of Common Stock, Options or Convertible Securities issued to any bank, equipment lessor or other similar financial institution if and to the extent that the transaction in connection with such issuance is to be made is: (a) in connection with the extension of credit to the Corporation or in connection with the lease of equipment; (b) approved by the Board of Directors; and (c) for other than equity financing purposes.

Junior Securities ” means any capital stock or other equity securities of the Corporation (other than the Senior Preferred).

Indebtedness ” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

Intellectual Property Rights ” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

Liquidation Value ” means (i) with respect to any share of Senior Preferred, an amount equal to 150% of the Original Issue Price of such share of Senior Preferred and (ii) with respect to any share of Junior Preferred, an amount equal to the Original Issue Price of such share of Junior Preferred. For the avoidance of doubt, no dividend paid on any share of Preferred Stock shall constitute an offset to or credit against the Liquidation Value of such share.

Minimum QPO Price ” means $12.00 as of the date of the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation; provided that the Minimum QPO Price shall increase by $1.00 on January 1 of each year after 2013 ( i.e. , the Minimum QPO Price shall be $13.00 in 2014, $14.00 in 2015, $15.00 in 2016, etc.).

Option ” means rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

Original Issue Price ” means (i) with respect to any share of Senior Preferred, $8.00 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or the like), and (ii) with respect to any share of Junior Preferred, $0.4284 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or the like).

Permitted Indebtedness ” means (i) the CIT Indebtedness and (ii) Indebtedness that is not secured by any lien or other encumbrance on any of the Corporation’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ tangible or intangible assets and that (together with the CIT Indebtedness) does not exceed $1,000,000 at any time on an aggregate consolidated basis.

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Public Offering ” means any offering by the Corporation (or any successor-in-interest to the Corporation) of its capital stock or other equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as then in effect, or pursuant to the comparable provisions of any foreign jurisdiction.

Qualified Public Offering ” means a firm commitment underwritten Public Offering consummated after July 17, 2013 in which (i) the Corporation receives gross cash proceeds of at least US$35,000,000, (ii) the price per share paid by the public in such Public Offering is not less than the

 

- 21 -


Minimum QPO Price (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or the like), and (iii) the Corporation’s Common Stock (or the comparable equity securities of any successor-in-interest to the Corporation) is listed or qualified for trading on one or more of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Market and/or any other internationally recognized United States, European, Australian or Hong Kong stock exchange.

Requisite Stockholders ” means both the Requisite Senior Preferred Stockholders and the Requisite Preferred Stockholders.

Requisite Preferred Stockholders ” means (i) until such time as the Corporation shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class, and (ii) after such time as the Corporation shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the holders of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a separate class.

Requisite Senior Preferred Stockholders ” means (i) until such time as the Corporation shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the holders of not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred, voting together as a separate class, and (ii) after such time as the Corporation shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the holders of not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred, voting together as a separate class.

Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 12, 2012, by and among the Corporation and the investors from time to time party thereto (as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time in accordance with its terms).

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any business entity of which (i) if the business entity is a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of capital stock or other equity securities entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if the business entity is a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof or the power to elect or appoint a majority of the managers or other governing body thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control any managing director or general partner of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Stock Option Plan ” means the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan.

 

- 22 -


Transaction Agreements ” has the meaning set forth in the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement.

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, a Subsidiary of which all of the outstanding capital stock, membership interests, partnership interests or other ownership interests are owned by such Person or another Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of such Person.

C. Common Stock . The rights, preferences, restrictions and other matters relating to the Common Stock are as set forth in this Part C of Article IV :

1. Dividend Rights . Subject to the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as, and if declared by the board of directors of the Corporation, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation, pro rata at the same rate per share.

2. Liquidation Rights . Subject to the rights, powers and preferences of the holders of the Preferred Stock set forth herein, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to participate pro rata at the same rate per share of Common Stock in all distributions to the holders of Common Stock in any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

3. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, subject to the rights of the holders of Preferred Stock, the holders of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share on any matter presented to the stockholders of the Corporation for their action or consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of a meeting) and shall be entitled to notice of all meetings of stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the bylaws of the Corporation; provided , that, except as otherwise required by law, holders of Common Stock, as such, shall not be entitled to vote on any amendment to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that relates solely to the terms of one or more outstanding series of Preferred Stock if the holders of such affected series are entitled, either separately or together with the holders of one or more other such series, to vote thereon pursuant to this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

4. Registration of Transfer . The Corporation shall keep at its principal office (or such other place as the Corporation reasonably designates) a register for the registration of shares of Common Stock. Upon the surrender of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock at such place, the Corporation shall, at the request of the registered holder of such certificate and so long as such registered holder is not then in violation of any agreement with respect to the transfer of such shares, execute and deliver a new certificate or certificates in exchange therefor representing in the aggregate the number of shares of Common Stock represented by the surrendered certificate, and the Corporation forthwith shall cancel such surrendered certificate. Each such new certificate will be registered in such name and will represent such number of shares of Common Stock as is requested by the holder of the surrendered certificate and shall be substantially identical in form to the surrendered certificate. The issuance of new certificates shall be made without charge to the holders of the surrendered certificates for any issuance tax in respect thereof or other cost incurred by the Corporation in connection with such issuance.

5. Replacement . Upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (an affidavit of the registered holder will be satisfactory) of the ownership and the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of any certificate evidencing one or more shares of any class of Common Stock,

 

- 23 -


and in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Corporation (provided that if the holder is a financial institution or other institutional investor its own agreement will be satisfactory), or, in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender of such certificate, the Corporation shall (at its expense) execute and deliver in lieu of such certificate a new certificate of like kind representing the number of shares of such class represented by such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate and dated the date of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate.

6. Notices . All notices referred to herein shall be in writing, and shall be delivered by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, and shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed (i) to the Corporation at its principal executive offices and (ii) to any stockholder at such holder’s address as it appears in the stock records of the Corporation (unless otherwise specified in a written notice to the Corporation by such holder).

ARTICLE V

The election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

ARTICLE VI

To the fullest extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or as may hereafter by amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. If the General Corporation Law or any other law of the State of Delaware is amended after approval by the stockholders of this Article VI to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law or such other law of the State of Delaware as so amended. Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VI by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing at the time of, or increase the liability of any director of the Corporation with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to, such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VII

The Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the State of Delaware, indemnify and upon request shall advance expenses to any person who is or was made or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, his or her testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII , nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article VII , shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit, or claim that, but for this Article VII , would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal, or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

ARTICLE VIII

Except as otherwise provided in this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, in furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the board of directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter, amend, rescind, or repeal the bylaws of the

 

- 24 -


Corporation. Any bylaws made by the directors under the powers conferred hereby may be amended or repealed by the directors or by the stockholders, and the powers conferred in this Article VIII shall not abrogate the right of the stockholders to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

ARTICLE X

Meetings of stockholders may be held within or outside the State of Delaware, as the bylaws of the Corporation may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the board of directors of the Corporation or in the bylaws of the Corporation. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws of the Corporation so provide.

ARTICLE XI

To the maximum extent permitted from time to time under the laws of the State of Delaware, the Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to its officers, directors or stockholders, other than those officers, directors or stockholders who are employees of the Corporation. No amendment or repeal of this Article XI shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any officer, director or stockholder of the Corporation for or with respect to any opportunities of which such officer, director, or stockholder becomes aware prior to such amendment or repeal.

ARTICLE XII

The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any director or officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws of the Corporation or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Corporation governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

*     *     *     *     *

 

- 25 -

Exhibit 3.3

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

A Delaware corporation

(Adopted as of September 25, 2012)

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

Section 1. Registered Office . The address of the corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company. The registered office and/or registered agent of the corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the board of directors.

Section 2. Other Offices . The corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1. Annual Meetings . An annual meeting of the stockholders shall be held each year within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of the immediately preceding fiscal year of the corporation for the purpose of electing directors and conducting such other proper business as may come before the meeting. The date, time and place of the annual meeting shall be determined by the president of the corporation; provided, that if the president does not act, the board of directors shall determine the date, time and place of such meeting.

Section 2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called for any purpose and may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be stated in a notice of meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof. Such meetings may be called at any time by the board of directors or the president and shall be called by the president upon the written request of holders of shares entitled to cast not less than a majority of the votes at the meeting, such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the president.

Section 3. Place of Meetings . The board of directors may designate any place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the place of meeting for any annual meeting or for any special meeting called by the board of directors. If no designation is made, or if a special meeting be otherwise called, the place of meeting shall be the principal executive office of the corporation.

Section 4. Notice . Whenever stockholders are required or permitted to take action at a meeting, written or printed notice stating the place, date, time, and, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes, of such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting. All such notices shall


be delivered, either personally, by mail, by facsimile telecommunication (when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice) or by electronic mail (when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice), by or at the direction of the board of directors, the president or the secretary, and if mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his, her or its address as the same appears on the records of the corporation. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

Section 5. Stockholders List . The officer having charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting or, if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.

Section 6. Quorum . The holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by statute or by the certificate of incorporation of the corporation (as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time, the “ Certificate of Incorporation ”). If a quorum is not present, the holders of a majority of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting, and entitled to vote at the meeting, may adjourn the meeting to another time and/or place.

Section 7. Adjourned Meetings . When a meeting is adjourned to another time and place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

Section 8. Vote Required . When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, unless the question is one upon which by express provisions of an applicable law or of the Certificate of Incorporation a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.

Section 9. Voting Rights . Except as otherwise provided by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or by the Certificate of Incorporation every stockholder shall at every meeting of the stockholders be entitled to one (1) vote in person or by proxy for each share of common stock held by such stockholder.

Section 10. Proxies . Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without a meeting may authorize another person or persons to act for him or her by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three (3) years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest

 

- 2 -


sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A proxy may be made irrevocable regardless of whether the interest with which it is coupled is an interest in the stock itself or an interest in the corporation generally. Any proxy is suspended when the person executing the proxy is present at a meeting of stockholders and elects to vote, except that when such proxy is coupled with an interest and the fact of the interest appears on the face of the proxy, the agent named in the proxy shall have all voting and other rights referred to in the proxy, notwithstanding the presence of the person executing the proxy. At each meeting of the stockholders, and before any voting commences, all proxies filed at or before the meeting shall be submitted to and examined by the secretary or a person designated by the secretary, and no shares may be represented or voted under a proxy that has been found to be invalid or irregular.

Section 11. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of the corporation, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken and bearing the dates of signature of the stockholders who signed the consent or consents, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted and shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, or the corporation’s principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book or books in which proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested provided, however, that no consent or consents delivered by certified or registered mail shall be deemed delivered until such consent or consents are actually received at the registered office. All consents properly delivered in accordance with this section shall be deemed to be recorded when so delivered. No written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation as required by this section, written consents signed by the holders of a sufficient number of shares to take such corporate action are so recorded. Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing. Any action taken pursuant to such written consent or consents of the stockholders shall have the same force and effect as if taken by the stockholders at a meeting thereof.

ARTICLE III

DIRECTORS

Section 1. General Powers . The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the board of directors.

Section 2. Number, Election and Term of Office . The number of directors which shall constitute the board as of the date of the adoption of these bylaws shall be four (4). Thereafter, the number of directors shall be established from time to time in accordance with the provisions of that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of September 25, 2012, by and among the corporation and certain of its stockholders (the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), or, after termination of the Investors’ Rights Agreement in accordance with its terms, by resolution of the board of directors. The directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote in the election of directors in compliance with the provisions of the Investors’ Rights Agreement. The directors shall be elected in this manner at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article III . Each director elected shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

 

- 3 -


Section 3. Removal and Resignation . Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation or in any agreement to which the corporation is party or by which it is bound (including the Investors’ Rights Agreement), any director or the entire board of directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of any class or series are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal without cause of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class or series and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole. Any director may resign at any time upon written notice to the corporation.

Section 4. Vacancies . Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or in any agreement to which the Corporation is party or by which it is bound (including the Investors’ Rights Agreement), vacancies and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director. Each director so chosen shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as herein provided.

Section 5. Annual Meetings . The annual meeting of each newly elected board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 6. Other Meetings and Notice . Regular meetings, other than the annual meeting, of the board of directors may be held without notice at such time and at such place as shall from time to time be determined by resolution of the board of directors. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the president or any director on at least twenty-four (24) hours notice to each director, either personally, by telephone, by mail, by telegraph, by facsimile, by cable or any other lawful means (including electronic mail).

Section 7. Quorum, Required Vote and Adjournment . A majority of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. The vote of a majority of directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the board of directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.

Section 8. Committees . The board of directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole board of directors, designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation, which to the extent provided in such resolution or these bylaws shall have and may exercise the powers of the board of directors in the management and affairs of the corporation except as otherwise limited by law. The board of directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the board of directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the board of directors when required.

Section 9. Committee Rules . Each committee of the board of directors may fix its own rules of procedure and shall hold its meetings as provided by such rules, except as may otherwise be provided by a resolution of the board of directors designating such committee. Unless otherwise provided in such a resolution, the presence of at least a majority of the members of the committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum. In the event that a member and that member’s alternate, if alternates are designated by the board of directors as provided in Section 8 of this Article III , of such committee is or are absent or

 

- 4 -


disqualified, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the board of directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Section 10. Communications Equipment . Members of the board of directors or any committee thereof may participate in and act at any meeting of such board of directors or committee through the use of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in the meeting pursuant to this section shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

Section 11. Waiver of Notice and Presumption of Assent . Any member of the board of directors or any committee thereof who is present at a meeting shall be conclusively presumed to have waived notice of such meeting except when such member attends for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Such member shall be conclusively presumed to have assented to any action taken unless his or her dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless his or her written dissent to such action shall be filed with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall be forwarded by registered mail to the secretary of the corporation immediately after the adjournment of the meeting. Such right to dissent shall not apply to any member who voted in favor of such action.

Section 12. Action by Written Consent . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the board of directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the board of directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the board of directors or committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 1. Number . The officers of the corporation shall be elected by the board of directors and shall consist of a president and chief executive officer, chief operating officer, chief business officer, medical director, chief financial officer, one or more vice-presidents, secretary, treasurer, and such other officers and assistant officers as may be deemed necessary or desirable by the board of directors. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. In its discretion, the board of directors may choose not to fill any office for any period as it may deem advisable, except that the offices of president and secretary shall be filled as expeditiously as possible.

Section 2. Election and Term of Office . The officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the board of directors at its first meeting held after each annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently may be. The president shall appoint other officers to serve for such terms as he or she deems desirable. Vacancies may be filled or new offices created and filled at any meeting of the board of directors. Each officer shall hold office until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal as hereinafter provided.

Section 3. Removal . Any officer or agent elected by the board of directors may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the corporation would be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contract rights, if any, of the person so removed.

 

- 5 -


Section 4. Vacancies . Any vacancy occurring in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification or otherwise may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term by the board of directors then in office.

Section 5. Compensation . Compensation of all officers shall be fixed by the board of directors, and no officer shall be prevented from receiving such compensation by virtue of his or her also being a director of the corporation.

Section 6. Chairmen of the Board . The chairman of the board, or if there shall be more than one, the co-chairman of the board in the order determined by the board of directors, shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors and at all meetings of the stockholders and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or provided in these bylaws. Whenever the president is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the chairman of the board shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the president.

Section 7. President and Chief Executive Officer . The president and chief executive officer shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation, and shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. Subject to the powers of the board of directors, the president shall be in the general and active charge of the entire business and affairs of the corporation, and shall be its chief policy making officer. In the absence of the chairman of the board, the president shall preside at all meetings of the board of directors and at all meetings of the stockholders and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the board of directors or provided in these bylaws. The president shall execute bonds, mortgages and other contracts requiring a seal, under the seal of the corporation, except where required or permitted by law to be otherwise signed and executed and except where the signing and execution thereof shall be expressly delegated by the board of directors to some other officer or agent of the corporation. Whenever the president is unable to serve, by reason of sickness, absence or otherwise, the chief operating officer shall perform all the duties and responsibilities and exercise all the powers of the president. Chief Operating Officer . Subject to the powers of the board of directors, and the president, the chief operating officer shall engage in the general and active management of the business of the corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the board of directors are carried into effect. The chief operating officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the president or the board of directors or as may be provided in these bylaws.

Section 9. Chief Business Officer . Subject to the powers of the board of directors, and the president, the chief business officer shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The chief business officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the president or the board of directors or as may be provided in these bylaws

Section 10. Medical Director . Subject to the powers of the board of directors, and the president, the medical director shall have the powers and perform the duties incident to that position. The medical director shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the president or the board of directors or as may be provided in these bylaws

Section 11. Chief Financial Officer . The chief financial officer of the corporation shall, under the direction of the president, be responsible for all financial and accounting matters and for the direction of the offices of treasurer and controller. The chief financial officer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the president or the board of directors or as may be provided in these bylaws.

 

- 6 -


Section 12. Vice-presidents . The vice-president, or if there shall be more than one, the vice-presidents in the order determined by the board of directors or by the president, shall, in the absence or disability of the chief operating officer, act with all of the powers and be subject to all the restrictions of the president. The vice-presidents shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, president or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 13. The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries . The secretary shall attend all meetings of the board of directors, all meetings of the committees thereof and all meetings of the stockholders and record all the proceedings of the meetings in a book or books to be kept for that purpose. Under the president’s supervision, the secretary shall give, or cause to be given, all notices required to be given by these bylaws or by law; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe; and shall have custody of the corporate seal of the corporation. The secretary, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the corporate seal to any instrument requiring it and when so affixed, it may be attested by his signature or by the signature of such assistant secretary. The board of directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the corporation and to attest the affixing by his signature. The assistant secretary, or if there be more than one, the assistant secretaries in the order determined by the board of directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president, or secretary may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 14. The Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer . The treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities; shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the corporation; shall deposit all monies and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the corporation as may be ordered by the board of directors; shall cause the funds of the corporation to be disbursed when such disbursements have been duly authorized, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements; and shall render to the president and the board of directors, at its regular meeting or when the board of directors so requires, an account of the corporation; shall have such powers and perform such duties as the board of directors, the president or these bylaws may, from time to time, prescribe. If required by the board of directors, the treasurer shall give the corporation a bond (which shall be rendered every six (6) years) in such sums and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the board of directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office of treasurer and for the restoration to the corporation, in case of death, resignation, retirement, or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money, and other property of whatever kind in the possession or under the control of the treasurer belonging to the corporation. The assistant treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the assistant treasurers in the order determined by the board of directors, shall in the absence or disability of the treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the treasurer. The assistant treasurers shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the board of directors, the president or treasurer may, from time to time, prescribe.

Section 15. Other Officers, Assistant Officers and Agents . Officers, assistant officers and agents, if any, other than those whose duties are provided for in these bylaws, shall have such authority and perform such duties as may from time to time be prescribed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 16. Absence or Disability of Officers . In the case of the absence or disability of any officer of the corporation and of any person hereby authorized to act in such officer’s place during such officer’s absence or disability, the board of directors may by resolution delegate the powers and duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director, or to any other person whom it may select.

 

- 7 -


ARTICLE V

INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS, DIRECTORS AND OTHERS

Section 1. Nature of Indemnity . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the corporation or any of its subsidiaries and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a “proceeding”), or any appeal of such proceeding, by reason of or arising out of the fact that such person, or any other person for whom such person is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the corporation or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, manager, general partner, employee, fiduciary, or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the corporation to the fullest extent which it is empowered to do so unless prohibited from doing so by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such proceeding), and such indemnification shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section 2 hereof, the corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person only if such proceeding was authorized by the board of directors of the corporation. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article V shall be a contract right and, subject to Section 2 and Section 5 hereof, shall include the right to be paid by the corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition. The corporation may, by action of its board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 2. Procedure for Indemnification of Directors and Officers . Any indemnification of a director or officer of the corporation provided for under Section 1 of this Article V or advance of expenses provided for under Section 5 of this Article V shall be made promptly, and in any event within thirty (30) days, upon the written request of the director or officer. If a determination by the corporation that the director or officer is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Article V is required, and the corporation fails to respond within sixty (60) days to a written request for indemnity, the corporation shall be deemed to have approved the request. If the corporation wrongfully denies a written request for indemnification or advancing of expenses, in whole or in part, or if payment in full pursuant to such request is not properly made within thirty (30) days, the right to indemnification or advances as granted by this Article V shall be enforceable by the director or officer in any court of competent jurisdiction. Such person’s costs and expenses incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be indemnified by the corporation. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to the corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of such defense shall be on the corporation. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its board of directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

- 8 -


Section 3. Article Not Exclusive . The rights to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 4. Insurance . The corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its own behalf and on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, or agent of the corporation or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against him or her and incurred by him or her in any such capacity, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under this Article V .

Section 5. Expenses . Expenses incurred by any person described in Section 1 of this Article V in defending a proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of such proceeding’s final disposition unless otherwise determined by the board of directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer or other person to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation. Such expenses incurred by other employees and agents may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the board of directors deems appropriate.

Section 6. Employees and Agents . Persons who are not covered by the foregoing provisions of this Article V and who are or were employees or agents of the corporation, or who are or were serving at the request of the corporation as employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, may be indemnified, and may be advanced expenses, to the extent authorized at any time or from time to time by the board of directors.

Section 7. Contract Rights . The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a vested contract right between the corporation and each director and officer who serves in any such capacity at any time while this Article V and the relevant provisions of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or other applicable law are in effect. Such contract right shall vest for each director and officer at the time such person is elected or appointed to such position, and no repeal or modification of this Article V or any such law shall affect any such vested rights or obligations of any current or former director or officer with respect to any state of facts or proceeding regardless of when occurring.

Section 8. Merger or Consolidation . For purposes of this Article V , references to “the corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under this Article V with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he or she would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

Section 9. Survival . The rights to indemnification and advancement of expenses conferred by this Article V shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

- 9 -


ARTICLE VI

CERTIFICATES OF STOCK

Section 1. Form . Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate, signed by, or in the name of the corporation by the president, the chief operating officer or a vice-president and the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation, certifying the number of shares of a specific class or series owned by such holder in the corporation. If such a certificate is countersigned (1) by a transfer agent or an assistant transfer agent other than the corporation or its employee or (2) by a registrar, other than the corporation or its employee, the signature of any of the president, chief operating officer, vice-president, secretary, or assistant secretary may be facsimiles. In case any officer or officers who have signed, or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used on, any such certificate or certificates shall cease to be such officer or officers of the corporation whether because of death, resignation or otherwise before such certificate or certificates have been delivered by the corporation, such certificate or certificates may nevertheless be issued and delivered as though the person or persons who signed such certificate or certificates or whose facsimile signature or signatures have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer or officers of the corporation. All certificates for shares shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name of the person to whom the shares represented thereby are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the books of the corporation. Shares of stock of the corporation shall only be transferred on the books of the corporation by the holder of record thereof or by such holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, upon surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for such shares endorsed by the appropriate person or persons, with such evidence of the authenticity of such endorsement, transfer, authorization, and other matters as the corporation may reasonably require, and accompanied by all necessary stock transfer stamps. In that event, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate or certificates, and record the transaction on its books. The board of directors may appoint a bank or trust company organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof to act as its transfer agent or registrar, or both in connection with the transfer of any class or series of securities of the corporation.

Section 2. Lost Certificates . The board of directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates previously issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the board of directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his or her legal representative, to give the corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify the corporation against any claim that may be made against the corporation on account of the loss, theft or destruction of any such certificate or the issuance of such new certificate.

Section 3. Fixing a Record Date for Stockholder Meetings . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be the close of business on the next day preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the board of directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

- 10 -


Section 4. Fixing a Record Date for Action by Written Consent . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the board of directors. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the board of directors and prior action by the board of directors is required by statute, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

Section 5. Fixing a Record Date for Other Purposes . In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment or any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purposes of any other lawful action, the board of directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the board of directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

Section 6. Registered Stockholders . Prior to the surrender to the corporation of the certificate or certificates for a share or shares of stock with a request to record the transfer of such share or shares, the corporation may treat the registered owner as the person entitled to receive dividends, to vote, to receive notifications, and otherwise to exercise all the rights and powers of an owner. The corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof.

Section 7. Subscriptions for Stock . Unless otherwise provided for in the subscription agreement, subscriptions for shares shall be paid in full at such time, or in such installments and at such times, as shall be determined by the board of directors. Any call made by the board of directors for payment on subscriptions shall be uniform as to all shares of the same class or as to all shares of the same series. In case of default in the payment of any installment or call when such payment is due, the corporation may proceed to collect the amount due in the same manner as any debt due the corporation.

ARTICLE VII

GENERAL PROVISIONS

Section 1. Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the

 

- 11 -


corporation, or any other purpose and the board of directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

Section 2. Checks, Drafts or Orders . All checks, drafts, or other orders for the payment of money by or to the corporation and all notes and other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers, agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by resolution of the board of directors or a duly authorized committee thereof.

Section 3. Contracts . The board of directors may authorize any officer or officers, or any agent or agents, of the corporation to enter into any contract or to execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

Section 4. Loans . The corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or employee who is a director of the corporation or its subsidiary, whenever, in the judgment of the directors, such loan, guaranty or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guaranty or other assistance may be with or without interest, and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the board of directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in this section contained shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

Section 5. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the board of directors.

Section 6. Corporate Seal . The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal which shall be in the form of a circle and shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware”. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

Section 7. Voting Securities Owned By Corporation . Voting securities in any other corporation held by the corporation shall be voted by the president, unless the board of directors specifically confers authority to vote with respect thereto, which authority may be general or confined to specific instances, upon some other person or officer. Any person authorized to vote securities shall have the power to appoint proxies, with general power of substitution.

Section 8. Inspection of Books and Records . Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right during the usual hours for business to inspect for any proper purpose the corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom. A proper purpose shall mean any purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder. In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder. The demand under oath shall be directed to the corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business.

Section 9. Section Headings . Section headings in these bylaws are for convenience of reference only and shall not be given any substantive effect in limiting or otherwise construing any provision herein.

 

- 12 -


Section 10. Inconsistent Provisions . In the event that any provision of these bylaws is or becomes inconsistent with any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or any other applicable law, the provision of these bylaws shall not be given any effect to the extent of such inconsistency but shall otherwise be given full force and effect.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENTS

These bylaws may be amended, altered, or repealed and new bylaws adopted at any meeting of the board of directors by a majority vote. The fact that the power to adopt, amend, alter, or repeal the bylaws has been conferred upon the board of directors shall not divest the stockholders of the same powers.

 

- 13 -

Exhibit 4.2

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

 

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

August 28, 2013

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

            Page  
 Section 1.      Board of Directors      1   

1A.

     Board Composition      1   

1B.

     Subsidiary Boards      2   

1C.

     Removal      2   

1D.

     Vacancies      3   

1E.

     Board Observer      3   

1F.

     Expense Reimbursement; Director and Officer Insurance      3   

1G.

     Termination      3   
 Section 2.      Irrevocable Proxy; Conflicting Agreements      4   

2A.

     Irrevocable Proxy      4   

2B.

     Representations and Warranties      5   
 Section 3.      Preemptive Rights      5   

3A.

     General Obligation      5   

3B.

     Exercise Procedure      6   

3C.

     Acknowledgment      6   

3D.

     Termination      6   
 Section 4.      Transfer of Investor Shares      6   

4A.

     First Refusal Rights      6   

4B.

     Tag Along Rights      8   

4C.

     Approved Sale; Drag Along Obligations      8   

4D.

     Additional Restrictions on Transfer      10   

4E.

     Legend      11   

4F.

     Public Offering      11   

4G.

     Transfer Fees and Expenses      12   

4H.

     Void Transfers      12   

4I.

     Termination      12   
 Section 5.      Registration Rights      12   

5A.

     Demand Registrations      12   

5B.

     Piggyback Registrations      15   

5C.

     Registration Procedures      16   

5D.

     Certain Obligations of Holders of Registrable Securities      19   

5E.

     Registration Expenses      19   

5F.

     Indemnification      20   

5G.

     Participation in Underwritten Registrations      22   

5H.

     Current Public Information      22   

5I.

     Subsidiary Public Offerings      23   

5J.

     No Inconsistent Agreements      23   

5K.

     Termination of Registration Rights      23   

 

- i -


 Section 6.      Holdback Agreements      23   

6A.

     Holdback Agreement      23   

6B.

     No Other Registration Statements      24   
 Section 7.      Definitions      24   
 Section 8.      Miscellaneous      30   

8A.

     Additional Investors      30   

8B.

     Transfers; Transfers in Violation of Agreement      30   

8C.

     Amendment and Waiver      30   

8D.

     Severability      30   

8E.

     Entire Agreement      31   

8F.

     Successors and Assigns      31   

8G.

     Counterparts      31   

8H.

     Remedies      31   

8I.

     Notices      32   

8J.

     Rights Cumulative      32   

8K.

     Governing Law      32   

8L.

     Business Days      33   

8M.

     Descriptive Headings; Interpretation      33   

8N.

     No Strict Construction      33   

 

- ii -


VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

THIS FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of August 28, 2013 by and among Vital Therapies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the Persons listed from time to time on the Schedule of Satter Investors (each, a “ Satter Investor ” and, collectively, the “ Satter Investors ”) and each of the Persons listed from time to time on the Schedule of Other Investors (each, an “ Other Investor ” and, collectively, the “ Other Investors ”). The Satter Investors and the Other Investors are collectively referred to herein as the “ Investors ” and individually as an “ Investor .” The Company and the Investors are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the “ Parties ” and individually as a “ Party .” Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to such terms in Section 7 .

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Investors have previously entered into that certain Third Amended and Restated Investor’s Rights Agreement, dated as of May 9, 2013 (the “ Prior Agreement ”), for the purposes, among others, of (i) establishing the composition of the Company’s board of directors (the “ Board ”), (ii) assuring continuity in the management and ownership of the Company, (iii) limiting the manner and terms by which the Company’s capital stock may be transferred, and (iv) providing to the Investors the registration rights set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to amend and restate the Prior Agreement in anticipation of the potential consummation of a Qualified Public Offering.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants, agreements and understandings contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, representing the Company, the Requisite Investors and the Majority Satter Investors, hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.          Board of Directors .

1A.       Board Composition . From and after the date hereof and until the provisions of this Section 1 cease to be effective, each holder of Investor Shares shall vote all of his or its Investor Shares which are voting shares and any other voting securities of the Company over which such holder has voting control and shall, except to the extent necessary for such holder to comply with his or her fiduciary duties as a director (if any), take all other necessary or desirable actions within his or its control (whether in his or its capacity as a stockholder, director, member of a board committee or officer of the Company or otherwise, and including nomination of designated individuals for election to the Board, attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings), and the Company shall take all necessary or desirable actions within its control (including the nomination of designated individuals for election to the Board and calling special board and stockholder meetings), so that:

(i)         the authorized number of Directors shall be established and maintained at eight (8), or such greater number as the Majority Satter Investors may designate in writing to the Company and the other Investors from time to time;

(ii)        the individual serving from time to time as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (the “ CEO Director ”) shall be nominated and elected to the Board;


(iii)        upon the written request of the Majority Satter Investors at any time and from time to time prior to the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering (which written request shall (x) reference this Section 1A(iii) and (y) specify the name of each individual to be nominated and elected to the Board as a Satter Director), (a) for so long as the Satter Investors continue to hold at least 40% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock), a number of representatives designated by the Majority Satter Investors shall be nominated and elected to the Board such that all Directors (other than the CEO Director) shall be Satter Directors, (b) from and after such time as the Satter Investors cease to hold at least 40% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock) and for so long as the Satter Investors continue to hold at least 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock), a number of representatives designated by the Majority Satter Investors shall be nominated and elected to the Board such that not less than two-thirds of the Non-CEO Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall be Satter Directors, (c) from and after such time as the Satter Investors cease to hold at least 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock) and for so long as the Satter Investors continue to hold at least 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock), a number of representatives designated by the Majority Satter Investors shall be nominated and elected to the Board such that not less than one-half of the Non-CEO Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall be Satter Directors, (d) from and after such time as the Satter Investors cease to hold at least 20% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock) and for so long as the Satter Investors continue to hold at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock), a number of representatives designated by the Majority Satter Investors shall be nominated and elected to the Board such that not less than one-third of the Non-CEO Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall be Satter Directors, and (e) from and after such time as the Satter Investors cease to hold at least 5% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock), one representative designated by the Majority Satter Investors shall be nominated and elected to the Board;

(iv)        any Directors not elected pursuant to Section 1A(ii) and Section 1A(iii) shall be nominated and elected in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable law; and

(v)         notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for so long as Muneer A. Satter and Terence E. Winters are both serving as members of the Board and Terence E. Winters is serving as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, each will have the right to serve as Co-Chairman of the Board and Muneer A. Satter will also have the right to serve as Lead Director and, at any time Muneer A. Satter is serving as a member of the Board after Terence E. Winters is no longer serving as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (even if he is still serving as a member of the Board), Muneer A. Satter will have the right to serve as the sole Chairman of the Board and Lead Director.

1B.       Subsidiary Boards; Committees . Except to the extent required by applicable law, the composition of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of each of the Company’s Subsidiaries (each, a “ Sub Board ”) shall be proportionately equivalent to that of the Board (except that the Majority Satter Investors may determine that any Satter Director need not be a member of any such Sub Board). Neither the Board nor any Sub Board shall establish any committee without the prior written consent of the Majority Satter Investors.

1C.       Removal . Subject to Section 1D , any Director may be removed from the Board or a Sub Board in the manner allowed by law and the Company’s or such Subsidiary’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws or similar governing documents; provided , that (i) with respect to a Satter Director, such

 

- 2 -


removal (with or without cause) shall only be upon the written request of the Majority Satter Investors and for no other reason, and (ii) with respect to the CEO Director, such removal shall be deemed to have occurred automatically upon such CEO Director ceasing to be employed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company for any reason.

1D.       Vacancies . In the event that any Director designated hereunder for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board or any Sub Board during his or her term of office, the resulting vacancy on the Board or Sub Board shall be filled by (i) with respect to any Satter Director, a representative designated as provided in Section 1A(iii) or Section 1A(vi) , as applicable, (ii) with respect to the CEO Director, the individual appointed by the Board to succeed such individual as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and (iii) with respect to any other Director, a representative designated as provided in Section 1A(iv) .

1E.       Board Observer . The Majority Satter Investors shall have the right to designate one individual as a non-voting observer of the Board and each Sub Board so long as the Satter Investors continue to hold any Investor Shares (the “ Observer ”). The Observer (if any) shall have the right to attend and participate in meetings of the Board and each Sub Board on a non-voting basis and to receive all notices and materials provided to Directors or members of any Sub Board but shall not have any voting rights and shall not be a Director or a member of any Sub Board for any purpose.

1F.       Expense Reimbursement; Director and Officer Insurance . The Company shall pay the reasonable out of pocket travel expenses incurred by each Director, each member of any Sub Board and the Observer in connection with attending the meetings of the Board, any Sub Board or any committee thereof. The Company shall maintain in effect at all times directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage satisfactory to the Majority Satter Investors, and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws shall at all times provide for indemnification and exculpation of directors to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. Upon the request of the Majority Satter Investors, the Company shall enter into a separate indemnification agreement with any Person then serving as the Observer, which indemnification agreement shall provide for indemnification and exculpation of the Observer to the same extent as would be applicable if the Observer were a Director and shall otherwise be in form and substance acceptable to the Majority Satter Investors.

1G.       Board Nomination Rights .

(i)         Upon the written request of the Majority Satter Investors to the Company at any time and from time to time after the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering (which written request shall (x) reference this Section 1G , (y) specify the name of each individual to be nominated to the Board as a Satter Director and (z) demand that the Company comply with its obligations to nominate individuals to the Board as directed by the Majority Satter Investors pursuant to this Section 1G ), (a) at any time that the Satter Investors hold at least 30% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Majority Satter Investors shall have the right to nominate a number of individuals for election to the Board such that not less than 40% of the Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall be Satter Directors, (b) at any time that the Satter Investors hold at least 20% (but less than 30%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Majority Satter Investors shall have the right to nominate a number of individuals for election to the Board such that not less than 30% of the Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall be Satter Directors, (c) at any time that the Satter Investors hold at least 10% (but less than 20%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Majority Satter Investors shall have the right to nominate a number of individuals for election to the Board such that not less than 20% of the Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall be Satter Directors, and (d) at any time that the Satter Investors hold at least 2% (but less than 10%) of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the Majority Satter Investors shall have the right to nominate a number of individuals for election to the Board such

 

- 3 -


that not less than 10% of the Directors (rounded up to the nearest whole number) shall be Satter Directors. If an individual designated by the Majority Satter Investors for nomination for election to the Board pursuant to this Section 1G is not nominated or elected to the Board because of such individual’s death, withdrawal or disqualification or for any other reason is unavailable or unable to serve on the Board, then the Majority Satter Investors shall have the right to designate another representative to be nominated for election to the Board and the applicable Board seat shall not be filled pending such designation. If any vacancy results from the death, resignation, disqualification, removal or any other cause of a Satter Director, then the Majority Satter Investors shall have the right to cause the Board to fill such vacancy with an individual nominated by the Majority Satter Investors.

(ii)         From and after the consummation of a Qualified Public Offering: (a) the Company shall include each individual designated by the Majority Satter Investors for nomination for election to the Board pursuant to this Section 1G in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders for each election of directors and in the proxy statement prepared by management of the Company in connection with soliciting proxies for every meeting of the stockholders of the Company called with respect to the election of members of the Board, and at every adjournment or postponement thereof, and on every action or approval by written consent of the Board, and every action of the stockholders of the Company, with respect to the election of members of the Board; and (b) the Company shall not take any action, including making or recommending any amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation or the Company’s bylaws, that could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on the rights of the Majority Satter Investors under this Section 1G , in each case without the prior written consent of the Majority Satter Investors.

(iii)         For the avoidance of doubt, (a) the Majority Satter Investors shall not be deemed to have exercised any of their rights to nominate representatives to the Board pursuant to this Section 1G unless the Majority Satter Investors shall have sent a written notice to the Company that (1) references this Section 1G , (2) specifies the name of each individual to be nominated to the Board as a Satter Director and (3) demands that the Company comply with its obligations to nominate individuals to the Board as directed by the Majority Satter Investors pursuant to this Section 1G , (b) the Majority Satter Investors may determine in their sole discretion whether, and to what extent, to exercise their rights pursuant to Section 1A(iii) and/or Section 1G , (c) as of the date of this Agreement, the Majority Satter Investors have not exercised any of their rights to designate or nominate any individuals to the Board pursuant to Section 1A(iii) or this Section 1G , and (d) references in this Agreement to a specified percentage of Directors refer to a percentage of the number of then authorized members of the Board (and not to the number of director candidates standing for election at any given meeting).

1H.       Termination . The provisions of this Section 1 shall terminate automatically and shall be of no further force and effect upon the earlier of a Qualified Public Offering and a Sale of the Company; provided that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of Section 1A(v) and Section 1G shall survive and remain in full force and effect following a Qualified Public Offering.

Section 2.         Irrevocable Proxy; Conflicting Agreements .

2A.       Irrevocable Proxy . In order to secure each holder’s obligation to vote his or its Investor Shares and other voting securities of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section l , Section 4C and Section 4F , each Investor hereby appoints the Board and each officer of the Company duly authorized by the Board as such Investor’s true and lawful proxy and attorney in fact, with full power of substitution, to vote all of such Investor’s Investor Shares and other voting securities of the Company for the election and/or removal of Directors and all such other matters contemplated by Section l , Section 4C and Section 4F . The Board and each such officer may each exercise the irrevocable proxy granted to it hereunder at any time an Investor fails (for a period of five (5) business days after notice of such failure)

 

- 4 -


to comply with the provisions of this Agreement. The proxies and powers granted by each Investor pursuant to this Section 2A are coupled with an interest and are given to secure the performance of such Investor’s obligations under this Agreement. Such proxies and powers will be irrevocable for the term of this Agreement and will survive the death, incompetence or disability of such Investor. The proxy granted hereunder shall terminate automatically and shall be of no further force and effect upon the earlier of a Qualified Public Offering and a Sale of the Company; provided, that the proxy granted hereunder for purposes of securing a holder’s obligation to vote his or its Investor Shares and other voting securities of the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 4F shall survive and remain in full force and effect following a Qualified Public Offering.

2B.       Representations and Warranties . Each Investor represents that this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Investor and constitutes the valid and binding obligation of such Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

Section 3.       Preemptive Rights .

3A.       General Obligation . Except for issuances of:

(i)       up to 13,473,242 shares of Senior Preferred (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, stock combinations, recapitalizations or the like), whether issued before or after the date hereof and whether issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement or otherwise;

(ii)      Senior Preferred issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement at the Supplemental Preemptive Rights Closing;

(iii)     Common Stock upon conversion of the Preferred Stock;

(iv)     Equity Securities issued to any director, officer, employee, consultant or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Stock Option Plan or pursuant to any other plans, arrangements or transactions approved by the Board;

(v)      Equity Securities issued as consideration in connection with the acquisition of another Person or business segment of such Person by the Company, whether by merger, purchase of assets or otherwise, in a transaction approved by the Board;

(vi)     Equity Securities issued to equipment leasing companies, commercial banks and other financial institutions as consideration for or in connection with any lending or leasing arrangements approved by the Board;

(vii)    Equity Securities issued pursuant to an exercise of rights under Section 2.1 of the February 2012 Agreement;

(viii)   Equity Securities issued upon exercise or conversion or exchange (and in accordance with the terms) of debt securities or other Equity Securities: (a) that are outstanding as of the date of this Agreement; (b) which were issued in compliance with this Section 3 ; or (c) which were issued in an issuance which is exempt from this Section 3 ;

(ix)     Equity Securities issued pursuant to a Public Offering; and

(x)      Equity Securities issued in connection with any stock split, dividend, combination, recapitalization or the like;

 

- 5 -


if the Company sells any of its Equity Securities to any Person, then the Company shall offer to sell to each Investor (other than Excluded Investors), up to such Investor’s Proportional Share of the Equity Securities proposed to be sold; provided , that no Investor (x) who, together with its Affiliates and the members of its Family Group, is entitled to purchase less than $10,000 of such Equity Securities after determination of such Investor’s Proportional Share or (y) who is not an “accredited investor” as such term is defined under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder shall have any rights under this Section 3 (each such Investor, an “ Excluded Investor ”). Each such Investor (other than Excluded Investors) shall be entitled to purchase all or any portion of such Equity Securities at the most favorable price and on the most favorable terms as such Equity Securities are to be offered to any other Person; provided , that if all Persons entitled to purchase such Equity Securities are required to also purchase other securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, then the Investors exercising their rights pursuant to this Section 3 shall also be required to purchase the same strip of securities (on the same terms and conditions) that such other Persons are required to purchase. The purchase price for all Equity Securities offered to such Investors hereunder shall be payable in cash or, to the extent consistent with the terms offered to any other Person, installments over time. An Investor shall be entitled to apportion the purchase right hereby granted to such Investor among such Investor and the members of such Investor’s Family Group in such proportions as such Investor deems appropriate to the extent that such apportionment would not cause the Company to be in violation of the Securities Act.

3B.       Exercise Procedure . In order to exercise its purchase rights under this Section 3 , an Investor must within fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice from the Company describing in reasonable detail the Equity Securities being offered, the purchase price thereof, the payment terms and such Investor’s Proportional Share, deliver a written notice to the Company irrevocably exercising such Investor’s purchase rights hereunder. Upon the expiration of the foregoing offering period, the Company shall be entitled to sell such securities which the Investors have not elected to purchase during the ninety (90) days following such expiration on terms and conditions not materially more favorable to the purchasers thereof than that offered to the Investors. Any such securities sold by the Company after such 90-day period must be reoffered to the Investors pursuant to the terms of this Section 3 .

3C.       Acknowledgment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, in lieu of offering any Equity Securities to the Investors at the time such Equity Securities are offered to any Person, the Company may comply with the provisions of this Section 3 by first selling Equity Securities to such other Person(s) and then subsequently making an offer to sell to the Investors their Proportional Share of such Equity Securities promptly after a sale to any such Person is effected. In such event, for all purposes of this Section 3 , each Investor’s Proportional Share shall be determined taking into consideration the actual number of Equity Securities sold to any other Person so as to achieve the same economic effect as if such offer would have been made prior to such sale.

3D.       Termination . The rights of the Investors under this Section 3 shall terminate automatically and shall be of no further force and effect upon the earlier of a Qualified Public Offering and a Sale of the Company.

Section 4.         Transfer of Investor Shares .

4A.       First Refusal Rights .

(i)         Offer . Subject to compliance with all other provisions of this Agreement, and after obtaining a bona fide written offer to acquire any Investor Shares (except pursuant to an Exempt Transfer or a Public Sale), at least sixty (60) days (or such shorter period as may be determined by the Board and the Requisite Investors) prior to any Transfer of any Investor Shares (except pursuant to an Exempt Transfer or a Public Sale), any Investor desiring to make such Transfer (the “ RFR Transferring

 

- 6 -


Investor ”) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Offer Notice ”) to the Company and each holder of Investor Shares, specifying in reasonable detail the identity, background and ownership (if applicable) of the prospective Transferee(s), the number and class of Investor Shares to be Transferred (the “ Offered Shares ”) and the price and other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer. The Offer Notice shall constitute a binding offer to sell the subject shares on such terms and conditions. The RFR Transferring Investor shall not consummate such proposed Transfer until at least sixty (60) days (or such shorter period as determined by the Board and the Requisite Investors) after the delivery of the Offer Notice, unless the parties to the Transfer have been finally determined pursuant to this Section 4A and Section 4B prior to the expiration of such 60-day (or shorter) period (the date of the first to occur of (x) the expiration of such 60-day (or shorter) period after delivery of the Offer Notice or (y) such final determination is referred to herein as the “ Authorization Date ”).

(ii)         Company Election . The Company may elect to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares at the price and on the other terms set forth in the Offer Notice, by delivering written notice of such election to the RFR Transferring Investor and each holder of Investor Shares within twenty (20) days after delivery of the Offer Notice.

(iii)         Investor Election . If the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Shares, then each holder of Investor Shares may elect to purchase all or any portion up to such holder’s RFR Share of the remaining Offered Shares at the price and on the other terms set forth in the Offer Notice, by delivering written notice of such election to the RFR Transferring Investor and the Company within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Offer Notice. Any Offered Shares not elected to be purchased by the end of such 30-day period shall during the immediately following 5-day period be reoffered by the RFR Transferring Investor to the holders of Investor Shares who have elected to purchase their RFR Share of the remaining Offered Shares and, if such Persons collectively indicate interest within said 5-day period in acquiring additional Offered Shares in an amount in excess of the aggregate amount of Offered Shares remaining, such remaining Offered Shares will be allocated among such Persons pro rata in accordance with their respective RFR Shares.

(iv)         Closing . If the Company and/or the holders of Investor Shares have elected to purchase all or any portion of the Offered Shares from the RFR Transferring Investor, such purchase shall be consummated as soon as practicable after the delivery of the election notice(s) to the RFR Transferring Investor, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the Authorization Date. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, in the event that the sale price, or any portion thereof, for the Offered Shares is not payable in the form of cash at closing or cash payable on a deferred basis (such as pursuant to promissory notes issued by the prospective Transferee(s) described in the Offer Notice), the Company and/or each holder of Investor Shares electing to purchase Offered Shares pursuant to this Section 4A shall be required to pay cash in lieu thereof in an amount equal to the Fair Market Value of such non-cash consideration, and delivery of such consideration to the RFR Transferring Investor shall be payment in full for such Offered Shares.

(v)         No Election . If the Company and the holders of Investor Shares do not elect, in the aggregate, to purchase all of the Offered Shares from the RFR Transferring Investor, then, subject to compliance with Section 4B , the RFR Transferring Investor shall have the right, within the sixty (60) days following the Authorization Date, to Transfer such Offered Shares which the Company and the holders of Investor Shares have not elected to purchase to the Transferee(s) specified in the Offer Notice (less the number of Offered Shares acquired by the Company and the holders of Investor Shares) in the amounts specified in the Offer Notice at a price not less than the price per share specified in the Offer Notice and on other terms no more favorable to the Transferee(s) thereof than specified in the Offer Notice. Any Offered Shares not so Transferred within such 60-day period shall be reoffered to the Company and the holders of Investor Shares pursuant to this Section 4A prior to any subsequent Transfer.

 

- 7 -


4B.        Tag Along Rights .

(i)          Participation Right . At least twenty (20) days prior to any Transfer of any Investor Shares by any Investor (other than one or more Transfers which are Exempt Transfers or in a Public Sale) and after complying with such Investor’s obligations pursuant to Section 4A , each Investor making such Transfer (the “ Transferring Investor ”) shall deliver a written notice (the “ Sale Notice ”) to the Company and the other holders of Investor Shares, specifying in reasonable detail the identity of the prospective Transferee(s), the number and class of Investor Shares to be Transferred and the terms and conditions of the Transfer (including the price which will reflect each Investor Share’s Pro Rata Share). Such other holders may elect to participate in the contemplated Transfer by delivering written notice to the Transferring Investor within fifteen (15) days after delivery of the Sale Notice. Such participation shall be based upon the Pro Rata Share represented by the Investor Shares requested to be included by each such holder. If no other holder of Investor Shares has elected to participate in the contemplated Transfer (through notice to such effect or expiration of the 15-day period after delivery of the Sale Notice), then the Transferring Investor may Transfer the Investor Shares specified in the Sale Notice at a price and on terms no more favorable to the Transferee(s) thereof than specified in the Sale Notice during the 60-day period immediately following the Authorization Date. Any Transferring Investor’s Investor Shares not Transferred within such 60-day period shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 4B upon subsequent Transfer.

(ii)         Participation Procedure; Conditions . With respect to any Transfer subject to Section 4B(i) , each Transferring Investor shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the agreement of the prospective Transferee(s) to the participation of the other holders of Investor Shares who have elected to participate in any contemplated Transfer, and no Transferring Investor shall Transfer any of its Investor Shares to any prospective Transferee if such prospective Transferee(s) declines to allow the participation of such other holders on the terms provided herein, unless in connection with such Transfer one or more of the Transferring Investors or their Affiliates purchase (on the same terms and conditions on which such Investor Shares were to be sold to the Transferee(s)) the number and class of Investor Shares from each such other holder which such other holder would have been entitled to sell pursuant to Section 4B(i) . Each Person Transferring Investor Shares pursuant to this Section 4B shall pay such Person’s share (on a Pro Rata Basis) of the expenses incurred by the Transferring Investor in connection with such Transfer and shall be obligated to join on a Pro Rata Basis in any indemnification or other obligations that the Transferring Investor agrees to provide in connection with such Transfer (other than any such obligations that relate specifically to a particular holder such as indemnification with respect to representations and warranties given by a Investor regarding such Investor’s title to and ownership of Investor Shares which shall be given on an individual basis); provided , that unless a prospective Transferee permits an Investor to give a guarantee, letter of credit or other mechanism (which shall be dealt with on an individual basis), any escrow of proceeds of any such transaction shall be withheld on a Pro Rata Basis among all participating holders of Investor Shares.

4C.        Approved Sale; Drag Along Obligations .

(i)          Approved Sale . If at any time the Requisite Investors approve a Sale of the Company or a Deemed Liquidation Event (an “ Approved Sale ”), each holder of Investor Shares and each Person that retains voting control of any Investor Shares Transferred to a Permitted Transferee (each, a “ Holder ”) shall take and otherwise facilitate the following actions:

(a)        vote for (whether at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders or by written consent), consent to and raise no objections against, and not otherwise impede or delay, such Approved Sale;

 

- 8 -


(b)         if the Approved Sale is structured as a (A) merger or consolidation, waive any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such merger or consolidation or (B) sale of capital stock or other equity securities, agree to sell or dispose of (and shall sell and dispose of) all of such Holder’s Investor Shares and other securities of the Company on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale ( provided , that the Requisite Investors may require each of the Investors to sell (but in no event more than) the same percentage of his or its capital stock or other equity securities as the Requisite Investors, in the aggregate, are selling of their capital stock or other equity securities); and

(c)         take all necessary or desirable actions (in such Holder’s capacity as a stockholder of the Company or otherwise) in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale as reasonably requested by the Board (with the approval of or as directed by the Requisite Investors) or the Requisite Investors, including executing and delivering any and all agreements, instruments and other documents approved and executed by the Requisite Investors (including any applicable purchase agreement, stockholders agreement and/or indemnification and/or contribution agreement).

(ii)          Certain Covenants . In connection with any Approved Sale, the Company shall (and the Company shall cause each of its Subsidiaries and each of its and their respective officers, directors, employees, financial advisors, consultants, attorneys and other agents and representatives to) take all necessary or desirable actions in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale and any related transactions (including any auction or competitive bid process in connection with or preceding such Approved Sale) as reasonably requested by the Requisite Investors, including (A) retaining investment bankers and other advisors approved by the Requisite Investors; (B) participating in management meetings and preparing pitchbooks and confidential information memorandums, (C) furnishing information and copies of documents, (D) preparing and making filings with governmental authorities; (E) providing assistance with legal, accounting, tax, financial, benefits and other due diligence; (F) executing and delivering any documents and instruments that may be necessary or appropriate, as determined by the Requisite Investors, to effectuate and perform any such Approved Sale; and (G) otherwise cooperating with the Requisite Investors, the prospective buyer(s), any investment bankers, consultants or other professional advisors who have been retained in connection with such Approved Sale and their respective representatives.

(iii)         Conditions to Obligations . The obligations of the Holders with respect to the Approved Sale are subject to the satisfaction of the conditions that (and the Company shall take such actions as are necessary so that) each holder of Investor Shares shall receive in exchange for the Investor Shares held by such Holder the same portion of the aggregate consideration from such transaction that such holder of Investor Shares would have received if such aggregate consideration had been distributed by the Company pursuant to a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company in accordance with the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the conditions specified in the immediately foregoing sentence shall not be deemed to have not been satisfied by reason of any directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries receiving equity securities of the purchaser or a parent company thereof in a “management rollover” or similar transaction as part of their consideration in connection with such Approved Sale even if such rollover option is not offered or provided to other holders of the same class or series of Equity Securities ( provided that the equity securities received by such director, officer or employee as part of such “management rollover” does not reduce the consideration to be paid in such Approved Sale to holders of Investor Shares not participating in such “management rollover”).

(iv)          Additional Agreements . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holders shall be severally obligated to join on a Pro Rata Basis (as if such indemnification obligations reduced the aggregate proceeds available for distribution or payment to the holders of Investor Shares in

 

- 9 -


such Approved Sale) in any indemnification obligations the Board (with the approval of the Requisite Investors) or the Requisite Investors agreed to in connection with such Approved Sale; provided , that no Holder shall be obligated to enter into indemnification obligations with respect to matters particular to any other Holder or such other Holder’s (or its Permitted Transferee’s) Investor Shares and no Holder shall be required to agree to indemnification obligations in excess of the proceeds received by such Holder (or its Permitted Transferee) in such Approved Sale; provided , further , that unless the prospective purchaser in the Approved Sale permits a Holder to give a guarantee, letter of credit or other mechanism (which shall be dealt with on an individual basis), any escrow of proceeds of any such transaction shall be withheld on a Pro Rata Basis among all Holders (as if such escrow reduced the aggregate proceeds available for distribution or payment to the holders of Investor Shares in such Approved Sale). Each Holder shall pay his or its share determined on a Pro Rata Basis (as if such expenses reduced the aggregate proceeds available for distribution or payment to the holders of Investor Shares in such Approved Sale) of the expenses incurred by or on behalf of the Company pursuant to an Approved Sale to the extent such expenses are not paid by the Company prior to the distribution to the holders of Investor Shares of proceeds from any Approved Sale, or by the acquiring company. Each Holder shall enter into any indemnification, contribution or stockholder/seller representative agreement requested by the Board (with the approval of the Requisite Investors) or the Requisite Investors to ensure compliance with this Section 4D and hereby consents and agrees to abide by the customary provisions of any merger or similar agreement providing for a stockholder/seller representative. Each Holder shall enter into any other agreement which the Requisite Investors approve and enter into on the same terms and conditions (other than as differences in such terms and conditions might result from holdings of different classes of Investor Shares).

(v)          Purchaser Representative . If the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or the Requisite Investors enters into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 (or any similar rule then in effect) promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), each Excluded Investor shall, at the request of the Company, appoint a “purchaser representative” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act) designated by the Company. If any Holder so appoints such purchaser representative, the Company shall pay the fees of such purchaser representative. However, if any Holder declines to appoint the purchaser representative designated by the Company, such Holder shall appoint another purchaser representative (reasonably acceptable to the Company), and such Holder shall be responsible for the fees of the purchaser representative so appointed.

4D.       Additional Restrictions on Transfer .

(i)         Execution of Joinder . Each Investor effecting a Transfer of Investor Shares and the Transferee of such Investor Shares shall comply with Section 8B .

(ii)         Notice . In connection with the Transfer of any Investor Shares, the holder of such Investor Shares will deliver written notice to the Company describing in reasonable detail the Transfer or proposed Transfer.

(iii)         Legal Opinion . No Transfer of Investor Shares or other interest in the Company may be made unless such Transfer would not violate any federal securities laws applicable to the Company or the interest to be Transferred. Upon reasonable request of the Company, the proposing Transferor shall deliver to the Company prior to the date of the Transfer an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company as to the foregoing.

 

- 10 -


(iv)         Certain Exempt Transfers . If any Person acquires Investor Shares pursuant to an Exempt Transfer as a Permitted Transferee by virtue of such Person’s qualification as a member of a Transferor’s Family Group under clauses (ii) or (iii) of the definition of Family Group, and such Person shall, at any time, cease to be a member of such Transferor’s Family Group, then such Person shall be required to Transfer such Person’s Investor Shares to a Person that does qualify at the time of such required Transfer as a member of the original Transferor’s Family Group.

4E.        Legend . Each certificate evidencing Investor Shares and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the Transfer of any Investor Shares (if such shares remain Investor Shares as defined herein after such Transfer) shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ORIGINALLY ISSUED ON [                      ], HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ ACT ”), OR APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS (“ STATE ACTS ”) AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED, PLEDGED, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT OR STATE ACTS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION THEREUNDER. THE TRANSFER OF THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE IS SUBJECT TO THE CONDITIONS SPECIFIED IN A THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF MAY 9, 2013, BY AND AMONG THE ISSUER OF SUCH SECURITIES (THE “ COMPANY ”) AND ITS STOCKHOLDERS (THE “ INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT ”). THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE MAY ALSO BE SUBJECT TO ADDITIONAL TRANSFER RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH IN THE INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT AND/OR A SEPARATE AGREEMENT WITH THE INITIAL HOLDER HEREOF. A COPY OF SUCH PROVISIONS SHALL BE FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF UPON WRITTEN REQUEST AND WITHOUT CHARGE.

The Company shall imprint such legend on certificates evidencing Investor Shares outstanding prior to the date hereof. The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates evidencing any shares which cease to be Investor Shares. If an Investor delivers to the Company an opinion of counsel, satisfactory in form and substance to the Board (which opinion may be waived by the Board), that no subsequent Transfer of Investor Shares will require registration under the Securities Act, the Company will promptly upon such contemplated Transfer deliver new certificates evidencing such Investor Shares which do not bear the portion of the restrictive legend relating to the Securities Act set forth in this Section 4E .

4F.        Public Offering . If at any time the Board approves a Qualified Public Offering, then each Holder shall vote for (whether at a meeting of the Company’s stockholders or by written consent), consent to and take all other necessary or desirable actions (including, without limitation, the giving of any required consent or approval, whether under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or otherwise, and the execution and delivery of any documents and instruments that may be necessary or appropriate, as determined by the Board) to approve, facilitate and effectuate such Qualified Public Offering and all transactions related or incidental thereto (including, without limitation, an amendment and restatement of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws and/or a recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange of the capital stock of the Company (including through the formation of a new parent holding company, as a result of which the Company would be a Subsidiary of such newly formed parent holding company, and/or the assignment and assumption of this Agreement in connection with such recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange) approved or directed by the Majority Investors, and no Holder shall raise any objection against, or otherwise impede or delay, such Qualified Public Offering or

 

- 11 -


any transactions related or incidental thereto (including, without limitation, any such amendment and restatement of the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws or any such recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in further consideration of the Investors’ entering into this Agreement and the Senior Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement and purchasing shares of Senior Preferred thereunder, each of the Holders and the Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that, from and after any Qualified Public Offering the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and other constituent documents shall provide for the following (and each of the Holders and the Company shall take all necessary or desirable actions (including, without limitation, the giving of any required consent or approval, whether under the Company’s certificate of incorporation or otherwise) so that the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws and other constituent documents shall provide for the following): (i) “blank check” preferred stock; (ii) director elections by plurality vote; (iii) a supermajority (75%) stockholder vote requirement for any Sale of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event and any amendments to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws; (iv) a classified/staggered board of directors; (v) no opt out from the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (or the equivalent); (vi) a shareholder rights plan (poison pill); (vii) fair price provisions; (viii) no action by written consent of stockholders or right of stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; (ix) advance notice provisions for director elections and other proposals; and (x) a supermajority board approval requirement for affiliate transactions. The Company shall pay any and all organizational, legal and accounting expenses and filing fees incurred in connection with any such recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange, including any fees related to a filing under the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, if applicable. It is the intent of the Holders that any such recapitalization, reorganization and/or exchange is part of the Holders’ original investment decision with respect to the Investor Shares.

4G.        Transfer Fees and Expenses . Except as provided in Section 4A , Section 4B or Section 4C , the Transferor and Transferee of any Investor Shares or other interest in the Company shall be jointly and severally obligated to reimburse the Company for all reasonable expenses (including attorneys’ fees and expenses) of any Transfer or proposed Transfer, whether or not consummated.

4H.        Void Transfers . Any Transfer or attempted Transfer of any Investor Shares or other interest in the Company in contravention or violation of any provision of this Agreement (including the failure of the Transferee to execute a counterpart to this Agreement) shall be void and ineffectual and shall not bind or be recognized by the Company or any other Person, and the Company shall not record such Transfer on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Investor Shares as the owner of such Investor Shares for any purpose.

4I.         Termination . The provisions of this Section 4 shall terminate automatically and shall be of no further force and effect upon the earlier of a Qualified Public Offering and a Sale of the Company; provided , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 4F shall survive and remain in full force and effect following a Qualified Public Offering.

Section 5.          Registration Rights .

5A.        Demand Registrations .

(i)          Requests for Registration . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at any time and from time to time after the Initial Public Offering, the holders of least 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding may (i) request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-1 or any similar long-form registration (“ Long-Form Registrations ”) in accordance with Section 5A(ii) or (ii) if available, request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of their Registrable Securities on Form S-3 or any similar short-form

 

- 12 -


registration (“ Short-Form Registrations ”) in accordance with Section 5A(iii) . All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 5A(i) by the holders of Registrable Securities are referred to herein as “ Demand Registrations .” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of Registrable Securities requested to be registered and the intended method of distribution. Within ten (10) days after receipt of any such request, the Company shall give written notice of such requested registration to all other holders of Registrable Securities and all holders of Other Registrable Securities and, subject to the terms of Section 5A(iv) , shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations and qualifications under state blue sky laws and in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

(ii)          Long-Form Registrations . The holders of Registrable Securities shall be entitled to three (3) Long-Form Registrations, each of which may be initiated by the holders of at least 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided , that the aggregate offering value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Long-Form Registration must be at least $15,000,000. The Company shall pay all Registration Expenses with respect to Long-Form Registrations. A registration shall not count against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in this Section 5A(ii) until it has become effective and unless the holders of Registrable Securities are able to register and sell at least ninety percent (90%) of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration; provided , that in any event the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with any registration initiated as a Long-Form Registration whether or not it has become effective and whether or not such registration counts against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in this Section 5A(ii) ; provided , further , that no Demand Registration shall be deemed to be a Long-Form Registration whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form. All Long-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the holders of two-thirds of the Registrable Securities initially requesting registration.

(iii)         Short-Form Registrations . In addition to the Long-Form Registrations provided pursuant to Section 5A(ii) , the holders of at least 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding shall be entitled to an unlimited number of Short-Form Registrations in which the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses, whether or not any such registration has become effective; provided , that the (i) aggregate offering value of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered in any Short-Form Registration must be at least $15,000,000 and (ii) the Company shall not be required to effect more than two (2) Short-Form Registrations in any twelve (12) month period. Demand Registrations shall be Short-Form Registrations whenever the Company is permitted to use any applicable short form and if the managing underwriters (if any) agree to use a Short-Form Registration. After the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to make Short-Form Registrations available for the sale of Registrable Securities. All Short-Form Registrations shall be underwritten registrations unless otherwise approved by the holders of two-thirds of the Registrable Securities initially requesting registration.

(iv)         Priority on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not include in any Demand Registration any securities that are not Registrable Securities or Other Registrable Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the Registrable Securities included in such registration. If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering within a price range acceptable to the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration, then the Company shall include in such registration only that number of securities

 

- 13 -


which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering within such price range, with priority for inclusion to be determined as follows: (i)  first , the number of Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (ii)  second , any other securities requested to be included in such registration, the inclusion of which the holders of two-thirds of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration have consented to in writing, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of such securities owned by each such holder.

(v)          Restrictions on Demand Registrations . The Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration until that date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the Initial Public Offering. In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration within one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of a previous Long-Form Registration. The Company may postpone for up to ninety (90) days the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration if the Board reasonably determines in its reasonable good faith judgment that such Demand Registration would reasonably be expected to require premature disclosure of material information or have a material adverse effect on any proposal or plan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any material financing, sale, acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business) or securities, or any material recapitalization, merger, consolidation, tender offer, reorganization or similar material transaction; provided , that in such event, the holders of Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration shall be entitled to withdraw such request; provided , further , that if a request for a Long-Form Registration is so withdrawn, then such Demand Registration shall not count against the total number of Long-Form Registrations provided for in Section 5A(ii) , and the Company shall pay all Registration Expenses in connection with such registration. The Company may delay a Demand Registration hereunder only once in any consecutive twelve (12) month period.

(vi)         Selection of Underwriters . The holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer the Initial Public Offering, subject to the approval of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If any Demand Registration (other than the Initial Public Offering) is an underwritten offering, then the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities initially requesting such Demand Registration shall have the right to select the investment banker(s) and manager(s) to administer such offering, subject to the Company’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(vii)         Other Registration Rights . The Company represents and warrants that neither it nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to, or otherwise bound by, any other agreement granting registration rights to any other Person with respect to any securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement and the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement). Except as provided in this Agreement, the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement and the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Company shall not grant to any Person the right to request the Company to register any Equity Securities without the prior written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided , that the Company may grant rights to participate in any Piggyback Registrations so long as such rights are subordinate in priority to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities with respect to Piggyback Registrations, as provided in Section 5B(iii) and Section 5B(iv) , and not otherwise inconsistent with the terms and conditions hereof. The Parties that are party to either or both of the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement and the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement hereby acknowledge and agree that (i) the Company’s entry into this Agreement and the

 

- 14 -


granting of registration rights hereunder is in all respects approved, and (ii) any prohibition or other restriction on the Company’s ability to enter into this Agreement and grant the registration rights contemplated hereby that is contained in the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement or the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby waived.

5B.        Piggyback Registrations .

(i)           Right to Piggyback . Whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities for sale for cash under the Securities Act (other than pursuant to a Demand Registration or a registration on Form S-8 or any successor form) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “ Piggyback Registration ”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to all holders of Registrable Securities of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Section 5B(iii) and Section 5B(iv) , shall include in such registration (and in all related registrations or qualifications under blue sky laws and in compliance with other registration requirements and in any related underwriting) all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein within twenty (20) days after the receipt of the Company’s notice.

(ii)          Piggyback Expenses . The Registration Expenses of the holders of Registrable Securities shall be paid by the Company in all Piggyback Registrations, whether or not any such registration has become effective.

(iii)         Priority on Primary Piggyback Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten primary registration on behalf of the Company and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number of securities that can be sold within a price range acceptable to the Company, then the Company shall include in such registration only that number of securities which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering within such price range, with priority for inclusion to be determined as follows: (i)  first , the securities the Company proposes to sell, (ii)  second , the number of Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (iii)  third , any other securities requested to be included in such registration, the inclusion of which the holders of two-thirds of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration have consented to in writing, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of such securities owned by each such holder.

(iv)         Priority on Secondary Piggyback Registrations . If a Piggyback Registration is an underwritten secondary registration on behalf of holders of the Company’s securities (other than holders of Registrable Securities) and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of securities requested to be included in such registration exceeds the number of securities that can be sold within a price range acceptable to the holders of the Company’s securities initially requesting such registration, then the Company shall include in such registration only that number of securities which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering within such price range, with priority for inclusion to be determined as follows: (i)  first , the number of Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities and Other Registrable Securities owned by each such holder, and (ii)

 

- 15 -


second , any other securities requested to be included in such registration, the inclusion of which the holders of two-thirds of the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration have consented to in writing, which in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in an orderly manner without such adverse effect, pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of such securities owned by each such holder.

(v)         Selection of Underwriters . If any Piggyback Registration is an underwritten offering, then the selection of investment banker(s) and manager(s) for the offering must be approved by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be included in such Piggyback Registration, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

5C.        Registration Procedures . Whenever the holders of Registrable Securities have requested that any Registrable Securities be registered pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to effect the registration and the sale of such Registrable Securities hereunder in accordance with the intended method of disposition thereof, and pursuant thereto the Company shall as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(i)         in accordance with the Securities Act and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement, and all amendments and supplements thereto and related prospectuses as may be necessary to comply with applicable securities laws, with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its reasonable best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective ( provided , that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendments or supplements thereto, the Company shall furnish to counsel selected by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement copies of all such documents proposed to be filed, which documents shall be subject to the review and reasonable comment of such counsel);

(ii)        notify each holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration of (i) the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose, (ii) the receipt by the Company or its counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, and (iii) the effectiveness of each registration statement filed hereunder;

(iii)        prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection therewith as may be necessary to keep such registration statement effective for a period ending when all of the securities covered by such registration statement have been disposed of in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof as set forth in such registration statement (but in any event not before the expiration of any longer period required under the Securities Act or, if such registration statement relates to an underwritten offering, such longer period as in the opinion of counsel for the underwriters a prospectus is required by law to be delivered in connection with sales of securities thereunder by any underwriter or dealer) and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement during such period in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the sellers thereof set forth in such registration statement;

(iv)        furnish to each seller of Registrable Securities included in such registration such number of copies of such registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included in such registration statement (including each preliminary prospectus and any summary prospectus), each Free Writing Prospectus and such other documents as the holders of a majority of such Registrable Securities may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities owned by such holders;

 

- 16 -


(v)         use its reasonable best efforts to register or qualify such Registrable Securities under such other securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration reasonably requests and do any and all other acts and things which may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable such holders to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities owned by such holders in such jurisdictions ( provided , that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for this Section 5D(v) , (ii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction, or (iii) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction);

(vi)        promptly notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration (i) after it receives notice thereof, of the date and time when such registration statement and each post-effective amendment thereto has become effective or a prospectus or supplement to any prospectus relating to a registration statement has been filed and when any registration or qualification has become effective under a state securities or blue sky law or any exemption thereunder has been obtained, (ii) after receipt thereof, of any request by the Commission for the amendment or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or for additional information, and (iii) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, at the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration, the Company promptly shall prepare, file with the Commission and furnish to each holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration a reasonable number of copies of a supplement or amendment to such prospectus so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such Registrable Securities, such prospectus shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading;

(vii)        prepare and file promptly with the Commission, and notify each holder of Registrable Securities including in such registration prior to the filing of, such amendments or supplements to such registration statement or prospectus as may be necessary to correct any statements or omissions if, at the time when a prospectus relating to such securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event has occurred the result of which is that any such prospectus or any other prospectus then in effect would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and, if any holder of such Registrable Securities or any underwriter for any such holder is required to deliver a prospectus at a time when the prospectus then in circulation is not in compliance with the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the Company shall prepare promptly upon request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration or underwriter such amendments or supplements to such registration statement and prospectus as may be necessary in order for such prospectus to comply with the requirements of the Securities Act and such rules and regulations;

(viii)      cause all such Registrable Securities to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;

(ix)        provide a transfer agent and registrar for all such Registrable Securities not later than the effective date of such registration statement;

 

- 17 -


(x)         enter into and perform such customary agreements (including underwriting agreements in customary form) and take all such other customary actions as the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration or the underwriters, if any, reasonably request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of such Registrable Securities, including preparing for and participating in such number of “road shows,” investor presentations and marketing events as the underwriters managing such offering may reasonably request);

(xi)         upon the request of the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration, make available for inspection by any holder of Registrable Securities included in such registration, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by any such seller or underwriter, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate and business documents and properties of the Company and cause the Company’s officers, managers, directors, employees, agents, representatives and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with such registration statement;

(xii)        take all reasonable actions to ensure that any Free-Writing Prospectus prepared by or on behalf of the Company in connection with any Demand Registration or Piggyback Registration hereunder complies in all material respects with the Securities Act, is filed in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby, is retained in accordance with the Securities Act to the extent required thereby and, when taken together with the related prospectus, will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

(xiii)        otherwise use its reasonable best efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission and make available to its security holders, as soon as reasonably practicable, an earnings statement covering the period of at least twelve (12) months beginning with the first day of the Company’s first full calendar quarter after the effective date of the registration statement, which earnings statement shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158;

(xiv)        permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in its good faith judgment (based on the advice of counsel), could reasonably be expected to be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included;

(xv)        in the event of the issuance of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement, or the issuance of any order suspending or preventing the use of any related prospectus or suspending the qualification of any equity securities included in such registration statement for sale in any jurisdiction, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts promptly to obtain the withdrawal of such order;

(xvi)        cause such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the sellers thereof to consummate the disposition of such Registrable Securities;

(xvii)        cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and the managing underwriters or agents, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates (not bearing any restrictive legends) representing securities to be sold under the registration statement and enable such securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters, or agents, if any, or such holder may request;

 

- 18 -


(xviii)      cooperate with each holder of Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement and each underwriter or agent participating in the disposition of such Registrable Securities and their respective counsel in connection with any filings required to be made with FINRA;

(xix)        obtain a cold comfort letter from the Company’s independent public accountants in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by cold comfort letters; and

(xx)         if requested by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in such registration or required by the underwriters managing such offering, provide a legal opinion of the Company’s outside counsel, dated the effective date of such registration statement (and, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement), with respect to the registration statement, each amendment and supplement thereto, the prospectus included therein (including the preliminary prospectus) and such other documents relating thereto in customary form and covering such matters of the type customarily covered by legal opinions of such nature, which opinion shall be addressed to the underwriters and the holders of Registrable Securities.

5D.        Certain Obligations of Holders of Registrable Securities . Each holder of Registrable Securities that sells such securities pursuant to a registration under this Agreement agrees as follows:

(i)         Such holder (if such holder is an employee or independent contractor of the Company or any of its Affiliates) shall cooperate with the Company (as reasonably requested by the Company) in connection with the preparation of the registration statement, and, for so long as the Company is obligated to file and keep effective such registration statement, each holder of Registrable Securities that is participating in such registration shall provide to the Company, in writing, for use in the applicable registration statement, all such information regarding such holder and its plan of distribution of such securities as may be reasonably necessary to enable the Company to prepare the registration statement and prospectus covering such securities, to maintain the currency and effectiveness thereof and otherwise to comply with all applicable requirements of law in connection therewith.

(ii)         During such time as a holder of Registrable Securities may be engaged in a distribution of such securities, such holder shall distribute such securities under the registration statement solely in the manner described in the registration statement.

(iii)         Each Person that is participating in any registration under this Agreement, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event of the kind described in Section 5C(vi) , shall immediately discontinue the disposition of its securities of the Company pursuant to the registration statement until such Person’s receipt of the copies of a supplemented or amended prospectus as contemplated by Section 5C(vi) . In the event the Company has given any such notice, the applicable time period set forth in Section 5C(iii) during which a registration statement is to remain effective shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to this Section 5C(iii) to and including the date when each seller of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended prospectus contemplated by Section 5C(vi) .

5E.        Registration Expenses .

(i)         All expenses incident to the Company’s performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, filing expenses, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and all independent

 

- 19 -


certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “ Registration Expenses ”), shall be borne by the Company as provided in this Agreement, and the Company also shall pay all of its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each seller of securities pursuant to a registration under this Agreement shall bear and pay all underwriting discounts and commissions and any stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities sold for such seller’s account.

(ii)         In connection with each Demand Registration and each Piggyback Registration, the Company shall reimburse the holders of Registrable Securities included in such registration for the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities requesting inclusion in such registration.

(iii)        To the extent any expenses relating to a registration hereunder are not required to be paid by the Company, each holder of securities included (or requested to be included) in any registration hereunder shall pay those expenses allocable to the registration (or proposed registration) of such holder’s securities so included (or requested to be included), and any expenses not so allocable shall be borne by all sellers of securities requested to be included in such registration in proportion to the aggregate selling price of the securities to be so registered.

5F.        Indemnification .

(i)         The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, members, managers, partners, agents, Affiliates and employees and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) against all losses, claims, actions, damages, liabilities and expenses (including with respect to actions or proceedings, whether commenced or threatened, and including reasonable attorney fees and expenses) caused by, resulting from, arising out of, based upon or related to any of the following statements, omissions or violations by the Company: (i) any untrue or alleged untrue statement of material fact contained in (A) any registration statement, prospectus, preliminary prospectus or Free-Writing Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or (B) any application or other document or communication executed by or on behalf of the Company or based upon written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify any securities covered by such registration under the securities laws thereof, (ii) any omission or alleged omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act or any other similar federal or state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and to pay to each holder of Registrable Securities, its officers, directors, members, managers, partners, agents, affiliates and employees and each Person who controls such holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act), as incurred, any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, except insofar as the same are caused by or contained in any information furnished in writing to the Company or any managing underwriter by such holder expressly for use therein. In connection with an underwritten offering, the Company shall indemnify any underwriters or deemed underwriters, their officers and directors and each Person who controls such underwriters (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) to the same extent as provided above with respect to the indemnification of the holders of Registrable Securities (or to such lesser extent that may be agreed to between the underwriters and the Company).

 

- 20 -


(ii)         In connection with any registration statement in which a holder of Registrable Securities is participating, each such holder shall furnish to the Company and the managing underwriter in writing such information and affidavits as the Company or the managing underwriter reasonably requests for use in connection with any such registration statement or prospectus and, to the extent permitted by law, shall indemnify the Company, its directors and officers and each Person who controls the Company (within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act) against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulting from any untrue statement of material fact contained in the registration statement, prospectus or preliminary prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto or any omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but only to the extent that such untrue statement or omission is contained in any information or affidavit so furnished in writing by such holder expressly for use therein; provided , that the obligation to indemnify shall be individual, not joint and several, for each holder and shall be limited to the net amount of proceeds received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities pursuant to such registration statement.

(iii)        Any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder shall (i) give prompt written notice to the indemnifying party of any claim with respect to which it seeks indemnification ( provided , that the failure to give prompt notice shall not impair any Person’s right to indemnification hereunder to the extent such failure has not prejudiced the indemnifying party) and (ii) unless in such indemnified party’s reasonable judgment a conflict of interest between such indemnified and indemnifying parties may exist with respect to such claim, permit such indemnifying party to assume the defense of such claim with counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. If such defense is assumed, the indemnifying party shall not be subject to any liability for any settlement made by the indemnified party without its consent (but such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). An indemnifying party who is not entitled to, or elects not to, assume the defense of a claim shall not be obligated to pay the fees and expenses of more than one counsel for all parties indemnified by such indemnifying party with respect to such claim, unless in the reasonable judgment of any indemnified party a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim. In such instance, the conflicting indemnified parties shall have a right to retain one separate counsel, chosen by the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities included in the registration by such conflicting indemnified parties, at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party, in the defense of such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(iv)         Each Party hereto agrees that, if for any reason the indemnification provisions contemplated by Section 5F(i) or Section 5F(ii) are unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of or is otherwise unenforceable with respect to any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of such indemnifying party and indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue statement of a material fact or omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by such indemnifying party or indemnified party, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties hereto agree that it would not be just and

 

- 21 -


equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 5F(iv) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in this Section 5F(iv) . The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above shall be deemed to include any legal or other fees or expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or, except as provided in Section 5F(iii) , defending any such action or claim. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The sellers’ obligations in this Section 5F(iv) to contribute shall be several in proportion to the amount of securities registered by them and not joint and shall be limited for each seller to an amount equal to the net proceeds actually received by such seller from the sale of Registrable Securities effected pursuant to such registration.

(v)         The indemnification and contribution provided for under this Agreement shall be in addition to any other rights to indemnification and contribution that any indemnified party may have pursuant to law or contract and shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of the indemnified party or any officer, director or controlling Person of such indemnified party and shall survive the transfer of securities. The Company and each holder of Registrable Securities also agrees to make such provisions, as are reasonably requested by any indemnified party, for contribution to such indemnified party in the event such Person’s indemnification is unavailable for any reason.

(vi)        No indemnifying party shall, except with the consent of the indemnified party, consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such indemnified party a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

5G.        Participation in Underwritten Registrations . No Person may participate in any registration hereunder which is underwritten unless such Person (i) agrees to sell such Person’s securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Person or Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements (including pursuant to any over allotment or “green shoe” option requested by the underwriters, provided that no holder of Registrable Securities shall be required to sell more than the number of Registrable Securities such holder has requested to include) and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements; provided , that no holder of Registrable Securities included in any underwritten registration shall be required to make any representations or warranties to the Company or the underwriters (other than representations and warranties regarding such holder, such holder’s title to the securities and such holder’s intended method of distribution) or to undertake any indemnification obligations to the Company or the underwriters with respect thereto, except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 5F , or to agree to any lock up or holdback restrictions, except as otherwise specifically provided in Section 6A .

5H.        Current Public Information . At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Commission thereunder and shall take such further action as the Majority Investors may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Persons to sell securities pursuant to (i) Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission or (ii) a registration statement on Form S-3 or any similar registration form hereafter adopted by the Commission. Upon reasonable request, the Company shall deliver to the Investors a written

 

- 22 -


statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. The Company shall at all times after the Initial Public Offering cause its securities to be listed or qualified for trading on one or more of the New York Stock Exchange, the NASDAQ Stock Market and/or any other internationally recognized United States, European, Australian or Hong Kong stock exchange.

5I.       Subsidiary Public Offerings . If, after the Initial Public Offering of the capital stock or other equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, the Company distributes securities of such subsidiary to its stockholders, then the rights of holders hereunder and the obligations of the Company pursuant to this Agreement shall apply, mutatis mutandis , to such Subsidiary, and the Company shall cause such Subsidiary to comply with such Subsidiary’s obligations under this Agreement.

5J.       No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of Registrable Securities in this Agreement.

5K.       Termination of Registration Rights . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the rights granted pursuant to this Section 5 shall terminate as to any holder of Registrable Securities at such time as all Registrable Securities held by such holder (and all Registrable Securities held by any affiliate of such holder with which such holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) may be sold during a three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144.

Section 6.       Holdback Agreements .

6A.       Holdback Agreement . No Investor shall (i) offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of (including sales pursuant to Rule 144), directly or indirectly, any Equity Securities (including Equity Securities that may be deemed to be owned beneficially by such holder in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Commission) (collectively, “ Securities ”), (ii) enter into a transaction which would have the same effect as described in clause (i) above, (iii) enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences or ownership of any Securities, whether such transaction is to be settled by delivery of such Securities, in cash or otherwise (each of (i), (ii) and (iii) above, a “ Sale Transaction ”), or (iv) publicly disclose the intention to enter into any Sale Transaction, in any such case during the seven (7) days prior to and the one hundred eighty (180) day period beginning on the effective date of the Initial Public Offering (the “ IPO Holdback Period ”), except as part of the Initial Public Offering, unless the underwriters managing the Initial Public Offering otherwise agree in writing. In connection with all underwritten Demand Registrations and underwritten Piggyback Registrations other than the Initial Public Offering, no holder of Registrable Securities shall effect any Sale Transaction during the seven (7) days prior to and the ninety (90) day period beginning on the effective date of such underwritten registration (the “ Follow-On Holdback Period ”), except as part of such underwritten registration, unless the underwriters managing such registered public offering otherwise agree in writing. If requested by the managing underwriters, then each Investor agrees to execute customary lock-up agreements consistent with the foregoing obligations with the managing underwriters of an underwritten offering with a duration not to exceed the IPO Holdback Period or the Follow-On Holdback Period, as applicable. If (a) the Company issues an earnings release or discloses other material information or a material event relating to the Company occurs during the last seventeen (17) days of the IPO Holdback Period or any Follow-On Holdback Period (as applicable) or (b) prior to the expiration of the IPO Holdback Period or a Follow-On Holdback Period (as applicable), the Company announces that it will release earnings results during the sixteen (16) day period beginning upon the expiration of such period, then to the extent necessary for a managing or co-managing underwriter of a registered offering required hereunder to comply with FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) (or any successor thereto) the IPO Holdback Period or a Follow-On Holdback Period (as applicable) will be extended until eighteen (18) days after the earnings release or disclosure of other material information or

 

- 23 -


the occurrence of the material event, as the case may be (a “ Holdback Extension ”). The Company may impose stop transfer instructions with respect to the shares of its common stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction during any IPO Holdback Period, any Follow-On Holdback Period or any period of Holdback Extension.

6B.      No Other Registration Statements .

(i)         No Registration Statements . The Company (a) shall not file any registration statement for any public sale or distribution of its Equity Securities, or cause any such registration statement to become effective, or effect any Sale Transaction (except for the issuance of Common Stock upon the exercise of outstanding stock options), during the IPO Holdback Period, any Follow-On Holdback Period or any period of Holdback Extension (except as part of such underwritten registration or pursuant to registrations on Form S-8 or any successor form), and (b) shall use reasonable best efforts to cause each of its executive officers and directors and holders (other than the holders of Registrable Securities) of at least 2% (on a fully-diluted basis) of its Common Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or having residual economic rights comparable to its Common Stock (other than holders that purchased shares solely in a registered public offering or in the public markets), to agree not to effect any Sale Transaction during such periods (except as part of such underwritten registration, if otherwise permitted), unless the underwriters managing the registered public offering otherwise agree in writing.

(ii)       If the Company has previously filed a registration statement with respect to Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 5A or Section 5B , and if such previous registration has not been withdrawn or abandoned, then the Company shall not file or cause to be effected any other registration of any of its Equity Securities under the Securities Act (except on Form S-8 or any successor form), whether on its own behalf or at the request of any holder or holders of such securities, until a period of at least ninety (90) days has elapsed from the effective date of such previous registration.

Section 7.      Definitions . For the purposes of this Agreement, capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth below:

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any particular Person, any other Person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such particular Person, where “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Vital Therapies, Inc., as the same may be amended or restated from time to time.

Commission ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Deemed Liquidation Event ” has the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Director ” means an individual serving as a member of the Board.

 

- 24 -


Equity Securities ” means (i) capital stock (including the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock) of, or other equity interests in, the Company, (ii) obligations, evidences of indebtedness or other debt or equity securities or interests convertible or exchangeable into such capital stock or other equity interests in the Company and (iii) warrants, options or other rights to purchase or otherwise acquire such capital stock or other equity interests in the Company.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated from time to time thereunder.

Exempt Transfer ” means any Transfer of Investor Shares by an Investor (i) pursuant to Section 4B (but not as a Transferring Investor), (ii) pursuant to Section 4C , or (iii) to any of such Investor’s Permitted Transferees.

Fair Market Value ” means (i) with respect to cash, the amount thereof, and (ii) with respect to property other than cash (including securities), its value as determined in accordance with Section 2(c)(2) of Part B of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation.

Family Group ” means (a) as to any particular Person, (i) such Person’s spouse, descendants, antecedents or siblings, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (whether natural or adopted) or any spouse of any of the foregoing, (ii) any trust solely for the benefit of such Person and/or any of such Persons identified in clause (i), and (iii) any partnerships, corporations or limited liability companies where the only partners, stockholders or members are such Person and/or any of such Persons identified in clause (i) and/or trusts referred to in clause (ii) of this definition, and (b) without limiting the generality of the foregoing, with respect to any Satter Investor, any trust or foundation or other entity for which Muneer A. Satter or Kristen H. Hertel or any of their Affiliates serves as trustee or investment advisor or similar capacity.

February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement ” means that certain Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of February 23, 2012, by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time.

FINRA ” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

Free-Writing Prospectus ” means a free-writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 405.

Holder ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(C)(i) .

Independent Third Party ” means any Person who, immediately prior to a contemplated transaction, does not own in excess of 10% of the shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis and is not an Affiliate of any Person that owns in excess of 10% of the shares of Common Stock on a fully diluted basis.

Initial Closing ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

Initial Public Offering ” means an initial Public Offering of the Company’s Common Stock (or the comparable equity securities of any successor-in-interest to the Company).

Investor Shares ” means (i) any Common Stock purchased or otherwise acquired or held by any Investor, (ii) any Common Stock issued or issuable directly or indirectly upon the conversion, exercise or exchange of any securities purchased or otherwise acquired by any Investor which are convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable directly or indirectly for Common Stock (including the Preferred Stock but excluding options to purchase Common Stock granted by the Company unless and

 

- 25 -


until such options are exercised) and (iii) any other capital stock or equity securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities referred to in clauses (i) or (ii) above by way of a stock dividend or stock split or in connection with a combination of shares, recapitalization, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular securities constituting Investor Shares hereunder, such Investor Shares shall cease to be Investor Shares hereunder when they have been (a) effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the registration statement covering them, (b) sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144, or (c) redeemed or repurchased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of June 3, 2011, by and among the Company and the stockholders of the Company from time to time party thereto, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time.

Junior Preferred ” means the Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company.

Majority Investors ” means, as of the date of any determination, the Investors that hold a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by all Investors (or, if no shares of Preferred Stock then remain outstanding, the Investors that hold a majority of the shares of Common Stock then held by all Investors that were issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock previously held by all Investors).

Majority Satter Investors ” means, as of the date of any determination, the Satter Investors that hold a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by all of the Satter Investors (or, if no shares of Preferred Stock then remain outstanding, the Satter Investors that hold a majority of the shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by all Satter Investors).

Non-CEO Director ” means any Director other than the CEO Director.

Other Registrable Securities ” means all Registrable Securities (as defined in the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement) other than any such securities held by an Investor.

Permitted Transferee ” means, with respect to any Person, a member of such Person’s Family Group (but only for so long as such Person remains a Permitted Transferee of such Person).

Person ” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, a limited liability company, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization and a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof.

Preferred Stock ” means the Senior Preferred and the Junior Preferred.

Pro Rata Basis ” means, with respect to each holder of Investor Shares, and as determined with respect to any particular expense, liability or obligation incurred (or amount of proceeds withheld) in connection with any Transfer of Equity Securities pursuant to Section 4B or any Approved Sale, the amount such holder’s proceeds would be reduced as a percentage of the aggregate reduction in proceeds to applicable holders assuming the Total Equity Value implied by such Transfer or Approved Sale were being distributed in a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company in accordance with Section 2 of Part B of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation in connection with such Transfer or Approved Sale and as if such expense, liability or obligation were incurred and satisfied (or such amount of proceeds were withheld) prior to such distribution, as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board (with the approval of the Requisite Investors).

 

- 26 -


Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each share of Preferred Stock or Common Stock, the proportionate amount such share would receive if an amount equal to the Total Equity Value were distributed in a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Company in accordance with Section 2 of Part B of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation, and with respect to each Investor, such Investor’s proportionate share of the Total Equity Value based on the shares held by such Investor, in each case as determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board (with the approval of the Requisite Investors).

Proportional Share ” means, with respect to any Investor at any time of determination, the percentage represented by a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock then held by such Investor plus the total number of shares of Common Stock that such Investor is then obligated to purchase under the Purchase Agreement (in each case, assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock then held by such Investor and assuming, without duplication, the conversion or exercise of any other outstanding securities or warrants that are convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock that were issued or sold to such Investor after the Initial Closing), and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding plus the total number of shares of Common Stock that all Investors are then obligated to purchase under the Purchase Agreement (in each case, assuming conversion of all outstanding Preferred Stock and exercise of all options to purchase shares of Common Stock authorized for grant pursuant to the Stock Option Plan and, without duplication, the conversion or exercise of any other outstanding securities or warrants that are convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock that were issued or sold after the Initial Closing).

Public Offering ” means any offering by the Company (or any successor-in-interest to the Company) of its capital stock or other equity securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as then in effect, or pursuant to the comparable provisions of any foreign jurisdiction.

Public Sale ” means any sale of Investor Shares to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or to the public in compliance with Rule 144 adopted under the Securities Act (or any similar provision then in force).

Qualified Public Offering ” has the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

Registrable Securities ” means (i) any Common Stock purchased or otherwise acquired or held from time to time by any Investor, (ii) the Common Stock issued or issuable upon the conversion of any shares of Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired or held from time to time by any Investor, (iii) any other securities issued or issuable directly or indirectly with respect to the securities described in clause (i) or (ii) of this definition by way of a stock dividend, stock distribution or stock split or in connection with an exchange or a combination of shares, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, consolidation or other reorganization. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when they have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act or sold to the public through a broker, dealer or market maker in compliance with Rule 144 (or any similar rule then in force) or repurchased by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. For purposes of this Agreement, a Person shall be deemed to be a holder of Registrable Securities and such Registrable Securities shall be deemed to be in existence whenever such Person has the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, such Registrable Securities (upon conversion or exercise in connection with a transfer of securities or otherwise, but disregarding any restrictions or limitations upon the exercise of such right), whether or not such acquisition has actually been effected, and such Person shall be entitled to exercise the rights of a holder of Registrable Securities hereunder.

 

- 27 -


Requisite Investors ” means both the Requisite Senior Preferred Investors and the Requisite Preferred Stock Investors.

Requisite Preferred Stock Investors ” means (i) until such time as the Company shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the Investors that hold 75% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by all Investors (or, if no shares of Preferred Stock then remain outstanding, the Investors that hold 75% of the shares of Common Stock then held by all Investors that were issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock previously held by all Investors), and (ii) after such time as the Company shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the Investors that hold two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by all Investors (or, if no shares of Preferred Stock then remain outstanding, the Investors that hold two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock then held by all Investors that were issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock previously held by all Investors).

Requisite Senior Preferred Investors ” means (i) until such time as the Company shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the Investors that hold 75% of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred then held by all Investors (or, if no shares of Senior Preferred then remain outstanding, the Investors that hold 75% of the shares of Common Stock then held by all Investors that were issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock previously held by all Investors), and (ii) after such time as the Company shall have issued an aggregate number of shares of Senior Preferred pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including shares of Senior Preferred issued upon conversion of the Bridge Notes) having an aggregate purchase price of $40,000,000, the Investors that hold two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Senior Preferred then held by all Investors (or, if no shares of Senior Preferred then remain outstanding, the Investors that hold two-thirds of the shares of Common Stock then held by all Investors that were issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock previously held by all Investors).

RFR Share ” means, with respect to any Investor at any time of determination, the percentage represented by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Investor Shares then held by such Investor, and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Investors Shares then outstanding.

Rule 144 ”, “ Rule 158 ”, “ Rule 405 ” and “ Rule 415 ” mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any successor provision) by the Commission, as the same shall be amended from time to time, or any successor rule then in force.

Sale of the Company ” means the sale of the Company to an Independent Third Party or group of Independent Third Parties pursuant to which such party or parties acquire (i) capital stock of the Company possessing the voting power under normal circumstances to elect a majority of the Company’s board of directors (whether by merger, consolidation or sale or transfer of the Company’s capital stock or otherwise) or (ii) all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis.

Satter Director ” means any Director who has been nominated and elected to the Board by designation of the Majority Satter Investors pursuant to Section 1A(iii) or Section 1G .

 

- 28 -


Schedule of Other Investors ” means the Schedule of Other Investors on file with the books and records of the Company, as the same may be updated or otherwise modified from time to time by the Company in accordance with Section 8A and Section 8B .

Schedule of Satter Investors ” means the Schedule of Satter Investors on file with the books and records of the Company, as the same may be updated or otherwise modified from time to time by the Company in accordance with Section 8A and Section 8B .

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations thereunder, and any successor to such statute, rules or regulations.

Stock Option Plan ” means the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan, as the same may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived from time to time, and any other stock option or equity incentive plan, program or arrangement approved by the Board after the Initial Closing.

Subsidiary ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity, a majority of the limited liability company, partnership or other similar ownership interest thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by that Person or one or more Subsidiaries of that Person or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, a Person or Persons shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity if such Person or Persons shall be allocated a majority of the limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing member, general partner or managing director of such limited liability company, partnership, association or other business entity.

Supplemental Preemptive Rights Closing ” has the meaning set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

Total Equity Value ” means the aggregate proceeds which would be received by the Investors if: (i) the assets of the Company as a going concern were sold at their Fair Market Value; (ii) the Company satisfied and paid in full all of its obligations and liabilities in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money; and (iii) such net sale proceeds were then distributed in a liquidation, dissolution and winding up of the Corporation in accordance with Section 2 of Part B of Article IV of the Certificate of Incorporation. When determined in connection with a Sale of the Company or Deemed Liquidation Event, Total Equity Value shall be derived from the consideration paid in connection with such Deemed Liquidation Event.

Transfer ” means any direct or indirect sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, grant of a security interest or other direct or indirect disposition or encumbrance of an interest (whether with or without consideration, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) or the acts thereof or an offer or agreement to do the foregoing, including issuances, but excluding conversions and redemptions of shares of capital stock or other Equity Securities by the Company made in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. The terms “Transferee,” “Transferor,” “Transferred,” and other forms of the word “Transfer” shall have the correlative meanings.

 

- 29 -


Section 8.       Miscellaneous .

8A.       Additional Investors . Upon any Person becoming party to the Purchase Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof and executing and delivering to the Company a Joinder Agreement, substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (a “ Joinder ”), such Person shall thereafter be deemed to be an Investor and an Other Investor for all purposes of this Agreement (each such Person, an “ Additional Investor ”). Promptly following any Additional Investor becoming party to this Agreement in accordance with this Section 8A , the Company is hereby authorized and directed to update the Schedule of Other Investors to reflect the name and notice address of such Additional Investor.

8B.       Transfers . Except in connection with an Approved Sale and without limiting the generality of Section 4 , prior to Transferring any Investor Shares to any Person, the Transferring Investor shall cause the prospective Transferee to execute and deliver to the Company a Joinder. Transferees of Investor Shares (other than Permitted Transferees of the Satter Investors, all of whom shall be deemed to Satter Investors hereunder), other than in connection with an Approved Sale, shall be deemed to be Other Investors hereunder. No consent of the other Parties shall be required for any Transferee of Investor Shares to become party to this Agreement in connection with a Transfer permitted hereunder. Promptly following any Transfer of Investor Shares in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Company is hereby authorized and directed to update the Schedule of Satter Investors or the Schedule of Other Investors, as applicable, to reflect the name and notice address of the Transferee of such Investor Shares. The provisions of this Section 8B shall terminate automatically and shall be of no further force and effect upon the earlier of a Qualified Public Offering and a Sale of the Company.

8C.       Amendment and Waiver . Except as otherwise provided herein, this Agreement may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived only upon the prior written consent of the Company and the Requisite Investors; provided , that (i) in addition to requiring the prior written consent of the Company and Requisite Investors, (a) any amendment, restatement, modification, supplement or waiver diminishing or adversely affecting the rights of any holder or group of holders of Investor Shares in a manner disproportionately unfavorable to such holder or group of holders relative to the other holders or groups of holders of Investor Shares shall require the prior written consent of the holder(s) of a majority of the Investor Shares so disproportionately unfavorably affected, and (b)  Section 1A(iii) , Section 1A(vi) , Section 1E , Section 1F and Section 5H (including any defined terms used therein) may be amended, restated, modified, supplemented or waived only by a written instrument referencing this Agreement and signed by the Majority Satter Investors, (ii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (a) the addition of new parties to this Agreement shall not be deemed to be an amendment, restatement, modification, supplement or waiver of this Agreement and shall be governed solely by the provisions of Section 8A or Section 8B , as applicable, and (b) following the Supplemental Preemptive Rights Closing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) upon the prior written consent of the Company and the Majority Satter Investors in order to reflect the transactions consummated at the Supplemental Preemptive Rights Closing, and (iv) any provision of this Agreement may be waived by a Party on such Party’s own behalf without the prior consent of any other Party. Each Investor agrees that any amendment, restatement, modification, supplement or waiver so approved shall be binding on such Investor, whether or not such Investor provided such consent. The failure of any Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall in no way be construed as a waiver of such provisions and shall not affect the right of such Party thereafter to enforce each and every provision of this Agreement in accordance with its terms.

8D.       Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any applicable law or rule in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect the validity, legality or

 

- 30 -


enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement in such jurisdiction or affect the validity, legality or enforceability of any provision in any other jurisdiction, but this Agreement shall be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had never been contained herein.

8E.       Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the Transaction Agreements (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) contain the complete agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede any prior understandings, agreements and representations by or between the Parties (whether written or oral) which may have related to the subject matter hereof or thereof in any way (including the Prior Agreement); provided , that (i) neither the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement nor the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement shall be superseded by this Agreement, (ii) each of the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement and the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms, and (iii) to the extent of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement or the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Parties that are party to both this Agreement and either or both of the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement and the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement hereby agree to be governed solely by the applicable terms of this Agreement and hereby waive compliance with the conflicting terms of the June 2011 Investors’ Rights Agreement and/or the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement, as applicable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and the Parties that are party to both this Agreement and the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement, which Parties constitute the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis), hereby acknowledge and agree that all obligations of the Company under Section 2.1 of the February 2012 Investors’ Rights Agreement with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement shall be deemed to have been satisfied or waived from and after the Preemptive Rights Closing (with respect to all such transactions prior to the date hereof) and the Supplemental Preemptive Rights Closing (with respect to the transactions at the Supplemental Closing (as defined in the Purchase Agreement)).

8F.       Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and its successors and assigns (including in connection with any assignment and assumption described in Section 4F ) and the Investors and any subsequent holders of Investor Shares and the respective successors and assigns of each of them, so long as they hold Investor Shares; provided , that neither this Agreement nor any of the covenants and agreements herein or rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned or delegated by the Company without the prior written consent of the Requisite Investors. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, whether or not any express assignment has been made but subject to compliance with the applicable provisions of Section 4 and Section 8B , the provisions of Section 5 that are for the benefit of purchasers or holders of Registrable Securities are also for the benefit of and shall be enforceable by any subsequent holder of Registrable Securities.

8G.       Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in two or more counterparts (including by means of facsimile or electronic transmission in portable document format (pdf)), any one of which need not contain the signatures of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

8H.       Remedies . The Parties shall be entitled to enforce their rights under this Agreement specifically, to recover damages by reason of any breach of any provision of this Agreement and to exercise all other rights existing in their favor. The Parties agree and acknowledge that money damages would not be an adequate remedy for any breach of the provisions of this Agreement and that the Company and any Investor may in its sole discretion apply to any court of law or equity of competent jurisdiction for specific performance and/or injunctive relief (without posting a bond or other security) in order to enforce or prevent any violation of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

- 31 -


8I.       Notices . All notices, demands or other communications to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given only (i) when delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) one (1) business day after being sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) provided that confirmation of delivery is received, (iii) upon machine-generated acknowledgment of receipt after transmittal by facsimile (provided that a confirmation copy is sent via reputable overnight courier service for delivery within two (2) business days thereafter), or (iv) five (5) days after being mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested and postage prepaid). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Satter Investors at the addresses set forth on the Schedule of Satter Investors, to the Other Investors at the addresses set forth on the Schedule of Other Investors and to the Company at the address indicated below or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient Party has specified by prior written notice to the sending Party.

Notices to the Company :

Vital Therapies, Inc.

15222 Avenue of Science, Suite B

San Diego, California 92128

Attention:        Chief Executive Officer

Telecopy:        (858) 673-6843

with copies to (which shall not constitute notice to the Company) :

Berenbaum Weinshienk PC

370 Seventeenth Street, Suite 4800

Denver, Colorado 80202

Attention:        Joseph S. Borus

                         James A. Jacobson

Telecopy:        (303) 629-7610

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle Street

Chicago, Illinois 60654

Attention:        Ted H. Zook, P.C.

                         Jon-Micheal A. Wheat

8J.       Rights Cumulative . The rights and remedies of each of the Parties under this Agreement shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which a Party would otherwise have hereunder at law or in equity or by statute, and no failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right or remedy shall impair any such right or remedy or operate as a waiver of such right or remedy, and neither shall any single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude a Party’s other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power or right.

8K.       Governing Law . The corporate law of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues and questions concerning the relative rights and obligations of the Company and its stockholders. All other issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

- 32 -


8L.       Business Days . If any time period for giving notice or taking action hereunder expires on a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the state in which the Company’s chief executive office is then located, the time period shall automatically be extended to the business day immediately following such Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday.

8M.       Descriptive Headings; Interpretation . The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The use of the word “including” herein shall mean “including without limitation.” Any reference to the masculine, feminine or neuter gender shall be deemed to include any gender or all three as appropriate. For purposes of this Agreement, all holdings of Senior Preferred, Junior Preferred or Common Stock by Persons who are Affiliates of each other shall be aggregated for purposes of meeting any threshold tests under this Agreement.

8N.       No Strict Construction . The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement. In the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement shall be construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties, and no presumption or burden of proof shall arise favoring or disfavoring any Party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank ]

 

- 33 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement on the date first written above.

 

COMPANY

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Terence E. Winters

Name: Terence E. Winters, Ph.D.

Title: Chief Executive Officer

SATTER INVESTORS

MUNEER A. SATTER REVOCABLE TRUST

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Trustee

THE SATTER FOUNDATION

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Trustee

SCT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager

SFT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager

KHH VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement on the date first written above.

 

SATTER INVESTORS

RSFIT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager

RHSIT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager

ACWIT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager

ASIT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager

JWT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager

GBAHIT VTI HOLDINGS, LLC

By:

 

/s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Title: Manager


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed or caused to be executed on their behalf this Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement on the date first written above.

 

/s/ Terence E. Winters

Name: Terence E. Winters

/s/ Duane Nash

Name: Duane Nash

/s/ Robert A. Ashley

Name: Robert A. Ashley

/s/ Aron Stern

Name: Aron Stern


EXHIBIT A

Form of Joinder Agreement

See Attached.


JOINDER AGREEMENT

Effective as of [                  ], the undersigned hereby agrees (i) to become a party to, and to be bound by the provisions of, that certain Fourth Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of August        , 2013 (as amended, restated, modified, supplemented and waived from time to time, the “ Investors’ Rights Agreement ”), by and among Vital Therapies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the stockholders of the Company from time to time party thereto, and (ii) that for all purposes of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the undersigned shall be considered an Investor and [an Other Investor] [a Satter Investor] thereunder, and shall be entitled to the rights and benefits and subject to the duties and obligations of an Investor and [an Other Investor] [a Satter Investor] thereunder, as fully as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Investors’ Rights Agreement in such capacity.

 

                                       ]

By:                                                               

 
Name:                                                                   
Title:                                                                     

Exhibit 4.3

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 23rd day of February 2012, by and among Vital Therapies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the persons and/or entities listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

A. To avoid the imminent threat of the Company’s filing for bankruptcy under Chapter 7, Title 11 of the United States Code, the Company and the Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust, The Satter Foundation, Satter Family Trust and Satter Children’s Trust I (collectively, the “ Satter Investors ”) and certain other Investors have entered into that certain Securities Purchase Agreement as of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company has agreed to sell and the Investors party thereto have agreed to purchase shares of the Company’s newly designated Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Preferred Stock ”), subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

B. Prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, the holders of a majority of the former shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Former Preferred Stock ”) and the holders of a majority of each series of the Former Preferred Stock (including the “Series A Preferred Stock,” the “Series B Preferred Stock,” the “Series C Preferred Stock” and the “Series D Preferred Stock”) consented to and caused the automatic conversion of all of the Former Preferred Stock into shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (the “ Common Stock ”) such that, as of the time of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, no shares of Former Preferred Stock remained outstanding.

C. The Company’s Amended and Restated Voting Agreement terminated by its terms upon the conversion of the Former Preferred Stock.

D. The Company and the Investors desire to enter into this Agreement to clarify certain rights and obligations of the Company and the Investors, as applicable, as set forth herein in light of the Company’s new capital structure.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree that the Prior Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety by the following agreement:

 

  1 Registration Rights.

 

  1.1 Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1:

 

1


(a) The term “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal rule or statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC (defined below) thereunder, all as the same will be in effect at the time.

(b) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form of registration statement under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any form of registration statement under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning Registrable Securities (defined below) or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof.

(d) The term “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar Federal rule or statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same will be in effect at the time.

(e) The terms “ register, ” “ registered, ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document with the SEC in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(f) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means: (i) the Common Stock currently held by the Investors; (ii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) or (ii) above, excluding in all cases, however, shares of Common Stock of the Company that have previously been registered or that have been sold to the public, or any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his, her, or its rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.

(g) The term “ Registration Expenses ” means all expenses, except as otherwise stated in the definition of “Selling Expenses,” incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 hereof, including without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel to the selling shareholders, blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration.

(h) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” will be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then-exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

(i) The term “ Restricted Securities ” will mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legends set forth in Section 1.2(b) hereof.

(j) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

 

2


(k) The term “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Holders and, except as set forth in the definition of “ Registration Expenses ,” all fees and disbursements of separate counsel for any Holder.

 

  1.2 Restrictions on Transfer.

(a) In addition to the general restrictions on Transfer (as hereinafter defined) set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, each Holder other than the Satter Investors and their respective transferees agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Preferred Stock or the Registrable Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the restrictions of this Agreement including, without limitation, Section 1.13 and this Section 1.2, and:

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

(ii) (A) Such Holder will have notified the Company of the proposed distribution and will have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (B) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder will have furnished the Company (at such Holder’s expense) with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; provided, however, that no such opinion will be required where such disposition is effected pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”), unless required by the Company’s transfer agent.

(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, to the extent permissible under law, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel will be necessary for a transfer (A) by a Holder to an affiliate, (B) by a Holder that is a partnership to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner or the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any such partner to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse, (C) by a Holder that is a limited liability company to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) by a Holder that is a corporation to its shareholders in accordance with the interests of the corporation, or (E) by a Holder to a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of one or more individual Holders, provided in all cases enumerated in clauses (A) - (E) that the transferees agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 1.2 to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder and signs an appropriate investment letter as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b) Each certificate representing the Preferred Stock or the Registrable Securities will (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend(s) required by agreement or by applicable state securities laws):

 

3


THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“THE ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. SUCH SHARES GENERALLY MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

Each Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of its capital stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Agreement.

 

  1.3 Request for Registration.

(a) If the Company receives at any time after the earlier of (i) three years after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Company’s first public offering of securities (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan on Form S-8 or any successor form) or to a transaction under Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 145 ”), a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, and in which the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $7,000,000, then the Company will:

(i) within 10 days of the receipt thereof give written notice of such request to all Holders; and

(ii) unless holders of at least 50% of the Registrable Securities object in writing within 15 days after receipt of the notice provided pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i), as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable state securities laws and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered, subject to the limitations of Section 1.3(b), by written notice to the Company given within 20 days of the mailing of the notice by the Company under clause (i) above.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request under Section 1.3(a) (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they will so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.3(a) and the Company will include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.3(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and will be reasonably acceptable to Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered. In

 

4


such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration will be conditioned upon the Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting will (together with the Company as provided in Section 1.6(e) and any other stockholders whose shares are included in the registration statement covering such offering) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company will so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting will be allocated as follows: (i)  first , the Registrable Securities held by the Satter Investors and (ii)  second , the Registrable Securities held by all other Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders (other than the Satter Investors, as applicable), in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each such other Holder at the time of filing the registration statement. The Company shall not limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in a registration by the Holders pursuant to this Agreement in order to include shares held by stockholders with no registration rights or to include shares of stock issued to employees, officers, directors, or consultants pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans, or in the case of registrations under this Section 1.3 and Section 1.5 hereof, in order to include in such registration securities registered for the Company’s own account. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company. If other selling stockholders who are not Qualified Holders (hereinafter defined) or the Company request registration of securities in the proposed offering, the Company will reduce or eliminate such other selling stockholders’ securities first, followed by a reduction in its own securities so offered before any reduction or elimination of Registrable Securities held by Qualified Holders to be included in such registration. The term “ Qualified Holders ” will mean (i) the Investors, (ii) the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock that the Company may issue after the date of this Agreement, and (iii) their respective successors and assigns to whom registration rights under this Agreement have been assigned or transferred in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.3:

(i) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.3 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days immediately following the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 1.4 hereof;

 

5


provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof; or

(iv) If the Company will furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of a registration statement, then the Company will have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than 120 days from the date of receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not exercise this deferral right more than once in any 12-month period; and provided further, that the Company will not register any of its shares during such 120-day period.

(d) All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Section 1.3 will be borne by the Company; provided, however, that if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered: (i) the Company will not be required to pay for any Registration Expenses of such registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.3 (in which case all such Holders will bear such Registration Expenses), and such requested registration shall not be counted as a requested registration pursuant to Section 1 .3(c)(i)), or (ii) if Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.3, the Company will pay the Registration Expenses; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to such Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure in writing by the Company of such material adverse change to the Holders, then the Holders will not be required to pay any of such Registration Expenses and will retain their rights pursuant to this Section 1.3 (and will not forfeit any right to a demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.3). Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders and all other registration expenses will be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered or proposed to be registered.

 

  1.4 Company Registration.

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the offering of such securities solely for cash (other than (i) the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, (ii) a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, (iii) a registration on any form that does not include (by reference or otherwise) substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, or (iv) a registration on Form S-4), the Company will at

 

6


such time promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of any Holder given within 20 days after receipt of such notice from the Company by a Holder, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 1.4(b), cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company will not be required under this Section 1.4 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless such Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters). If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by Holders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities to be sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company will be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering, allocated as follows: (i)  first , the Registrable Securities held by the Satter Investors, (ii)  second , the Registrable Securities held by all other Holders thereof, pro rata among such Holders on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities held by each such other Holder, and (iii)  third , any other securities requested to be included in such registration pro rata among the respective holders thereof on the basis of the number of such securities owned by each such holder; provided, that in no event will the amount of securities of the selling Holders (including the Satter Investors) included in the offering be reduced below 45% of the total amount of securities included in such offering. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company. If other selling stockholders who are not Qualified Holders request registration of securities in the proposed offering, the Company will reduce or eliminate such other selling stockholders’ securities first before any reduction or elimination of Registrable Securities held by Qualified Holders to be included in such registration. For purposes of the provisions concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a limited liability company, partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such members, partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons that are controlled by, or under common control with a selling stockholder will be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” will be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.4 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration and will give notice to each Holder who has elected to include securities in such registration as soon as practicable after such termination or withdrawal. The expenses of such withdrawn registration will be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 1.4(d) below.

 

7


(d) The Company will bear and pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1.4 for each Holder requesting registration hereunder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.11). Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders and all other registration expenses will be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered or proposed to be registered.

1.5 Form S-3 Registration. If the Company receives from a Holder a written request or requests that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders such that the aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $1,000,000, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use its best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 20 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company will not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.5:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration on Form S-3 to be effected at such time, in which event the Company will have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.5; provided, however, that the Company will not exercise this deferral right more than once in any 12-month period; and provided further, that the Company will not register any other of its shares of capital stock during such 90-day period;

(iii) if the Company has, within the 12 months period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.5; or

(iv) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

 

8


(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company will file a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.5 will be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company will not be obligated to bear such expenses in connection with more than one such registration on Form S-3 within any 12-month period. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.5 will not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 1.3. Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders and all other registration expenses will be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered or proposed to be registered.

1.6 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company will as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 180 days or until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplements thereto, including documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of any registration statement, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities selling shares covered by such registration statement (the “ Participating Holders ”), the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel copies of all such documents to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such Participating Holders, underwriters, and their respective counsel.

(b) Permit the Participating Holders to participate in the preparation of such registration statement and, if specifically requested by such Participating Holder, in discussions between the Company and the SEC or its staff with respect to such registration statement, and to include in such registration statement material, furnished to the Company in writing, that such Participating Holder reasonably deems necessary to include in order to avoid potential liability for the Participating Holders.

(c) Notify the Participating Holders promptly after it has received notice of the time when such registration statement has become effective or any supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed.

(d) Notify the Participating Holders promptly of any request by the SEC for the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or of additional information.

(e) Prepare and file with the SEC, and promptly notify the Participating Holders of the filing of, such amendments and post-effective amendments to such registration statement and such supplements to the prospectus used in connection with such registration

 

9


statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(f) Not file any amendment or supplement to the registration statement or prospectus to which any Participating Holders or their special counsel shall reasonably object after having been furnished a copy within a reasonable time, which shall not be less than 5 business days, prior to the filing thereof.

(g) Furnish to each Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus or prospectuses (including each preliminary prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto) as such persons may reasonably request; the Company consents to the use of such prospectus and of any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Participating Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(h) Prior to any public offering of the Registrable Securities, cooperate with the Participating Holders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with and use its best efforts to effect the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Participating Holder or underwriter reasonably requests in writing, keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such registration statement is required to be kept effective, and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement; provided that the Company will not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(i) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering, and in connection therewith, make such representations and warranties to the underwriters in such form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested; obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions in form, scope and substance will be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriters) addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such underwriters; obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s accountants addressed to the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters by underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings; use reasonable efforts in good faith to set forth in full in any underwriting agreement entered into, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 1.9 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 1.9; and deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably required by the underwriters to evidence compliance with the preceding clause above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company; the above will be

 

10


done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement or as and to the extent required thereunder.

(j) Notify each Participating Holder and the managing underwriters promptly, and (if requested by any such person) confirm such advice in writing, of the following: when a prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and with respect to a registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to a registration statement or related prospectus or for additional information; of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and of the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the registration statement, the prospectus or any documents incorporated therein by reference untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the registration statement so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(k) Make reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible time.

(l) Use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange or trading market, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded.

(m) As necessary, prepare and file, and promptly notify the Participating Holders or their special counsel of the filing of, any amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable registration statement or related prospectus or any documents incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(n) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(o) Furnish to any Participating Holder, copies of the opinions of counsel to the Company (and updates thereof) and “comfort” letters (and updates thereof) delivered to the underwriters or a placement agent pursuant to Section 1.6(i) above; or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters or a placement agent, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of counsel to the Company with respect to such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the Participating Holders and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form

 

11


and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the Participating Holders.

(p) Permit any holder of Registrable Securities which holder, in its good faith judgment (based on the advice of counsel), could reasonably be expected to be deemed to be an underwriter or a controlling Person of the Company, to participate in the preparation of such registration or comparable statement and to require the insertion therein of material, furnished to the Company in writing, which in the reasonable judgment of such holder and its counsel should be included.

(q) Otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable Federal and state regulations; and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary to or advisable to enable each Participating Holder and each underwriter to consummate the sale or disposition in such jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which any such Participating Holder or underwriter requires that the Registrable Securities be sold.

1.7 Furnish Information. It will be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder will furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of such securities as will be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement.

1.8 Delay of Registration. No Holder will have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.9 Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, trustees, investment advisors, directors and partners, legal counsel, accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, for, from, and against all fees, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof, or otherwise to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state law, insofar as such fees, expenses, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or otherwise (or actions, proceeding or settlements in respect thereof) arise out of, are related to, or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each, a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like), or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact

 

12


required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any foreign or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any foreign or state securities law applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, trustees, investment advisors, directors, partners, legal counsel, accountants and each such underwriter, and each person controlling such Holder or underwriter for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred, by them in connection with investigating, preparing, defending or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, or otherwise; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.9(a) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, or otherwise if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or if such settlement does not provide for the full release of the indemnified party from all liability in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action nor will the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation that occurs in direct reliance upon and in specific conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, for, from, and against all losses, claims, damages, and liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in direct reliance upon and in specific conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse the Company, such directors, officers, persons, underwriters, control persons or such other Holders for any reasonable legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.9(b) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), or if such settlement does not provide for the full release of the indemnified party from all liability in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; further provided, that in no event will any indemnity under this Section 1.9(b) exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.9 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) will give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after receipt by such Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), and such Indemnified Party will,

 

13


if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any Indemnifying Party under this Section 1.9, deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the Indemnifying Party will have the right to participate in (at its own expense), and, to the extent the Indemnifying Party so desires, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof (at its own expense) with counsel mutually satisfactory to all parties; provided, however, that an Indemnified Party (together with all other Indemnified Parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) will have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the Indemnifying Party promptly of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, will relieve such Indemnifying Party of any liability to the Indemnified Party under this Section 1.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the Indemnifying Party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any Indemnified Party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, will contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such fees, loss, liability, claim, damage, action, expense, or otherwise in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with any Violation that resulted in such fees, loss, liability, claim, damage, action, expense, or otherwise as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that no person guilty of fraud will be entitled to receive contribution. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the Violation relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, benefit received, and opportunity to correct or prevent such violation.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section will survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.10 Reports Under the Exchange Act. At all times after the Company has filed a registration statement with the SEC pursuant to the requirements of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to file all reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder and shall take such further action as the Investors may reasonably request, all to the extent required to enable such Persons to sell securities pursuant to (a) Rule 144 or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or (b) a registration statement on Form S-3 or any similar registration form hereafter adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission. Upon reasonable request, the Company shall deliver to the Investors a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements.

 

14


1.11 Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such Registrable Securities; provided that (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer or assignment, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned; and (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.13 hereof.

1.12 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.3 hereof unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that is included or (b) to make a demand registration that would result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in Section 1.3(a) or within 120 days after the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.3.

1.13 Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Investor hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “ Market Stand-Off Period ”), it will not, to the extent requested by such underwriter, (i) directly or indirectly lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such Market Stand-Off Period except Common Stock included in such registration, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the Company’s securities, in cash or otherwise; provided, however, that:

(a) Such agreement will only apply to the first such registration statement of the Company that covers Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering and will not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriter’s agreement;

(b) All officers and Directors, 1% or greater stockholders of the Company, and all other persons with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into similar agreements and the restrictions on transfers are not waived in whole or in part with respect to any such parties unless such waivers are granted to all such parties and Holders on a pro rata basis;

(c) Such Market Stand-Off Period will not exceed 180 days following the effective date of such registration statement of the Company; and

 

15


(d) In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Investor (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such Market Stand-Off Period.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 1.13 will not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 on Form S-4 or similar form that may be promulgated in the future.

1.14 Termination of Registration Rights. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 1 will terminate (and such Holder’s shares will no longer be deemed to be Registrable Securities) on the date that is five years after the effective date of the Company’s Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time) or, as to any Holder, at such earlier time at which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (and any affiliate of the Holder with which such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (other than pursuant to Rule 144(k).

 

  2 Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

2.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.1, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first offer to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as hereinafter defined) that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. An Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first offer, is the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by such Investor and the exercise of or conversion of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options, or warrants held by such Investor, to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock and exercise or conversion of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options, and warrants to acquire Common Stock of the Company, but excluding any shares reserved for issuance upon exercise or conversion of convertible securities, rights, options, or warrants that have been reserved for future issuance, but not yet granted. For purposes of this Section 2.1, the term “ Investor ” includes any general partners and affiliates of an Investor (which affiliates include, with respect to any Satter Investor or transferee thereof, any other trust sharing a common trustee or investment advisor). An Investor will be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate to the extent that such apportionment would not cause the Company to be in violation of the Securities Act. This right of first offer will be subject to the following provisions:

(a) The term “ New Securities ” will mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or preferred stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into capital stock and any debt securities; provided that the term “New Securities” will not include: (i) securities issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another business entity or business segment of any

 

16


such entity by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all the assets, or other reorganization whereby the Company will own more than 50% of the voting power of such business entity or business segment of any such entity, if the transaction is unanimously approved by the Board; (iii) any borrowings, direct or indirect, from financial institutions or lending institutions by the Company, whether or not presently authorized, including any type of loan or payment evidenced by any type of debt instrument, including borrowings accompanied by warrants, options, or other rights to purchase capital stock of the Company provided such transaction is approved in advance by the Board, the shares underlying any such securities do not exceed 1% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis and such transaction is for other than an equity capital raising purpose; (iv) securities issued to employees, consultants, officers, or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or stock bonus plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board; (v) securities issued to vendors or customers or to other persons in similar commercial situations with the Company if such issuance is approved by the Board; (vi) securities issued in connection with obtaining lease financing, whether issued to a lessor, guarantor, or other person if such issuance is approved by the Board; (vii) securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization of the Company; (viii) securities issued in connection with corporate partnering transactions on terms approved by the Board; (ix) Preferred Stock purchased pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the entirety of the first $1.5 million of purchases of Preferred Stock, including pursuant to elections of any preemptive rights offering); and (x) any convertible security, right, option, or warrant to acquire any security convertible or exercisable into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (ix) above.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it will give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor will have 20 days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c) In the event the Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first offer within such twenty-day period, the Company will have 60 days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby will be closed, if at all, within 60 days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities respecting which the Investors’ right of first offer option set forth in this Section 2.1 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Investors pursuant to Section 2.1(b). In the event the Company has not sold any of the New Securities within such 60-day period, the Company will not thereafter issue or sell such New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided in Section 2.1(b) above.

(d) The right of first offer granted under this Agreement will expire upon, and will not be applicable to, the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public effected pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect from time to time).

 

17


(e) The right of first offer set forth in this Section 2.1 may not be assigned or transferred, except that (i) such right is assignable by each Investor to any wholly owned subsidiary or parent of, or to any corporation or entity that is, within the meaning of the Securities Act, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, any such Investor; and (i) such right is transferable in connection with a transfer of all Registrable Securities held by such Investor.

2.2 Monthly Financial Review. The Board (or a committee of the Board) will have the right to review and approve on a monthly basis the Company’s financial statements and any budgets, to the extent such budgets are available.

2.3 Vesting of Employee Stock Options. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all stock options, restricted stock grants, and other stock equivalents granted to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers after the date of this Agreement shall vest no more rapidly than the following, commencing no earlier than the date of employment or engagement: 25% of the shares subject to the option or grant (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and one 1/48 th of the shares subject to the option or grant (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest on the first day of each full month thereafter, so that all of the shares shall be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

2.4 Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (i) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law, and (ii) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. Additionally, the Company shall enter into an Indemnification Agreement with each of its directors in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and the Board.

2.5 Confidentiality Agreements. The Company will enter into a Proprietary Rights and Confidentiality Agreement substantially in the form approved by the Board with each employee and consultant who is engaged after the date of this Agreement and who will have access to the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets.

2.6 Section 1202. The Company hereby covenants, subject to applicable fiduciary duties and responsibilities of the Company’s officers and directors, that it will use its reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Preferred Stock and any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock to continue to constitute “Qualified Small Business Stock” (as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code), including complying with any applicable filing or reporting requirements imposed by the Code on issuers of “Qualified Small Business Stock,” so long as any such shares are held by any Investor (or held by a permitted transferee of any Investor in whose hands such shares are eligible to qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock”); provided , however , that such reasonable efforts will not include altering the business of the Company as presently conducted or as presently proposed to be conducted in such a manner that would adversely affect its business, as determined by the Board. The Company shall deliver, upon the request of an Investor, a certificate certifying as to its “Qualified Small Business Stock” status, in a form acceptable to such Investor, or provide an explanation as to the loss of “Qualified Small Business Stock” status, in form and substance acceptable to such Investor.

 

18


2.7 Termination of Certain Covenants. The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 through 2.6 will terminate and be of no further force or effect: (i) upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect from time to time), (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of merger, consolidation, or other transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock such that the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity (collectively “ Sale of the Company ”), whichever event first occurs.

2.8 Confidentiality. The Investors agree to keep confidential and not disclose to third parties any material information, including financials, trade secrets, proprietary information, developments, marketing and business plans and outlines, strategies, budgets, forecasts, projections, client and supplier lists, and all patents, copyrights, maskworks, trade secrets, and other proprietary rights thereto. Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 2.8, the Investors will not be required to keep confidential any information that is now lawfully known to or possessed by, or hereafter becomes lawfully known to or possessed by, members of the general public who are under no duty to maintain the information as confidential.

 

  3 Restrictions on Transfer

3.1 Required Consent. In addition to the restrictions on Transfer contained in Section 1.2 hereof, no Investor (other than the Satter Investors) shall Transfer any interest in any Registrable Securities or other equity securities of the Company which such Investor holds without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Satter Investors for so long as the Satter Investors own any Registrable Securities, which consent may be withheld in the Satter Investors’ sole discretion, except that such Investors may Transfer Registrable Securities and/or other equity securities of the Company (i) pursuant to Section 3.2 below, (ii) pursuant to the forfeiture and repurchase provisions set forth in any applicable employment agreement or equity agreement between the Company and such Investor and (iii) to such Investor’s Permitted Transferees. For purposes of this Section 3.1, “ Transfer ” means any sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, mortgage, exchange, hypothecation, grant of a security interest or other direct or indirect disposition or encumbrance of an interest (whether with or without consideration, whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) or the acts thereof or an offer or agreement to do the foregoing (but excluding conversions of Preferred Stock in accordance with the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time), where the term “ Transferred ” and other forms of the word “ Transfer ” shall have the correlative meanings. For purposes of this Section 3.1, “ Permitted Transferees ” means (i) with respect to an Investor who is an individual, such Investor’s spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted), any trust solely for the benefit of such Investor and/or such Investor’s spouse and/or descendants and any partnerships or limited liability companies where the only partners or members are such Investor and/or such Investor’s spouse and/or descendants, and (ii) with respect to an Investor that is an entity any of such Investor’s affiliates, but in each case only for so long as such transferee remains a Permitted Transferee of such Investor.

 

19


3.2 Approved Sale; Drag-Along Obligations. In the event that any group of Investors (including the Satter Investors for so long as they collectively own not less than 10% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock on an as-converted basis) owning in the aggregate a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (on an as-converted basis) (the “ Selling Investor Group ”) proposes to accept a bona fide offer for (i) any corporate reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company in which the holders of the outstanding shares of the Company immediately prior to such transaction do not retain a majority of the voting power of the Company or the surviving entity, as the case may be, following such transaction; (ii) the sale or transfer (including exclusive license) by the Company of all or substantially all of its (or its subsidiaries’) assets; or (iii) a transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the issuance or transfer of securities representing 50% or more of the then existing voting power of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction (a “ Proposed Sale ”), such Selling Investor Group will have the right (a “ Drag-Along Right ”), exercisable upon 30 days’ prior written notice to the other Investors, to require the other Investors to approve or participate in the Proposed Sale and sell or exchange shares of capital stock of the Company that they then own (or the same proportion thereof as such Selling Investor Group proposes to sell) or otherwise participate in a transaction or series of related transactions (including a merger or consolidation or amalgamation of the Company with another corporation or entity); provided, however, that, the obligation of each of the Investors not part of the Selling Investor Group in connection with such Proposed Sale is subject to the condition that each such Investor will be treated similarly to all other holders of the same class of capital stock of the Company as such Investor, and if such Investor holds more than one class or series of capital stock of the Company, then within each respective class or series, and each Investor will receive the same form and amount of consideration for each share of Common Stock held or issuable upon conversion of Preferred Stock held, subject to the rights and preferences set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as in effect from time to time. In the event that the Selling Investor Group exercises its Drag-Along Right, each other Investor agrees to consent to and to vote all of its equity securities of the Company entitled to vote with respect to such Proposed Sale (or to execute written consents in lieu of voting at a stockholder meeting) in favor of such Proposed Sale, and each further agrees not to exercise any dissenters’, appraisal rights or other similar rights (statutory or otherwise), or otherwise challenge, with respect thereto.

3.3 Termination of Restrictions. The restrictions contained in Sections 3.1 and 3.2 shall terminate upon (i) the closing of a Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation in effect from time to time) or (ii) the consummation of a Sale of the Company.

 

  4 Miscellaneous.

4.1 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities or other equity securities of the Company). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

20


4.2 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Interpretation. This Agreement will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the California State Courts or any federal court having jurisdiction located in the State of California in any judicial proceedings relating to this Agreement. If a party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement that contains its provisions both in English and Chinese, the parties agree that in case of any discrepancy between the English and Chinese, that the English provision will govern.

4.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and via facsimile, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

4.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

4.5 Notices. Unless otherwise provided, all notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and will be mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or delivered personally by hand or by a nationally recognized courier addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number indicated for such person on Schedule A, or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice to the Investors in the case of notification from the Company and to the Company in the case of notification from any Investor. The Company agrees to provide promptly to each Investor, after receipt of a request from an Investor, current notification information. All such notices and other written communications will be effective on the date of mailing, confirmed facsimile transfer or delivery.

4.6 Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

4.7 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the prior written consent of each of (i) the Company and (ii) the Investors who hold a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company (on an as-converted basis); provided that no amendment or waiver may materially adversely affect one or more Investors in a materially different manner than the other Investors without the consent of such adversely affected Investor(s). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.7 will be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then-outstanding, each future holder of any such Registrable Securities Transferred such Registrable Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, and the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement if, after the date hereof, any new purchasers purchase Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of the Purchase Agreement (as the same may subsequently be amended), such purchasers will be added as “Investors” hereunder and be entitled to all rights and subject to all obligations of the existing Investors hereunder with the written consent of the Company and upon such new Investor’s execution of a counterpart signature page of this Agreement. At such time as all (or such smaller number, including the Satter Investors, to the extent

 

21


approved by the Satter Investors) holders of warrants and options in respect of the Company’s securities outstanding on or prior to the date hereof have executed this Agreement, the warrants and options held by the Investors executing this Agreement shall immediately terminate.

4.8 Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision, which will be replaced with an enforceable provision closest in intent and economic effect as the severed provision; provided that no such severability will be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

4.9 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons will be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

4.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof. This Agreement shall supersede in all respects the Company’s previously existing Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement.

4.11 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Investor upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing or as provided in this Agreement. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank]

 

22


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:

Vital Therapies, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Terence E. Winters
  Terence E. Winters, Chief Executive Officer


INVESTORS:
Investor Name:
By:   /s/ Terry Winters

Name: Terry Winters

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: Satter Family Trust
By:   /s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Its (if applicable): Investment Advisor


INVESTORS:
Investor Name:  Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust
By:   /s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Its (if applicable): Trustee


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: Satter Children’s Trust I
By:   /s/ Muneer A. Satter

Name: Muneer A. Satter

Its (if applicable): Investment Advisor


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: Robert F. Kibble Living Trust Dated 12/28/1990
By:   /s/ Robert Kibble

Name: Robert Kibble

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: John C. Cotton & Janet H. Cotton
By:   /s/ John C. Cotton

Name: John C. Cotton

Its (if applicable):

By:   /s/ Janet H. Cotton
  Janet H. Cotton


INVESTORS:  

Investor Name:

  Cotton Family Limited Partnership, LLP
    By: John C. Cotton, Managing General Partner
By:   /s/ John C. Cotton

Name: John C. Cotton

Its (if applicable):

By: Sebec Corporation

Managing General Partner

By:   /s/ Jennifer May Jones
  Jennifer May Jones


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: John C. Cotton
By:   /s/ John C. Cotton

Name: John C. Cotton

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: John C. Cotton SEP IRA 21210189
By:   /s/ John C. Cotton

Name: John C. Cotton

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: Wedbush Morgan Sec Ctdn IRA for John C. Cotton A/C #2750-0064
By:   /s/ John C. Cotton

Name: John C. Cotton

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Capital Ventures International (Heights Capital Management, Inc.)
Investor Name:
By:   /s/ Martin Kobinger

Name: Martin Kobinger

Its (if applicable): Investments Manager


INVESTORS:
Investor Name:
By:   /s/ Aron Stern

Name: Aron Stern

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: Steven Pfrenzinger + Christine Pfrenzinger-Julianel
By:   /s/ Steven Pfrenzinger

Name: Steven Pfrenzinger

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Investor Name:
By:   /s/ Paul J. Renze

Name: Paul J. Renze

Its (if applicable):


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: John S. and Elizabeth H. Lewis Living Trust
By:   /s/ John S. Lewis

Name: John S. Lewis

Its (if applicable): Trustee


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: John S. and Elizabeth H. Lewis Family Partnership, LP
By:   /s/ John S. Lewis

Name: John S. Lewis

Its (if applicable): General Partner


INVESTORS:
Investor Name: Keith Baum
By:   /s/ Keith Baum

Name: Keith Baum

Its (if applicable):

 

40

Exhibit 4.4

AMENDED AND RESTATED

INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of the 7th day of June 2011, by and among Vital Therapies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) and the persons and/or entities listed on Schedule A hereto (the “ Investors ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company and some of the Investors are parties to an Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated May 19, 2011, as amended (“Prior Agreement” ).

B. The Company and certain Investors (“ Purchasers ”) are parties to that certain Vital Therapies, Inc. Supplemental Securities Purchase Agreement as of even date herewith (the “ Purchase Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company desires to sell and the Purchasers desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock.

C. In order to induce the Purchasers to purchase the Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Investors and the Company hereby agree that the Purchasers will be parties to this Agreement and that this Agreement will amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties to this Agreement agree that the Prior Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety by the following agreement:

1. Registration Rights.

1.1. Definitions . For purposes of this Section 1:

(a) The term “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar Federal rule or statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC (defined below) thereunder, all as the same will be in effect at the time.

(b) The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form of registration statement under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any form of registration statement under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits inclusion or incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.

(c) The term “ Holder ” means any person owning Registrable Securities (defined below) or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof.

(d) The term “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar Federal rule or statute and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder, all as the same will be in effect at the time.


(e) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document with the SEC in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

(f) The term “ Registrable Securities ” means: (i) the Company’s common stock (“ Common Stock ”) currently held by the Investors; (ii) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, and Series D Preferred Stock ( “Preferred Stock” ); and (iii) any Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for, or in replacement of the shares referenced in (i) or (ii) above, excluding in all cases, however, shares of Common Stock of the Company that have previously been registered or that have been sold to the public, or any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which his, her, or its rights under this Section 1 are not assigned.

(g) The term “ Registration Expenses ” means all expenses, except as otherwise stated in the definition of “Selling Expenses,” incurred by the Company in complying with Sections 1.3, 1.4 and 1.5 hereof, including without limitation, all registration, qualification, and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and one special counsel to the selling shareholders, blue sky fees and expenses, and the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration.

(h) The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” will be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding that are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then-exercisable or convertible securities that are, Registrable Securities.

(i) The term “ Restricted Securities ” will mean the securities of the Company required to bear the legends set forth in Section 1.2(b) hereof.

(j) The term “ SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other Federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(k) The term “ Selling Expenses ” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Holders and, except as set forth in the definition of “ Registration Expenses ,” all fees and disbursements of separate counsel for any Holder.

1.2. Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Each Holder agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Preferred Stock or the Registrable Securities unless and until the transferee has agreed in writing for the benefit of the Company to be bound by the restrictions of this Agreement including, without limitation, Section 1.13 and this Section 1.2, and:

(i) There is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or

 

-2-


(ii)(A) Such Holder will have notified the Company of the proposed distribution and will have furnished the Company with a detailed statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and (B) if reasonably requested by the Company, such Holder will have furnished the Company (at such Holder’s expense) with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such disposition may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; provided , however , that no such opinion will be required where such disposition is effected pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 144 ”), unless required by the Company’s transfer agent.

(iii) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, to the extent permissible under law, no such registration statement or opinion of counsel will be necessary for a transfer (A) by a Holder to an affiliate, (B) by a Holder that is a partnership to a partner of such partnership or a retired partner of such partnership who retires after the date hereof, or to the estate of any such partner or retired partner or the transfer by gift, will or intestate succession of any such partner to his or her spouse or to the siblings, lineal descendants or ancestors of such partner or his or her spouse, (C) by a Holder that is a limited liability company to its members or former members in accordance with their interest in the limited liability company, (D) by a Holder that is a corporation to its shareholders in accordance with the interests of the corporation, or (E) by a Holder to a Holder’s family member or trust for the benefit of one or more individual Holders, provided in all cases enumerated in clauses (A) – (E) that the transferees agree in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 1.2 to the same extent as if such transferee were an original Holder hereunder and signs an appropriate investment letter as reasonably requested by the Company.

(b) Each certificate representing the Preferred Stock or the Registrable Securities will (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Agreement) be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form (in addition to any legend(s) required by agreement or by applicable state securities laws):

THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (“THE ACT”), OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. SUCH SHARES GENERALLY MAY NOT BE SOLD OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT STATING THAT SUCH SALE OR TRANSFER IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

Each Holder consents to the Company making a notation on its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of its capital stock in order to implement the restrictions on transfer established in this Agreement.

1.3. Request for Registration .

(a) If the Company receives at any time after the earlier of (i) three years after the date of this Agreement, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the Company’s first

 

-3-


public offering of securities (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan on Form S-8 or any successor form) or to a transaction under Rule 145 promulgated under the Securities Act (“ Rule 145 ”), a written request from the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least 25% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, and in which the anticipated aggregate offering price would exceed $7,000,000, then the Company will:

(i) within 10 days of the receipt thereof give written notice of such request to all Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within 60 days of the receipt of such request, use its best efforts to effect the registration under the Securities Act (including, without limitation, filing post-effective amendments, appropriate qualifications under applicable state securities laws and appropriate compliance with the Securities Act) of all Registrable Securities that the Holders request to be registered, subject to the limitations of Section 1.3(b), by written notice to the Company given within 20 days of the mailing of the notice by the Company under clause (i) above.

(b) If the Holders initiating the registration request under Section 1.3(a) (the “ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they will so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.3(a) and the Company will include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.3(a). The underwriter will be selected by the Company and will be reasonably acceptable to Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration will be conditioned upon the Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by the Initiating Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities held by all Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting will (together with the Company as provided in Section 1.6(e) and any other stockholders whose shares are included in the registration statement covering such offering) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the managing underwriter advises the Company in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company will so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting will be allocated among all Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder at the time of filing the registration statement. The Company shall not limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in a registration by the Holders pursuant to this Agreement in order to include shares held by stockholders with no registration rights or to include shares of stock issued to founders of the Company (other than stock issued to founders that is Registrable Securities under this Agreement) or to employees, officers, directors, or consultants pursuant to the Company’s equity incentive plans, or in the case of registrations under this Section 1.3 and Section 1.5 hereof, in order to include in such registration securities registered for the Company’s own account. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to

 

-4-


withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company. If other selling stockholders who are not Qualified Holders (hereinafter defined) or the Company request registration of securities in the proposed offering, the Company will reduce or eliminate such other selling stockholders’ securities first, followed by a reduction in its own securities so offered before any reduction or elimination of Registrable Securities held by Qualified Holders to be included in such registration. The term “ Qualified Holders ” will mean (i) the Investors, (ii) the holders of shares of any series of Preferred Stock that the Company may issue after the date of this Agreement, and (iii) their respective successors and assigns to whom registration rights under this Agreement have been assigned or transferred in accordance with Section 1.11 hereof.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company will not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.3:

(i) After the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to this Section 1.3 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

(ii) During the period starting with the date 60 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 180 days immediately following the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration subject to Section 1.4 hereof; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective;

(iii) If the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.5 hereof; or

(iv) If the Company will furnish to the Initiating Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for a registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of a registration statement, then the Company will have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing for a period of not more than 120 days from the date of receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not exercise this deferral right more than once in any 12-month period; and provided further, that the Company will not register any of its shares during such 120-day period.

(d) All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to this Section 1.3 will be borne by the Company; provided, however, that if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered: (i) the Company will not be required to pay for any Registration Expenses of such registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.3 (in which case all such Holders will bear such Registration Expenses), and such requested registration shall not be counted as a requested registration pursuant to Section 1.3(c)(i)), or (ii) if Holders holding a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.3, the Company will pay the Registration Expenses; provided further , however , that if at the time of such withdrawal the Holders have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to such Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure in writing by the Company of such material adverse change to the Holders, then the Holders will not be required to pay any of such Registration Expenses and will

 

-5-


retain their rights pursuant to this Section 1.3 (and will not forfeit any right to a demand registration pursuant to this Section 1.3). Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders and all other registration expenses will be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered or proposed to be registered.

1.4. Company Registration .

(a) If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of its stock or other securities under the Securities Act in connection with the offering of such securities solely for cash (other than (i) the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, (ii) a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan, (iii) a registration on any form that does not include (by reference or otherwise) substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of Registrable Securities, or (iv) a registration on Form S-4), the Company will at such time promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of any Holder given within 20 days after receipt of such notice from the Company by a Holder, the Company will, subject to the provisions of Section 1.4(b), cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered.

(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company will not be required under this Section 1.4 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless such Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters). If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by Holders to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities to be sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company will be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering. The number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting will be allocated among all Holders thereof in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each Holder at the time of filing the registration statement. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company. If other selling stockholders who are not Qualified Holders request registration of securities in the proposed offering, the Company will reduce or eliminate such other selling stockholders’ securities first before any reduction or elimination of Registrable Securities held by Qualified Holders to be included in such registration. In no event will the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 45% of the total amount of securities included in such offering. For purposes of the provisions concerning apportionment, for any selling stockholder that is a Holder of Registrable Securities and that is a limited liability company, partnership or corporation, the partners, retired partners and stockholders of such Holder, or the estates and family members of any such members, partners and retired partners and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons that are controlled by, or under common control with a selling stockholder will be deemed to be a single “selling stockholder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling stockholder” will be

 

-6-


based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling stockholder,” as defined in this sentence.

(c) The Company will have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.4 prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not any Holder has elected to include securities in such registration and will give notice to each Holder who has elected to include securities in such registration as soon as practicable after such termination or withdrawal. The expenses of such withdrawn registration will be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 1.4(d) below.

(d) The Company will bear and pay all Registration Expenses incurred in connection with any registration, filing or qualification of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1.4 for each Holder requesting registration hereunder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.11). Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders and all other registration expenses will be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered or proposed to be registered.

1.5. Form S-3 Registration. If the Company receives from a Holder a written request or requests that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders such that the aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $1,000,000, the Company will:

(a) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders; and

(b) use its best efforts to effect, as soon as practicable, such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 20 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided , however , that the Company will not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to this Section 1.5:

(i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders;

(ii) if the Company furnishes to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration on Form S-3 to be effected at such time, in which event the Company will have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 for a period of not more than 90 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.5; provided , however , that the Company will not exercise this deferral right more than once in any 12-month period; and provided further, that the Company will not register any other of its shares of capital stock during such 90-day period;

(iii) if the Company has, within the 12 months period preceding the date of such request, already effected one registration on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.5; or

 

-7-


(iv) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance.

(c) Subject to the foregoing, the Company will file a registration statement on Form S-3 covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. All Registration Expenses incurred in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1.5 will be borne by the Company; provided , however , that the Company will not be obligated to bear such expenses in connection with more than one such registration on Form S-3 within any 12-month period. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.5 will not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Section 1.3. Unless otherwise stated, all Selling Expenses relating to securities registered on behalf of the Holders and all other registration expenses will be borne by the Holders of such securities pro rata on the basis of the number of shares so registered or proposed to be registered.

1.6. Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company will as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

(a) Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to 180 days or until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided that before filing a registration statement or prospectus or any amendment or supplements thereto, including documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of any registration statement, the Company will furnish to the Holders of Registrable Securities selling shares covered by such registration statement (the “ Participating Holders ”), the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel copies of all such documents to be filed, which documents will be subject to the review of such Participating Holders, underwriters, and their respective counsel.

(b) Permit the Participating Holders to participate in the preparation of such registration statement and, if specifically requested by such Participating Holder, in discussions between the Company and the SEC or its staff with respect to such registration statement, and to include in such registration statement material, furnished to the Company in writing, that such Participating Holder reasonably deems necessary to include in order to avoid potential liability for the Participating Holders.

(c) Notify the Participating Holders promptly after it has received notice of the time when such registration statement has become effective or any supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed.

(d) Notify the Participating Holders promptly of any request by the SEC for the amending or supplementing of such registration statement or prospectus or of additional information.

(e) Prepare and file with the SEC, and promptly notify the Participating Holders of the filing of, such amendments and post-effective amendments to such registration statement and such supplements to the prospectus used in connection with such registration

 

-8-


statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement.

(f) Not file any amendment or supplement to the registration statement or prospectus to which any Participating Holders or their special counsel shall reasonably object after having been furnished a copy within a reasonable time, which shall not be less than 5 business days, prior to the filing thereof.

(g) Furnish to each Participating Holder and the underwriters, if any, without charge, as many copies of the prospectus or prospectuses (including each preliminary prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto) as such persons may reasonably request; the Company consents to the use of such prospectus and of any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the Participating Holders and the underwriters, if any, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities covered by such prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto.

(h) Prior to any public offering of the Registrable Securities, cooperate with the Participating Holders, the underwriters, if any, and their respective counsel in connection with and use its best efforts to effect the registration or qualification of such Registrable Securities for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions within the United States as any selling Participating Holder or underwriter reasonably requests in writing, keep each such registration or qualification effective during the period such registration statement is required to be kept effective, and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Registrable Securities covered by the applicable registration statement; provided that the Company will not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act.

(i) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering, and in connection therewith, make such representations and warranties to the underwriters in such form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in underwritten offerings and confirm the same if and when requested; obtain opinions of counsel to the Company and updates thereof (which counsel and opinions in form, scope and substance will be reasonably satisfactory to the underwriters) addressed to the underwriters covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in underwritten offerings and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by such underwriters; obtain “comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s accountants addressed to the underwriters, such letters to be in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in “comfort” letters by underwriters in connection with underwritten offerings; use reasonable efforts in good faith to set forth in full in any underwriting agreement entered into, the indemnification provisions and procedures of Section 1.9 hereof with respect to all parties to be indemnified pursuant to Section 1.9; and deliver such documents and certificates as may be reasonably required by the underwriters to evidence compliance with the preceding clause above and with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement or other agreement entered into by the Company; the above will be done at each closing under such underwriting or similar agreement or as and to the extent required thereunder.

 

-9-


(j) Notify each Participating Holder and the managing underwriters promptly, and (if requested by any such person) confirm such advice in writing, of the following: when a prospectus or any prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and with respect to a registration statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective; of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to a registration statement or related prospectus or for additional information; of the issuance by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; of the receipt by the Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of any of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and of the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the registration statement, the prospectus or any documents incorporated therein by reference untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the registration statement so that they will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(k) Make reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of a registration statement at the earliest possible time.

(l) Use its best efforts to cause all Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement to be listed on each securities exchange or trading market, if any, on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed or traded.

(m) As necessary, prepare and file, and promptly notify the Participating Holders or their special counsel of the filing of, any amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment to the applicable registration statement or related prospectus or any documents incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of the Registrable Securities being sold thereunder, such prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading.

(n) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to such registration statement and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

(o) Furnish to any Participating Holder, copies of the opinions of counsel to the Company (and updates thereof) and “comfort” letters (and updates thereof) delivered to the underwriters or a placement agent pursuant to Section 1.6(i) above; or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters or a placement agent, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of counsel to the Company with respect to such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the Participating Holders and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the Participating Holders.

(p) Otherwise use its best efforts to comply with all applicable Federal and state regulations; and take such other action as may be reasonably necessary to or advisable to enable each Participating Holder and each underwriter to consummate the sale or disposition in

 

-10-


such jurisdiction or jurisdictions in which any such Participating Holder or underwriter requires that the Registrable Securities be sold.

1.7. Furnish Information. It will be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder will furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it and the intended method of disposition of such securities as will be reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities covered by the registration statement.

1.8. Delay of Registration. No Holder will have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

1.9. Indemnification. In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners, legal counsel, accountants and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Agreement, and each underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, for, from, and against all fees, expenses (including attorneys’ fees), losses, claims, damages, liabilities (joint or several), or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof, or otherwise to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other Federal or state law, insofar as such fees, expenses, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or otherwise (or actions, proceeding or settlements in respect thereof) arise out of, are related to, or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (each, a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document (including any related registration statement, notification or the like), or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or (ii) any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any foreign or state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any foreign or state securities law applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance; and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors, partners, legal counsel, accountants and each such underwriter, and each person controlling such Holder or underwriter for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred, by them in connection with investigating, preparing, defending or settling any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, or otherwise; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.9(a) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, action, or otherwise if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed) or if such settlement does not provide for the full release of the indemnified party from all liability in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action nor will the Company be liable in any such case for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation

 

-11-


that occurs in direct reliance upon and in specific conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will, severally and not jointly, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, for, from, and against all losses, claims, damages, and liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other Federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in direct reliance upon and in specific conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will reimburse the Company, such directors, officers, persons, underwriters, control persons or such other Holders for any reasonable legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred, as such expenses are incurred, in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided , however , that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.9(b) will not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld), or if such settlement does not provide for the full release of the indemnified party from all liability in connection with such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; further provided, that in no event will any indemnity under this Section 1.9(b) exceed the net proceeds received by such Holder in the registered offering out of which such Violation arises.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.9 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) will give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after receipt by such Indemnified Party of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), and such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any Indemnifying Party under this Section 1.9, deliver to the Indemnifying Party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the Indemnifying Party will have the right to participate in (at its own expense), and, to the extent the Indemnifying Party so desires, jointly with any other Indemnifying Party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof (at its own expense) with counsel mutually satisfactory to all parties; provided , however , that an Indemnified Party (together with all other Indemnified Parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) will have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the Indemnifying Party, if representation of such Indemnified Party by the counsel retained by the Indemnifying Party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Indemnified Party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the Indemnifying Party promptly of any such action, if materially prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, will relieve such Indemnifying Party of any liability to the Indemnified Party under this Section 1.9, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the Indemnifying Party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any Indemnified Party otherwise than under this Section 1.9.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.9 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to therein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, will contribute to the amount paid or payable by

 

-12-


such Indemnified Party as a result of such fees, loss, liability, claim, damage, action, expense, or otherwise in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with any Violation that resulted in such fees, loss, liability, claim, damage, action, expense, or otherwise as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that no person guilty of fraud will be entitled to receive contribution. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party will be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the Violation relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, benefit received, and opportunity to correct or prevent such violation.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.9 will survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.10. Reports Under the Exchange Act. With a view to making available the benefits of Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell Restricted Securities to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to use all reasonable efforts to:

(a) make and keep “public information” available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144, at all times after the effective date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;

(b) take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(d) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Restricted Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or as to its qualification as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company, and (iii) such other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as the Holder may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing the Holder to sell any such securities without registration.

1.11. Assignment of Registration Rights. The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee of such securities who, after such assignment or transfer, holds at least 25% shares of Registrable Securities that were held by the transferor on the

 

-13-


date of this Agreement immediately after the First Closing under the Purchase Agreement or if the transferor purchased at an Additional Closing, on the date of such Additional Closing immediately after such Additional Closing (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations and other recapitalizations that occur after the date of this Agreement) (or, if the transferee or assignee holds less than such 25%, such transferee or assignee is a general partner, limited partner, member, stockholder, family member, trust or affiliate (as defined under the Securities Act) of an Investor hereunder); provided that (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer or assignment, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being transferred or assigned; or (b) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of Section 1.13 hereof.

1.12. Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company that would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.3 hereof unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of his securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders that is included or (b) to make a demand registration that would result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in Section 1.3(a) or within 120 days after the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.3.

1.13. Market Stand-Off Agreement. Each Investor hereby agrees that, during the period of duration specified by the Company and an underwriter of Common Stock or other securities of the Company following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act (the “ Market Stand-Off Period ”), it will not, to the extent requested by such underwriter, (i) directly or indirectly lend, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell (including, without limitation, any short sale), sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of any securities of the Company held by it at any time during such Market Stand-Off Period except Common Stock included in such registration, or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of the Company’s securities, in cash or otherwise; provided , however , that:

(a) Such agreement will only apply to the first such registration statement of the Company that covers Common Stock (or other securities) to be sold on its behalf to the public in an underwritten offering and will not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriter’s agreement;

(b) All officers and Directors, 1% or greater stockholders of the Company, and all other persons with registration rights (whether or not pursuant to this Agreement) enter into similar agreements and the restrictions on transfers are not waived in whole or in part with respect to any such parties unless such waivers are granted to all such parties and Holders on a pro rata basis;

 

-14-


(c) Such Market Stand-Off Period will not exceed 180 days following the effective date of such registration statement of the Company; and

(d) In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the Registrable Securities of each Investor (and the shares or securities of every other person subject to the foregoing restriction) until the end of such Market Stand-Off Period.

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations described in this Section 1.13 will not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-1 or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 on Form S-4 or similar form that may be promulgated in the future.

1.14. Termination of Registration Rights. The rights granted pursuant to this Section 1 will terminate (and such Holder’s shares will no longer be deemed to be Registrable Securities) on the date that is five years after the effective date of the Company’s Qualified Public Offering (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation as in effect from time to time) or, as to any Holder, at such earlier time at which all Registrable Securities held by such Holder (and any affiliate of the Holder with which such Holder must aggregate its sales under Rule 144) can be sold in any three-month period without registration pursuant to Rule 144 (other than pursuant to Rule 144(k).

2. Covenants of the Company. The Company hereby covenants and agrees, so long as any Investor owns any Preferred Stock, as follows:

2.1. Delivery of Annual, Quarterly and Monthly Financial Statements of the Company and Annual Budget. The Company will provide the reports specified under clause (a) below to each Investor and will provide the reports under clauses (b) through (d) below to each Investor who then holds, alone or together with any affiliate (as defined under the Securities Act) of such Investor, at least $1,000,000 of Preferred Stock (“Major Investor;” computed by multiplying each share of Series A Preferred Stock held by $10.00, each share of Series B Preferred Stock and Series C Preferred Stock held by $4.40, and each share of Series D Preferred Stock held by $1.00):

(a) as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, and in any event within 90 days thereafter, consolidated balance sheets of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such fiscal year, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows and stockholders’ equity of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such year, and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices applied on a consistent basis (“ GAAP ”) and setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and audited by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company, and a capitalization table in reasonable detail for such fiscal year;

(b) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of the first, second and third quarterly accounting periods in each fiscal year of the Company, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of each such quarterly period, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such period and for the current fiscal year to date, and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP (other

 

-15-


than accompanying notes), subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments, all in reasonable detail and signed by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company;

(c) as soon as practicable, but in any event within 20 days after the end of each month, other than months that correspond with the end of a fiscal quarter or year, a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, as of the end of such month, and consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any, for such month and for the current fiscal year to date, and a schedule as to the sources and applications of funds for such month, prepared in accordance with GAAP (other than accompanying notes), subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments, all in reasonable detail and signed by the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company; and

(d) as soon as available, but in any event no later than 45 days prior to the end of each fiscal year of the Company, a detailed budget and business plan for the Company, including projections of the Company’s earnings and expenses for the next fiscal year of the Company.

2.2. Assignment of Information Rights. The right to receive information pursuant to Section 2.1 may be transferred or assigned by any Investor or a Major Investor to any transferee or assignee of all or any portion of such Investor’s or Major Investor’s shares of Preferred Stock provided: (a) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer or assignment, furnished with a written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee; (b) such transferee or assignee is not a competitor or potential competitor of the Company, as reasonably determined by the Board; (c) in the case of rights that are only available to a Major Investor, after the transfer or assignment such transferee or assignee will be a Major Investor; and (d) such transferee or assignee agrees in writing to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

2.3. Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Investor a right of first offer to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities (as hereinafter defined) that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. An Investor’s pro rata share, for purposes of this right of first offer, is the ratio of the number of shares of Common Stock owned by such Investor immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the Preferred Stock then held by such Investor and the exercise of or conversion of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options, or warrants held by such Investor, to the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of New Securities, assuming full conversion of the shares of Preferred Stock and exercise or conversion of all outstanding convertible securities, rights, options, and warrants to acquire Common Stock of the Company, but excluding any shares reserved for issuance upon exercise or conversion of convertible securities, rights, options, or warrants that have been reserved for future issuance, but not yet granted. Each Investor will have a right of over-allotment such that if any Investor fails to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its pro rata share of New Securities, the other Investors may purchase the non-purchasing Investor’s portion on a pro rata basis within 10 days from the date the participating Investors are informed of such non-purchasing Investor’s failure to exercise its right hereunder to purchase its full pro rata share of New Securities. For purposes of this Section 2.3, the term “ Investor ” includes any general partners and affiliates of an Investor. An Investor will be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted it among itself and its partners and affiliates in such proportions as it deems appropriate to the extent that such apportionment would not cause the Company to be in violation of the Securities Act. This right of first offer will be subject to the following provisions:

 

-16-


(a) The term “ New Securities ” will mean any capital stock (including Common Stock and/or preferred stock) of the Company whether now authorized or not, and rights, options or warrants to purchase such capital stock, and securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible into capital stock and any debt securities; provided that the term “New Securities” will not include: (i) securities issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of another business entity or business segment of any such entity by the Company by merger, purchase of substantially all the assets, or other reorganization whereby the Company will own more than 50% of the voting power of such business entity or business segment of any such entity, if the transaction is unanimously approved by the Board; (iii) any borrowings, direct or indirect, from financial institutions or lending institutions by the Company, whether or not presently authorized, including any type of loan or payment evidenced by any type of debt instrument, including borrowings accompanied by warrants, options, or other rights to purchase capital stock of the Company provided such transaction is unanimously approved in advance by the Board, the shares underlying any such securities do not exceed 1% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Company on a fully-diluted basis and such transaction is for other than an equity capital raising purpose; (iv) securities issued to employees, consultants, officers, or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock option, stock purchase or stock bonus plan, agreement or arrangement approved by the Board; (v) securities issued to vendors or customers or to other persons in similar commercial situations with the Company if such issuance is unanimously approved by the Board; (vi) securities issued in connection with obtaining lease financing, whether issued to a lessor, guarantor, or other person if such issuance is unanimously approved by the Board; (vii) securities issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, or recapitalization of the Company; (viii) securities issued in connection with corporate partnering transactions on terms unanimously approved by the Board; and (ix) any convertible security, right, option, or warrant to acquire any security convertible or exercisable into the securities excluded from the definition of New Securities pursuant to subsections (i) through (viii) above.

(b) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it will give each Investor written notice of its intention, describing the type of New Securities and their price and the general terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Investor will have 20 days after any such notice is mailed or delivered to agree to purchase such Investor’s pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased.

(c) In the event the Investors fail to exercise fully the right of first offer within such twenty-day period and after the expiration of the ten-day period for the exercise of the over-allotment provisions of this Section 2.3, the Company will have 60 days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby will be closed, if at all, within 60 days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities respecting which the Investors’ right of first offer option set forth in this Section 2.3 was not exercised, at a price and upon terms no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Company’s notice to Investors pursuant to Section 2.3(b). In the event the Company has not sold any of the New Securities within such 60-day period, the Company will not thereafter issue or sell such New Securities, without first again offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided in Section 2.3(b) above.

(d) The right of first offer granted under this Agreement will expire upon, and will not be applicable to, the first sale of Common Stock of the Company to the public effected pursuant to a Qualified Public Offering.

 

-17-


(e) The right of first offer set forth in this Section 2.3 may not be assigned or transferred, except that (i) such right is assignable by each Investor to any wholly owned subsidiary or parent of, or to any corporation or entity that is, within the meaning of the Securities Act, controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, any such Investor; and (iii) such right is transferable in connection with a transfer of all Registrable Securities held by such Investor.

2.4. Books and Records; Inspection. The Company will maintain complete and accurate books and financial records in accordance with GAAP. The Company will permit, during normal working hours, the Investors and persons designated by the Investors to visit and inspect its properties and to inspect the Company’s books and financial records (including journals, orders, receipts, and correspondence that relates to the Company’s financial condition and operating results), and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances, condition, and operating results with its directors, officers, employees, and its independent public accountants.

2.5. Monthly Financial Review. The Board (or a committee of the Board) will have the right to review and approve on a monthly basis the Company’s financial statements and any budgets, to the extent such budgets are available.

2.6. Insurance. The Company will maintain at all time in full force and effect, with financially sound and reputable insurers, insurance policies of the types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for its business, including but not limited to: (i) insurance covering real and personal property owned or leased by the Company against theft, damage, destruction, acts of vandalism, and all other risks customarily insured against; (ii) fire and casualty insurance policies, with extended coverage, sufficient in amount (subject to reasonable deductibles) to allow the Company to replace any of its properties that might be damaged or destroyed; (iii) products liability and errors and omissions insurance in amounts customary for companies similarly situated; (iv) comprehensive general public liability insurance providing coverage for bodily injury and for property damage; (v) business interruption insurance; (vi) any key person life insurance policies to the extent satisfactory to the Board; and (vii) directors’ and officers’ insurance with a face amount of at least $5,000,000, subject to increase upon further investigation by, and at the discretion of, the Board.

2.7. Prompt Payment of Taxes, etc. The Company will promptly pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, when due and payable, all lawful taxes, assessments and governmental charges and levies imposed upon the income, profits, property or business of the Company; provided , however , that any such tax, assessment, charge or levy need not be paid if the validity thereof will be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and if the Company will have set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto.

2.8. Maintenance of Properties and Leases. The Company will keep its properties in good repair, working order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted; and the Company will at all times comply with each material provision of all leases to which it is a party or under which it occupies property if the breach of such provision might have a material and adverse effect on the condition, financial or otherwise, or operations of the Company.

2.9. Compliance with Requirements of Governmental Authorities. The Company will duly observe and conform to all valid requirements of governmental authorities relating to the conduct of its business or to its properties or assets, including the laws and

 

-18-


regulations of the Federal Food and Drug Administration and any foreign governmental authority exercising comparably authority.

2.10. Maintenance of Corporate Existence. The Company will maintain in full force and effect its corporate existence, rights and franchises and all licenses and rights in or to the licenses, patents, processes, trademarks, trade names or copyrights owned or possessed by it and deemed by the Company to be necessary to the conduct of its business.

2.11. Transactions with Affiliates. The Company will not, without the approval of the disinterested members of the Company’s Board, engage in any loans, leases, contracts or other transactions with any director, officer or key employee of the Company, or any member of such person’s immediate family, on terms less favorable to the Company than the Company would obtain in a transaction with an unrelated party, as determined by the Board .

2.12. Use of Proceeds. The Company will use the proceeds that it receives upon the sale of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement for payment of expenses incurred in connection therewith (including fees and costs of the Company’s counsel and of other counsel as provided in the Purchase Agreement), and for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

2.13. Vesting of Employee Stock Options. Unless otherwise approved by the Board, all stock options, restricted stock grants, and other stock equivalents granted to employees, directors, consultants and other service providers after the date of this Agreement shall vest no more rapidly than the following, commencing no earlier than the date of employment or engagement: 25% of the shares subject to the option or grant (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and one 1/48 th of the shares subject to the option or grant (rounded down to the next whole number of shares) shall vest on the first day of each full month thereafter, so that all of the shares shall be vested on the fourth anniversary of the vesting commencement date.

2.14. Directors’ Liability and Indemnification. The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall provide (i) for elimination of the liability of director to the maximum extent permitted by law, and (ii) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company to the maximum extent permitted by law. Additionally, the Company shall enter into an Indemnification Agreement with each of its directors in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and the Board.

2.15. Confidentiality Agreements. The Company will enter into a Proprietary Rights and Confidentiality Agreement in the forms attached to the Purchase Agreement as Exhibit E (or such other form approved by the Board), with each employee and consultant who is engaged after the date of this Agreement and who will have access to the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets.

2.16. Section 1202. The Company hereby covenants, subject to applicable fiduciary duties and responsibilities of the Company’s officers and directors, that it will use its reasonable efforts to cause the shares of Preferred Stock and any shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock to continue to constitute “Qualified Small Business Stock” (as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Code), including complying with any applicable filing or reporting requirements imposed by the Code on issuers of “Qualified Small Business Stock,” so long as any such shares are held by any Investor (or held by a permitted transferee of any Investor

 

-19-


in whose hands such shares are eligible to qualify as “Qualified Small Business Stock”); provided , however , that such reasonable efforts will not include altering the business of the Company as presently conducted or as presently proposed to be conducted in such a manner that would adversely affect its business, as determined by the Board. The Company shall deliver, upon the request of an Investor, a certificate certifying as to its “Qualified Small Business Stock” status, in a form acceptable to such Investor, or provide an explanation as to the loss of “Qualified Small Business Stock” status, in form and substance acceptable to such Investor.

2.17. Termination of Certain Covenants. The covenants set forth in Section 2.1 will terminate and be of no further force or effect: (i) upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of merger, consolidation, or other transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock such that the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity (collectively “ Sale of the Company ”), whichever event first occurs. The covenants set forth in Sections 2.3 through 2.16 will terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or a Sale of the Company.

2.18. Confidentiality. The Investors agree to keep confidential and not disclose to third parties any material information, including financials, trade secrets, proprietary information, developments, marketing and business plans and outlines, strategies, budgets, forecasts, projections, client and supplier lists, and all patents, copyrights, maskworks, trade secrets, and other proprietary rights thereto. Notwithstanding the above provisions of this Section 2.18, the Investors will not be required to keep confidential any information that is now lawfully known to or possessed by, or hereafter becomes lawfully known to or possessed by, members of the general public who are under no duty to maintain the information as confidential.

2.19. Waiver of Right of First Offer. In consideration of the purchase of Series D Preferred Stock and Warrants for Series D Preferred Stock (“Series D Warrants”) by the Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement on the date hereof, the Investors who are parties to the Prior Agreement (“ Prior Investors ”) and who hold a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Closing under the Purchase Agreement waive, on behalf of all Prior Investors their right of first offer under Section 2.3 of the Prior Agreement, and the parties agree that the Right of First Offer contained herein will not apply to: the purchases of Series D Preferred Stock, the issuances of Series D Warrants and the amendment of the Bridge Warrants to give them a 100% Coverage Percentage (as defined in the Bridge Warrants), pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (whether on or after the date of the First Closing thereunder) and any issuance of Series D Preferred Stock upon exercise of the Series D Warrants and existing warrants (as some Bridge Warrants are amended by the Purchase Agreement) exercisable for Series D Preferred Stock.

2.20. Reverse Split; Waiver of Conversion Price Adjustments. The Company has adopted and filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware, Division of Corporations, the Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the form attached to the Purchase Agreement as Exhibit A (the “ Restated Certificate ”). The Restated Certificate also effects a 1 for 10 reverse stock split (“Reverse Split”) of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock (“Existing Series”) and Common Stock and adjustments to the Conversion Prices of the Existing Series to reflect the Reverse Split and the issuances of Series D Preferred Stock and

 

-20-


Warrants to purchase Series D Preferred Stock at a price and with an exercise price below the Conversion Price of each of the Existing Series in effect prior to any issuance of Series D Preferred Stock and Series D Warrants. The Conversion Price adjustments for the Series A, Series B and Series C Preferred Stock only reflect a small part of the full adjustment that each such series would have been entitled to under the Company’s Restated Certificate of Incorporation in effect immediately prior to the filing of the Restated Certificate for the contemplated issuances of Series D Preferred Stock, and the stockholders acknowledge that there will be no additional adjustments under the Restated Certificate as a result of any subsequent issuances of Series D Preferred Stock, including but not limited to, the issuance of Series D Preferred Stock and Series D Warrants pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the amendment of the Bridge Warrants to give them a 100% Coverage Percentage (as defined in the Bridge Warrants) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the exercise of the Series D Warrants and Bridge Warrants (as amended), and any exercise by JiLin AoDong Medicine Industry Group Co., Ltd of its option to purchase $25,000,000 of Series D Preferred Stock or any Series D Warrants that may be issued to it in connection with such exercise.

3. Miscellaneous.

3.1. Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement will inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties (including transferees of any shares of Registrable Securities). Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

3.2. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Interpretation. This Agreement will be governed by and construed under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to conflicts of laws principles. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the California State Courts or any federal court having jurisdiction located in the State of California in any judicial proceedings relating to this Agreement. If a party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement that contains its provisions both in English and Chinese, the parties agree that in case of any discrepancy between the English and Chinese, that the English provision will govern.

3.3. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts and via facsimile, each of which will be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

3.4. Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

3.5. Notices. Unless otherwise provided, all notices and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement will be in writing and will be mailed by United States first-class mail, postage prepaid, sent by facsimile or delivered personally by hand or by a nationally recognized courier addressed to the party to be notified at the address or facsimile number indicated for such person on Schedule A, or at such other address or facsimile number as such party may designate by 10 days’ advance written notice to the Investors in the case of notification from the Company and to the Company in the case of notification from any Investor. The Company agrees to provide promptly to each Investor, after receipt of a request from an Investor, current notification information. All such notices and other written communications will be effective on the date of mailing, confirmed facsimile transfer or delivery.

 

-21-


3.6. Expenses. If any action at law or in equity is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party will be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

3.7. Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the prior written consent of each of (i) the Company and (ii) the Investors who hold a majority of the then-outstanding shares of Preferred Stock of the Company; provided that (a) the provisions of Sections 2.1 and 2.2 may be amended or waived with the prior written consent of each of (i) the Company and (ii) Major Investors who hold a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock then held by all Major Investors, (b) an Investor’s rights under the provisions of Section 2.3 may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of each of the Company and such Investor, and (c) no amendment or waiver may adversely affect one or more Investors (or Major Investors with respect to Sections 2.1 and 2.2) in a different manner than the other Investors (or Major Investors with respect to Sections 2.1 and 2.2) without the consent of such adversely affected Investor(s) (or Major Investors with respect to Sections 2.1 and 2.2). Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 3.7 will be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities then-outstanding, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, and the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement if, after the date hereof, any new purchasers purchase Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the provisions of the Purchase Agreement (as the same may subsequently be amended), such purchasers will be added as “Investors” hereunder and be entitled to all rights and subject to all obligations of the existing Investors hereunder with the written consent of the Company and upon such new Investor’s execution of a counterpart signature page of this Agreement.

3.8. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement becomes or is declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, this Agreement will continue in full force and effect without said provision, which will be replaced with an enforceable provision closest in intent and economic effect as the severed provision; provided that no such severability will be effective if it materially changes the economic benefit of this Agreement to any party.

3.9. Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by affiliated entities or persons will be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement.

3.10. Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including the Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto, if any) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and thereof.

3.11. Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Investor upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing or as provided

 

-22-


in this Agreement. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

3.12. Effectiveness. This Agreement will become effective and binding on the parties and will amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety when counterparts of this Agreement have been signed by the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior to the Closing under the Purchase Agreement and by Major Investors who hold a majority of the shares of Preferred Stock held by all Major Investors.

[The remainder of this page has intentionally been left blank]

 

-23-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

COMPANY:

 

Vital Therapies, Inc.,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ Terence E. Winters
  Terence E. Winters, Chief Executive Officer

INVESTORS:

 

Versant Venture Capital III, L.P.

By:  

Versant Ventures III, L.L.C., its

General Partner

  By:   /s/ Ross A. Jaffe
   

Ross A. Jaffe, M.D., Managing

    Director

Versant Side Fund III, L.P.

By:  

Versant Ventures III, L.L.C., its

General Partner

  By:   /s/ Ross A. Jaffe
   

Ross A. Jaffe, M.D., Managing

    Director
MedVenture Associates V, L.P.
By:   /s/ Charlie Liamos
  Charlie Liamos, Authorized Signatory
 

MedVenture Associates Management V Co., LLC,

the General Partner of MedVenture Associates V, L.P.

 

-24-


MedVen Affiliates V, L.P.

By:   /s/ Charlie Liamos
  Charlie Liamos, Authorized Signatory
 

MedVenture Associates Management V Co., LLC,

the General Partner of MedVen Affiliates V, L.P.

Valley Ventures III, L.P.

By:  

VVIII Management, LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ John M. Holliman
  John M. Holliman, III, Managing Member

Valley Ventures III Annex, L.P.

By:  

VVIII Annex Management, LLC, its General Partner

By:   /s/ John M. Holliman
  John M. Holliman, III, Managing Member

Toucan Capital Fund II, L.P.

By:   /s/ Toucan Capital
Its:    

Journey’s End Partners, LLC

By:   /s/ Cramer Taos
Its:    

 

-25-


Cramer Taos Partners

By:   /s/ Cramer Taos
Its:    

State of Washington State Investment Board

By:   /s/ Washington State
Its:    

Cotton Family Limited Partnership, LLP

By:  

John C. Cotton, Managing General Partner

By:   /s/ Jennifer May Jones
 

Jennifer May Jones, Attorney-in-Fact for

  John C. Cotton

 

and

By:  

Sebec Corporation, Managing General Partner

By:   /s/ Una Mason
Name:   Una Mason
Title:   Secretary

Engleman Family Trust

By:   /s/ Ed Engleman
Its:    

Robert F. Kibble Living Trust, dated 12/28/1990

By:   /s/ Robert F. Kibble
Its:    

 

-26-


Vanessa M. Kibble 2004 Holding Trust

By:   /s/ Vanessa M. Kibble
Its:    

Robert F. J. Kibble 2003 Holding Trust

By:   /s/ Robert F. J. Kibble
Its:    

Shabar Cobb 2004 Holding Trust

By:   /s/ Shabar Cobb
Its:    

Kung Family Trust 2/8/02

By:   /s/ Frank Kung
Its:    

Steven and Margaret Pfrenzinger Family Trust

By:   /s/ Steven Pfrenzinger
Its:    

Capital Ventures International

By:   /s/ Capital Ventures International
Its:    

 

-27-


Greenwood Gulch Ventures, LLC

By:   /s/ Greenwood Gulch Ventures
Its:    

Stuart A. Lewis Residuary Bypass Trust

By:   /s/ John R. Lewis
  John R. Lewis, Co-Trustee
By:   /s/ Elizabeth F. Lewis
  Elizabeth F. Lewis, Co-Trustee

/s/ Jack J. Florio

Jack J. Florio

/s/ Charles A. Gillespie

Charles A. Gillespie

/s/ Raulee Marcus

Raulee Marcus

/s/ Ronna Bury-Prince

Ronna Bury-Prince

/s/ Michael Prince

Michael Prince

/s/ Joseph B. Weiss

Joseph B. Weiss

/s/ Nancy Cetel Weiss

Nancy Cetel Weiss

 

-28-


/s/ Terence E. Winters

Terence E. Winters

/s/ Eileen Y. Winters

Eileen Y. Winters

/s/ Troy Zander

Troy Zander

John C. Cotton

By:   /s/ Jennifer May Jones
 

Jennifer May Jones, Attorney-in-Fact for

  John C. Cotton

Janet M. Cotton

By:   /s/ Jennifer May Jones
 

Jennifer May Jones, Attorney-in-Fact for

  Janet M. Cotton

/s/ Ed Engleman

Ed Engleman

/s/ Robert Kibble

Robert Kibble

/s/ John Lewis

John Lewis

/s/ Frank Kung

Frank Kung

/s/ Paul J. Renze

Paul J. Renze

 

-29-


/s/ Randolph C. Steer

Randolph C. Steer

/s/ Keith W. Baum

Keith W. Baum

Mellon Bank N.A., as Trustee for The Bell Atlantic

Master Trust

By:   /s/ Mellon Bank N.A.
Its:    

Wells Fargo & Company

By:   /s/ Wells Fargo & Company
Its:    

/s/ Annette J. Campbell-White

Annette J. Campbell-White

Jess and Debra Marzak Family Trust DTD 9/8/98

By:   /s/ Jess R. Marzak
  Jess R. Marzak, Trustee
By:   /s/ Debra L. Marzak
  Debra L. Marzak, Trustee

Joann M. Orovitz Trust DTD 9/7/95

By:   /s/ Joann M. Orovitz
  Joann M. Orovitz, Trustee

 

-30-


John S. Lewis and Elizabeth H. Lewis Family

Partnership, L.P.

By:   /s/ John S. Lewis
Its:    

John S. Lewis and Elizabeth H. Lewis Living

Trust DTD 1/28/97

By:   /s/ John S. Lewis
  John S. Lewis, Trustee
By:   /s/ Elizabeth H. Lewis
  Elizabeth H. Lewis, Trustee

DFJ D RAGON F UND C HINA , L.P.

By: DFJ DragonFund Ltd.,

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Guangxin Li
Name:   Guangxin Li
Title:   Managing Director

DFJ D RAGON F UND P ARTNERS , LLC

By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   Managing Member

D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON F UND VIII, L.P.

By:   /s/ John Fisher
Name:   John Fisher
Title:   Managing Director

 

-31-


D RAPER F ISHER J URVETSON P ARTNERS VIII, LLC

By:   /s/ John Fisher
Name:   John Fisher
Title:   Managing Member

JABE, LLC

By:   /s/ Timothy C. Draper
Name:   Timothy C. Draper
Title:   Managing Member

Landmark Equity Partners XIII, L.P.

By:  

Landmark Partners XIII, LLC, as General Partner

  By:  

Landmark Equity Advisors, LLC, its

Managing Member

By:   /s/ Landmark Equity Advisors
Its:    

/s/ Steven J. Pfrenzinger

Steven J. Pfrenzinger

/s/ Christine Pfrenzinger

Christine Pfrenzinger-Julianel

/s/ Aron Stern

Aron Stern

 

-32-


Wedbush Morgan Sec Ctdn

IRA for John C. Cotton A/C#2750-0064

SEP IRA

By:   /s/ John C. Cotton
Its:    

Wedbush Morgan Sec Ctdn

IRA for John C. Cotton A/C#2750-0064

Traditional IRA

By:   /s/ John C. Cotton
Its:    

John Stuart Lewis

Rollover IRA Acct. #02137059

By:   /s/ John Stuart Lewis
Its:   Accountholder/Servicing Agent

HBM Biomed China (Cayman) Limited

By:   /s/ HBM Biomed China (Cayman) Limited
Its:    

Delphi Ventures VII, L.P.

By:  

Delphi Management Partners VII, LLC, its

General Partner

  By:   /s/ James J. Bochnowski
   

James J. Bochnowski, Managing Member

 

-33-


Delphi BioInvestments VII, L.P.

By:  

Delphi Management Partners VII, LLC, its

General Partner

  By:   /s/ James J. Bochnowski
   

James J. Bochnowski, Managing Member

Muneer A. Satter Revocable Trust

By:   /s/ Muneer A. Satter
Name:   Muneer A. Satter
Title:   Trustee

The Satter Foundation

By:   /s/ Muneer A. Satter
Name:   Muneer A. Satter
Title:   Trustee

Satter Family Trust

By:   /s/ Muneer A. Satter
Name:   Muneer A. Satter
Title:   Investment Advisor

Satter Children’s Trust I

By:   /s/ Muneer A. Satter
Name:   Muneer A. Satter
Title:   Investment Advisor

 

-34-

Exhibit 10.6

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

2012 STOCK OPTION PLAN

(amended April 26, 2012)

(amended September 25, 2012)

(amended July 2, 2013)

(amended September 9, 2013)

 

  1. E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM OF P LAN .

1.1 Establishment . The Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) is hereby established effective as of April 1, 2012.

1.2 Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its shareholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan . The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed . However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the shareholders of the Company.

 

  2. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions . Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “ Board ” also means such Committee(s).

(b) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law. If the Company shall register its Stock under the Securities Act, then the Committee shall consist of at least two or more individuals meeting both the “Nonemployee Director” standard set forth in Rule 16b-3 and the “Outside Director” standard set forth in the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code.

(d) “ Company ” means Vital Therapies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.


(e) “ Consultant ” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(f) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) “ Disability ” means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) “ Employee ” means any person treated as an employee (including an Officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination.

(i) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable . If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction that, by its terms, will never lapse.

 

-2-


(k) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and that qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) “ Insider ” means an Officer, a Director of the Company or other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) “ Officer ” means any person designated by the Board as an officer of the Company.

(o) “ Option ” means a right to purchase Stock pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(p) “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of “Notice of Grant of Stock Option” and a form of “Stock Option Agreement” incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(q) “ Optionee ” means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(r) “ Parent Corporation ” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(s) “ Participating Company ” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(t) “ Participating Company Group ” means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively that are then Participating Companies.

(u) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(v) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

-3-


(w) “ Service ” means an Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, an Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee’s Option Agreement. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(x) “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(y) “ Subsidiary Corporation ” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(z) “ Ten Percent Owner Optionee ” means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan . Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular . Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  3. A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Board . The Plan shall be administered by the Board . All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers . Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has the express authority of the Board with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

 

-4-


3.3 Powers of the Board . In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority, in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;

(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options; and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration with Respect to Insiders . With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

 

-5-


3.5 Indemnification . In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder, and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company, in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

  4. S HARES S UBJECT TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be 3,267,136 and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof . If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan . However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2, in no event shall more than 3,267,136 shares of Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the “ ISO Share Issuance Limit ”) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (“ Section 260.140.45 ”), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the shareholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure . In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options, in the ISO Share Issuance Limit set forth in Section 4.1, and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options . If a majority of the shares that are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the

 

-6-


Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares . In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion . Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option . The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  5. E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS .

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options . Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors . For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “Employees,” “Consultants” and “Directors” shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group . Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option . However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Option, or, having been granted an Option, to be granted an additional Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions . Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option . An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation . To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares that become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year under an Incentive Stock Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to such Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the portion of such options that exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options . For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted . If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code . If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising . In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first . Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

 

-7-


  6. T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish . No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement . Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price . The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options . Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, and (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price .

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), (iv) provided that the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the

 

-8-


Company for the aggregate exercise price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate exercise price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof . The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options that do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or that otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock . Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise . The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note . No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law . Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine . The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company . Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof . Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof . The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock

 

-9-


withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates . The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

6.5 Repurchase Rights . Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted . The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company . Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.

6.6 Effect of Termination of Service .

(a) Option Exercisability . Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee’s termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the “ Option Expiration Date ”).

(ii) Death . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date . The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(iii) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

-10-


(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b ) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

6.7 Transferability of Options . During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative . No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution . Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

  7. S TANDARD F ORMS O F O PTION A GREEMENT .

7.1 Option Agreement . Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms . The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

7.3 Default Vesting Terms . Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time an Option is granted, the right of an Optionee to have any Shares subject to such Option become “Vested Shares” shall accrue at a rate of at least 20% per year over 5 years from the date that the Option is granted, subject to the Optionee’s continuing to provide Service to the Company.

 

-11-


  8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions .

(a) An “ Ownership Change Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “ Transaction ”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “ Transferee ”), as the case may be . For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities that own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities . The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiring Corporation ”), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock . Any Options that are neither assumed nor substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control . Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement.

 

  9. P ROVISION OF I NFORMATION .

At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option . The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information . Furthermore, the Company shall deliver to each Optionee such disclosures as are required in accordance with Rule 701 under the Securities Act.

 

-12-


  10. C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW .

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities . Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other laws or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed . In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act . The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained . As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

  11. T ERMINATION OR A MENDMENT OF P LAN .

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time . However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s shareholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s shareholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule . No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board . In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

 

  12. S HAREHOLDER A PPROVAL .

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “ Authorized Shares ”) shall be approved by the shareholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board . Options granted prior to shareholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the shareholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of shareholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

 

-13-


NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

(Standard Vesting Options)

To [Optionee]:

This constitutes notice (this “Notice”) under the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) that you have been granted the following options, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. All capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan or in the attached Vital Therapies, Inc. Stock Option Agreement (Standard Vesting Options) (the “Agreement”).

 

Option Grant Number:   

 

Name of Optionee:   

 

Date of Option Grant:   

 

Exercise Price Per Share:   

 

Total Number of Shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”) For Which Option is Granted:   

 

Total Exercise Price for Option Shares Granted:   

 

Type of Stock Option:             Incentive Stock Option
            Nonstatutory Stock Option
Option Expiration Date:    The date that is ten (10) years after the Date of the Option Grant.
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule:    Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date (the “Initial Vesting Date”) and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable on the first day of each full month thereafter until all the Shares are fully vested and exercisable, subject to the Optionee’s continuing to provide Service to the Company

 

1


   on such dates. Any Shares that have become, as of a given date, fully vested and exercisable in accordance with the above provisions or in accordance with the Option Agreement shall be referred to as “Vested Shares” as of such date.
Termination Period:    This Option shall be exercisable until the 90 th day after the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company. Upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for such longer period as provided in the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, in no event may the Optionee exercise this Option after the Option Expiration Date as provided above.

 

    Very Truly Yours,  
   

 

 
    [Signature of President of Company]  

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/ACCEPTANCE/AGREEMENT OF OPTIONEE

By signing this Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and the attached Option Agreement; (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement; (c) agrees to become subject to and bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Option Agreement; and (d) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or the Option Agreement.

 

Dated:              ,             

 

    [Signature of Optionee]
   

 

   

 

    [Address of Optionee]

 

2


THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Standard Vesting Options)

Vital Therapies, Inc. has granted to the individual (the “ Optionee ”) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) is attached an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

  1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


  2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation . If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares that become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the portion of such options that exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


  3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

  4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company, which notice must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b)(ii), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be

 

3


exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise . A “ Cashless Exercise ” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other laws or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING

 

4


CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

  6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

  7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability .

(a) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in

 

5


any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.3 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

 

  8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions .

(a) An “ Ownership Change Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “ Transaction ”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “ Transferee ”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations

 

6


or other business entities that own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiring Corporation ”), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed nor substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

  9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares that are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10. R IGHTS AS A S HAREHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to

 

7


continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

  11. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 11.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed

 

8


Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

 

9


11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “ public market ” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

  12. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

  13. N OTICE OF S ALES UPON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option , the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  14. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing

 

10


shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

  15. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

11


  16. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner that violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares that will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

  17. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

17.1 Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.2 Termination or Amendment . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.3 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

17.4 Integrated Agreement . The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.5 Applicable Law . This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

 

12


17.6 Counterparts . The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


   Incentive Stock Option

     Optionee:     

 

   Nonstatutory Stock Option

      
     Date:  

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

(STANDARD VESTING OPTIONS)

 

Vital Therapies, Inc.  
Attention: Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “ Shares ”) of Vital Therapies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Notice ”) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) as follows:

 

Grant Number:

       

Date of Option Grant:

       

Number of Option Shares:

       

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

   

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares in accordance with the Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

Total Shares Purchased:      

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

 

$

   

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

Cash:

 

$

   

Check:

 

$

   

Tender of Company Stock:

  Contact Plan Administrator

 

1


4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

Cash:

 

$

   

Check:

 

$

   

5. Optionee Information .

 

My address is:  

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:  

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends that prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

 

2


I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

By:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

3


NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

(Immediately Exercisable Options with Double Trigger Acceleration)

To [Optionee]:

This constitutes notice (this “Notice”) under the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) that you have been granted the following options, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. All capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan or in the attached Vital Therapies, Inc. Stock Option Agreement (Immediately Exercisable Options with Double Trigger Acceleration) (the “Agreement”).

 

Option Grant Number:   

 

Name of Optionee:   

 

Date of Option Grant:      

 

Initial Exercise Date:    The later of the Date of Option Grant or the date of commencement of Service to the Company.
Exercise Price Per Share:   

 

Total Number of Shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”)
For Which Option is Granted:
  

 

Total Exercise Price for Option Shares Granted:   

 

Type of Stock Option:   

 

           Incentive Stock Option
  

 

           Nonstatutory Stock Option
Option Expiration Date:    The date that is ten (10) years after the Date of the Option Grant.
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule:   

Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement

Date and an additional one forty-eighth

(1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option

shall become fully vested and exercisable on

 

1


   the first day of each full month thereafter until all the Shares are fully vested and exercisable, subject to the Optionee’s continuing to provide Service to the Company on such dates. Any Shares that have become, as of a given date, fully vested and exercisable in accordance with the above provisions or in accordance with the Option Agreement shall be referred to as “Vested Shares” as of such date.
Termination Period:    This Option shall be exercisable until the 90 th day after the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company. Upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for such longer period as provided in the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, in no event may the Optionee exercise this Option after the Option Expiration Date as provided above.

 

Very Truly Yours,  

 

 
[Signature of President of Company]  

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/ACCEPTANCE/AGREEMENT OF OPTIONEE

By signing this Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and the attached Option Agreement; (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement; (c) agrees to become subject to and bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Option Agreement; and (d) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or the Option Agreement.

 

Dated: _____________, _____    

 

    [Signature of Optionee]
   

 

   

 

    [Address of Optionee]

 

2


THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Immediately Exercisable Options with Double Trigger Acceleration)

Vital Therapies, Inc. has granted to the individual (the Optionee ”) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ”) is attached an option (the Option ”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ”), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

  1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


  2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option. This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option. If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation. If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares that become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the portion of such options that exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

2


2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code. If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

 

  3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

  4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

 

  4.1 Right to Exercise.

(a) In General. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.

(b) ISO Exercise Limitation. If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and except as provided in Section 4.1(c), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares that become exercisable for the first time during the calendar year of the Initial Exercise Date

 

3


(when added together with all shares that become exercisable for the first time during such calendar year under other Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (or such other limit, if any, imposed by Section 422 of the Code), the portion of the Option that exceeds such amount shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. For purposes of the preceding sentence, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the ISO Exercise Limitation. If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(b), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option that would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.

(c) Exception to ISO Exercise Limitation. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if compliance with the ISO Exercise Limitation as set forth in Section 4.1(b) will result in the exercisability of any Vested Shares being delayed more than thirty (30) days beyond the date such shares become Vested Shares (the Vesting Date”), the Option shall be deemed to be two (2) options. The first option shall be for the maximum portion of the Number of Option Shares that can comply with the ISO Exercise Limitation without causing the Option to be unexercisable in the aggregate as to Vested Shares on the Vesting Date for such shares. The second option, which shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option as described in section 422(b) of the Code, shall be for the balance of the Number of Option Shares; that is, those such shares that, on the respective Vesting Date for such shares, would be unexercisable if included in the first option and thereby made subject to the ISO Exercise Limitation. Shares treated as subject to the second option shall be exercisable on the same terms and at the same time as set forth in this Option Agreement; provided, however, that (i) Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to the second option and (ii) each such share shall become a Vested Share on the Vesting Date such share must first be allocated to the second option pursuant to the preceding sentence. Unless the Optionee specifically elects to the contrary in the Optionee’s written notice of exercise, the first option shall be deemed to be exercised first to the maximum possible extent and then the second option shall be deemed to be exercised.

4.2 Method of Exercise. Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company, which notice must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the

 

4


Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreement.

 

  4.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b)(ii), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise. A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

4.4 Tax Withholding. At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon

 

5


exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration. Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares. The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other laws or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares. The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by

 

6


the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

  6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

  7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

 

  7.1 Option Exercisability .

(a) Disability. If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death. If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination After Change in Control. If the Optionee’s Service ceases as a result of Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), (i) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (ii) the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(d) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

7


7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

 

  7.5 Certain Definitions.

(a) Termination After Change in Control shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control:

(i) termination by the Participating Company Group of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or

(ii) the Optionee’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which the Optionee is then rendering Service to the Participating Company Group within a reasonable period of time following the event constituting Good Reason.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group that (1) is for Cause (as defined below); (2) is a result of the Optionee’s death or disability; (3) is a result of the Optionee’s voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason; or (4) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

(b) Cause shall mean any of the following: (i) the Optionee’s theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Optionee’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information; (iii) any action by the Optionee that has a detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (iv) the Optionee’s failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a

 

8


reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (v) any material breach by the Optionee of any employment agreement between the Optionee and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vi) the Optionee’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act that impairs the Optionee’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(c) Good Reason shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) without the Optionee’s express written consent, the assignment to the Optionee of any duties, or any limitation of the Optionee’s responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with the Optionee’s positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Participating Company Group immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;

(ii) without the Optionee’s express written consent, the relocation of the principal place of the Optionee’s Service to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Optionee’s principal place of Service immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or the imposition of travel requirements substantially more demanding of the Optionee than such travel requirements existing immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;

(iii) any failure by the Participating Company Group to pay, or any material reduction by the Participating Company Group of, (1) the Optionee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of the Participating Company Group with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to the Optionee’s), or (2) the Optionee’s bonus compensation, if any, in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (subject to applicable performance requirements with respect to the actual amount of bonus compensation earned by the Optionee); or

(iv) any failure by the Participating Company Group to (1) continue to provide the Optionee with the opportunity to participate, on terms no less favorable than those in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group that customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee, in any benefit or compensation plans and programs, including, but not limited to, the Participating Company Group’s life, disability, health, dental, medical, savings, profit sharing, stock purchase and retirement plans, if any, in which the Optionee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or their equivalent, or (2) provide the Optionee with all other fringe benefits (or their equivalent) from time to time in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group that customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee.

 

  8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

 

  8.1 Definitions.

 

9


(a) An Ownership Change Event shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A Change in Control shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a Transaction ) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the Transferee ), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities that own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation ), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, all shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be Vested Shares for purposes of Section 11 as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

  9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

 

 

10


In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares that are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10. R IGHTS AS A S HAREHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

  11. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the Unvested Shares ), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Unvested Share Repurchase Option ).

11.2 Unvested Shares Defined. The Unvested Shares shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

 

11


11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company. The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the Repurchase Price ). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.6 Ownership Change Event. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation that is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

 

  12. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal. Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to

 

12


repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the Right of First Refusal ).

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

12.3 Bona Fide Transfer. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 12, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 12. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

 

13


12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 12.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 12.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 12 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 12 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 12.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal. The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

14


13. E SCROW .

13.1 Establishment of Escrow. To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares that the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee. As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.

13.3 Notices and Payments. In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property that the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

 

  14. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

  15. N OTICE OF S ALES U PON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates

 

15


this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  16. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

16.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE

 

16


CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

  17. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

  18. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner that violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares that will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

17


  19. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

19.1 Binding Effect. Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.2 Termination or Amendment. The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.3 Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.4 Integrated Agreement. The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

19.5 Applicable Law. This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.6 Counterparts. The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18


   Incentive Stock Option

     Optionee:     

 

   Nonstatutory Stock Option

      
     Date:  

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

 

Vital Therapies, Inc.  
Attention: Chief Financial Officer  

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ”) to purchase shares of the common stock (the Shares ”) of Vital Therapies, Inc. (the Company ”) pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ”) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

Grant Number:

       

Date of Option Grant:

       

Number of Option Shares:

       

Exercise Price per Share:

 

$

   

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

 

Vested Shares:

       

Unvested Shares:

       

Total Shares Purchased:

       

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

 

$

   

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

Cash:

 

$

   

Check:

 

$

   

Tender of Company Stock:

  Contact Plan Administrator

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in

 

1


connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

Cash:

                                    

Check:

                                    

5. Optionee Information .

 

My address is:

 

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:

 

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends that prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I

 

2


have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.
VITAL THERAPIES, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

3


NOTICE OF GRANT OF STOCK OPTION

(Immediately Exercisable Options with Double Trigger Acceleration)

To [Optionee]:

This constitutes notice (this “Notice”) under the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) that you have been granted the following options, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. All capitalized terms shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan or in the attached Vital Therapies, Inc. Stock Option Agreement (Immediately Exercisable Options with Double Trigger Acceleration) (the “Agreement”).

 

Option Grant Number:   

 

Name of Optionee:   

 

Date of Option Grant:   

 

Initial Exercise Date:    The later of the Date of Option Grant or the date of commencement of Service to the Company.
Exercise Price Per Share:   

 

Total Number of Shares of Common Stock (the “Option Shares”)
For Which Option is Granted:
  

 

 

Total Exercise Price for Option Shares Granted:   

 

Type of Stock Option:             Incentive Stock Option
            Nonstatutory Stock Option
Option Expiration Date:    The date that is ten (10) years after the Date of the Option Grant.
Vesting Commencement Date:   

 

Vesting Schedule:    Twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become fully vested and exercisable on the first anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date and an additional one forty-eighth (1/48 th ) of the Shares subject to the Option shall become

 

1


   fully vested and exercisable on the first day of each full month thereafter until all the Shares are fully vested and exercisable, subject to the Optionee’s continuing to provide Service to the Company on such dates. Any Shares that have become, as of a given date, fully vested and exercisable in accordance with the above provisions or in accordance with the Option Agreement shall be referred to as “Vested Shares” as of such date.
Termination Period:    This Option shall be exercisable until the 90 th day after the Optionee ceases to provide Service to the Company. Upon the Optionee’s death or Disability, this Option may be exercised for such longer period as provided in the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, in no event may the Optionee exercise this Option after the Option Expiration Date as provided above.

 

    Very Truly Yours,  
   

 

 
    [Signature of President of Company]  

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT/ACCEPTANCE/AGREEMENT OF OPTIONEE

By signing this Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and the attached Option Agreement; (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and the Option Agreement; (c) agrees to become subject to and bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Option Agreement; and (d) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or the Option Agreement.

 

Dated:              ,             

 

    [Signature of Optionee]
   

 

   

 

    [Address of Optionee]

 

2


THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE NOT BEEN QUALIFIED WITH THE COMMISSIONER OF CORPORATIONS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AND THE ISSUANCE OF SUCH SECURITIES OR THE PAYMENT OR RECEIPT OF ANY PART OF THE CONSIDERATION THEREFOR PRIOR TO SUCH QUALIFICATION IS UNLAWFUL, UNLESS THE SALE OF SECURITIES IS EXEMPT FROM QUALIFICATION BY SECTION 25100, 25102, OR 25105 OF THE CALIFORNIA CORPORATIONS CODE. THE RIGHTS OF ALL PARTIES TO THIS AGREEMENT ARE EXPRESSLY CONDITIONED UPON SUCH QUALIFICATION BEING OBTAINED, UNLESS THE SALE IS SO EXEMPT.

THE SECURITIES THAT ARE THE SUBJECT OF THIS AGREEMENT HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

(Immediately Exercisable Options with Double Trigger Acceleration)

Vital Therapies, Inc. has granted to the individual (the “ Optionee ”) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Notice ”) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) is attached an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Vital Therapies, Inc. 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has received copies of, and has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of, the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, and (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement.

 

  1. D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

1


  2. T AX C ONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)

(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation . If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares that become exercisable for the first time during any calendar year under the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), then the portion of such options that exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

2.3 Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . If the Optionee exercises this Option to purchase shares of Stock that are both nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, the Optionee understands that the Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s tax

 

2


advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which the Optionee exercises the Option. Shares acquired upon exercise of the Option are nontransferable and subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture if, for example, (a) they are unvested and are subject to a right of the Company to repurchase such shares at the Optionee’s original purchase price if the Optionee’s Service terminates, (b) the Optionee is an Insider and, under certain circumstances, exercises the Option within six (6) months of the Date of Option Grant (if a class of equity security of the Company is registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act), or (c) the Optionee is subject to a restriction on transfer to comply with “Pooling-of-Interests Accounting” rules. Failure to file an election under Section 83(b), if appropriate, may result in adverse tax consequences to the Optionee. The Optionee acknowledges that the Optionee has been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to the Optionee of the exercise of the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH THE OPTIONEE PURCHASES SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. THE OPTIONEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS THE OPTIONEE’S SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF THE OPTIONEE REQUESTS THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVE TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON HIS OR HER BEHALF.

 

  3. A DMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any Officer shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election that is the responsibility of or that is allocated to the Company herein, provided the Officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

  4. E XERCISE OF THE O PTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise .

(a) In General . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Exercise Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the Number of Option Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11 and Section 12.

(b) ISO Exercise Limitation . If this Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, then notwithstanding the provisions of Section 4.1(a) and except as provided in Section 4.1(c), to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of shares that become exercisable for the first time during the calendar year of the Initial Exercise Date (when added together with all shares that become exercisable for the first time during such calendar year under other Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) exceeds One Hundred Thousand Dollars

 

3


($100,000) (or such other limit, if any, imposed by Section 422 of the Code), the portion of the Option that exceeds such amount shall be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option. For purposes of the preceding sentence, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of shares of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such shares is granted. Such limitation on exercise shall be referred to in this Option Agreement as the “ ISO Exercise Limitation .” If Section 422 of the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 4.1(b), the ISO Exercise Limitation shall be deemed amended effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. The ISO Exercise Limitation shall terminate upon the earlier of (i) the Optionee’s termination of Service, (ii) the day immediately prior to the effective date of a Change in Control in which the Option is not assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation as provided in Section 8, or (iii) the day ten (10) days prior to the Option Expiration Date. Upon such termination of the ISO Exercise Limitation, the Option shall be deemed a Nonstatutory Stock Option to the extent of the number of shares subject to the Option that would otherwise exceed the ISO Exercise Limitation.

(c) Exception to ISO Exercise Limitation . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Option Agreement, if compliance with the ISO Exercise Limitation as set forth in Section 4.1(b) will result in the exercisability of any Vested Shares being delayed more than thirty (30) days beyond the date such shares become Vested Shares (the “ Vesting Date ”), the Option shall be deemed to be two (2) options. The first option shall be for the maximum portion of the Number of Option Shares that can comply with the ISO Exercise Limitation without causing the Option to be unexercisable in the aggregate as to Vested Shares on the Vesting Date for such shares. The second option, which shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option as described in section 422(b) of the Code, shall be for the balance of the Number of Option Shares; that is, those such shares that, on the respective Vesting Date for such shares, would be unexercisable if included in the first option and thereby made subject to the ISO Exercise Limitation. Shares treated as subject to the second option shall be exercisable on the same terms and at the same time as set forth in this Option Agreement; provided, however, that (i) Section 4.1(b) shall not apply to the second option and (ii) each such share shall become a Vested Share on the Vesting Date such share must first be allocated to the second option pursuant to the preceding sentence. Unless the Optionee specifically elects to the contrary in the Optionee’s written notice of exercise, the first option shall be deemed to be exercised first to the maximum possible extent and then the second option shall be deemed to be exercised.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company, which notice must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by (i) full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased and (ii) an executed copy, if required herein, of the then current form of escrow agreement referenced below. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice, the aggregate Exercise Price, and, if required by the Company, such executed agreement.

 

4


4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b)(ii), or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise . A “ Cashless Exercise ” means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Option is not exercisable unless the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group are satisfied. Accordingly, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to this Option Agreement until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

 

5


4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other laws or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5. N ONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE O PTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

  6. T ERMINATION OF THE O PTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised after the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

6


  7. E FFECT OF T ERMINATION OF S ERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability .

(a) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death . If the Optionee’s Service terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Termination After Change in Control . If the Optionee’s Service ceases as a result of Termination After Change in Control (as defined below), (i) the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of six (6) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date, and (ii) the Option shall become immediately vested and exercisable in full as of the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated.

(d) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service terminates for any reason, except Disability, death or Termination After Change in Control, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Additional Limitations on Option Exercise . Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 7.1, the Option may not be exercised after the Optionee’s termination of Service to the extent that the shares to be acquired upon exercise of the Option would be subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option as provided in Section 11.

7.3 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

 

7


7.4 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

7.5 Certain Definitions .

(a) “ Termination After Change in Control ” shall mean either of the following events occurring within twelve (12) months after a Change in Control:

(i) termination by the Participating Company Group of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason other than for Cause (as defined below); or

(ii) the Optionee’s resignation for Good Reason (as defined below) from all capacities in which the Optionee is then rendering Service to the Participating Company Group within a reasonable period of time following the event constituting Good Reason.

Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, Termination After Change in Control shall not include any termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group that (1) is for Cause (as defined below); (2) is a result of the Optionee’s death or disability; (3) is a result of the Optionee’s voluntary termination of Service other than for Good Reason; or (4) occurs prior to the effectiveness of a Change in Control.

(b) “ Cause ” shall mean any of the following: (i) the Optionee’s theft, dishonesty, or falsification of any Participating Company documents or records; (ii) the Optionee’s improper use or disclosure of a Participating Company’s confidential or proprietary information; (iii) any action by the Optionee that has a detrimental effect on a Participating Company’s reputation or business; (iv) the Optionee’s failure or inability to perform any reasonable assigned duties after written notice from a Participating Company of, and a reasonable opportunity to cure, such failure or inability; (v) any material breach by the Optionee of any employment agreement between the Optionee and a Participating Company, which breach is not cured pursuant to the terms of such agreement; or (vi) the Optionee’s conviction (including any plea of guilty or nolo contendere) of any criminal act that impairs the Optionee’s ability to perform his or her duties with a Participating Company.

(c) “ Good Reason ” shall mean any one or more of the following:

(i) without the Optionee’s express written consent, the assignment to the Optionee of any duties, or any limitation of the Optionee’s responsibilities, substantially inconsistent with the Optionee’s positions, duties, responsibilities and status with the Participating Company Group immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;

 

8


(ii) without the Optionee’s express written consent, the relocation of the principal place of the Optionee’s Service to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the Optionee’s principal place of Service immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or the imposition of travel requirements substantially more demanding of the Optionee than such travel requirements existing immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control;

(iii) any failure by the Participating Company Group to pay, or any material reduction by the Participating Company Group of, (1) the Optionee’s base salary in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (unless reductions comparable in amount and duration are concurrently made for all other employees of the Participating Company Group with responsibilities, organizational level and title comparable to the Optionee’s), or (2) the Optionee’s bonus compensation, if any, in effect immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control (subject to applicable performance requirements with respect to the actual amount of bonus compensation earned by the Optionee); or

(iv) any failure by the Participating Company Group to (1) continue to provide the Optionee with the opportunity to participate, on terms no less favorable than those in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group that customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee, in any benefit or compensation plans and programs, including, but not limited to, the Participating Company Group’s life, disability, health, dental, medical, savings, profit sharing, stock purchase and retirement plans, if any, in which the Optionee was participating immediately prior to the date of the Change in Control, or their equivalent, or (2) provide the Optionee with all other fringe benefits (or their equivalent) from time to time in effect for the benefit of any employee or service provider group that customarily includes a person holding the employment or service provider position or a comparable position with the Participating Company Group then held by the Optionee.

 

  8. C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions .

(a) An “ Ownership Change Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the shareholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “ Transaction ”) wherein the shareholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock

 

9


immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or other business entity to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “ Transferee ”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence, indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting securities of one or more corporations or other business entities that own the Company or the Transferee, as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations or other business entities. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting securities of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Option . In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or other business entity or parent thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiring Corporation ”), may, without the consent of the Optionee, either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, all shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be Vested Shares for purposes of Section 11 as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein.

 

  9. A DJUSTMENTS FOR C HANGES IN C APITAL S TRUCTURE .

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares that are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

10


  10. R IGHTS AS A S HAREHOLDER , E MPLOYEE OR C ONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

  11. U NVESTED S HARE R EPURCHASE O PTION .

11.1 Grant of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . In the event the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group is terminated for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, or, if the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option attempts to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (other than pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) any Unvested Shares, as defined in Section 11.2 below (the “ Unvested Shares ”), the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Unvested Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the “ Unvested Share Repurchase Option ”).

11.2 Unvested Shares Defined . The “ Unvested Shares ” shall mean, on any given date, the number of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that exceed the Vested Shares determined as of such date.

11.3 Exercise of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company may exercise the Unvested Share Repurchase Option by written notice to the Optionee within sixty (60) days after (a) termination of the Optionee’s Service (or exercise of the Option, if later) or (b) the Company has received notice of the attempted disposition of Unvested Shares. If the Company fails to give notice within such sixty (60) day period, the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall terminate unless the Company and the Optionee have extended the time for the exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. The Unvested Share Repurchase Option must be exercised, if at all, for all of the Unvested Shares, except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree.

11.4 Payment for Shares and Return of Shares to Company . The purchase price per share being repurchased by the Company shall be an amount equal to the Optionee’s original cost per share, as adjusted pursuant to Section 9 (the “ Repurchase Price ”). The Company shall pay the aggregate Repurchase Price to the Optionee in cash within thirty (30) days after the date of the written notice to the Optionee of the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any purchase money indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company for the shares shall be treated as

 

11


payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled. The shares being repurchased shall be delivered to the Company by the Optionee at the same time as the delivery of the Repurchase Price to the Optionee.

11.5 Assignment of Unvested Share Repurchase Option . The Company shall have the right to assign the Unvested Share Repurchase Option at any time, whether or not such option is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.6 Ownership Change Event . Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of Unvested Shares shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and included in the terms “Stock” and “Unvested Shares” for all purposes of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option with the same force and effect as the Unvested Shares immediately prior to the Ownership Change Event. While the aggregate Repurchase Price shall remain the same after such Ownership Change Event, the Repurchase Price per Unvested Share upon exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option following such Ownership Change Event shall be adjusted as appropriate. For purposes of determining the Vested Shares following an Ownership Change Event, credited Service shall include all Service with any corporation that is a Participating Company at the time the Service is rendered, whether or not such corporation is a Participating Company both before and after the Ownership Change Event.

 

  12. R IGHT OF F IRST R EFUSAL .

12.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 12.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any Vested Shares (the “ Transfer Shares ”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 12 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

12.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

 

12


12.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 12, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 12. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

12.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

12.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 12.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 12.

12.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to

 

13


agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 12 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 12 are met.

12.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 12.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

12.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

12.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “ public market ” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.

 

  13. E SCROW .

13.1 Establishment of Escrow . To ensure that shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option will be available for repurchase, the Company may require the Optionee to deposit the certificate evidencing the shares that the Optionee purchases upon exercise of the Option with an agent designated by the Company under the terms and conditions of an escrow agreement approved by the Company. If the Company does not require such deposit as a condition of exercise of the Option, the Company reserves the right at any time to require the Optionee to so deposit the certificate in escrow. Upon the occurrence of an Ownership Change Event or a change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, any and all new, substituted or additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of shares of Stock acquired upon exercise of the Option that remain, following such Ownership Change Event or change described in Section 9, subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option shall be immediately subject to the escrow to the same extent as such shares of Stock immediately before such event. The Company shall bear the expenses of the escrow.

13.2 Delivery of Shares to Optionee . As soon as practicable after the expiration of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, but not more frequently than twice each calendar year, the escrow agent shall deliver to the Optionee the shares and any other property no longer subject to such restriction.

 

14


13.3 Notices and Payments . In the event the shares and any other property held in escrow are subject to the Company’s exercise of the Unvested Share Repurchase Option or the Right of First Refusal, the notices required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent, and any payment required to be given to the Optionee shall be given to the escrow agent. Within thirty (30) days after payment by the Company, the escrow agent shall deliver the shares and any other property that the Company has purchased to the Company and shall deliver the payment received from the Company to the Optionee.

 

  14. S TOCK D ISTRIBUTIONS S UBJECT TO O PTION A GREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal with the same force and effect as the shares subject to the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal immediately before such event.

 

  15. N OTICE OF S ALES UPON D ISQUALIFYING D ISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  16. L EGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Unvested Share Repurchase Option, the Right of First Refusal, and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities

 

15


law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

16.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

16.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AN UNVESTED SHARE REPURCHASE OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.3 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

16.4 “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO”). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION DATE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

  17. L OCK -U P A GREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective

 

16


registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

  18. R ESTRICTIONS ON T RANSFER OF S HARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner that violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and, except pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, until the date on which such shares become Vested Shares, and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares that will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

  19. M ISCELLANEOUS P ROVISIONS .

19.1 Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

19.2 Termination or Amendment . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8.2 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

19.3 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

19.4 Integrated Agreement . The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior

 

17


agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

19.5 Applicable Law . This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

19.6 Counterparts . The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18


TM Incentive Stock Option       Optionee :   

 

TM Nonstatutory Stock Option          Date:   

 

 

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

(IMMEDIATELY EXERCISABLE)

 

Vital Therapies, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

     

 

     

 

     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “ Shares ”) of Vital Therapies, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the Company’s 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the “ Notice ”) and my Stock Option Agreement (the “ Option Agreement ”) as follows:

 

Grant Number:

  

 

Date of Option Grant:

  

 

Number of Option Shares:

  

 

Exercise Price per Share:

   $   

 

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares:

 

Vested Shares:

  

 

Unvested Shares:

  

 

Total Shares Purchased:

  

 

Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)

   $   

 

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

Cash:

   $   

 

Check:

   $   

 

Tender of Company Stock:

  

  Contact Plan Administrator

 

1


4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option. If I am exercising a Nonstatutory Stock Option, I enclose payment in full of my withholding taxes, if any, as follows:

(Contact Plan Administrator for amount of tax due.)

 

Cash:                                     
Check:                                     

5. Optionee Information .

 

My address is:  

 

 

 

My Social Security Number is:  

 

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Unvested Share Repurchase Option and the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. If required by the Company, I agree to deposit the certificate(s) evidencing the Shares, along with a blank stock assignment separate from certificate executed by me, with an escrow agent designated by the Company, to be held pursuant to the Company’s standard Joint Escrow Instructions.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends that prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

 

2


9. Election Under Section 83(b) of the Code . I understand and acknowledge that if I am exercising the Option to purchase Unvested Shares (i.e., shares that remain subject to the Company’s Unvested Share Repurchase Option), that I should consult with my tax advisor regarding the advisability of filing with the Internal Revenue Service an election under Section 83(b) of the Code, which must be filed no later than thirty (30) days after the date on which I exercise the Option. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option. AN ELECTION UNDER SECTION 83(b) MUST BE FILED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER THE DATE ON WHICH I PURCHASE SHARES. THIS TIME PERIOD CANNOT BE EXTENDED. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT TIMELY FILING OF A SECTION 83(b) ELECTION IS MY SOLE RESPONSIBILITY, EVEN IF I REQUEST THE COMPANY OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES TO FILE SUCH ELECTION ON MY BEHALF.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,

 

(Signature)

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.
VITAL THERAPIES, INC.
By:  

 

Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

 

3

Exhibit 10.8

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Adopted by the Board of Directors on July 8, 2013

1. Purposes of the Plan . The Plan is intended to increase shareholder value and the success of the Company by motivating Employees to (a) perform to the best of their abilities, and (b) achieve the Company’s objectives.

2. Definitions .

(a) “ Affiliate ” means any corporation or other entity (including, but not limited to, partnerships and joint ventures) controlled by the Company.

(b) “ Actual Award ” means as to any Performance Period, the actual award (if any) payable to a Participant for the Performance Period, subject to the Committee’s authority under Section 3(d) to modify the award.

(c) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(d) “ Bonus Pool ” means the pool of funds available for distribution to Participants. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee establishes the Bonus Pool for each Performance Period.

(e) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Reference to a specific section of the Code or regulation thereunder will include such section or regulation, any valid regulation promulgated thereunder, and any comparable provision of any future legislation or regulation amending, supplementing or superseding such section or regulation.

(f) “ Committee ” means the committee appointed by the Board (pursuant to Section 5) to administer the Plan. Unless and until the Board otherwise determines, the Board’s Compensation Committee will administer the Plan.

(g) “ Company ” means Vital Therapies, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.

(h) “ Disability ” means a permanent and total disability determined in accordance with uniform and nondiscriminatory standards adopted by the Committee from time to time.

(i) “ Employee ” means any executive, officer, or key employee of the Company or of an Affiliate, whether such individual is so employed at the time the Plan is adopted or becomes so employed subsequent to the adoption of the Plan.

(j) “ Fiscal Year ” means the fiscal year of the Company.


(k) “ Participant ” means as to any Performance Period, an Employee who has been selected by the Committee for participation in the Plan for that Performance Period.

(l) “ Performance Period ” means the period of time for the measurement of the performance criteria that must be met to receive an Actual Award, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. A Performance Period may be divided into one or more shorter periods if, for example, but not by way of limitation, the Committee desires to measure some performance criteria over 12 months and other criteria over 3 months.

(m) “ Plan ” means this Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

(n) “ Target Award ” means the target award, at 100% performance achievement, payable under the Plan to a Participant for the Performance Period, as determined by the Committee in accordance with Section 3(b).

(o) “ Termination of Service ” means a cessation of the employee-employer relationship between an Employee and the Company or an Affiliate for any reason, including, but not by way of limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, Disability, retirement, or the disaffiliation of an Affiliate, but excluding any such termination where there is a simultaneous reemployment by the Company or an Affiliate.

3. Selection of Participants and Determination of Awards .

(a) Selection of Participants . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will select the Employees who will be Participants for any Performance Period. Participation in the Plan is in the sole discretion of the Committee, on a Performance Period by Performance Period basis. Accordingly, an Employee who is a Participant for a given Performance Period in no way is guaranteed or assured of being selected for participation in any subsequent Performance Period or Periods.

(b) Determination of Target Awards . The Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Target Award for each Participant for a particular Performance Period, which generally will be a percentage of a Participant’s average annual base salary for the Performance Period.

(c) Bonus Pool . Each Performance Period, the Committee, in its sole discretion, will establish a Bonus Pool, which pool may be established before, during or after the applicable Performance Period. Actual Awards will be paid from the Bonus Pool.

(d) Discretion to Modify Awards . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee may, in its sole discretion and at any time, (i) increase, reduce or eliminate a Participant’s Actual Award, and/or (ii) increase, reduce or eliminate the amount allocated to the Bonus Pool. The Actual Award may be below, at or above the Target Award, in the Committee’s discretion. The Committee may determine the amount of any reduction on the basis of such factors as it deems relevant, and will not be required to establish any allocation or weighting with respect to the factors it considers.

 

-2-


(e) Discretion to Determine Criteria . Notwithstanding any contrary provision of the Plan, the Committee will, in its sole discretion, determine the performance goals applicable to any Target Award which requirement may include, without limitation, (i) attainment of research and development milestones, (ii) sales bookings, (iii) business divestitures and acquisitions, (iv) cash flow, (v) cash position, (vi) earnings (which may include any calculation of earnings, including but not limited to earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before taxes, earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and net earnings), (vii) earnings per share, (viii) net income, (ix) net profit, (x) net sales, (xi) operating cash flow, (xii) operating expenses, (xiii) operating income, (xiv) operating margin, (xv) overhead or other expense reduction, (xvi) product defect measures, (xvii) product release timelines, (xviii) productivity, (xix) profit, (xx) return on assets, (xxi) return on capital, (xxii) return on equity, (xxiii) return on investment, (xxiv) return on sales, (xxv) revenue, (xxvi) revenue growth, (xxvii) sales results, (xviii) sales growth, (xxix) stock price, (xxx) time to market, (xxxi) total stockholder return, (xxxii) working capital, and (xxxiii) individual objectives such as peer reviews or other subjective or objective criteria. As determined by the Committee, the performance goals may be based on generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) or non-GAAP results and any actual results may be adjusted by the Committee for one-time items or unbudgeted or unexpected items when determining whether the performance goals have been met. The goals may be on the basis of any factors the Committee determines relevant, and may be on an individual, divisional, business unit or Company-wide basis. Any criteria used may be measured on such basis as the Committee determines, including but not limited to, as applicable, (i) in absolute terms, (ii) in combination with another performance goal or goals (for example, but not by way of limitation, as a ratio or matrix), (iii) in relative terms (including, but not limited to, results for other periods, passage of time and/or against another company or companies or an index or indices), (iv) on a per-share basis, (v) against the performance of the Company as a whole or a segment of the Company and/or (vi) on a pre-tax or after-tax basis. The performance goals may differ from Participant to Participant and from award to award. Failure to meet the goals will result in a failure to earn the Target Award, except as provided in Section 3(d).

4. Payment of Awards .

(a) Right to Receive Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid solely from the general assets of the Company. Nothing in this Plan will be construed to create a trust or to establish or evidence any Participant’s claim of any right other than as an unsecured general creditor with respect to any payment to which he or she may be entitled.

(b) Timing of Payment . Payment of each Actual Award shall be made as soon as practicable after the end of the Performance Period during which the Actual Award was earned and after the Actual Award is approved by the Committee, but in no event following the later of (i) the fifteenth (15th) day of the third (3rd) month of the Fiscal Year following the date the Participant’s Actual Award has been earned and is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture and (ii) March 15 following the calendar year in which the Participant’s Actual Award has been earned and is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, to earn an Actual Award a Participant must be employed by the Company or any Affiliate on the date the Actual Award is paid.

 

-3-


It is the intent that this Plan comply with or be exempt from the requirements of Code Section 409A so that none of the payments to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Code Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply or be exempt. Each Participant acknowledges and agrees that the Company and its Affiliates make no representations with respect to the application of Code Section 409A to any Award and other tax consequences to any payments under the Plan and, by the acceptance of any Award or any such payments, the Participant agrees to accept the potential application of Code Section 409A and the other tax consequences of any payments made pursuant to the Plan.

(c) Form of Payment . Each Actual Award will be paid in cash (or its equivalent) in a single lump sum.

(d) Payment in the Event of Death or Disability . If a Participant dies or becomes Disabled prior to the payment of an Actual Award earned by him or her prior to death or Disability for a prior Performance Period, the Actual Award will be paid to his or her estate or to the Participant, as the case may be, subject to the Committee’s discretion to reduce or eliminate any Actual Award otherwise payable.

5. Plan Administration .

(a) Committee is the Administrator . The Plan will be administered by the Committee. The Committee will consist of not less than two (2) members of the Board. The members of the Committee will be appointed from time to time by, and serve at the pleasure of, the Board.

(b) Committee Authority . It will be the duty of the Committee to administer the Plan in accordance with the Plan’s provisions. The Committee will have all powers and discretion necessary or appropriate to administer the Plan and to control its operation, including, but not limited to, the power to (i) determine which Employees will be granted awards, (ii) prescribe the terms and conditions of awards, (iii) interpret the Plan and the awards, (iv) adopt such procedures and subplans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees who are foreign nationals or employed outside of the United States, (v) adopt rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are consistent therewith, and (vi) interpret, amend or revoke any such rules.

(c) Decisions Binding . All determinations and decisions made by the Committee, the Board, and any delegate of the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be final, conclusive, and binding on all persons, and will be given the maximum deference permitted by law.

(d) Delegation by Committee . The Committee, in its sole discretion and on such terms and conditions as it may provide, may delegate all or part of its authority and powers under the Plan to one or more directors and/or officers of the Company.

(e) Indemnification . Each person who is or will have been a member of the Committee will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from (i) any loss, cost, liability, or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in

 

-4-


connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit, or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan or any award, and (ii) from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such claim, action, suit, or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she will give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, by contract, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or under any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

6. General Provisions .

(a) Tax Withholding . The Company will withhold all applicable taxes from any Actual Award, including any federal, state and local taxes (including, but not limited to, the Participant’s FICA and SDI obligations).

(b) No Effect on Employment or Service . Nothing in the Plan will interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment or service at any time, with or without cause. For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Affiliates (or between Affiliates) will not be deemed a Termination of Service. Employment with the Company and its Affiliates is on an at-will basis only. The Company expressly reserves the right, which may be exercised at any time and without regard to when during a Performance Period such exercise occurs, to terminate any individual’s employment with or without cause, and to treat him or her without regard to the effect that such treatment might have upon him or her as a Participant.

(c) Participation . No Employee will have the right to be selected to receive an award under this Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

(d) Successors . All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to awards granted hereunder, will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

(e) Beneficiary Designations . If permitted by the Committee, a Participant under the Plan may name a beneficiary or beneficiaries to whom any vested but unpaid award will be paid in the event of the Participant’s death. Each such designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant and will be effective only if given in a form and manner acceptable to the Committee. In the absence of any such designation, any vested benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death will be paid to the Participant’s estate.

(f) Nontransferability of Awards . No award granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution, or to the limited extent provided in Section 6(e). All rights with respect to an award granted to a Participant will be available during his or her lifetime only to the Participant.

 

-5-


(g) Recoupment of Actual Awards . A Participant’s rights with respect to any Actual Award hereunder shall in all events be subject to (i) any right that the Company may have under any Company recoupment policy or other agreement or arrangement with the Participant, or (ii) any right or obligation that the Company may have regarding the clawback of “incentive-based compensation” under Section 10D of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder from time to time by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

7. Amendment, Termination, and Duration .

(a) Amendment, Suspension, or Termination . The Board, in its sole discretion, may amend or terminate the Plan, or any part thereof, at any time and for any reason. The amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan will not, without the consent of the Participant, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Actual Award theretofore earned by such Participant. No award may be granted during any period of suspension or after termination of the Plan.

(b) Duration of Plan . The Plan will commence on the date specified herein, and subject to Section 7(a) (regarding the Board’s right to amend or terminate the Plan), will remain in effect thereafter.

8. Legal Construction .

(a) Gender and Number . Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also will include the feminine; the plural will include the singular and the singular will include the plural.

(b) Severability . In the event any provision of the Plan will be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity will not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan will be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

(c) Requirements of Law . The granting of awards under the Plan will be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

(d) Governing Law . The Plan and all awards will be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California, but without regard to its conflict of law provisions.

(e) Bonus Plan . The Plan is intended to be a “bonus program” as defined under U.S. Department of Labor regulation 2510.3-2(c) and will be construed and administered in accordance with such intention.

(f) Captions . Captions are provided herein for convenience only, and will not serve as a basis for interpretation or construction of the Plan.

 

-6-

Exhibit 10.9

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.

CHANGE OF CONTROL AND SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Change of Control and Severance Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into by and between [                    ] (“ Executive ”) and Vital Therapies, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), effective as of immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Company’s proposed initial public offering (the “ Effective Date ”).

RECITALS

1. The Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), in consultation with the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”) believes that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders (i) to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication and objectivity of Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat, or occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) to provide Executive with an incentive to continue Executive’s employment prior to a Change of Control and to motivate Executive to maximize the value of the Company upon a Change of Control for the benefit of its stockholders.

2. The Board believes that it is imperative to provide Executive with certain severance benefits upon Executive’s termination of employment under certain circumstances. These benefits will provide Executive with enhanced financial security and incentive and encouragement to remain with the Company notwithstanding the possibility of a Change of Control.

3. Certain capitalized terms used in the Agreement are defined in Section 6 below.

AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Term of Agreement . If Executive becomes entitled to benefits under Section 3 during the term of this Agreement, the Agreement will not terminate until all of the obligations of the parties hereto with respect to this Agreement have been satisfied.

2. At-Will Employment . The Company and Executive acknowledge that Executive’s employment is and will continue to be at-will, as defined under applicable law. As an at-will employee, either the Company or the Executive may terminate the employment relationship at any time, with or without Cause. Upon any termination of employment, the Company will pay Executive all accrued but unpaid vacation, expense reimbursements, wages and other benefits due to Executive under any Company-provided plans, policies and arrangements (“ Accrued Compensation ”).


3. Severance Benefits .

(a) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Unrelated to a Change of Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs outside of the Change of Control Period, then subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all Accrued Compensation.

(ii) Continuing Severance Payments . Executive will be paid continuing payments of severance pay at a rate equal to Executive’s base salary rate, as then in effect, for a period of [CEO: twelve (12) / other executives: six (6)] months. The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, in installments over the severance period with the first payment to commence on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following Executive’s termination of employment (and include any severance payments that otherwise would have been paid to Executive within the sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination date), with any remaining payments paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for the remainder of the severance period following Executive’s termination of employment (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)).

(iii) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“ COBRA ”) within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of [CEO: twelve (12) / other executives: six (6)] months from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents are no longer eligible for COBRA continuation coverage. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 3(a)(iii), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue the group health coverage for Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents elect COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to [CEO: twelve (12) / other executives: six (6)] payments. Any such taxable monthly payments that otherwise would have been paid to Executive within the sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination date instead will be paid on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following

 

-2-


Executive’s termination of employment, with any remaining payments paid as provided in the prior sentence (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)). For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(b) Termination without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason in Connection with a Change of Control . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment with the Company without Cause (excluding death or Disability) or if Executive resigns from such employment for Good Reason, and, in each case, such termination occurs during the Change of Control Period, then subject to Section 4, Executive will receive the following:

(i) Accrued Compensation . The Company will pay Executive all Accrued Compensation.

(ii) Severance Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment (less applicable withholding taxes) equal to the [CEO: eighteen (18) / other executives: twelve (12)] months of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination date or, if greater, at the level in effect immediately prior to the Change of Control. The severance will be paid, less applicable withholdings, on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following Executive’s termination of employment (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)). For the avoidance of doubt, if (x) Executive incurred a termination prior to a Change of Control that qualifies Executive for severance payments under Section 3(a)(ii); and (y) a Change of Control occurs within the sixty (60) day following Executive’s termination of employment that qualifies Executive for the superior benefits under this Section 3(b)(ii), then Executive shall be entitled to a lump-sum payment of the amount calculated under this Section 3(b)(ii), less amounts already paid under Section 3(a)(ii).

(iii) Bonus Payment . Executive will receive a lump-sum payment equal to [CEO: one hundred and fifty percent (150%) / other executives: one hundred percent (100%)] of the higher of (A) the greater of (x) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which the Change of Control occurs or (y) Executive’s target bonus as in effect for the fiscal year in which Executive’s termination of employment occurs, or (B) Executive’s actual bonus for performance during the calendar year prior to the calendar year during which the termination of employment occurs. For avoidance of doubt, the amount paid to Executive pursuant to this Section 3(b)(iii) will not be prorated based on the actual amount of time Executive is employed by the Company during the fiscal year (or the relevant performance period if something different than a fiscal year) during which the termination occurs. The bonus payment will be paid, less applicable withholdings, on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following Executive’s termination of employment (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)).

(iv) Continuation Coverage . If Executive elects continuation coverage pursuant to COBRA within the time period prescribed pursuant to COBRA for Executive and Executive’s eligible dependents, then the Company will reimburse Executive for the COBRA premiums for such coverage (at the coverage levels in effect immediately prior to Executive’s termination) until the earlier of (A) a period of [CEO: eighteen (18) / other executives: twelve

 

-3-


(12)] months from the date of termination or (B) the date upon which Executive and/or Executive’s eligible dependents become covered under similar plans. The reimbursements will be made by the Company to Executive consistent with the Company’s normal expense reimbursement policy. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 3(b)(iv), if the Company determines in its sole discretion that it cannot provide the foregoing benefit without potentially violating, or being subject to an excise tax under, applicable law (including, without limitation, Section 2716 of the Public Health Service Act), the Company will in lieu thereof provide to Executive a taxable monthly payment, payable on the last day of a given month (except as provided by the following sentence), in an amount equal to the monthly COBRA premium that Executive would be required to pay to continue Executive’s group health coverage in effect on the termination of employment date (which amount will be based on the premium for the first month of COBRA coverage), which payments will be made regardless of whether Executive elects COBRA continuation coverage and will commence on the month following Executive’s termination of employment and will end on the earlier of (x) the date upon which Executive obtains other employment or (y) the date the Company has paid an amount equal to [CEO: eighteen (18) / other executives: twelve (12)] payments. Any such payments that otherwise would have been paid to Executive within the sixty (60) days following Executive’s termination date instead will be paid on the sixty-first (61 st ) day following Executive’s termination of employment, with any remaining payments paid as provided in the prior sentence (subject to any delay as may be required by Section 4(c)). For the avoidance of doubt, the taxable payments in lieu of COBRA reimbursements may be used for any purpose, including, but not limited to continuation coverage under COBRA, and will be subject to all applicable tax withholdings.

(v) Accelerated Vesting of Equity Awards . One hundred percent (100%) of Executive’s then-outstanding and unvested Equity Awards will become vested in full. If, however, an outstanding Equity Award is to vest and/or the amount of the award to vest is to be determined based on the achievement of performance criteria, then the Equity Award will vest as to one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the Equity Award assuming the performance criteria had been achieved at target levels for the relevant performance period(s).

(c) Voluntary Resignation; Termination for Cause . If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates (i) voluntarily by Executive (other than for Good Reason) or (ii) for Cause by the Company, then Executive will not be entitled to receive severance or other benefits except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

(d) Disability; Death . If the Company terminates Executive’s employment as a result of Executive’s Disability, or Executive’s employment terminates due to Executive’s death, then Executive will not be entitled to receive any other severance or other benefits, except for those (if any) as may then be established under the Company’s then existing written severance and benefits plans and practices or pursuant to other written agreements with the Company.

 

-4-


(e) Exclusive Remedy . In the event of a termination of Executive’s employment as set forth in Section 3(a) or (b) of this Agreement, the provisions of Section 3 are intended to be and are exclusive and in lieu of any other rights or remedies to which Executive or the Company otherwise may be entitled, whether at law, tort or contract, in equity, or under this Agreement (other than the payment of accrued but unpaid wages, as required by law, and any unreimbursed reimbursable expenses). For the avoidance of doubt, Executive shall in no circumstances be entitled to both the benefits pursuant to Section 3(a) and the benefits pursuant to Section 3(b). Executive will be entitled to no benefits, compensation or other payments or rights upon a termination of employment other than those benefits expressly set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.

4. Conditions to Receipt of Severance

(a) Release of Claims Agreement . The receipt of any severance payments or benefits (other than the Accrued Compensation set forth in either Sections 3(a)(i) or 3(b)(i)) pursuant to this Agreement is subject to Executive signing and not revoking the Company’s then-standard separation agreement and release of claims (the “ Release ”), which must become effective and irrevocable no later than the sixtieth (60th) day following Executive’s termination of employment (the “ Release Deadline ”). If the Release does not become effective and irrevocable by the Release Deadline, Executive will forfeit any right to severance payments or benefits under this Agreement. In no event will severance payments or benefits be paid or provided until the Release actually becomes effective and irrevocable.

(b) Confidential Information and Invention Assignment Agreements . Executive’s receipt of any payments or benefits under Section 3 (other than the accrued benefits set forth in either Sections 3(a)(i) or 3(b)(i)) will be subject to Executive continuing to comply with the terms of the Employee Innovations and Proprietary Rights Assignment Agreement that Executive executed when joining the Company, as such agreement may be amended from time to time.

(c) Section 409A .

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no severance pay or benefits to be paid or provided to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that, when considered together with any other severance payments or separation benefits, are considered deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, and the final regulations and any guidance promulgated thereunder (“ Section 409A ”) (together, the “ Deferred Payments ”) will be paid or otherwise provided until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A. Similarly, no severance payable to Executive, if any, pursuant to this Agreement that otherwise would be exempt from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) will be payable until Executive has a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A at the time of Executive’s termination (other than due to death), then the Deferred Payments, if any, that are payable within the first six (6) months following Executive’s separation from service, will become payable on the first payroll date that occurs on or after the date six (6) months and one (1) day following the date of Executive’s separation from service. All subsequent Deferred

 

-5-


Payments, if any, will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if Executive dies following Executive’s separation from service, but before the six (6) month anniversary of the separation from service, then any payments delayed in accordance with this paragraph will be payable in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the date of Executive’s death and all other Deferred Payments will be payable in accordance with the payment schedule applicable to each payment or benefit. Each payment and benefit payable under this Agreement is intended to constitute a separate payment under Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations.

(iii) It is intended that any amount paid under this Agreement that satisfies the requirements of the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(iv) It is intended that any amount paid under this Agreement that qualifies as a payment made as a result of an involuntary separation from service pursuant to Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations that does not exceed the Section 409A Limit (as defined below) will not constitute Deferred Payments for purposes of clause (i) above.

(v) The foregoing provisions are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A so that none of the severance payments and benefits to be provided hereunder will be subject to the additional tax imposed under Section 409A, and any ambiguities herein will be interpreted to so comply. The Company and Executive agree to work together in good faith to consider amendments to this Agreement and to take such reasonable actions which are necessary, appropriate or desirable to avoid imposition of any additional tax or income recognition before actual payment to Executive under Section 409A. Executive agrees and acknowledges that the Company makes no representations or warranties with respect to the application of Section 409A and other tax consequences to any payments hereunder and, by the acceptance of any such payments, Executive agrees to accept the potential application of Section 409A and the other tax consequences of any payments made hereunder.

5. Limitation on Payments . In the event that the severance and other benefits provided for in this Agreement or otherwise payable to Executive (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and (ii) but for this Section 5, would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code, then Executive’s severance benefits will be either:

(a) delivered in full, or

(b) delivered as to such lesser extent which would result in no portion of such severance benefits being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code,

whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable federal, state and local income taxes and the excise tax imposed by Section 4999, results in the receipt by Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of benefits, notwithstanding that all or some portion of such benefits may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. If a reduction in severance and other benefits constituting “parachute payments” is necessary so that benefits are delivered to a lesser extent, reduction will occur in the following order: (i) reduction of cash payments;

 

-6-


(ii) cancellation of awards granted “contingent on a change in ownership or control” (within the meaning of Code Section 280G), (iii) cancellation of accelerated vesting of equity awards; or (iv) reduction of employee benefits. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity award compensation is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant of Executive’s equity awards.

A nationally recognized certified professional services firm selected by the Company, the Company’s legal counsel or such other person or entity to which the parties mutually agree (the “ Firm ”) shall perform the foregoing calculations related to the Excise Tax. The Company shall bear all expenses with respect to the determinations by the Firm required to be made hereunder. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section, the Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning applicable taxes and may rely on reasonable, good faith interpretations concerning the application of Code Sections 280G and 4999. The Company and Executive will furnish to the Firm such information and documents as the Firm may reasonably request in order to make a determination under this Section. The Firm engaged to make the determinations hereunder shall provide its calculations, together with detailed supporting documentation, to the Company and Executive within fifteen (15) calendar days after the date on which Executive’s right to the severance benefits or other payments is triggered (if requested at that time by the Company or Executive) or such other time as requested by the Company or Executive. Any good faith determinations of the Firm made hereunder shall be final, binding, and conclusive upon the Company and Executive.

6. Definition of Terms . The following terms referred to in this Agreement will have the following meanings:

(a) Cause . “ Cause ” will mean:

(i) Executive’s material failure to perform Executive’s stated duties, and Executive’s continued failure to cure such failure to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company within ten (10) days following written notice of such failure to Executive from the Board;

(ii) Executive’s material violation of a Company policy (including any insider trading policy) or material breach of any written agreement or covenant with the Company, including, but not limited to, any applicable invention assignment and confidentiality agreement or similar agreement between the Company and Executive;

(iii) Executive’s conviction of, or entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, a felony (other than motor vehicle offenses the effect of which do not materially impair Executive’s performance of his employment duties);

(iv) a willful act by Executive that constitutes gross misconduct and which is injurious to the Company;

(v) Executive’s commission of any act of fraud or embezzlement;

 

-7-


(vi) Executive’s commission of any act of dishonesty or any other willful misconduct that has caused or is reasonably expected to result in a material injury to the Company; or

(vii) Executive’s willful failure to cooperate with an investigation authorized by the Board or initiated by a governmental authority, in either case, relating to the Company, its business, or any of its directors, officers or employees.

The determination as to whether Executive is being terminated for Cause will be made in good faith by the Board and will be final and binding on Executive. The foregoing definition does not in any way limit the Company’s ability to terminate Executive’s employment relationship at any time as provided in Section 2 above, and the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

(b) Change of Control. Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(i) A change in the ownership of the Company which occurs on the date that any one Person, or more than one Person acting as a group (collectively, a “ Person ” for purposes of this definition), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with the stock held by such Person, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection, (a) the acquisition of additional stock by any one Person, who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, will not be considered a Change of Control and (b) the acquisition of additional stock of the Company by a Permitted Holder that, together with the stock held by such Person and its Affiliates and/or Associates, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power of the stock of the Company, will not be considered a Change of Control so long as such acquisition is not in connection with a transaction that results in the Company ceasing to have any class of securities registered under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended ( i.e. , a “going-private” transaction) ; or

(ii) A change in the effective control of the Company which occurs on the date that a majority of members of the Board is replaced during any twelve (12) month period by Directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board prior to the date of the appointment or election. For purposes of this clause (ii), (a) if any Person is considered to be in effective control of the Company, the acquisition of additional control of the Company by the same Person will not be considered a Change of Control and (b) any member of the Board that is nominated by any Permitted Holder shall be considered endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board; or

(iii) A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets which occurs on the date that any Person acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than fifty percent (50%) of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition or acquisitions; provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (iii), the following will not constitute a change in the ownership of a substantial

 

-8-


portion of the Company’s assets: (A) a transfer to an entity that is controlled by the Company’s stockholders immediately after the transfer, or (B) a transfer of assets by the Company to: (1) a stockholder of the Company (immediately before the asset transfer) in exchange for or with respect to the Company’s stock, (2) an entity, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company, (3) a Person, that owns, directly or indirectly, fifty percent (50%) or more of the total value or voting power of all the outstanding stock of the Company, or (4) an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total value or voting power of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person described in this subsection (iii)(B)(3). For purposes of this subsection (iii), gross fair market value means the value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

For purposes of this definition, Persons will be considered to be acting as a group if they are owners of a corporation that enters into a merger, consolidation, purchase or acquisition of stock, or similar business transaction with the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a transaction will not be deemed a Change of Control unless the transaction qualifies as a change in control event within the meaning of Code Section 409A, as it has been and may be amended from time to time, and any proposed or final Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance that has been promulgated or may be promulgated thereunder from time to time.

For purposes of this definition, a “ Permitted Holder ” shall mean any Person that, individually or together with all of such Person’s Affiliates and/or Associates, is the Owner of fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Corporation at the time of the Company’s Initial Public Offering or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates. All capitalized terms in the immediately preceding sentence that are not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Company’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as in effect immediately following the Company’s initial public offering of its Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Initial Public Offering ”).

Further and for the avoidance of doubt, a transaction will not constitute a Change of Control if: (i) its sole purpose is to change the state of the Company’s incorporation, or (ii) its sole purpose is to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who held the Company’s securities immediately before such transaction.

(c) Change of Control Period . “ Change of Control Period ” will mean the period beginning on the date two (2) months prior to, and ending on the date that is twelve (12) months following, a Change of Control.

(d) Code . “ Code ” will mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

(e) Disability . “ Disability ” will mean that Executive has been unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a

 

-9-


continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months. Alternatively, Executive will be deemed disabled if determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. Termination resulting from Disability may only be effected after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment. In the event that Executive resumes the performance of substantially all of Executive’s duties hereunder before the termination of Executive’s employment becomes effective, the notice of intent to terminate based on Disability will automatically be deemed to have been revoked.

(f) Equity Awards . “ Equity Awards ” will mean Executive’s outstanding stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares, performance stock units and any other Company equity compensation awards.

(g) Good Reason . “ Good Reason ” will mean Executive’s voluntary termination, within thirty (30) days following the expiration of any Company cure period (discussed below) following the occurrence of one or more of the following, without Executive’s consent:

(i) a material reduction of Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities, relative to Executive’s authority, duties or responsibilities in effect immediately prior to such reduction, or, following a Change of Control[, provided, however, that continued employment following the Change of Control with substantially the same responsibility with respect to the Company’s business and operations will not constitute “Good Reason” (for example, Executive will not have been removed from Executive’s position if Executive is employed by the Company and Executive has substantially the same responsibilities with respect to the business of the Company as Executive had immediately prior to the Change of Control whether Executive’s title is revised to reflect Executive’s placement within the overall corporate hierarchy and whether Executive provides services and/or reports to a subsidiary, affiliate, business unit or otherwise)] 1 ;

(ii) a material reduction by the Company of Executive’s annual base salary as in effect on the Effective Date (or, if lower, as in effect immediately prior to the reduction), except to the extent the base salaries of all other senior executives of the Company are similarly reduced;

(iii) the failure of the Company to obtain assumption of this Agreement by any successor; or

(iv) a material change in the geographic location of Executive’s principal workplace; provided, that a relocation of less than fifty (50) miles from San Diego, California will not be considered a material change in geographic location.

Executive may not resign for Good Reason without first providing the Company with written notice within ninety (90) days of the initial existence of the condition that he believes constitutes Good Reason specifically identifying the acts or omissions constituting the grounds for Good Reason and a reasonable cure period of not less than thirty (30) days following the date of such notice.

 

 

1   NTD: to be removed for CEO

 

-10-


For purposes of the “Good Reason” definition, the term “Company” will be interpreted to include any subsidiary, parent, affiliate or successor thereto, if applicable.

(h) Section 409A Limit . “ Section 409A Limit ” will mean two (2) times the lesser of: (i) Executive’s annualized compensation based upon the annual rate of pay paid to Executive during the Executive’s taxable year preceding the Executive’s taxable year of Executive’s termination of employment as determined under, and with such adjustments as are set forth in, Treasury Regulation 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A)(1) and any Internal Revenue Service guidance issued with respect thereto; or (ii) the maximum amount that may be taken into account under a qualified plan pursuant to Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for the year in which Executive’s employment is terminated.

7. Successors .

(a) The Company’s Successors . Any successor to the Company (whether direct or indirect and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation, liquidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the Company’s business and/or assets will assume the obligations under this Agreement and agree expressly to perform the obligations under this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent as the Company would be required to perform such obligations in the absence of a succession. For all purposes under this Agreement, the term “Company” will include any successor to the Company’s business and/or assets which executes and delivers the assumption agreement described in this Section 7(a) or which becomes bound by the terms of this Agreement by operation of law.

(b) Executive’s Successors . The terms of this Agreement and all rights of Executive hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Executive’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

8. Notice .

(a) General . Notices and all other communications contemplated by this Agreement will be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when sent electronically or personally delivered when mailed by U.S. registered or certified mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid or when delivered by a private courier service such as UPS, DHL or Federal Express that has tracking capability. In the case of Executive, notices will be sent to the e-mail address or addressed to Executive at the home address, in either case which Executive most recently communicated to the Company in writing. In the case of the Company, electronic notices will be sent to the e-mail address of the [Chief Executive Officer] and mailed notices will be addressed to its corporate headquarters, and all notices will be directed to the attention of its [Chief Executive Officer.] 2

 

 

2   NTD: to reference “Chairman of the Committee” in CEO agreement.

 

-11-


(b) Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason will be communicated by a notice of termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 8(a) of this Agreement. Such notice will indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, will set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination under the provision so indicated, and will specify the termination date (which will be not more than ninety (90) days after the giving of such notice).

9. Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive will be deemed to have resigned from all officer [and/or director] 3 positions held at the Company and its affiliates voluntarily, without any further required action by Executive, as of the end of Executive’s employment and Executive, at the Board’s request, will execute any documents reasonably necessary to reflect Executive’s resignation.

10. Arbitration .

(a) Arbitration . In consideration of Executive’s employment with the Company, its promise to arbitrate all employment - related disputes, and Executive’s receipt of the compensation, pay raises and other benefits paid to Executive by the Company, at present and in the future, Executive agrees that any and all controversies, claims, or disputes with anyone (including the Company and any employee, officer, director, stockholder or benefit plan of the Company in their capacity as such or otherwise) arising out of, relating to, or resulting from Executive’s employment with the Company or termination thereof, including any breach of this Agreement, will be subject to binding arbitration under the Arbitration Rules set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1280 through 1294.2, including Section 1281.8 (the “ Act ”), and pursuant to California law. The Federal Arbitration Act will also apply with full force and effect, notwithstanding the application of procedural rules set forth under the Act.

(b) Dispute Resolution . Disputes that Executive agrees to arbitrate, and thereby agrees to waive any right to a trial by jury, include any statutory claims under local, state, or federal law , including, but not limited to, claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, the Sarbanes Oxley Act, the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act, the California Fair Employment and Housing Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the California Family Rights Act, the California Labor Code, claims of harassment, discrimination, and wrongful termination, and any statutory or common law claims. Executive further understands that this Agreement to arbitrate also applies to any disputes that the Company may have with Executive.

(c) Procedure . Executive agrees that any arbitration will be administered by the Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. (“ JAMS ”), pursuant to its Employment Arbitration Rules & Procedures (the “ JAMS Rules ”). The arbitrator will have the power to decide any motions brought by any party to the arbitration, including motions for summary

 

 

3   NTD: to be removed for CEO.

 

-12-


judgment and/or adjudication, motions to dismiss and demurrers, and motions for class certification, prior to any arbitration hearing. The arbitrator will have the power to award any remedies available under applicable law, and the arbitrator will award attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party, except as prohibited by law. The Company will pay for any administrative or hearing fees charged by the administrator or JAMS, and all arbitrator’s fees, except that Executive will pay any filing fees associated with any arbitration that Executive initiates, but only so much of the filing fee as Executive would have instead paid had Executive filed a complaint in a court of law. Executive agrees that the arbitrator will administer and conduct any arbitration in accordance with California law, including the California Code of Civil Procedure and the California Evidence Code, and that the arbitrator will apply substantive and procedural California law to any dispute or claim, without reference to the rules of conflict of law. To the extent that the JAMS Rules conflict with California law, California law will take precedence. The decision of the arbitrator will be in writing. Any arbitration under this Agreement will be conducted in San Diego County, California.

(d) Remedy . Except as provided by the Act, arbitration will be the sole, exclusive, and final remedy for any dispute between Executive and the Company. Accordingly, except as provided by the Act and this Agreement, neither Executive nor the Company will be permitted to pursue court action regarding claims that are subject to arbitration . Notwithstanding, the arbitrator will not have the authority to disregard or refuse to enforce any lawful Company policy, and the arbitrator will not order or require the Company to adopt a policy not otherwise required by law which the Company has not adopted.

(e) Administrative Relief . Executive is not prohibited from pursuing an administrative claim with a local, state, or federal administrative body or government agency that is authorized to enforce or administer laws related to employment, including, but not limited to, the Department of Fair Employment and Housing, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the National Labor Relations Board, or the Workers’ Compensation Board. However, Executive may not pursue court action regarding any such claim, except as permitted by law.

(f) Voluntary Nature of Agreement . Executive acknowledges and agrees that Executive is executing this Agreement voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by the Company or anyone else. Executive further acknowledges and agrees that Executive has carefully read this Agreement and that Executive has asked any questions needed for Executive to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and fully understands it, including that EXECUTIVE IS WAIVING EXECUTIVE’S RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL . Finally, Executive agrees that Executive has been provided an opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Executive’s choice before signing this Agreement.

11. Miscellaneous Provisions .

(a) No Duty to Mitigate . Executive will not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment contemplated by this Agreement, nor will any such payment be reduced by any earnings that Executive may receive from any other source.

 

-13-


(b) Waiver . No provision of this Agreement will be modified, waived or discharged unless the modification, waiver or discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by Executive and by an authorized officer of the Company (other than Executive). No waiver by either party of any breach of, or of compliance with, any condition or provision of this Agreement by the other party will be considered a waiver of any other condition or provision or of the same condition or provision at another time.

(c) Headings . All captions and section headings used in this Agreement are for convenient reference only and do not form a part of this Agreement.

(d) Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto and supersedes in their entirety all prior representations, understandings, undertakings or agreements (whether oral or written and whether expressed or implied) of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, including, but not limited to, any rights to extended post-termination exercise period, severance and/or change of control benefits set forth in any prior employment agreement or offer letter, option agreement, or similar agreement (or amendment thereto). No waiver, alteration, or modification of any of the provisions of this Agreement will be binding unless in writing and signed by duly authorized representatives of the parties hereto and which specifically mention this Agreement.

(e) Choice of Law . The validity, interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California (with the exception of its conflict of laws provisions). Any claims or legal actions by one party against the other arising out of the relationship between the parties contemplated herein (whether or not arising under this Agreement) will be commenced or maintained in any state or federal court located in the jurisdiction where Executive resides, and Executive and the Company hereby submit to the jurisdiction and venue of any such court.

(f) Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this Agreement will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof, which will remain in full force and effect.

(g) Withholding . All payments made pursuant to this Agreement will be subject to withholding of applicable income, employment and other taxes.

(h) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

-14-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement, in the case of the Company by its duly authorized officer, as of the day and year set forth below.

 

COMPANY     VITAL THERAPIES, INC.
    By:  

 

    Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

EXECUTIVE     By:  

 

    Title:  

 

    Date:  

 

[signature page of the Change of Control and Severance Agreement]

 

-15-

Exhibit 10.11

STANDARD INDUSTRIAL/COMMERCIAL MULTI-TENANT LEASE—MODIFIED NET

AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION

 

LOGO

1. Basic Provisions (“Basic Provisions”).

1.1 Parties: This Lease (“ Lease ”), dated for reference purposes only, April 5, 2001 is made by and between R.E. Hazard Contracting Company, a California corporation (“ Lessor ”) and DermTech International, a California corporation (“ Lessee ”), (collectively the “ Parties ,” or individually a “ Party ”).

1.2(a) Premises: That certain portion of the Building, including all improvements therein or to be provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, commonly known by the street address of 15222 Avenue Of Science, located in the City of San Diego, County of San Diego, State of California, with zip code 92128, hereto ( “Premises” ). The “ Building ” is that certain building containing the Premises and The Premises are known as Suite “B” and contain an agreed 15,002 square feet.

In addition to Lessee’s rights to use and occupy the Premises as hereinafter specified, Lessee shall have non-exclusive rights to the Common Areas (as defined in Paragraph 2.7 below) as hereinafter specified, but shall not have any rights to the roof, exterior walls or utility raceways of the Building or to any other buildings in the Industrial Center. The Premises, the Building, the Common Areas, the land upon which they are located, along with all other buildings and improvements thereon, are herein collectively referred to as the “ Industrial Center .” (Also see Paragraph 2.)

1.2(b) Parking: See Addenduum unreserved vehicle parking spaces (“ Unreserved Parking Spaces ”);. (Also see Paragraph 2.6.)

1.3 Term: Five years and no months (“ Original Term ”) commencing See Addendum (“ Commencement Date ”) and ending See Addendum (“ Expiration Date ”). (Also see Paragraph 3.)

1.4 Early Possession: N/A (“ Early Possession Date ”). (Also see Paragraphs 3.2 and 3.3.)

1.5 Base Rent: $17,000 per month (“ Base Rent ”), payable on the first day of each month commencing on the Commencement Date (Also see Paragraph 4.)

 

x If this box is checked, this Lease provides for the Base Rent to be adjusted per Addendum                      , attached hereto.

1.6(a) Base Rent Paid Upon Execution: $17,000 as Base Rent for the period first month of the Original Term.

1.6(b) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses: FIFTY AND ONE HALF percent (50.5%) (“ Lessee’s Share ”) as determined by

 

x prorata square footage of the Premises as compared to the total square footage of the Building or [    ] other criteria as described in Addendum                      .

1.7 Security Deposit: $17,000 (“ Security-Deposit”). ( Also see Paragraph 5.)

1.8 Permitted Use: medical testing, research and development laboratory and related office use and light manufacturing. (“ Permitted Use ”) (Also see Paragraph 6.)

1.9 Insuring Party. Lessor is the “ Insuring Party. ” (Also see Paragraph 8.)

1.11 Guarantor. The obligations of the Lessee under this Lease are to be guaranteed by Vitagen, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Guarantor ”). (Also see Paragraph 37.)

1.12 Addenda and Exhibits. Attached hereto is an Addendum or Addenda consisting of Paragraphs 49 through 59, and Exhibit A all of which constitute a part of this Lease.

2. Premises, Parking and Common Areas.

2.1 Letting. Lessor hereby leases to Lessee, and Lessee hereby leases from Lessor, the Premises, for the term, at the rental, and upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Lease. Unless otherwise provided herein, any statement of square footage set forth in this Lease, or that may have been used in calculating rental and/or Common Area Operating Expenses, is an approximation which Lessor and Lessee agree is reasonable and the rental and Lessee’s Share (as defined in Paragraph 1.6(b)) based thereon is not subject to revision whether or not the actual square footage is more or less.

2.2 Condition. Lessor shall deliver the Premises to Lessee clean and free of debris on the Commencement Date and warrants to Lessee that the existing plumbing, electrical systems, fire sprinkler system, lighting, air conditioning and heating systems and loading doors, if any, in the Premises, other than those constructed by Lessee, shall be in good operating condition on the Commencement Date. If a non-compliance with said warranty exists as of the Commencement Date, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, rectify same at Lessor’s expense. If Lessee does not give Lessor written notice of a non-compliance with this warranty within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date, correction of that non-compliance shall be the obligation of Lessee at Lessee’s sole cost and expense.

2.3 Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code. Lessor warrants that any improvements (other than those constructed by Lessee or at Lessee’s direction) on or in the Premises which have been constructed or installed by Lessor or with Lessor’s consent or at Lessor’s direction shall comply with all applicable covenants or restrictions of record and applicable building codes, regulations and ordinances in effect on the Commencement Date. Lessor further warrants to Lessee that Lessor has no knowledge of any claim having been made by any governmental agency that a violation or violations of applicable building codes, regulations, or ordinances exist with regard to the Premises as of the Commencement Date. Said warranties shall not apply to any Alterations or Utility Installations (defined in Paragraph 7.3(a)) made or to be made by Lessee. If the Premises do not comply with said warranties, Lessor shall, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, promptly after receipt of written notice from Lessee given within six (6) months following the Commencement Date and setting forth with specificity the nature and extent of such non-compliance, take such action, at Lessor’s expense, as may be reasonable or appropriate to rectify the non-compliance. Lessor makes no warranty that the Permitted Use in Paragraph 1.8 is permitted for the Premises under Applicable Laws (as defined in Paragraph 2.4).

2.4 Acceptance of Premises. Lessee hereby acknowledges: (a) that it has been advised by the to satisfy itself with respect to the condition of the Premises (including but not limited to the electrical and fire sprinkler systems, security, environmental aspects, seismic and earthquake requirements, and compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act and applicable zoning, municipal, county, state and federal laws, ordinances and regulations and any covenants or restrictions of record (collectively, Applicable Laws ) and the present and future suitability of the Premises for Lessee’s intended use; (b) that Lessee has made such investigation as it deems necessary with reference to such matters, is satisfied with reference thereto, and assumes all responsibility therefore as the same relate to Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises and/or the terms of this Lease; and (c) that neither Lessor, nor any of Lessor’s agents, has made any oral or written representations or warranties with respect to said matters other than as set forth in this Lease.

2.5 Lessee as Prior Owner/Occupant. The warranties made by Lessor in this Paragraph 2 shall be of no force or effect if immediately prior to the date set forth in Paragraph 1.1 Lessee was the owner or occupant of the Premises. In such event, Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, correct any non-compliance of the Premises with said warranties.

 

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

  MULTI-TENANT - MODIFIED NET   

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


2.6 Vehicle Parking. Lessee shall be entitled to use the number of Unreserved Parking Spaces specified in Paragraph 1.2(b) on those portions of the Common Areas designated from time to time by Lessor for parking. Lessee shall not use more parking spaces than said number. Said parking spaces shall be used for parking by vehicles no larger than full-size passenger automobiles or pick-up trucks, herein called “Permitted Size Vehicles.” Vehicles other than Permitted Size Vehicles shall be parked and loaded or unloaded as directed by Lessor in the Rules and Regulations (as defined in Paragraph 40) issued by Lessor. (Also see Paragraph 2.9.)

(a) Lessee shall not permit or allow any vehicles that belong to or are controlled by Lessee or Lessee’s employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors or invitees to be loaded, unloaded, or parked in areas other than those designated by Lessor for such activities.

(b) If Lessee permits or allows any of the prohibited activities described in this Paragraph 2.6, then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove or tow away the vehicle involved and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

(c) Lessor shall at the Commencement Date of this Lease, provide the parking facilities required by Applicable Law.

2.7 Common Areas - Definition. The term “ Common Areas ” is defined as all areas and facilities outside the Premises and within the exterior boundary line of the Industrial Center and interior utility raceways within the Premises that are provided and designated by the Lessor from time to time for the general non-exclusive use of Lessor, Lessee and other lessees of the Industrial Center and their respective employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways and landscaped areas.

2.8 Common Areas - Lessee’s Rights. Lessor hereby grants to Lessee, for the benefit of Lessee and its employees, suppliers, shippers, contractors, customers and invitees, during the term of this Lease, the non-exclusive right to use, in common with others entitled to such use, the Common Areas as they exist from time to time, subject to any rights, powers, and privileges reserved by Lessor under the terms hereof or under the terms of any rules and regulations or restrictions governing the use of the Industrial Center. Under no circumstances shall the right herein granted to use the Common Areas be deemed to include the right to store any property, temporarily or permanently, in the Common Areas. Any such storage shall be permitted only by the prior written consent of Lessor or Lessor’s designated agent, which consent may be revoked at any time. In the event that any unauthorized storage shall occur then Lessor shall have the right, without notice, in addition to such other rights and remedies that it may have, to remove the property and charge the cost to Lessee, which cost shall be immediately payable upon demand by Lessor.

2.9 Common Areas - Rules and Regulations. Lessor or such other person(s) as Lessor may appoint shall have the exclusive control and management of the Common Areas and shall have the right, from time to time, to establish, modify, amend and enforce reasonable Rules and Regulations with respect thereto in accordance with Paragraph 40. Lessee agrees to abide by and conform to all such Rules and Regulations, and to cause its employees, suppliers, shippers, customers, contractors and invitees to so abide and conform. Lessor shall not be responsible to Lessee for the non-compliance with said rules and regulations by other lessees of the Industrial Center.

2.10 Common Areas - Changes. Lessor shall have the right, in Lessor’s sole discretion, from time to time:

(a) To make changes to the Common Areas, including, without limitation, changes in the location, size, shape and number of driveways, entrances, parking spaces, parking areas, loading and unloading areas, ingress, egress, direction of traffic, landscaped areas, walkways and utility raceways;

(b) To close temporarily any of the Common Areas for maintenance purposes so long as reasonable access to the Premises remains available;

(c) To designate other land outside the boundaries of the Industrial Center to be a part of the Common Areas;

(d) To add additional buildings and improvements to the Common Areas;

(e) To use the Common Areas while engaged in making additional improvements, repairs or alterations to the Industrial Center, or any portion thereof; and

(f) To do and perform such other acts and make such other changes in, to or with respect to the Common Areas and Industrial Center as Lessor may, in the exercise of sound business judgment, deem to be appropriate.

3. Term.

3.1 Term. The Commencement Date, Expiration Date and Original Term of this Lease are as specified in Paragraph 1.3.

         3.2 Early Possession. If an Early Possession Date is specified in Paragraph 1.4 and if Lessee totally or partially occupies the Premises after the Early Possession Date but prior to the Commencement Date, the obligation to pay Base Rent shall be abated for the period of such early occupancy. All other terms of this Lease, however, (including but not limited to the obligations to pay Lessee’s. Share of Common Area Operating Expenses and to carry the insurance required by Paragraph 8) shall be in effect during such period. Any such early possession shall not affect nor advance the Expiration Date of the Original Term.

3.3 Delay in Possession. If for any reason Lessor cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Lessee by the Early Possession Date, if one is specified in Paragraph 1.4, or if no Early Possession Date is specified, by the Commencement Date, Lessor shall not be subject to any liability therefor, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, or the obligations of Lessee hereunder, or extend the term hereof, but in such case, Lessee shall not, except as otherwise provided herein, be obligated to pay rent or perform any other obligation of Lessee under the terms of this Lease until Lessor delivers possession of the Premises to Lessee. If possession of the Premises is not delivered to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date, Lessee may, at its option, by notice in writing to Lessor within ten (10) days after the end of said sixty (60) day period, cancel this Lease, in which event the parties shall be discharged from all obligations hereunder; provided further, however, that if such written notice of Lessee is not received by Lessor within said ten (10) day period, Lessee’s right to cancel this Lease hereunder shall terminate and be of no further force or effect. Except as may be otherwise provided, and regardless of when the Original Term actually commences, if possession is not tendered to Lessee when required by this Lease and Lessee does not terminate this Lease, as aforesaid, the period free of the obligation to pay Base Rent, if any, that Lessee would otherwise have enjoyed shall run from the date of delivery of possession and continue for a period equal to the period during which the Lessee would have otherwise enjoyed under the terms hereof, but minus any days of delay caused by the acts, changes or omissions of Lessee.

4. Rent.

4.1 Base Rent. Lessee shall pay Base Rent and other rent or charges, as the same may be adjusted from time to time, to Lessor in lawful money of the United States, without offset or deduction, on or before the day on which it is due under the terms of this Lease. Base Rent and all other rent and charges for any period during the term hereof which is for less than one full month shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days of the month involved. Payment of Base Rent and other charges shall be made to Lessor at its address stated herein or to such other persons or at such other addresses as Lessor may from time to time designate in writing to Lessee.

4.2 Common Area Operating Expenses. Lessee shall pay to Lessor during the term hereof, in addition to the Base Rent, Lessee’s Share (as specified in Paragraph 1.6(b)) of all Common Area Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, during each calendar year of the term of this Lease, in accordance with the following provisions:

(a) “ Common Area Operating Expenses ” are defined, for purposes of this Lease, as all costs incurred by Lessor relating to the ownership and operation of the Industrial Center, including, but not limited to, the following:

(i) The operation, repair and maintenance, in neat, clean, good order and condition, of the following:

(aa) The Common Areas, including parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, sidewalks, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaped areas, striping, bumpers, irrigation systems, Common Area lighting facilities, fences and gates, elevators and roof.

(bb) Exterior signs and any tenant directories.

(cc) Fire detection and sprinkler systems.

(ii) The cost of water, gas, electricity and telephone to service the Common Areas.

(iii) Trash disposal, property management and security services and the costs of any environmental inspections.

(iv) Reserves set aside for maintenance and repair of Common Areas.

(v) Real Property Taxes (as defined in Paragraph 10.2) to be paid by Lessor for the Building and the Common Areas under Paragraph 10 hereof.

(vi) The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor under Paragraph 8 hereof.

(vii) Any deductible portion of an insured loss concerning the Building or the Common Areas.

(viii) Any other services to be provided by Lessor that are stated elsewhere in this Lease to be a Common Area Operating Expense.

                 (b) Any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building in the Industrial Center or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be allocated entirely to the Building or to such other building. However, any Common Area Operating Expenses and Real Property Taxes that are not specifically attributable to the Building or to any other building or to the operation, repair and maintenance thereof, shall be equitably allocated by Lessor to all buildings in the Industrial Center.

(c) The inclusion of the improvements, facilities and services set forth in Subparagraph 4.2(a) shall not be deemed to impose an obligation upon Lessor to either have said improvements or facilities or to provide those services unless the Industrial Center already has the same, Lessor already provides the services, or Lessor has agreed elsewhere in this Lease to provide the same or some of them.

(d) Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be payable by Lessee within ten (10) days after a reasonably detailed statement of actual expenses is presented to Lessee by Lessor. At Lessor’s option, however, an amount may be estimated by Lessor from time to time of Lessee’s Share of annual Common Area Operating Expenses and the same shall be payable monthly or quarterly, as Lessor shall designate, during each 12-month period of the Lease term, on the same day as the Base Rent is due hereunder. Lessor shall deliver to Lessee within sixty (60) days after the expiration of each calendar year a reasonably detailed statement showing Lessee’s Share of the actual Common Area Operating Expenses incurred during the preceding year. If Lessee’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year exceed Lessee’s Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee shall be credited the amount of such over

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —2—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


payment against Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses next becoming due. If Lessee’s payments under this Paragraph 4.2(d) during said preceding year were less than Lessee’s Share as indicated on said statement, Lessee shall pay to Lessor the amount of the deficiency within ten (10) days after delivery by Lessor to Lessee of said statement.

5. Security Deposit. Lessee shall deposit with Lessor upon Lessee’s execution hereof the Security Deposit set forth in Paragraph 1.7 as security for Lessee’s faithful performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease. If Lessee fails to pay Base Rent or other rent or charges due hereunder, or otherwise Defaults under this Lease (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), Lessor may use, apply or retain all or any portion of said Security Deposit for the payment of any amount due Lessor or to reimburse or compensate Lessor for any liability, cost, expense, loss or damage (including attorneys’ fees) which Lessor may suffer or incur by reason thereof. If Lessor uses or applies all or any portion of said Security Deposit, Lessee shall within ten (10) days after written request therefore deposit monies with Lessor sufficient to restore said Security Deposit to the full amount required by this Lease. Any time the Base Rent increases during the term of this Lease, Lessee shall, upon written request from Lessor, deposit additional monies with Lessor as an addition to the Security Deposit so that the total amount of the Security Deposit shall at all times bear the same proportion to the then current Base Rent as the initial Security Deposit bears to the initial Base Rent set forth in Paragraph 1.5. Lessor shall not be required to keep all or any part of the Security Deposit separate from its general accounts. Lessor shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of the term hereof and after Lessee has vacated the Premises, return to Lessee (or, at Lessor’s option, to the last assignee, if any, of Lessee’s interest herein), that portion of the Security Deposit not used or applied by Lessor. Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Lessor, no part of the Security Deposit shall be considered to be held in trust, to bear interest or other increment for its use, or to be prepayment for any monies to be paid by Lessee under this Lease.

6. Use.

6.1 Permitted Use.

(a) Lessee shall use and occupy the Premises only for the Permitted Use set forth in Paragraph 1.8, or any other legal use which is reasonably comparable thereto, and for no other purpose. Lessee shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in a manner that is unlawful, creates waste or a nuisance, or that disturbs owners and/or occupants of, or causes damage to the Premises or neighboring premises or properties.

(b) Lessor hereby agrees to not unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to any written request by Lessee, Lessee’s assignees or subtenants and by prospective assignees and subtenants of Lessee, its assignees and subtenants, for a modification of said Permitted Use, so long as the same will not impair the structural integrity of the improvements on the Premises or in the Building or the mechanical or electrical systems therein, does not conflict with uses by other lessees, is not significantly more burdensome to the Premises or the Building and the improvements thereon, and is otherwise permissible pursuant to this Paragraph 6. If Lessor elects to withhold such consent, Lessor shall within five (5) business days after such request give a written notification of same, which notice shall include an explanation of Lessor’s reasonable objections to the change in use.

6.2 Hazardous Substances.

(a) Reportable Uses Require Consent . The term “ Hazardous Substance ” as used in this Lease shall mean any product, substance, chemical, material or waste whose presence, nature, quantity and/or intensity of existence, use, manufacture, disposal, transportation, spill, release or effect, either by itself or in combination with other materials expected to be on the Premises, is either: (i) potentially injurious to the public health, safety or welfare, the environment, or the Premises; (ii) regulated or monitored by any governmental authority; or (iii) a basis for potential liability of Lessor to any governmental agency or third party under any applicable statute or common law theory. Hazardous Substance shall include, but not be limited to, hydrocarbons, petroleum, gasoline, crude oil or any products or by-products thereof. Lessee shall not engage in any activity in or about the Premises which constitutes a Reportable Use (as hereinafter defined) of Hazardous Substances without the express prior written consent of Lessor and compliance in a timely manner (at Lessee’s sole cost and expense) with all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3). “ Reportable Use ” shall mean (i) the installation or use of any above or below ground storage tank, (ii) the generation, possession, storage, use, transportation, or disposal of a Hazardous Substance that requires a permit from, or with respect to which a report, notice, registration or business plan is required to be filed with, any governmental authority, and (iii) the presence in, on or about the Premises of a Hazardous Substance with respect to which any Applicable Laws require that a notice be given to persons entering or occupying the Premises or neighboring properties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Lessee may, without Lessor’s prior consent, but upon notice to Lessor and in compliance with all Applicable Requirements, use any ordinary and customary materials reasonably required to be used by Lessee in the normal course of the Permitted Use, so long as such use is not a Reportable Use and does not expose the Premises or neighboring properties to any meaningful risk of contamination or damage or expose Lessor to any liability therefor. In addition, Lessor may (but without any obligation to do so) condition its consent to any Reportable Use of any Hazardous Substance by Lessee upon Lessee’s giving Lessor such additional assurances as Lessor, in its reasonable discretion, deems necessary to protect itself, the public, the Premises and the environment against damage, contamination or injury and/or liability therefor, including but not limited to the installation (and, at Lessor’s option, removal on or before Lease expiration or earlier termination) of reasonably necessary protective modifications to the Premises (such as concrete encasements) and/or the deposit of an additional Security Deposit under Paragraph 5 hereof.

(b) Duty to Inform Lessor. If Lessee knows, or has reasonable cause to believe, that a Hazardous Substance has come to be located in, on, under or about the Premises or the Building, other than as previously consented to by Lessor, Lessee shall immediately give Lessor written notice thereof, together with a copy of any statement, report, notice, registration, application, permit, business plan, license, claim, action, or proceeding given to, or received from, any governmental authority or private party concerning the presence, spill, release, discharge of, or exposure to, such Hazardous Substance including but not limited to all such documents as may be involved in any Reportable Use involving the Premises. Lessee shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Substance to be spilled or released in, on, under or about the Premises (including, without limitation, through the plumbing or sanitary sewer system).

(c) Indemnification. Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Lessor, its agents, employees, lenders and ground lessor, if any, and the Premises, harmless from and against any and all damages, liabilities, judgments, costs, claims, liens, expenses, penalties, loss of permits and attorneys’ and consultants’ fees arising out of or involving any Hazardous Substance brought onto the Premises by or for Lessee or by anyone under Lessee’s control. Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 6.2(c) shall include, but not be limited to, the effects of any contamination or injury to person, property or the environment created or suffered by Lessee, and the cost of investigation (including consultants’ and attorneys’ fees and testing), removal, remediation, restoration and/or abatement thereof, or of any contamination therein involved, and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. No termination, cancellation or release agreement entered into by Lessor and Lessee shall release Lessee from its obligations under this Lease with respect to Hazardous Substances, unless specifically so agreed by Lessor in writing at the time of such agreement.

6.3 Lessee’s Compliance with Requirements. Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, fully, diligently and in a timely manner, comply with all “ Applicable Requirements ,” which term is used in this Lease to mean all laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, directives, covenants, easements and restrictions of record, permits, the requirements of any applicable fire insurance underwriter or rating bureau, and the recommendations of Lessor’s engineers and/or consultants, relating in any manner to the Premises (including but not limited to matters pertaining to (i) industrial hygiene, (ii) environmental conditions on, in, under or about the Premises, including soil and groundwater conditions, and (iii) the use, generation, manufacture, production, installation, maintenance, removal, transportation, storage, spill, or release of any Hazardous Substance), now in effect or which may hereafter come into effect. Lessee shall, within five (5) days after receipt of Lessor’s written request, provide Lessor with copies of all documents and information, including but not limited to permits, registrations, manifests, applications, reports and certificates, evidencing Lessee’s compliance with any Applicable Requirements specified by Lessor, and shall immediately upon receipt, notify Lessor in writing (with copies of any documents involved) of any threatened or actual claim, notice, citation, warning, complaint or report pertaining to or involving failure by Lessee or the Premises to comply with any Applicable Requirements.

6.4 Inspection; Compliance with Law . Lessor, Lessor’s agents, employees, contractors and designated representatives, and the holders of any mortgages, deeds of trust or ground leases on the Premises (“ Lenders ”) shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times, for the purpose of inspecting the condition of the Premises and for verifying compliance by Lessee with this Lease and all Applicable Requirements (as defined in Paragraph 6.3), and Lessor shall be entitled to employ experts and/or consultants in connection therewith to advise Lessor with respect to Lessee’s activities, including but not limited to Lessee’s installation, operation, use, monitoring, maintenance, or removal of any Hazardous Substance on or from the Premises. The costs and expenses of any such inspections shall be paid by the party requesting same, unless a Default or Breach of this Lease by Lessee or a violation of Applicable Requirements or a contamination, caused or materially contributed to by Lessee, is found to exist or to be imminent, or unless the inspection is requested or ordered by a governmental authority as the result of any such existing or imminent violation or contamination. In such case, Lessee shall upon request reimburse Lessor or Lessor’s Lender, as the case may be, for the costs and expenses of such inspections.

7. Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations.

7 .1 Lessee’s Obligations.

(a) Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2, 7.2 (Lessor’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction), and 14 (Condemnation), Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense and at all times, keep the Premises and every part thereof in good order, condition and repair (whether or not such portion of the Premises requiring repair, or the means of repairing the same, are reasonably or readily accessible to Lessee, and whether or not the need for such repairs occurs as a result of Lessee’s use, any prior use, the elements or the age of such portion of the Premises), including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all equipment or facilities specifically serving the Premises, such as plumbing, heating, air conditioning, ventilating, electrical, lighting facilities, boilers, fired or unfired pressure vessels, fire hose connections if within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, interior surfaces of exterior walls, ceilings, floors, windows, doors, plate glass, and skylights, but excluding any items which are the responsibility of Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7,2 below. Lessee, in keeping the Premises in good order, condition and repair, shall exercise and perform good maintenance practices, Lessee’s obligations shall include restorations, replacements or renewals when necessary to keep the Premises and all Improvements thereon or a part thereof in good order, condition and state of repair.

                 (b) Lessee shall, at Lessee’s sole cost and expense, procure and maintain a contract, with copies to Lessor, in customary form and substance for and with a contractor specializing and experienced in the inspection, maintenance and service of the heating, air conditioning and ventilation system for the Premises. However, Lessor reserves the right, upon notice to Lessee, to procure and maintain the contract for the heating, air conditioning and ventilating systems, and if Lessor so elects, Lessee shall reimburse Lessor, upon demand, for the cost thereof.

(c) If Lessee fails to perform Lessee’s obligations under this Paragraph 7.1, Lessor may enter upon the Premises after ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Lessee (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice shall be required), perform such obligations on Lessee’s behalf, and put the Premises in good order, condition and repair, in accordance with Paragraph 13.2 below.

7.2 Lessor’s Obligations. Subject to the provisions of Paragraphs 2.2 (Condition), 2.3 (Compliance with Covenants, Restrictions and Building Code), 4.2 (Common Area Operating Expenses), 6 (Use), 7.1 (Lessee’s Obligations), 9 (Damage or Destruction) and 14 (Condemnation), Lessor, subject to reimbursement pursuant to Paragraph 4.2, shall keep in good order, condition and repair the foundations, exterior walls, structural condition of interior bearing walls, exterior roof, fire sprinkler and/or standpipe and hose (if located in the Common Areas) or other automatic fire extinguishing system including fire alarm and/or smoke

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —3—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


detection systems and equipment, fire hydrants, parking lots, walkways, parkways, driveways, landscaping, fences, signs and utility systems serving the Common Areas and all parts thereof, as well as providing the services for which there is a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2. Lessor shall not be obligated to paint the exterior or interior surfaces of exterior walls nor shall Lessor be obligated to maintain, repair or replace windows, doors or plate glass of the Premises. Lessee expressly waives the benefit of any statute now or hereafter in effect which would otherwise afford Lessee the right to make repairs at Lessor’s expense or to terminate this Lease because of Lessor’s failure to keep the Building, Industrial Center or Common Areas in good order, condition and repair.

7.3 Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, Alterations.

(a) Definitions; Consent Required. The term “ Utility Installations ” is used in this Lease to refer to all air lines, power panels, electrical distribution, security, fire protection systems, communications systems, lighting fixtures, heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment, plumbing, and fencing in, on or about the Premises. The term “ Trade Fixtures ” shall mean Lessee’s machinery and equipment which can be removed without doing material damage to the Premises. The term “ Alterations ” shall mean any modification of the improvements on the Premises which are provided by Lessor under the terms of this Lease, other than Utility Installations or Trade Fixtures. “ Lessee-Ownerd Alterations and/or Utility Installations ” are defined as Alterations and/or Utility Installations made by Lessee that are not yet owned by Lessor pursuant to Paragraph 7.4(a). Lessee shall not make nor cause to be made any Alterations or Utility Installations in, on, under or about the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent. Lessee may, however, make non-structural Utility Installations to the interior of the Premises (excluding the roof) without Lessor’s consent but upon notice to Lessor, so long as they are not visible from the outside of the Premises, do not involve puncturing, relocating or removing the roof or any existing walls, or changing or interfering with the fire sprinkler or fire detection systems and the cumulative cost thereof during the term of this Lease as extended does not exceed $2,500.00.

(b) Consent. Any Alterations or Utility Installations that Lessee shall desire to make and which require the consent of the Lessor shall be presented to Lessor in written form with detailed plans. All consents given by Lessor, whether by virtue of Paragraph 7.3(a) or by subsequent specific consent, shall be deemed conditioned upon: (i) Lessee’s acquiring all applicable permits required by governmental authorities; (ii) the furnishing of copies of such permits together with a copy of the plans and specifications for the Alteration or Utility Installation to Lessor prior to commencement of the work thereon; and (iii) the compliance by Lessee with all conditions of said permits in a prompt and expeditious manner. Any Alterations or Utility Installations by Lessee during the term of this Lease shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner, with good and sufficient materials, and be in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Lessee shall promptly upon completion thereof furnish Lessor with as-built plans and specifications therefor. Lessor may, (but without obligation to do so) condition its consent to any requested Alteration or Utility Installation that costs $2,500.00 or more upon Lessee’s providing Lessor with a lien and completion bond in an amount equal to one and one-half times the estimated cost of such Alteration or Utility Installation.

(c) Lien Protection. Lessee shall pay when due all claims for labor or materials furnished or alleged to have been furnished to or for Lessee at or for use on the Premises, which claims are or may be secured by any mechanic’s or materialmen’s lien against the Premises or any interest therein. Lessee shall give Lessor not less than ten (10) days’ notice prior to the commencement of any work in, on, or about the Premises, and Lessor shall have the right to post notices of non-responsibility in or on the Premises as provided by law. If Lessee shall, in good faith, contest the validity of any such lien, claim or demand, then Lessee shall, at its sole expense, defend and protect itself, Lessor and the Premises against the same and shall pay and satisfy any such adverse judgment that may be rendered thereon before the enforcement thereof against the Lessor or the Premises. If Lessor shall require, Lessee shall furnish to Lessor a surety bond satisfactory to Lessor in an amount equal to one and one-half times the amount of such contested lien claim or demand, indemnifying Lessor against liability for the same, as required by law for the holding of the Premises free from the effect of such lien or claim. In addition, Lessor may require Lessee to pay Lessor’s attorneys’ fees and costs in participating in such action if Lessor shall decide it is to its best interest to do so.

7.4 Ownership, Removal, Surrender, and Restoration.

(a) Ownership. Subject to Lessor’s right to require their removal and to cause Lessee to become the owner thereof as hereinafter provided in this Paragraph 7.4, all Alterations and Utility Installations made to the Premises by Lessee shall be the property of and owned by Lessee, but considered a part of the Premises. Lessor may, at any time and at its option, elect in writing to Lessee to be the owner of all or any specified part of the Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Unless otherwise instructed per Subparagraph 7.4(b) hereof, all Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations shall, at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, become the property of Lessor and remain upon the Premises and be surrendered with the Premises by Lessee.

(b) Removal. Unless otherwise agreed in writing, Lessor may require that any or all Lessee-Owned Alterations or Utility Installations be removed by the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, notwithstanding that their installation may have been consented to by Lessor. Lessor may require the removal at any time of all or any part of any Alterations or Utility Installations made without the required consent of Lessor.

(c) Surrender/Restoration. Lessee shall surrender the Premises by the end of the last day of the Lease term or any earlier termination date, clean and free of debris and in good operating order, condition and state of repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Ordinary wear and tear shall not include any damage or deterioration that would have been prevented by good maintenance practice or by Lessee performing all of its obligations under this Lease. Except, as otherwise agreed or specified herein, the Premises, as surrendered, shall include the Alterations and Utility Installations. The obligation of Lessee shall include the repair of any damage occasioned by the installation, maintenance or removal of Lessee’s Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment, and Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, as well as the removal of any storage tank installed by or for Lossee, and the removal, replacement, or remediation of any soil, material or ground water contaminated by Lessee, all as may then be required by Applicable Requirements and/or good practice. Lessee’s Trade Fixtures shall remain the property of Lessee and shall be removed by Lessee subject to its obligation to repair and restore the Premises per this Lease.

8. Insurance; Indemnity.

8.1 Payment of Premiums. The cost of the premiums for the insurance policies maintained by Lessor under this Paragraph 8 shall be a Common Area Operating Expense pursuant to Paragraph 4.2 hereof. Premiums for policy periods commencing prior to, or extending beyond, the term of this Lease shall be prorated to coincide with the corresponding Commencement Date or Expiration Date.

8.2 Liability Insurance.

(a) Carried by Lessee. Lessee shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a Commercial General Liability policy of insurance protecting Lessee, Lessor and any Lender(s) whose names have been provided to Lessee in writing (as additional insureds) against claims for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage based upon, involving or arising out of the ownership, use, occupancy or maintenance of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Such insurance shall be on an occurrence basis providing single limit coverage in an amount not less than $ *         per occurrence with an “Additional Insured-Managers or Lessors of Premises” endorsement and contain the “Amendment of the Pollution Exclusion” endorsement for damage caused by heat, smoke or fumes from a hostile tire. The policy shall not contain any intra-insured exclusions as between insured persons or organizations, but shall include coverage for liability assumed under this Lease as an “ Insured contract ” for the performance of Lessee’s indemnity obligations under this Lease. The limits of said insurance required by this Lease or as carried by Lessee shall not, however, limit the liability of Lessee nor relieve Lessee of any obligation hereunder. All insurance to be carried by Lessee shall be primary to and not contributory with any similar insurance carried by Lessor, whose insurance shall be considered excess insurance only.

(b) Carried by Lessor. Lessor shall also maintain liability insurance described in Paragraph 8.2(a) above, in addition to and not in lieu of, the insurance required to be maintained by Lessee. Lessee shall not be named as an additional insured therein.

8.3 Property Insurance-Building, Improvements and Rental Value.

(a) Building and Improvements. Lessor shall obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and to any Lender(s), insuring against loss or damage to the Premises. Such insurance shall be for full replacement cost, as the same shall exist from time to time, or the amount required by any Lender(s), but in no event more than the commercially reasonable and available insurable value thereof if, by reason of the unique nature or age of the improvements involved, such latter amount is less than full replacement cost. Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Lessee’s personal property shall be insured by Lessee pursuant to Paragraph 8.4. If the coverage is available and commercially appropriate, Lessor’s policy or policies shall insure against all risks of direct physical loss or damage (except the perils of flood and/or earthquake unless required by a Lender), including coverage for any additional costs resulting from debris removal and reasonable amounts of coverage for the enforcement of any ordinance or law regulating the reconstruction or replacement of any undamaged sections of the Building required to be demolished or removed by reason of the enforcement of any building, zoning, safety or land use laws as the result of a covered loss, but not including plate glass insurance. Said policy or policies shall also contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, waiver of subrogation, and inflation guard protection causing an increase in the annual property insurance coverage amount by a factor of not less than the adjusted U.S. Department of Labor Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers for the city nearest to where the Premises are located.

(b) Rental Value. Lessor shall also obtain and keep in force during the term of this Lease a policy or policies in the name of Lessor, with loss payable to Lessor and any Lender(s), insuring the loss of the full rental and other charges payable by all lessees of the Building to Lessor for one year (including all Real Property Taxes, insurance costs, all Common Area Operating Expenses and any scheduled rental increases). Said insurance may provide that in the event the Lease is terminated by reason of an insured loss, the period of indemnity for such coverage shall be extended beyond the date of the completion of repairs or replacement of the Premises, to provide for one full year’s loss of rental revenues from the date of any such loss. Said insurance shall contain an agreed valuation provision in lieu of any co-insurance clause, and the amount of coverage shall be adjusted annually to reflect the projected rental income, Real Property Taxes, insurance premium costs and other expenses, if any, otherwise payable, for the next 12-month period. Common Area Operating Expenses shall include any deductible amount in the event of such loss.

(c) Adjacent Premises. Lessee shall pay for any increase in the premiums for the property insurance of the Building and for the Common Areas or other buildings in the Industrial Center if said increase is caused by Lessee’s acts, omissions, use or occupancy of the Premises.

(d) Lessee’s Improvements. Since Lessor is the Insuring Party, Lessor shall not be required to insure Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations unless the item in question has become the property of Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

8.4 Lessee’s Property Insurance. Subject to the requirements of Paragraph 8.5, Lessee at its cost shall either by separate policy or, at Lessor’s option, by endorsement to a policy already carried, maintain insurance coverage on all of Lessee’s personal property, Trade Fixtures and Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations in, on, or about the Premises similar in coverage to that carried by Lessor as the Insuring Party under Paragraph 8.3(a). Such insurance shall be full replacement cost coverage with a deductible not to exceed $1,000 per occurrence. The proceeds from any such insurance shall be used by Lessee for the replacement of personal property and the restoration of Trade Fixtures and Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations. Upon request from Lessor, Lessee shall provide Lessor with written evidence that such insurance is in force.

8.5 Insurance Policies. Insurance required hereunder shall be in companies duly licensed to transact business in the state where the Premises are located, and maintaining during the policy term a “General Policyholders Rating” of at least B+, V, or such other rating as may be required by a Lender, as set forth in the most current issue of “Best’s Insurance Guide.” Lessee shall not do or permit to be done anything which shall invalidate the insurance policies referred to in

 

* $2,000,000

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —4—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


this Paragraph 8. Lessee shall cause to be delivered to Lessor, within seven (7) days after the earlier of the Early Possession Date or the Commencement Date, certified copies of, or certificates evidencing the existence and amounts of, the insurance required under Paragraph 8.2(a) and 8.4. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to modification except after thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Lessor. Lessee shall at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Lessor with evidence of renewals or “insurance binders” evidencing renewal thereof, or Lessor may order such insurance and charge the cost thereof to Lessee, which amount shall be payable by Lessee to Lessor upon demand.

8.6 Waiver of Subrogation. Without affecting any other rights or remedies, Lessee and Lessor each hereby release and relieve the other, and waive their entire right to recover damages (whether in contract or in tort) against the other, for loss or damage to their property arising out of or incident to the perils required to be insured against under Paragraph 8. The effect of such releases and waivers of the right to recover damages shall not be limited by the amount of insurance carried or required, or by any deductibles applicable thereto. Lessor and Lessee agree to have their respective insurance companies issuing property damage insurance waive any right to subrogation that such companies may have against Lessor or Lessee, as the case may be, so long as the insurance is not invalidated thereby.

8.7 Indemnity. Except for Lessor’s negligence and/or breach of express warranties, Lessee shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold harmless the Premises, Lessor and its agents, Lessor’s master or ground lessor, partners and Lenders, from and against any and all claims, loss of rents and/or damages, costs, liens, judgments, penalties, loss of permits, attorneys’ and consultants’ fees, expenses and/or liabilities arising out of, involving, or in connection with, the occupancy of the Premises by Lessee, the conduct of Lessee’s business, any act, omission or neglect of Lessee, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, and out of any Default or Breach by Lessee in the performance in a timely manner of any obligation on Lessee’s part to be performed under this Lease. The fore going shall include, but not be limited to, the defense or pursuit of any claim or any action or proceeding involved therein, and whether or not (in the case of claims made against Lessor) litigated and/or reduced to judgment. In case any action or proceeding be brought against Lessor by reason of any of the foregoing matters, Lessee upon notice from Lessor shall defend the same at Lessee’s expense by counsel reasonably satisfactory to Lessor and Lessor shall cooperate with Lessee in such defense. Lessor need not have first paid any such claim in order to be so indemnified.

8.8 Exemption of Lessor from Liability. Lessor shall not be liable for injury or damage to the person or goods, wares, merchandise or other property of Lessee, Lessee’s employees, contractors, invitees, customers, or any other person in or about the Premises, whether such damage or injury is caused by or results from fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of pipes, fire sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures, or from any other cause, whether said injury or damage results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Building of which the Premises are a part, from other sources or places, and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is accessible or not. Lessor shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any other lessee of Lessor nor from the failure by Lessor to enforce the provisions of any other lease in the Industrial Center. Notwithstanding Lessor’s negligence or breach of this Lease, Lessor shall under no circumstances be liable for injury to Lessee’s business or for any loss of income or profit therefrom.

9. Damage or Destruction.

9.1 Definitions.

(a) “ Premises Partial Damage ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is less than fifty percent (50%) of the then Replacement Cost (as defined in Paragraph 9.1(d)) of the Premises (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction.

(b) “ Premises Total Destruction ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, the repair cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost of the Premises (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures) immediately prior to such damage or destruction. In addition, damage or destruction to the Building, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the Building, the cost of which damage or destruction is fifty percent (50%) or more of the then Replacement Cost (excluding Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures of any lessees of the Building) of the Building shall, at the option of Lessor, be deemed to be Premises Total Destruction.

(c) “ Insured Loss ” shall mean damage or destruction to the Premises, other than Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations and Trade Fixtures, which was caused by an event required to be covered by the insurance described in Paragraph 8.3(a) irrespective of any deductible amounts or coverage limits involved.

(d) “ Replacement Cost ” shall mean the cost to repair or rebuild the improvements owned by Lessor at the time of the occurrence to their condition existing immediately prior thereto, including demolition, debris removal and upgrading required by the operation of applicable building codes, ordinances or laws, and without deduction for depreciation.

(e) “ Hazardous Substance Condition ” shall mean the occurrence or discovery of a condition involving the presence of, or a contamination by, a Hazardous Substance as defined in Paragraph 6.2(a), in, on, or under the Premises.

9.2 Premises Partial Damage - Insured Loss. If Premises Partial Damage that is an Insured Loss occurs, then Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense, repair such damage (but not Lessee’s Trade Fixtures or Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations) as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. In the event, however, that there is a shortage of insurance proceeds and such shortage is due to the fact that, by reason of the unique nature of the improvements in the Premises, full replacement cost insurance coverage was not commercially reasonable and available, Lessor shall have no obligation to pay for the shortage in insurance proceeds or to fully restore the unique aspects of the Premises unless Lessee provides Lessor with the funds to cover same, or adequate assurance thereof, within ten (10) days following receipt of written notice of such shortage and request therefor. If Lessor receives said funds or adequate assurance thereof within said ten (10) day period, Lessor shall complete them as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance within said period, Lessor may nevertheless elect by written notice to Lessee within ten (10) days thereafter to make such restoration and repair as is commercially reasonable with Lessor paying any shortage in proceeds, in which case this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Lessor does not receive such funds or assurance within such ten (10) day period, and if Lessor does not so elect to restore and repair, then this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following the occurrence of the damage or destruction. Unless otherwise agreed, Lessee shall in no event have any right to reimbursement from Lessor for any funds contributed by Lessee to repair any such damage or destruction. Premises Partial Damage due to flood or earthquake shall be subject to Paragraph 9.3 rather than Paragraph 9.2, notwithstanding that there may be some insurance coverage, but the net proceeds of any such insurance shall be made available for the repairs if made by either Party.

9.3 Partial Damage - Uninsured Loss. If Premises Partial Damage that is not an Insured Loss occurs, unless caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee (in which event Lessee shall make the repairs at Lessee’s expense and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect). Lessor may at Lessor’s option, either (i) repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such damage of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor’s intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the repair of such damage totally at Lessee’s expense and without reimbursement from Lessor. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the required funds or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following such commitment from Lessee. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such repairs as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the funds or assurance thereof within the times specified above, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

9.4 Total Destruction. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if Premises Total Destruction occurs (including any destruction required by any authorized public authority), this Lease shall terminate sixty (60) days following the date of such Premises Total Destruction, whether or not the damage or destruction is an Insured Loss or was caused by a negligent or willful act of Lessee. In the event, however, that the damage or destruction was caused by Lessee, Lessor shall have the right to recover Lessor’s damages from Lessee except as released and waived in Paragraph 9.7.

9.5 Damage Near End of Term. If at any time during the last six (6) months of the term of this Lease there is damage for which the cost to repair exceeds one month’s Base Rent, whether or not an Insured Loss, Lessor may, at Lessor’s option, terminate this Lease effective sixty (60) days following the date of occurrence of such damage by giving written notice to Lessee of Lessor’s election to do so within thirty (30) days after the date of occurrence of such damage. Provided, however, if Lessee at that time has an exercisable option to extend this Lease or to purchase the Premises, then Lessee may preserve this Lease by (a) exercising such option, and (b) providing Lessor with any shortage in insurance proceeds (or adequate assurance thereof) needed to make the repairs on or before the earlier of (i) the date which is ten (10) days after Lessee’s receipt of Lessor’s written notice purporting to terminate this Lease, or (ii) the day prior to the date upon which such option expires. If Lessee duly exercises such option during such period and provides Lessor with funds (or adequate assurance thereof) to cover any shortage in insurance proceeds, Lessor shall, at Lessor’s expense repair such damage as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If Lessee fails to exercise such option and provide such funds or assurance during such period, then this Lease shall terminate as of the date set forth in the first sentence of this Paragraph 9.5.

9.6 Abatement of Rent; Lessee’s Remedies.

                 (a) In the event of (i) Premises Partial Damage or (ii) Hazardous Substance Condition for which Lessee is not legally responsible, the Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, payable by Lessee hereunder for the period during which such damage or condition, its repair, remediation or restoration continues, shall be abated in proportion to the degree to which Lessee’s use of the Premises is impaired, but not in excess of proceeds from insurance required to be carried under Paragraph 8.3(b). Except for abatement of Base Rent, Common Area Operating Expenses and other charges, if any, as aforesaid, all other obligations of Lessee hereunder shall be performed by Lessee, and Lessee shall have no claim against Lessor for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair, remediation or restoration.

(b) If Lessor shall be obligated to repair or restore the Premises under the provisions of this Paragraph 9 and shall not commence, in a substantial and meaningful way, the repair or restoration of the Premises within ninety (90) days after such obligation shall accrue, Lessee may, at any time prior to the commencement of such repair or restoration, give written notice to Lessor and to any Lenders of which Lessee has actual notice of Lessee’s election to terminate this Lease on a date not less than sixty (60) days following the giving of such notice. If Lessee gives such notice to Lessor and such Lenders and such repair or restoration is not commenced within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in said notice. If Lessor or a Lender commences the repair or restoration of the Premises within thirty (30) days after the receipt of such notice, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. “Commence” as used in this Paragraph 9.6 shall mean either the unconditional authorization of the preparation of the required plans, or the beginning of the actual work on the Premises, whichever occurs first.

9.7 Hazardous Substance Conditions. If a Hazardous Substance Condition occurs, unless Lessee is legally responsible therefor (in which case Lessee shall make the investigation and remediation thereof required by Applicable Requirements and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, but subject

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —5—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


to Lessor’s rights under Paragraph 6.2(c) and Paragraph 13), Lessor may at Lessor’s option either (i) investigate and remediate such Hazardous Substance Condition, if required, as soon as reasonably possible at Lessor’s expense, in which event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, or (ii) if the estimated cost to investigate and remediate such condition exceeds twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000 whichever is greater, give written notice to Lessee within thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor of knowledge of the occurrence of such Hazardous Substance Condition of Lessor’s desire to terminate this Lease as of the date sixty (60) days following the date of such notice. In the event Lessor elects to give such notice of Lessor’s intention to terminate this Lease, Lessee shall have the right within ten (10) days after the receipt of such notice to give written notice to Lessor of Lessee’s commitment to pay for the excess costs of (a) investigation and remediation of such Hazardous Substance Condition to the extent required by Applicable Requirements, over (b) an amount equal to twelve (12) times the then monthly Base Rent or $100,000, whichever is greater. Lessee shall provide Lessor with the funds required of Lessee or satisfactory assurance thereof within thirty (30) days following said commitment by Lessee. In such event this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, and Lessor shall proceed to make such investigation and remediation as soon as reasonably possible after the required funds are available. If Lessee does not give such notice and provide the required funds or assurance thereof within the time period specified above, this Lease shall terminate as of the date specified in Lessor’s notice of termination.

9.8 Termination - Advance Payments . Upon termination of this Lease pursuant to this Paragraph 9, Lessor shall return to Lessee any advance payment made by Lessee to Lessor and so much of Lessee’s Security Deposit as has not been, or is not then required to be, used by Lessor under the terms of this Lease.

9.9 Waiver of Statutes. Lessor and Lessee agree that the terms of this Lease shall govern the effect of any damage to or destruction of the Premises and the Building with respect to the termination of this Lease and hereby waive the provisions of any present or future statute to the extent it is inconsistent herewith.

10. Real Property Taxes.

10.1 Payment of Taxes. Lessor shall pay the Real Property Taxes, as defined in Paragraph 10.2, applicable to the Industrial Center, and except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 10.3, any such amounts shall be included in the calculation of Common Area Operating Expenses in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.2.

10.2 Real Property Tax Definition. As used herein, the term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall include any form of real estate tax or assessment, general, special, ordinary or extraordinary, and any license fee, commercial rental tax, improvement bond or bonds, levy or tax (other than inheritance, personal income or estate taxes) imposed upon the Industrial Center by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, including any city, state or federal government, or any school, agricultural, sanitary, fire, street, drainage, or other improvement district thereof, levied against any legal or equitable interest of Lessor in the Industrial Center or any portion thereof, Lessor’s right to rent or other income therefrom, and/or Lessor’s business of leasing the Premises. The term “ Real Property Taxes ” shall also include any tax, fee, levy, assessment or charge, or any increase therein, imposed by reason of events occurring, or changes in Applicable Law taking effect, during the term of this Lease, including but not limited to a change in the ownership of the Industrial Center or in the improvements thereon, the execution of this Lease, or any modification, amendment or transfer thereof, and whether or not contemplated by the Parties. In calculating Real Property Taxes for any calendar year, the Real Property Taxes for any real estate tax year shall be included in the calculation of Real Property Taxes for such calendar year based upon the number of days which such calendar year and lax year have in common.

10.3 Additional Improvements. Common Area Operating Expenses shall not include Real Property Taxes specified in the tax assessor’s records and work sheets as being caused by additional improvements placed upon the Industrial Center by other lessees or by Lessor for the exclusive enjoyment of such other lessees. Notwithstanding Paragraph 10.1 hereof, Lessee shall, however, pay to Lessor at the time Common Area Operating Expenses are payable under Paragraph 4.2, the entirety of any increase in Real Property Taxes if assessed solely by reason of Alterations, Trade Fixtures or Utility Installations placed upon the Premises by Lessee or at Lessee’s request.

10.4 Joint Assessment. If the Building is not separately assessed, Real Property Taxes allocated to the Building shall be an equitable proportion of the Real Property Taxes for all of the land and improvements included within the tax parcel assessed, such proportion to be determined by Lessor from the respective valuations assigned in the assessor’s work sheets or such other information as may be reasonably available. Lessor’s reasonable determination thereof, in good faith, shall be conclusive.

10.5 Lessee’s Property Taxes. Lessee shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed against and levied upon Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all personal property of Lessee contained in the Premises or stored within the industrial Center. When possible, Lessee shall cause its Lessee-Owned Alterations and Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property to be assessed and billed separately from the real property of Lessor. If any of Lessee’s said property shall be assessed with Lessor’s real property, Lessee shall pay Lessor the taxes attributable to Lessee’s property within ten (10) days after receipt of a written statement setting forth the taxes applicable to Lessee’s property.

11. Utilities. Lessee shall pay directly for all utilities and services supplied to the Premises, including but not limited to electricity, telephone, security, gas and cleaning of the Premises, together with any taxes thereon. If any such utilities or services are not separately metered to the Premises or separately billed to the Premises, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a reasonable proportion to be determined-by Lessor of all such charges jointly metered or billed with other premises in the Building, in the manner and within the time periods set forth in Paragraph 4.2(d).

12. Assignment and Subletting.

12.1 Lessor’s Consent Required.

(a) Lessee shall not voluntarily or by operation of law assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise transfer or encumber (collectively, “assign”) or sublet all or any part of Lessee’s interest in this Lease or in the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent given under and subject to the terms of Paragraph 36.

(b) A change in the control of Lessee shall constitute an assignment requiring Lessor’s consent. The transfer, on a cumulative basis, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting control of Lessee shall constitute a change in control for this purpose.

(c) The involvement of Lessee or its assets in any transaction, or series of transactions (by way of merger, sale, acquisition, financing, refinancing, transfer, leveraged buy-out or otherwise), whether or not a formal assignment or hypothecation of this Lease or Lessee’s assets occurs, which results or will result in a reduction of the Net Worth of Lessee, as hereinafter defined, by an amount equal to or greater than twenty-five percent (25%) of such Net Worth of Lessee as it was represented to Lessor at the time of full execution and delivery of this Lease or at the time of the most recent assignment to which Lessor has consented, or as it exists immediately prior to said transaction or transactions constituting such reduction, at whichever time said Net Worth of Lessee was or is greater, shall be considered an assignment of this Lease by Lessee to which Lessor may reasonably withhold its consent. “ Net Worth of Lessee ” for purposes of this Lease shall be the net worth of Lessee (excluding any Guarantors) established under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

(d) An assignment or subletting of Lessee’s interest in this Lease without Lessor’s specific prior written consent shall, at Lessor’s option, be a Default curable after notice per Paragraph 13.1, or a non-curable Breach without the necessity of any notice and grace period. If Lessor elects to treat such unconsented to assignment or subletting as a non-curable Breach, Lessor shall have the right to either: (i) terminate this Lease, or (ii) upon thirty (30) days’ written notice (“ Lessor’s Notice ”), increase the monthly Base Rent for the Premises to the greater of the then fair market rental value of the Premises, as reasonably determined by Lessor, or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Base Rent then in effect. Pending determination of the new fair market rental value, if disputed by Lessee, Lessee shall pay the amount set forth in Lessor’s Notice, with any overpayment credited against the next installment(s) of Base Rent coming due, and any underpayment for the period retroactively to the effective date of the adjustment being due and payable immediately upon the determination thereof. Further, in the event of such Breach and rental adjustment, (i) the purchase price of any option to purchase the Premises held by Lessee shall be subject to similar adjustment to the then fair market value as reasonably determined by Lessor (without the Lease being considered an encumbrance or any deduction for depreciation or obsolescence, and considering the Premises at its highest and best use and in good condition) or one hundred ten percent (110%) of the price previously in effect, (ii) any index-oriented rental or price adjustment formulas contained in this Lease shall be adjusted to require that the base index be determined with reference to the index applicable, to the time of such adjustment, and (iii) any fixed rental adjustments scheduled during the remainder of the Lease term shall be increased in the same ratio as the new rental bears to the Base Rent in effect immediately prior to the adjustment specified in Lessor’s Notice.

(e) Lessee’s remedy for any breach of this Paragraph 12.1 by Lessor shall be limited to compensatory damages and/or injunctive relief.

12.2 Terms and Conditions Applicable to Assignment and Subletting.

(a) Regardless of Lessor’s consent, any assignment or subletting shall not (i) be effective without the express written assumption by such assignee or sublessee of the obligations of Lessee under this Lease, (ii) release Lessee of any obligations hereunder, nor (iii) alter the primary liability of Lessee for the payment of Base Rent and other sums due Lessor hereunder or for the performance of any other obligations to be performed by Lessee under this Lease.

(b) Lessor may accept any rent or performance of Lessee’s obligations from any person other than Lessee pending approval or disapproval of an assignment. Neither a delay in the approval or disapproval of such assignment nor the acceptance of any rent for performance shall constitute a waiver or estoppel of Lessor’s right to exercise its remedies for the Default or Breach by Lessee of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease.

(c) The consent of Lessor to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting by Lessee or to any subsequent or successive assignment or subletting by the assignee or sublessee. However, Lessor may consent to subsequent sublettings and assignments of the sublease or any amendments or modifications thereto without notifying Lessee or anyone else liable under this Lease or the sublease and without obtaining their consent, and such action shall not relieve such persons from liability under this Lease or the sublease.

(d) In the event of any Default or Breach of Lessee’s obligation under this Lease, Lessor may proceed directly against Lessee, any Guarantors or anyone else responsible for the performance of the Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, including any sublessee, without first exhausting Lessor’s remedies against any other person or entity responsible therefor to Lessor, or any security held by Lessor.

(e) Each request for consent to an assignment or subletting shall be in writing, accompanied by information relevant to Lessor’s determination as to the financial and operational responsibility and appropriateness of the proposed assignee or sublessee, including but not limited to the intended use and/or required modification of the Premises, if any, together with a non-refundable deposit of $1,000 or ten percent (10%) of the monthly Base Rent applicable to the portion of the Premises which is the subject of the proposed assignment or sublease, whichever is greater, as reasonable consideration for Lessor’s considering and processing the request for consent, Lessee agrees to provide Lessor with such other or additional information and/or documentation as may be reasonably requested by Lessor,

(f) Any assignee of, or sublessee under, this Lease shall, by reason of accepting such assignment or entering into such sublease, be deemed, for the benefit of Lessor, to have assumed and agreed to conform and comply with each and every term, covenant, condition and obligation herein to be observed or performed by Lessee during the term of said assignment or sublease, other than such obligations as are contrary to or Inconsistent with provisions of an assignment or sublease to which Lessor has specifically consented in writing.

 

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —6—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


(g) The occurrence of a transaction described in Paragraph 12.2(c) shall give Lessor the right (but not the obligation) to require that the Security Deposit be increased by an amount equal to six (6) times the then monthly Base Rent, and Lessor may make the actual receipt by Lessor of the Security Deposit increase a condition to Lessor’s consent to such transaction.

(h) Lessor, as a condition to giving its consent to any assignment or subletting, may require that the amount and adjustment schedule of the rent payable under this Lease be adjusted to what is then the market value and/or adjustment schedule for property similar to the Premises as then constituted, as determined by Lessor.

12.3 Additional Terms and Conditions Applicable to Subletting. The following terms and conditions shall apply to any subletting by Lessee of all or any part of the Premises and shall be deemed included in all subleases under this Lease whether or not expressly incorporated therein:

(a) Lessee hereby assigns and transfers to Lessor all of Lessee’s interest in all rentals and income arising from any sublease of all or a portion of the Premises heretofore or hereafter made by Lessee, and Lessor may collect such rent and income and apply same toward Lessee’s obligations under this Lease; provided, however, that until a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.1) shall occur in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, Lessee may, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, receive, collect and enjoy the rents accruing under such sublease. Lessor shall not, by reason of the foregoing provision or any other assignment of such sublease to Lessor, nor by reason of the collection of the rents from a sublessee, be deemed liable to the sublessee for any failure of Lessee to perform and comply with any of Lessee’s obligations to such sublessee under such Sublease. Lessee hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs any such sublessee, upon receipt of a written notice from Lessor stating that a Breach exists in the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease, to pay to Lessor the rents and other charges due and to become due under the sublease. Sublessee shall rely upon any such statement and request from Lessor and shall pay such rents and other charges to Lessor without any obligation or right to inquire as to whether such Breach exists and notwithstanding any notice from or claim from Lessee to the contrary. Lessee shall have no right or claim against such sublessee, or, until the Breach has been cured, against Lessor, for any such rents and other charges so paid by said sublessee to Lessor.

(b) In the event of a Breach by Lessee in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, Lessor, at its option and without any obligation to do so, may require any sublessee to attorn to Lessor, in which event Lessor shall undertake the obligations of the sublessor under such sublease from the time of the exercise of said option to the expiration of such sublease; provided, however, Lessor shall not be liable for any prepaid rents or security deposit paid by such sublessee to such sublessor or for any other prior defaults or breaches of such sublessor under such sublease.

(c) Any matter or thing requiring the consent of the sublessor under a sublease shall also require the consent of Lessor herein.

(d) No sublessee under a sublease approved by Lessor shall further assign or sublet all or any part of the Premises without Lessor’s prior written consent.

(e) Lessor shall deliver a copy of any notice of Default or Breach by Lessee to the sublessee, who shall have the right to cure the Default of Lessee within the grace period, if any, specified in such notice. The sublessee shall have a right of reimbursement and offset from and against Lessee for any such Defaults cured by the sublessee.

13. Default; Breach; Remedies.

13.1 Default; Breach. Lessor and Lessee agree that if an attorney is consulted by Lessor in connection with a Lessee Default or Breach (as hereinafter defined), $350.00 is a reasonable minimum sum per such occurrence for legal services and costs in the preparation and service of a notice of Default, and that Lessor may include the cost of such services and costs in said notice as rent due and payable to cure said default. A “ Default ” by Lessee is defined as a failure by Lessee to observe, comply with or perform any of the terms, covenants, conditions or rules applicable to Lessee under this Lease. A “ Breach ” by Lessee is defined as the occurrence of any one or more of the following Defaults, and, where a grace period for cure after notice is specified herein, the failure by Lessee to cure such Default prior to the expiration of the applicable grace period, and shall entitle Lessor to pursue the remedies set forth in Paragraphs 13.2 and/or 13.3:

(a) The vacating of the Premises without the intention to reoccupy same, or the abandonment of the Premises.

(b) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Lessee to make any payment of Base Rent, Lessee’s Share of Common Area Operating Expenses, or any other monetary payment required to be made by Lessee hereunder as and when due, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable evidence of insurance or surety bond required under this Lease, or the failure of Lessee to fulfill any obligation under this Lease which endangers or threatens life or property, where such failure continues for a period of three (3) days following written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

(c) Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the failure by Lessee to provide Lessor with reasonable written evidence (in duly executed original form, if applicable) of (i) compliance with Applicable Requirements per Paragraph 6.3, (ii) the inspection, maintenance and service contracts required under Paragraph 7.1 (b), (iii) the rescission of an unauthorized assignment or subletting per Paragraph 12.1, (iv) a Tenancy Statement per Paragraphs 16 or 37, (v) the subordination or non-subordination of this Lease per Paragraph 30, (vi) the guaranty of the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease if required under Paragraphs 1.11 and 37, (vii) the execution of any document requested under Paragraph 42 (easements), or (viii) any other documentation or information which Lessor may reasonably require of Lessee under the terms of this lease, where any such failure continues for a period of ten (10) days following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee.

(d) A Default by Lessee as to the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or of the rules adopted under Paragraph 40 hereof that are to be observed, complied with or performed by Lessee, other than those described in Subparagraphs 13.1 (a), (b) or (c), above, where such Default continues for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessee’s Default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then it shall not be deemed to be a Breach of this Lease by Lessee if Lessee commences such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion.

(e) The occurrence of any of the following events: (i) the making by Lessee of any general arrangement or assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) Lessee’s becoming a “debtor” as defined in 11 U.S. Code Section 101 or any successor statute thereto (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Lessee, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Lessee within thirty (30) days; or (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Lessee’s assets located at the Premises or of Lessee’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days; provided, however, in the event that any provision of this Subparagraph 13.1(e) is contrary to any applicable law, such provision shall be of no force or effect, and shall not affect the validity of the remaining provisions.

(f) The discovery by Lessor that any financial statement of Lessee or of any Guarantor, given to Lessor by Lessee or any Guarantor, was materially false.

(g) If the performance of Lessee’s obligations under this Lease is guaranteed: (i) the death of a Guarantor, (ii) the termination of a Guarantor’s liability with respect to this Lease other than in accordance with the terms of such guaranty, (iii) a Guarantor’s becoming insolvent or the subject of a bankruptcy filing, (iv) a Guarantor’s refusal to honor the guaranty, or (v) a Guarantor’s breach of its guaranty obligation on an anticipatory breach basis, and Lessee’s failure, within sixty (60) days following written notice by or on behalf of Lessor to Lessee of any such event, to provide Lessor with written alternative assurances of security, which, when coupled with the then existing resources of Lessee, equals or exceeds the combined financial resources of Lessee and the Guarantors that existed at the time of execution of this Lease.

13.2 Remedies. If Lessee fails to perform any affirmative duty or obligation of Lessee under this Lease, within ten (10) days after written notice to Lessee (or in case of an emergency, without notice), Lessor may at its option (but without obligation to do so), perform such duty or obligation on Lessee’s behalf, including but not limited to the obtaining of reasonably required bonds, insurance policies, or governmental licenses, permits or approvals. The costs and expenses of any such performance by Lessor shall be due and payable by Lessee to Lessor upon invoice therefor. If any check given to Lessor by Lessee shall not be honored by the bank upon which it is drawn, Lessor, at its own option, may require all future payments to be made under this Lease by Lessee to be made only by cashier’s check. In the event of a Breach of this Lease by Lessee (as defined in Paragraph 13.1), with or without further notice or demand, and without limiting Lessor in the exercise of any right or remedy which Lessor may have by reason of such Breach, Lessor may:

(a) Terminate Lessee’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease and the term hereof shall terminate and Lessee shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Lessor. In such event Lessor shall be entitled to recover from Lessee: (i) the worth at the time of the award of the unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of termination; (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could have been reasonably avoided; (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that the Lessee proves could be reasonably avoided; and (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Lessor for all the detriment proximately caused by the Lessee’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including but not limited to the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including necessary renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and that portion of any leasing commission paid by Lessor in connection with this Lease applicable to the unexpired term of this Lease. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in provision (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco or the Federal Reserve Bank District in which the Premises are located at the time of award plus one percent (1%). Efforts by Lessor to mitigate damages caused by Lessee’s Default or Breach of this Lease shall not waive Lessor’s right to recover damages under this Paragraph 13.2. If termination of this Lease is obtained through the provisional remedy of unlawful detainer, Lessor shall have the right to recover in such proceeding the unpaid rent and damages as are recoverable therein, or Lessor may reserve the right to recover all or any part thereof in a separate suit for such rent and/or damages. If a notice and grace period required under Subparagraph 13.1(b), (c) or (d) was not previously given, a notice to pay rent or quit, or to perform or quit, as the case may be, given to Lessee under any statute authorizing the forfeiture of leases for unlawful detainer shall also constitute the applicable notice for grace period purposes required by Subparagraph 13.1(b),(c) or (d). In such case, the applicable grace period under the unlawful detainer statue shall run concurrently after the one such statutory notice, and the failure of Lessee to cure the Default within the greater of the two (2) such grace periods shall constitute both an unlawful detainer and a Breach of this Lease entitling Lessor to the remedies provided for in this Lease and/or by said statute.

(b) Continue the Lease and Lessee’s right to possession in effect (in California under California Civil Code Section 1951.4) after Lessee’s Breach and recover the rent as it becomes due, provided Lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations. Lessor and Lessee agree that the limitations on assignment and subletting in this Lease are reasonable. Acts of maintenance or preservation, efforts to relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Lessor’s interest under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Lessee’s right to possession.

(c) Pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Lessor under the laws or judicial decisions of the state wherein the Premises are located.

 

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —7—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


(d) The expiration or termination of this Lease and/or the termination of Lessee’s right to possession shall not relieve Lessee from liability under any indemnity provisions of this Lease as to matters occurring or accruing during the term hereof or by reason of Lessee’s occupancy of the Premises.

13.3 Inducement Recapture in Event of Breach. Any agreement by Lessor for free or abated rent or other charges applicable to the Premises, or for the giving or paying by Lessor to or for Lessee of any cash or other bonus, inducement or consideration for Lessee’s entering into this Lease, all of which concessions are hereinafter referred to as “ Inducement Provisions ” shall be deemed conditioned upon Lessee’s full and faithful performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed or observed by Lessee during the term hereof as the same may be extended. Upon the occurrence of a Breach (as defined in Paragraph 13.1) of this Lease by Lessee, any such Inducement Provision shall automatically be deemed deleted from this Lease and of no further force or effect, and any rent, other charge, bonus, inducement or consideration theretofore abated, given or paid by Lessor under such an Inducement Provision shall be immediately due and payable by Lessee to Lessor, and recoverable by Lessor, as additional rent due under this Lease, notwithstanding any subsequent cure of said Breach by Lessee. The acceptance by Lessor of rent or the cure of the Breach which initiated the operation of this Paragraph 13.3 shall not be deemed a waiver by Lessor of the provisions of this Paragraph 13.3 unless specifically so stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such acceptance.

13.4 Late Charges. Lessee hereby acknowledges that late payment by Lessee to Lessor of rent and other sums due hereunder will cause Lessor to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Lessor by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any installment of rent or other sum due from Lessee shall not be received by Lessor or Lessor’s designee within ten (10) days after such amount shall be due, then, without any requirement for notice to Lessee, Lessee shall pay to Lessor a late charge equal to six percent (6%) of such overdue amount. The parties hereby agree that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs Lessor will incur by reason of late payment by Lessee. Acceptance of such late charge by Lessor shall in no event constitute a waiver of Lessee’s Default or Breach with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Lessor from exercising any of the other rights and remedies granted hereunder. In the event that a late charge is payable hereunder, whether or not collected, for three (3) consecutive installments of Base Rent, then notwithstanding Paragraph 4.1 or any other provision of this Lease to the contrary. Base Rent shall, at Lessor’s option, become due and payable quarterly in advance.

13.5 Breach by Lessor. Lessor shall not be deemed in breach of this Leaso unless Lessor fails within a reasonable time to perform an obligation required to be performed by Lessor. For purposes of this Paragraph 13.5, a reasonable time shall in no event be less than thirty (30) days after receipt by Lessor, and by any Lender(s) whose name and address shall have been furnished to Lessee in writing for such purpose, of written notice specifying wherein such obligation of Lessor has not been performed; provided, however, that if the nature of Lessor’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days after such notice are reasonably required for its performance, then Lessor shall not be in breach of this Lease if performance is commenced within such thirty (30) day period and there after diligently pursued to completion.

14. Condemnation. If the Premises or any portion thereof are taken under the power of eminent domain or sold under the threat of the exercise of said power (all of which are herein called “condemnation”), this Lease shall terminate as to the part so taken as of the date the condemning authority takes title or possession, whichever first occurs. If more than ten percent (10%) of the floor area of the Premises, or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the portion of the Common Areas designated for Lessee’s parking, is taken by condemnation, Lessee may, at Lessee’s option, to be exercised in writing within ten (10) days after Lessor shall have given Lessee written notice of such taking (or in the absence of such notice, within ten (10) days after the condemning authority shall have taken possession) terminate this Lease as of the date the condemning authority takes such possession. If Lessee does not terminate this Lease in accordance with the foregoing, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect as to the portion of the Premises remaining, except that the Base Rent shall be reduced in the same proportion as the rentable floor area of the Premises taken bears to the total rentable floor area of the Premises. No reduction of Base Rent shall occur if the condemnation does not apply to any portion of the Premises. Any award for the taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain or any payment made under threat of the exercise of such power shall be the property of Lessor, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution of value of the leasehold or for the taking of the fee, or as severance damages; provided, however, that Lessee shall be entitled to any compensation, separately awarded to Lessee for Lessee’s relocation expenses and/or loss of Lessee’s Trade Fixtures. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by reason of such condemnation, Lessor shall to the extent of its net severance damages received, over and above Lessee’s Share of the legal and other expenses incurred by Lessor in the condemnation matter, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such condemnation authority. Lessee shall be responsible for the payment of any amount in excess of such net severance damages required to complete such repair.

16. Tenancy and Financial Statements.

16.1 Tenancy Statement. Each Party (as “ Responding Party ”) shall within ten (10) days after written notice from the other Party (the “ Requesting Party ”) execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Requesting Party a statement in writing in a form similar to the then most current “ Tenancy Statement ” form published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, plus such additional information, confirmation and/or statements as may be reasonably requested by the Requesting Party.

16.2 Financial Statement. If Lessor desires to finance, refinance, or sell the Premises or the Building, or any part thereof, Lessee and all Guarantors shall deliver to any potential lender or purchaser designated by Lessor such financial statements of Lessee and such Guarantors as may be reasonably required by such lender or purchaser, including but not limited to Lessee’s financial statements for the past three (3) years. All such financial statements shall be received by Lessor and such lender or purchaser in confidence and shall be used only for the purposes herein set forth.

17. Lessor’s Liability. The term “ Lessor ” as used herein shall mean the owner or owners at the time in question of the fee title to the Premises. In the event of a transfer of Lessor’s title or interest in the Premises or in this Lease, Lessor shall deliver to the transferee or assignee (in cash or by credit) any unused Security Deposit held by Lessor at the time of such transfer or assignment. Except as provided in Paragraph 15.3, upon such transfer or assignment and delivery of the Security Deposit, as aforesaid, the prior Lessor shall be relieved of all liability with respect to the obligations and/or covenants under this Lease thereafter to be performed by the Lessor. Subject to the foregoing, the obligations and/or covenants in this Lease to be performed by the Lessor shall be binding only upon the Lessor as hereinabove defined.

18. Severability. The invalidity of any provision of this Lease, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, shall in no way affect the validity of any other provision hereof.

19. Interest on Past-Due Obligations. Any monetary payment due Lessor hereunder, other than late charges, not received by Lessor within ten (10) days following the date on which it was due, shall bear interest from the date due at the prime rate charged by the largest state chartered bank in the state in which the Premises are located plus four percent (4%) per annum, but not exceeding the maximum rate allowed by law, in addition to the potential late charge provided for in Paragraph 13.4.

20. Time of Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of all obligations to be performed or observed by the Parties under this Lease.

21. Rent Defined. All monetary obligations of Lessee to Lessor under the terms of this Lease are deemed to be rent.

22. No Prior or other Agreements; Broker Disclaimer. This Lease contains all agreements between the Parties with respect to any matter mentioned herein, and no other prior or contemporaneous agreement or understanding shall be effective. Lessor and Lessee each represents and warrants to the Brokers that it has made, and is relying solely upon, its own investigation as to the nature, quality, character and financial responsibility of the other Party to this Lease and as to the nature, quality and character of the Premises. Brokers have no responsibility with respect thereto or with respect to any default or breach hereof by either Party. Each Broker shall be an intended third party beneficiary of the provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23. Notices.

23.1 Notice Requirements. All notices required or permitted by this Lease shall be in writing and may be delivered in person (by hand or by messenger or courier service) or may be sent by regular, certified or registered mail or U.S. Postal Service Express Mail, with postage prepaid, or by facsimile transmission during normal business hours, and shall be deemed sufficiently given if served in a manner specified in this Paragraph 23. The addresses noted adjacent to a Party’s signature on this Lease shall be that Party’s address for delivery or mailing of notice purposes. Either Party may by written notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes, except that upon Lessee’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall constitute Lessee’s address for the purpose of mailing or delivering notices to Lessee. A copy of all notices required or permitted to be given to Lessor hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted to such party or parties at such addresses as Lessor may from time to time hereafter designate by written notice to Lessee.

23.2 Date of Notice. Any notice sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, shall be deemed given on the date of delivery shown on the receipt card, or if no delivery date is shown, the postmark thereon. If sent by regular mail, the notice shall be deemed given forty-eight (48) hours after the same is addressed as required herein and mailed with postage prepaid. Notices delivered by United States Express Mail or overnight courier that guarantees next day

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —8—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


delivery shall be deemed given twenty-four (24) hours after delivery of the same to the United States Postal Service or courier. If any notice is transmitted by facsimile transmission or similar means, the same shall be deemed served or delivered upon telephone or facsimile confirmation of receipt of the transmission thereof, provided a copy is also delivered via delivery or mail. If notice is received on a Saturday or a Sunday or a legal holiday, it shall be deemed received on the next business day.

24. Waivers. No waiver by Lessor of the Default or Breach of any term, covenant or condition hereof by Lessee, shall be deemed a waiver of any other term, covenant or condition hereof, or of any subsequent Default or Breach by Lessee of the same or any other term, covenant or condition hereof. Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any such act shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Lessor’s consent to, or approval of, any subsequent or similar act by Lessee, or be construed as the basis of an estoppel to enforce the provision or provisions of this Lease requiring such consent. Regardless of Lessor’s knowledge of a Default or Breach at the time of accepting rent, the acceptance of rent by Lessor shall not be a waiver of any Default or Breach by Lessee of any provision hereof. Any payment given Lessor by Lessee may be accepted by Lessor on account of moneys or damages due Lessor, notwithstanding any qualifying statements or conditions made by Lessee in connection therewith, which such statements and/or conditions shall be of no force or effect whatsoever unless specifically agreed to in writing by Lessor at or before the time of deposit of such payment.

25. Recording . Lessee shall, upon request of Lessor execute, acknowledge and deliver to Lessor short form memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes. The Party requesting recordation shall be responsible for payment of any fees or taxes applicable thereto.

26. No Right To Holdover. Lessee has no right to retain possession of the Premises or any part thereof beyond the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. In the event that Lessee holds over in violation of this Paragraph 26 then the Base Rent payable from and after the time of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be increased to two hundred percent (200%) of the Base Rent applicable during the month immediately preceding such expiration or earlier termination. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a consent by Lessor to any holding over by Lessee.

27. Cumulative Remedies. No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies a law or in equity.

28. Covenants and Conditions. All provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Lessee are both covenants and conditions.

29. Binding Effect; Choice of Law. This Lease shall be binding upon the Parties, their personal representatives, successors and assigns and be governed by the laws of the State in which the Premises are located. Any litigation between the Parties hereto concerning this Lease shall be initiated in the county in which the Premises are located.

30. Subordination; Attornment; Non-Disturbance.

30.1 Subordination. This Lease and any Option granted hereby shall be subject and subordinate to any ground lease, mortgage, deed of trust, or other hypothecation or security device (collectively, “Security Device” ), now or hereafter placed by Lessor upon the real property of which the Premises are a part, to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof. Lessee agrees that the Lenders holding any such Security Device shall have no duty, liability or obligation to perform any of the obligations of Lessor under this Lease, but that in the event of Lessor’s default with respect to any such obligation, Lessee will give any Lender whose name and address have been furnished Lessee in writing for such purpose notice of Lessor’s default pursuant to Paragraph 13.5. If any Lender shall elect to have this Lease and/or any Option granted hereby superior to the lien of its Security Device and shall give written notice thereof to Lessee, this Lease and such Options shall be deemed prior to such Security Device, notwithstanding the relative dates of the documentation or recordation thereof.

30.2 Attornment. Subject to the non-disturbance provisions of Paragraph 30.3, Lessee agrees to attorn to a Lender or any other party who acquires ownership of the Premises by reason of a foreclosure of a Security Device, and that in the event of such foreclosure, such new owner shall not: (i) be liable for any act or omission of any prior lessor or with respect to events occurring prior to acquisition of ownership, (ii) be subject to any offsets or defenses which Lessee might have against any prior lessor, or (iii) be bound by prepayment of more than one month’s rent.

30.3 Non-Disturbance. With respect to Security Devices entered into by Lessor after the execution of this lease, Lessee’s subordination of this Lease shall be subject to receiving assurance (a “non-disturbance agreement”) from the Lender that Lessee’s possession and this Lease, including any options to extend the term hereof, will not be disturbed so long as Lessee is not in Breach hereof and attorns to the record owner of the Premises.

30.4 Self-Executing. The agreements contained in this Paragraph 30 shall be effective without the execution of any further documents; provided, however, that upon written request from Lessor or a Lender in connection with a sale, financing or refinancing of Premises, Lessee and Lessor shall execute such further writings as may be reasonably required to separately document any such subordination or non-subordination, attornment and/or non-disturbance agreement as is provided for herein.

31. Attorneys’ Fees. If any Party or Broker brings an action or proceeding to enforce the terms hereof or declare rights hereunder, the Prevailing Party (as hereafter defined) in any such proceeding, action, or appeal thereon, shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees. Such fees may be awarded in the same suit or recovered in a separate suit, whether or not such action or proceeding is pursued to decision or judgment. The term “Prevailing Party” shall include, without limitation, a Party or Broker who substantially obtains or defeats the relief sought, as the case may be, whether by compromise, settlement, judgment, or the abandonment by the other Party or Broker of its claim or defense. The attorneys’ fee award shall not be computed in accordance with any court fee schedule, but shall be such as to fully reimburse all attorneys’ fees reasonably incurred. Lessor shall be entitled to attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in preparation and service of notices of Default and consultations in connection therewith, whether or not a legal action is subsequently commenced in connection with such Default or resulting Breach. Broker(s) shall be intended third party beneficiaries of this Paragraph 31.

32. Lessor’s Access; Showing Premises; Repairs. Lessor and Lessor’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time, in the case of an emergency, and otherwise at reasonable times for the purpose of showing the same to prospective purchasers, lenders, or lessees, and making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Building, as Lessor may reasonably deem necessary. Lessor may at any time place on or about the Premises or Building any ordinary “For Sale” signs and Lessor may at any time during the last one hundred eighty (180) days of the term hereof place on or about the Premises any ordinary “For Lease” signs. All such activities of Lessor shall be without abatement of rent or liability to Lessee.

33. Auctions. Lessee shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having obtained Lessor’s prior written consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, Lessor shall not be obligated to exercise any standard of reasonableness in determining whether to grant such consent.

34. Signs. Lessee’ shall not place any sign upon the exterior of the Premises or the Building, except that Lessee may, with Lessor’s prior written consent, install (but not on the roof) such signs as are reasonably required to advertise Lessee’s own business so long as such signs are in a location designated by Lessor and comply with Applicable Requirements and the signage criteria established for the Industrial Center by Lessor. The installation of any sign on the Premises by or for Lessee shall be subject to the provisions of Paragraph 7 (Maintenance, Repairs, Utility Installations, Trade Fixtures and Alterations). Unless otherwise expressly agreed herein, Lessor reserves all rights to the use of the roof of the Building, and the right to install advertising signs on the Building, including the roof, which do not unreasonably interfere with the conduct of Lessee’s business; Lessor shall be entitled to all revenues from such advertising signs.

35. Termination; Merger . Unless specifically stated otherwise in writing by Lessor, the voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Lessee, the mutual termination or cancellation hereof, or a termination hereof by Lessor for Breach by Lessee, shall automatically terminate any sublease or lesser estate in the Premises; provided, however, Lessor shall, in the event of any such surrender, termination or cancellation, have the option to continue any one or all of any existing subtenancies. Lessor’s failure within ten (10) days following any such event to make a written election to the contrary by written notice to the holder of any such lesser interest, shall constitute Lessor’s election to have such event constitute the termination of such interest.

36. Consents.

(a) Except for Paragraph 33 hereof (Auctions) or as otherwise provided herein, wherever in this Lease the consent of a Party is required to an act by or for the other Party, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Lessor’s actual reasonable costs and expenses (including but not limited to architects’, attorneys’, engineers’ and other consultants’ fees) incurred in the consideration of, or response to, a request by Lessee for any Lessor consent pertaining to this Lease or the Premises, including but not limited to consents to an assignment a subletting or the presence or use of a Hazardous Substance, shall be paid by Lessee to Lessor upon receipt of an invoice and supporting documentation therefor. In addition to the deposit described in Paragraph 12.2(e), Lessor may, as a condition to considering any such request by Lessee, require that Lessee deposit with Lessor an amount of money (in addition to the Security Deposit held under Paragraph 5) reasonably calculated by Lessor to represent the cost Lessor will incur in considering and responding to Lessee’s request. Any unused portion of said deposit shall be refunded to Lessee without interest. Lessor’s consent to any act, assignment of this Lease or subletting of the Premises by Lessee shall not constitute an acknowledgment that no Default or Breach by Lessee of this Lease exists, nor shall such consent be deemed a waiver of any then existing Default or Breach, except as may be otherwise specifically stated in writing by Lessor at the time of such consent.

(b) All conditions to Lessor’s consent authorized by this Lease are acknowledged by Lessee as being reasonable. The failure to specify herein any particular condition to Lessor’s consent shall not preclude the impositions by Lessor at the time of consent of such further or other conditions as are then reasonable with reference to the particular matter for which consent is being given.

37. Guarantor.

37.1 Form of Guaranty. If there are to be any Guarantors of this Lease per Paragraph 1.11, the form of the guaranty to be executed by each such Guarantor shall be in the form most recently published by the American Industrial Real Estate Association, and each such Guarantor shall have the same obligations as Lessee under this lease, including but not limited to the obligation to provide the Tenancy Statement and information required in Paragraph 16.

37.2 Additional Obligations of Guarantor. It shall constitute a Default of the Lessee under this Lease if any such Guarantor fails or refuses, upon reasonable request by Lessor to give: (a) evidence of the due execution of the guaranty called for by this Lease, including the authority of the Guarantor (and of the party signing on Guarantor’s behalf) to obligate such Guarantor on said guaranty, and resolution of its board of directors authorizing the making of such guaranty, together with a certificate of incumbency showing the signatures of the persons authorized to sign on its behalf, (b) current financial statements of Guarantor as may from time to time be requested by Lessor, (c) a Tenancy Statement, or (d) written confirmation that the guaranty is still in effect.

38. Quiet Possession. Upon payment by Lessee of the rent for the Premises and the performance of all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Lessee’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Lessee shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —9—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


39. Options.

39.1 Definition. As used in this Lease, the word “Option” has the following meaning: (a) the right to extend the term of this Lease or to renew this Lease or to extend or renew any lease that Lessee has on other property of Lessor; (b) the right of first refusal to lease the Premises or the right of first offer to lease the Premises or the right of first refusal to lease other property of Lessor or the right of first offer to lease other property of Lessor; (c) the right to purchase the Premises, or the right of first refusal to purchase the Premises, or the right of first offer to purchase the Premises, or the right to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first refusal to purchase other property of Lessor, or the right of first offer to purchase other property of Lessor.

39.2 Options Personal to Original Lessee. Each Option granted to Lessee in this Lease is personal to the original Lessee named in Paragraph 1.1 hereof, and cannot be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned or exercised by any person or entity other than said original Lessee while the original Lessee is in full and actual possession of the Premises and without the intention of thereafter assigning or subletting. The Options, if any, herein granted to Lessee are not assignable, either as a part of an assignment of this Lease or separately or apart therefrom, and no Option may be separated from this Lease in any manner, by reservation or otherwise.

39.3 Multiple Options. In the event that Lessee has any multiple Options to extend or renew this Lease, a later option cannot be exercised unless the prior Options to extend or renew this Lease have been validly exercised.

39.4 Effect of Default on Options.

(a) Lessee shall have no right to exercise an Option, notwithstanding any provision in the grant of Option to the contrary: (i) during the period commencing with the giving of any notice of Default under Paragraph 13.1 and continuing until the noticed Default is cured, or (ii) during the period of time any monetary obligation due Lessor from Lessee is unpaid (without regard to whether notice thereof is given Lessee), or (iii) during the time Lessee is in Breach of this Lease, or (iv) in the event that Lessor has given to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the exercise of the Option, whether or not the Defaults are cured.

(b) The period of time within which an Option may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Lessee’s inability to exercise an Option because of the provisions of Paragraph 39.4(a)

(c) All rights of Lessee under the provisions of an Option shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, notwithstanding Lessee’s due and timely exercise of the Option, if, after such exercise and during the term of this Lease, (i) Lessee fails to pay to Lessor a monetary obligation of Lessee for a period of thirty (30) days after such obligation becomes due (without any necessity of Lessor to give notice thereof to Lessee), or (ii) Lessor gives to Lessee three (3) or more notices of separate Defaults under Paragraph 13.1 during any twelve (12) month period, whether or not the Defaults are cured, or (iii) if Lessee commits a Breach of this Lease.

40. Rules and Regulations. Lessee agrees that it will abide by, and keep and observe all reasonable rules and regulations (“Rules and Regulations”) which Lessor may make from time to time for the management, safety, care, and cleanliness of the grounds, the parking and unloading of vehicles and the preservation of good order, as well as for the convenience of other occupants or tenants of the Building and the Industrial Center and their invitees.

41. Security Measures. Lessee hereby acknowledges that the rental payable to Lessor hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Lessor shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide same. Lessee assumes all responsibility for the protection of the Premises, Lessee, its agents and invitees and their property from the acts of third parties.

42. Reservations. Lessor reserves the right, from time to time, to grant, without the consent or joinder of Lessee, such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, and dedications that Lessor deems necessary, and to cause the recordation of parcel maps and restrictions, so long as such easements, rights of way, utility raceways, dedications, maps and restrictions do not reasonably interfere with the use of the Premises by Lessee. Lessee agrees to sign any documents reasonably requested by Lessor to effectuate any such easement rights, dedication, map or restrictions.

43. Performance Under Protest. If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one Party to the other under the provisions hereof, the Party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment “under protest” and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment and there shall survive the right on the part of said Party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudged that there was no legal obligation on the part of said Party to pay such sum or any part thereof, said Party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease.

44. Authority. If either Party hereto is a corporation, trust, or general or limited partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of such entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on its behalf. If Lessee is a corporation, trust or partnership, Lessee shall, within thirty (30) days after request by Lessor, deliver to Lessor evidence satisfactory to Lessor of such authority.

45. Conflict. Any conflict between the printed provisions of this Lease and the typewritten or handwritten provisions shall be controlled by the typewritten or handwritten provisions.

46. Offer. Preparation of this Lease by either Lessor or Lessee or Lessor’s agent or Lessee’s agent and submission of same to Lessee or Lessor shall not be deemed an offer to lease. This Lease is not intended to be binding until executed and delivered by all Parties hereto.

47. Amendments. This Lease may be modified only in writing, signed by the parties in interest at the time of the modification. The Parties shall amend this Lease from time to time to reflect any adjustments that are made to the Base Rent or other rent payable under this Lease. As long as they do not materially change Lessee’s obligations hereunder, Lessee agrees to make such reasonable non-monetary modifications to this Lease as may be reasonably required by an institutional insurance company or pension plan Lender in connection with the obtaining of normal financing or refinancing of the property of which the Premises are a part.

48. Multiple Parties. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, if more than one person or entity is named herein as either Lessor or Lessee, the obligations of such multiple parties shall be the joint and several responsibility of all persons or entities named herein as such Lessor or Lessee.

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —10—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


LESSOR AND LESSEE HAVE CAREFULLY READ AND REVIEWED THIS LEASE AND EACH TERM AND PROVISION CONTAINED HEREIN, AND BY THE EXECUTION OF THIS LEASE SHOW THEIR INFORMED AND VOLUNTARY CONSENT THERETO. THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE THAT, AT THE TIME THIS LEASE IS EXECUTED, THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE ARE COMMERCIALLY REASONABLE AND EFFECTUATE THE INTENT AND PURPOSE OF LESSOR AND LESSEE WITH RESPECT TO THE PREMISES.

IF THIS LEASE HAS BEEN FILLED IN, IT HAS BEEN PREPARED FOR YOUR ATTORNEY’S REVIEW AND APPROVAL. FURTHER, EXPERTS SHOULD BE CONSULTED TO EVALUATE THE CONDITION OF THE PROPERTY FOR THE POSSIBLE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS, UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANKS OR HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES. NO REPRESENTATION OR RECOMMENDATION IS MADE BY THE AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION OR BY THE REAL ESTATE BROKERS OR THEIR CONTRACTORS, AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES AS TO THE LEGAL SUFFICIENCY, LEGAL EFFECT, OR TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE OR THE TRANSACTION TO WHICH IT RELATES; THE PARTIES SHALL RELY SOLELY UPON THE ADVICE OF THEIR OWN COUNSEL AS TO THE LEGAL AND TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THIS LEASE. IF THE SUBJECT PROPERTY IS IN A STATE OTHER THAN CALIFORNIA, AN ATTORNEY FROM THE STATE WHERE THE PROPERTY IS LOCATED SHOULD BE CONSULTED.

The parties hereto have executed this Lease at the place and on the dates specified above their respective signatures.

 

Executed at:   

San Diego, California

    Executed at:  

San Diego, California

on:   

May 18, 2001

    on:  

 

By  LESSOR:     By LESSEE:  

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company

   

DermTech International

 

   

 

By:   

/s/ R.D. Randal

    By :  

/s/ Illegible

Name Printed:   

R.D. Randal

    Name Printed:  

 

Title:   

Executive Vice President & Secretary

    Title:  

 

By:   

/s/ Peter F. Bride

    By:  

 

Name Printed:   

Peter F. Bride

    Name Printed:  

 

Title:   

Vice President

    Title:  

 

Address:   

6465 Marindustry Pl.

    Address:  

15222 Avenue of Science, Suite B

  

San Diego, CA 92121

     

San Diego, CA 92128

Telephone:   

(858) 587-3600

    Telephone: (            )  

 

Facsimile:   

(858) 587-0174

    Facsimile: (            )  

 

BROKER:        BROKER:  
Executed at:   

 

    Executed at:  

 

on:   

 

    on:  

 

By:   

 

    By:  

 

Name Printed:   

 

    Name Printed:  

 

Title:   

 

    Title  

 

Address:   

 

    Address:  

 

 

   

 

Telephone: (            )   

 

    Telephone: (            )  

 

Facsimile: (            )   

 

    Facsimile: (            )  

 

 

NOTE: These forms are often modified to meet changing requirements of law and needs of the industry. Always write or call to make sure you are utilizing the most current form: AMERICAN INDUSTRIAL REAL ESTATE ASSOCIATION, 700 South Flower Street, Suite 600, Los Angeles, CA 90017. (213) 687-8777.

©1993 by American Industrial Real Estate Association. All rights reserved. No part of these words may be reproduced in any form without permission in writing.

 

MULTI-TENANT-MODIFIED NET

© American Industrial Real Estate Association 1993

    —11—      

Initials: /s/ Illegible

/s/ RDR /s/ PB


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company, a California corporation, as Lessor, and Vital Therapies, Inc. a corporation, successor in interest to DermTech International and PRACS Institute, LTD, as Lessee, are parties to a Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Modified Net dated October 29, 2002, for Premises known as Suite C, 15222 Avenue of Science, San Diego, California (the “Lease”). Lessor and Lessee hereby amend the Lease as follows:

1. On or before April 1, 2007, Lessee shall provide Lessor with its certified financial statement as of March 1, 2007. If said statement is reasonably acceptable to Lessor, the Original Term shall be extended to June 30, 2012, the new Expiration Date.

A certified statement shall mean that the president or treasurer of Lessee signs a certificate attached to the statement stating that “[T]he attached statement is true, correct and complete and accurately sets forth the financial condition of Lessee as of March 1, 2007.” Base Rent shall continue to be adjusted throughout the Original Term as extended by this Amendment, commencing July 1, 2007, and each subsequent July 1st as otherwise provided in paragraph 54 of the Lease.

2. Provided that there has been no default under this Lease and the Lease Term is extended as provided in paragraph 2 of this Amendment, Lessee may elect to extend the Term of this Lease for one five year period commencing July 1, 2012. If Lessee elects to exercise this option, it shall do so by delivery of written notice of such election to Lessor not less than eight (8) and no more than the twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date. If said notice is not delivered within said time period, the option shall terminate. The monthly Base Rent, including the rate of annual increases for the extension period, shall be the then fair market rental rate for the Premises. This market rate shall be mutually agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee within thirty (30) days of Lessor’s receipt of Lessee’s written notice of the exercise of the option (the “Agreement Period”). If Lessor and Lessee are unable to so agree on the fair market rate within the Agreement Period, each shall select an appraiser and, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Agreement Period, shall notify the other of the name, business address and telephone number of the appraiser so selected. Said two appraisers shall, within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Agreement Period, jointly select a third appraiser and shall notify Lessor and Lessee of the name business address and telephone number of said appraiser. Each of the three (3) appraisers shall, within forty-five (45) days after expiration of the Agreement Period, make a good faith determination of the then fair market rental rate, and annual increases, of the Premises and shall notify Lessor, Lessee and each other appraiser of such determination. If all appraisers do not agree on the fair market rental rate, the common decision of two (2) of them shall be determinative. If two (2) of the three (3) appraisers are unable to agree on said rate, the rate that is neither the highest nor lowest of the three (3) determinations shall be the fair market rental. Lessor and Lessee shall each cooperate with all reasonable requests by any of the appraisers in order to assist the appraisers in the timely performance of their duties hereunder. To be eligible to serve as an appraiser, one must be a licensed real estate broker in California


with a minimum of five (5) years continuous experience in the leasing of light industrial space in the Scripps Ranch and Miramar areas of the City of San Diego, California, and must be actively engaged in such activity at the time of his or her selection. Lessor and Lessee shall each pay the fees and expenses of its own appraiser and one-half (1/2) of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser. In no event shall Base Rent during the extension period be less than its amount in the month immediately preceding the commencement of the extension period.

The foregoing notwithstanding, Lessee’s right to exercise the option is conditioned upon it also, concurrently, exercising the similar option granted to it under its separate lease from Lessor of premises known as Suite B, 15222 Avenue of Science.

3. Each term and phrase used herein, with the initial letter of each word in such term or phrase capitalized, shall have the same meaning given such term or phrase in the Lease.

4. This Amendment includes all of the matters agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee pertaining to the matters addressed herein and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations and agreements regarding those matters.

5. Except as amended hereby, all terms and previsions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

Dated: October 9, 2006

 

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company     Vital Therapies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Terry G. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ T. E. Winters

  Terry G. Hazard       President
  Vice President      
By:  

/s/ Thomas B. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ Aron Stern

  Thomas B. Hazard       Secretary
  Vice President      

 

2


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company, a California corporation, as Lessor, and Vital Therapies, Inc. a corporation, as Lessee, are parties to a Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Modified Net dated October 29, 2002, as amended by a First Amendment To Lease dated October 9, 2006, (collectively, the “Lease”) for premises known as Suite C, 15222 Avenue of Science, San Diego, California (the “Premises”). Lessor and Lessee hereby amend the Lease as follows:

1. Effective January 1, 2008, four hundred twenty (420) square feet of space shall be added to the Premises as depicted in Exhibit “A” hereto (the “Subject Area”). On and after said effective date, the Subject Area shall be considered to be part of the Premises. The Subject Area is from premises leased by Lessee’s adjoining tenant, Innominata, and all costs incurred in connection with the addition of the Subject Area to the Premises and the removal of it from Innominata’s premises shall be paid by Lessee and Innominata, provided, however, that all work in connection therewith shall be subject to Lessor’s prior approval.

2. Effective January 1, 2008, Base Rent due under the Lease shall be $4,353.48, which amount shall be adjusted annually as provided in paragraph 54 of the Lease.

3. Effective January 1, 2008, Lessee’s share of Common Area Operating Expenses shall be 10.12%.

4. In addition to the renewal option granted Lessee in paragraph 2 of the First Amendment To Lease, Lessee shall have the right to extend the term of the Lease for a second five year term commencing July 1, 2017, on the same terms and conditions as set forth in said paragraph 2, provided that Lessee has elected to extend the Lease Term for the first five year period granted by said paragraph 2.

5. Each term and phrase used herein, with the initial letter of each word in such term or phrase capitalized, shall have the same meaning given such term or phrase in the Lease.

6. This Amendment includes all of the matters agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee pertaining to the matters addressed herein and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations and agreements regarding those matters.


7. Except as amended hereby, all terms and previsions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

Dated: January 29, 2008

 

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company     Vital Therapies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Terry G. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ T. E. Winters

  Terry G. Hazard       President
  President      
By:  

/s/ Thomas B. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ Aron Stern

  Thomas B. Hazard       Secretary
  Vice President      

 

2


THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company, a California corporation, as Lessor, and Vital Therapies, Inc. a corporation, successor in interest to DermTech International and PRACS Institute, LTD, as Lessee, are parties to a Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Modified Net dated April 5, 2001, as amended by a First Amendment To Lease dated October 23, 2001, and a Second Amendment To Lease dated August 6, 2002, for Premises known as Suite B, 15222 Avenue of Science, San Diego, California (the “Lease”). Lessor and Lessee hereby amend the Lease as follows:

1. Paragraph 59 of the Lease is deleted and shall have no force or effect.

2. On or before April 1, 2007, Lessee shall provide Lessor with its certified financial statement as of March 1, 2007. If said statement is reasonably acceptable to Lessor, the Original Term shall be extended to June 30, 2012, the new Expiration Date.

A certified statement shall mean that the president or treasurer of Lessee signs a certificate attached to the statement stating that “[T]he attached statement is true, correct and complete and accurately sets forth the financial condition of Lessee as of March 1, 2007.” Base Rent shall continue to be adjusted throughout the Original Term as extended by this Amendment, commencing July 1, 2007, and each subsequent July 1st as otherwise provided in paragraph 54 of the Lease.

3. Provided that there has been no default under this Lease and the Lease Term is extended as provided in paragraph 2 of this Amendment, Lessee may elect to extend the Term of this Lease for one five year period commencing July 1, 2012. If Lessee elects to exercise this option, it shall do so by delivery of written notice of such election to Lessor not less than eight (8) and no more than the twelve (12) months prior to the Expiration Date. If said notice is not delivered within said time period, the option shall terminate. The monthly Base Rent, including the rate of annual increases for the extension period, shall be the then fair market rental rate for the Premises. This market rate shall be mutually agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee within thirty (30) days of Lessor’s receipt of Lessee’s written notice of the exercise of the option (the “Agreement Period”). If Lessor and Lessee are unable to so agree on the fair market rate within the Agreement Period, each shall select an appraiser and, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Agreement Period, shall notify the other of the name, business address and telephone number of the appraiser so selected. Said two appraisers shall, within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Agreement Period, jointly select a third appraiser and shall notify Lessor and Lessee of the name business address and telephone number of said appraiser. Each of the three (3) appraisers shall, within forty-five (45) days after expiration of the Agreement Period, make a good faith determination of the then fair market rental rate, and annual increases, of the Premises and shall notify Lessor, Lessee and each other appraiser of such determination. If all appraisers do not agree on the fair market rental rate, the common decision of two (2) of them shall be determinative. If two (2) of the three (3) appraisers are unable to agree on said rate, the rate that is neither the highest nor lowest of the three (3) determinations shall be the fair market rental. Lessor


and Lessee shall each cooperate with all reasonable requests by any of the appraisers in order to assist the appraisers in the timely performance of their duties hereunder. To be eligible to serve as an appraiser, one must be a licensed real estate broker in California with a minimum of five (5) years continuous experience in the leasing of light industrial space in the Scripps Ranch and Miramar areas of the City of San Diego, California, and must be actively engaged in such activity at the time of his or her selection. Lessor and Lessee shall each pay the fees and expenses of its own appraiser and one-half (1/2) of the fees and expenses of the third appraiser. In no event shall Base Rent during the extension period be less than its amount in the month immediately preceding the commencement of the extension period.

The foregoing notwithstanding, Lessee’s right to exercise the option is conditioned upon it also, concurrently, exercising the similar option granted to it under its separate lease from Lessor of premises known as Suite C, 15222 Avenue of Science.

4. Each term and phrase used herein, with the initial letter of each word in such term or phrase capitalized, shall have the same meaning given such term or phrase in the Lease.

5. This Amendment includes all of the matters agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee pertaining to the matters addressed herein and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations and agreements regarding those matters.

6. Except as amended hereby, all terms and previsions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

Dated: October 9, 2006

 

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company     Vital Therapies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Terry G. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ T. E. Winters

  Terry G. Hazard       President
  Vice President      
By:  

/s/ Thomas B. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ Aron Stern

  Thomas B. Hazard       Secretary
  Vice President      

 

2


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company, a California corporation, as Lessor, and Vital Therapies, Inc. a corporation, as Lessee, are parties to a Standard Industrial/Commercial Multi-Tenant Lease-Modified Net dated April 5, 2001, as amended by a First Amendment To Lease dated October 23, 2001, a Second Amendment To Lease dated August 6, 2002, and a Third Amendment To Lease dated October 9, 2006, (collectively, the “Lease”) for Premises known as Suite B, 15222 Avenue of Science, San Diego, California. Lessor and Lessee hereby amend the Lease as follows:

1. In addition to the renewal option granted Lessee in paragraph 3 of the Third Amendment To Lease, Lessee shall have the right to extend the term of the Lease for a second five year term commencing July 1, 2017, on the same terms and conditions as set forth in said paragraph 3, provided that Lessee has elected to extend the Lease Term for the first five year period granted by said paragraph 3.

2. Each term and phrase used herein, with the initial letter of each word in such term or phrase capitalized, shall have the same meaning given such term or phrase in the Lease.

3. This Amendment includes all of the matters agreed upon by Lessor and Lessee pertaining to the matters addressed herein and supersedes all prior negotiations, representations and agreements regarding those matters.

4. Except as amended hereby, all terms and previsions of the Lease remain in full force and effect.

Dated: January 29, 2008

 

R. E. Hazard Contracting Company     Vital Therapies, Inc.
By:  

/s/ Terry G. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ T. E. Winters

  Terry G. Hazard       President
  President      
By:  

/s/ Thomas B. Hazard

    By:  

/s/ Aron Stern

  Thomas B. Hazard       Secretary
  Vice President      

Exhibit 10.12

STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

BY AND BETWEEN

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Maryland limited partnership,

AS LANDLORD,

AND

VITAL THERAPIES, INC.,

a Delaware corporation,

AS TENANT

SUITES 150 & 200

Carmel Point


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

ARTICLE 1

   BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS      1   

ARTICLE 2

   TERM/PREMISES      2   

ARTICLE 3

   RENTAL      2   

            (a)

   Basic Rental      2   

            (b)

   Increase in Direct Costs      2   

            (c)

   Definitions      3   

            (d)

   Determination of Payment      5   

            (e)

   Audit Right      6   

ARTICLE 4

   CASH SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT      7   

            (a)

   Cash Security Deposit      7   

            (b)

   Letter of Credit      7   

ARTICLE 5

   HOLDING OVER      9   

ARTICLE 6

   OTHER TAXES      10   

ARTICLE 7

   USE      10   

ARTICLE 8

   CONDITION OF PREMISES      10   

ARTICLE 9

   REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS      11   

            (a)

   Landlord’s Obligations      11   

            (b)

   Tenant’s Obligations      11   

            (c)

   Alterations      11   

            (d)

   Insurance; Liens      12   

            (e)

   Costs and Fees; Removal      12   

ARTICLE 10

   LIENS      12   

ARTICLE 11

   PROJECT SERVICES      13   

            (a)

   Basic Services      13   

            (b)

   Excess Usage      13   

            (c)

   Additional Electrical Service      13   

            (d)

   HVAC Balance      13   

            (e)

   Telecommunications      14   

            (f)

   After-Hours Use      14   

ARTICLE 12

   RIGHTS OF LANDLORD      14   

            (a)

   Right of Entry      14   

            (b)

   Maintenance Work      14   

            (c)

   Rooftop      15   

ARTICLE 13

   INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY      15   

            (a)

   Indemnity      15   

            (b)

   Exemption of Landlord from Liability      15   

            (c)

   Security      15   

ARTICLE 14

   INSURANCE      15   

            (a)

   Tenant’s Insurance      15   

            (b)

   Form of Policies      16   

            (c)

   Landlord’s Insurance      16   

            (d)

   Waiver of Subrogation      16   

            (e)

   Compliance with Insurance Requirements      17   

ARTICLE 15

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING      17   

ARTICLE 16

   DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION      19   

 

(i)


          Page  

ARTICLE 17

   SUBORDINATION      20   

ARTICLE 18

   EMINENT DOMAIN      20   

ARTICLE 19

   DEFAULT      21   

ARTICLE 20

   REMEDIES      21   

ARTICLE 21

   TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST      23   

ARTICLE 22

   BROKER      23   

ARTICLE 23

   PARKING      23   

ARTICLE 24

   WAIVER      24   

ARTICLE 25

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE      24   

ARTICLE 26

   LIABILITY OF LANDLORD      24   

ARTICLE 27

   INABILITY TO PERFORM      25   

ARTICLE 28

   HAZARDOUS WASTE      25   

ARTICLE 29

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY      26   

ARTICLE 30

   MISCELLANEOUS      27   

            (a)

   SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT      27   

            (b)

   Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial      27   

            (c)

   Time of Essence      27   

            (d)

   Headings; Joint and Several      28   

            (e)

   Reserved Area      28   

            (f)

   NO OPTION      28   

            (g)

   Use of Project Name; Improvements      28   

            (h)

   Rules and Regulations      28   

            (i)

   Quiet Possession      28   

            (j)

   Rent      28   

            (k)

   Successors and Assigns      28   

            (l)

   Notices      28   

            (m)

   Persistent Delinquencies      29   

            (n)

   Right of Landlord to Perform      29   

            (o)

   Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name      29   

            (p)

   Signing Authority      29   

            (q)

   Identification of Tenant      30   

            (r)

   Survival of Obligations      30   

            (s)

   Confidentiality      30   

            (t)

   Governing Law      30   

            (u)

   Office of Foreign Assets Control      31   

            (v)

   Financial Statements      31   

            (w)

   Exhibits      31   

            (x)

   Independent Covenants      31   

            (y)

   Counterparts      31   

            (z)

   Non-Discrimination      31   

            (aa)

   Roof Equipment      31   

ARTICLE 31

   SIGNAGE/DIRECTORY      33   

ARTICLE 32

   CONTINGENCY      34   

ARTICLE 33

   OPTION TO EXTEND      34   

            (a)

   Option Right      34   

            (b)

   Option Rent      34   

            (c)

   Exercise of Option      34   

 

(ii)


          Page

EXHIBIT “A”

   Premises   

EXHIBIT “B”

   Rules and Regulations   

EXHIBIT “C”

   Notice of Term Dates and Tenant’s Proportionate Share   

EXHIBIT “D”

   Tenant Work Letter   

EXHIBIT “E”

   Letter of Credit   

 

(iii)


INDEX

 

     Page(s)  

ADA

     4   

Additional Rent

     3   

Affiliate

     18   

Affiliated Assignee

     18   

Alterations

     11   

Approved Working Drawings

     Exhibit D   

Architect

     Exhibit D   

Banking Day

     1   

Base Year

     1   

Base, Shell and Core

     Exhibit D   

Basic Rental

     1   

Beneficiary

     1   

Brokers

     2   

Building-Top Signage

     33   

Cash Security Deposit

     1   

Code

     Exhibit D   

Commencement Date

     1   

Communication Equipment

     32   

Construction Drawings

     Exhibit D   

Contingency

     34   

Contractor

     Exhibit D   

Control

     18   

Cost Proposal

     Exhibit D   

Cost Proposal Delivery Date

     Exhibit D   

Damage Repair Estimate

     19   

Direct Costs

     3   

Dispute Notice

     6   

Engineers

     Exhibit D   

Estimate

     6   

Estimate Statement

     6   

Estimated Excess

     6   

Event of Default

     21   

Excess

     5   

Expiration Date

     1   

Final Space Plan

     Exhibit D   

Final Working Drawings

     Exhibit D   

Force Majeure

     25   

Hazardous Material

     26   

Improvement Allowance

     Exhibit D   

Improvement Allowance Items

     Exhibit D   

Improvements

     Exhibit D   

Initial Installment of Basic Rental

     2   

Interest Notice

     34   

ISP98

     2   

Landlord

     1   

Landlord Coordination Fee

     Exhibit D   

Landlord Parties

     15   

Laws

     26   

Lease

     1   

Lease Year

     2   

LEED

     10   

Letter of Credit

     1, 8   

Letter of Credit Return Date

     8   

Market Rent

     34   

Monument Signage

     33   

Operating Costs

     3   

Option

     34   

Option Rent

     34   

Option Rent Notice

     34   

 

(iv)


       Page(s)  

Option Term

     34   

Original Tenant

     34   

Over-Allowance Amount

     Exhibit D   

Parking Passes

     2   

Partnership Tenant

     30   

Permits

     Exhibit D   

Permitted Use

     2   

Premises

     1   

Project

     1   

Real Property

     3   

Review Notice

     6   

Review Period

     6   

Roof Equipment

     32   

Roof Equipment Notice

     32   

Rules and Regulations

     28   

Security Deposit Laws

     9   

Signage Specifications

     33   

SNDA

     20   

Specifications

     Exhibit D   

Square Footage

     1   

Standard Improvement Package

     Exhibit D   

Stated Amount

     8   

Statement

     6   

Substantial Completion

     Exhibit D   

Supplemental Units

     12   

Tax Costs

     3   

Tenant

     1   

Tenant Delays

     Exhibit D   

Tenant Improvements

     11   

Tenant’s Acceptance

     34   

Tenant’s Proportionate Share

     1   

Tenant’s Signage

     33   

Term

     1   

Time Deadlines

     Exhibit D   

Transfer

     18   

Transfer Premium

     18   

Transferee

     18   

 

(v)


STANDARD OFFICE LEASE

This Standard Office Lease (“ Lease ”) is made and entered into as of the 7 th day of May, 2013, by and between ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership (“ Landlord ”), and VITAL THERAPIES, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Tenant ”).

Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the premises described as Suites No. 150 and 200, as designated on the plans attached hereto and incorporated herein as Exhibit “A” (together, the “ Premises ”), of the project (“ Project ”) now known as Carmel Point whose address is 15010 Avenue of Science, San Diego, California, for the Term and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

A.   Term:    Approximately forty-eight (48) months.
  Commencement Date:    The earlier of (i) the date Tenant first commences to conduct business in the Premises, or (ii) the date of Substantial Completion of Improvements in the Premises. The Commencement Date is anticipated to be on or about August 1, 2013.
  Expiration Date:    The date immediately preceding the forty-eighth (48 th ) monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date; provided, however, that if the Commencement Date is a date other than the first (1 st ) day of a month, the Expiration Date shall be the last day of the month which is forty-eight (48) months after the month in which the Commencement Date falls, unless extended or earlier terminated pursuant to this Lease.
B.   Square Footage:    19,118 rentable square feet.
    

C. Basic Rental:

 

Months

   Annual
Basic Rental
     Monthly
Basic Rental*
    Monthly Basic Rental
Per  Rentable Square Foot
 

  1 – 12

   $ 447,361.20       $ 37,280.10 **    $ 1.95   

13 – 24

   $ 461,126.16       $ 38,427.18      $ 2.01   

25 – 36

   $ 474,891.12       $ 39,574.26      $ 2.07   

37 – 48

   $ 488,656.08       $ 40,721.34      $ 2.13   

 

* In addition, Tenant shall pay for electricity separately as provided in Section 11(a) below.
** Plus any partial month at the beginning of the Term.

 

D.  

Base Year:

   2014
E.  

Tenant’s Proportionate Share:

   16.18%
F.  

Cash Security Deposit:

   A cash security deposit of $197,871.30 shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease. Such Cash Security Deposit shall be subject to reduction as provided in Section 4(a) below.
G.  

Letter of Credit:

   A Letter of Credit in the amount of $150,000.00 shall be delivered by Tenant to Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease as further provided in Section 4(b) below. Such Letter of Credit shall be


     subject to reduction as provided in Section 4(b) below.
H.   Permitted Use:    General office use consistent with the character of the Project as a first-class office project.
I.   Brokers:    Jones Lang LaSalle (for Landlord and for Tenant).
J.   Parking Passes:    Tenant shall be entitled to use four (4) unreserved parking passes for each 1,000 rentable square feet contained in the Premises, which equals seventy-six (76) passes, upon the terms and conditions provided in Article 23 hereof. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease or the Rules and Regulations, there will be no rent or other fee payable from Tenant to Landlord for such parking passes.
K.   Initial Installment of Basic Rental:    The first full month’s Basic Rental of $37,280.10 shall be due and payable by Tenant to Landlord upon Tenant’s execution of this Lease.

ARTICLE 2

TERM/PREMISES

The Term of this Lease shall commence on the Commencement Date as set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall end on the Expiration Date set forth in Article 1.A. of the Basic Lease Provisions. For purposes of this Lease, the term “ Lease Year ” shall mean each consecutive twelve (12) month period during the Term, with the first (1st) Lease Year commencing on the Commencement Date; however, (a) if the Commencement Date falls on a day other than the first (1 st ) day of a calendar month, the first (1 st ) Lease Year shall end on the last day of the eleventh (11 th ) month after the Commencement Date and the second (2 nd ) and each succeeding Lease Year shall commence on the first (1 st ) day of the next calendar month, and (b) the last Lease Year shall end on the Expiration Date. If Landlord does not deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the anticipated Commencement Date (as set forth in Article 1.A, above), Landlord shall not be subject to any liability for its failure to do so, and such failure shall not affect the validity of this Lease nor the obligations of Tenant hereunder. Landlord and Tenant hereby stipulate that the Premises contains the number of square feet specified in Article 1.B. of the Basic Lease Provisions. After the Commencement Date, Landlord may deliver to Tenant a Commencement Letter in a form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit “C”, which Tenant shall execute and return to Landlord within five (5) days of receipt thereof. Failure of Tenant to timely execute and deliver the Commencement Letter shall constitute acknowledgment by Tenant that the statements included in such notice are true and correct, without exception.

ARTICLE 3

RENTAL

(a) Basic Rental . Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord during the Term hereof, at Landlord’s office or to such other person or at such other place as directed from time to time by written notice to Tenant from Landlord, the monthly and annual sums as set forth in Article 1.C. of the Basic Lease Provisions, payable in advance on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month, without demand, setoff or deduction, and in the event this Lease commences or the date of expiration of this Lease occurs other than on the first (1 st ) day or last day of a calendar month, the rent for such month shall be prorated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the first full month’s Basic Rental shall be paid to Landlord in accordance with Article 1.K. of the Basic Lease Provisions and, if the Commencement Date is not the first day of a month, Basic Rental for the partial month commencing as of the Commencement Date shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in such month and shall be due and payable upon the Commencement Date.

(b) Increase in Direct Costs . The term “ Base Year ” means the calendar year set forth in Article 1.D. of the Basic Lease Provisions. If, in any calendar year during the Term of this Lease commencing with the calendar year 2015, the “Direct Costs” (as hereinafter defined) paid or incurred by Landlord shall be higher than the Direct Costs for the Base Year, Tenant shall pay

 

-2-


an additional sum for each such subsequent calendar year equal to the product of the amount set forth in Article 1.E. of the Basic Lease Provisions multiplied by such increased amount of “Direct Costs.” In the event either the Premises and/or the Project is expanded or reduced, then Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be appropriately adjusted, and as to the calendar year in which such change occurs, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for such calendar year shall be determined on the basis of the number of days during that particular calendar year that such Tenant’s Proportionate Share was in effect. In the event this Lease shall terminate on any date other than the last day of a calendar year, the additional sum payable hereunder by Tenant during the calendar year in which this Lease terminates shall be prorated on the basis of the relationship which the number of days which have elapsed from the commencement of said calendar year to and including said date on which this Lease terminates bears to three hundred sixty five (365). Any and all amounts due and payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease (other than Basic Rental) shall be deemed “ Additional Rent ” and Landlord shall be entitled to exercise the same rights and remedies upon default in these payments as Landlord is entitled to exercise with respect to defaults in monthly Basic Rental payments. Any and all amounts due and payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be in the form of (i) business checks, (ii) wire transfers, (iii) electronic funds transfers, and (iv) automated clearing house payments. Any other forms of payment are not acceptable to Landlord including, without limitation (1) cash or currency, (2) cashier’s checks and money orders, (3) traveler’s checks, (4) payments from credit unions or other non-bank financial institutions, (5) multiple payments for one (1) scheduled payment, and (6) third party checks.

(c) Definitions . As used herein the term “ Direct Costs ” shall mean the sum of the following:

(i) “ Tax Costs ”, which shall mean any and all real estate taxes and other similar charges on real property or improvements, assessments, water and sewer charges, and all other charges assessed, reassessed or levied upon the Project and appurtenances thereto and the parking or other facilities thereof, or the real property thereunder (collectively the “ Real Property ”) or attributable thereto or on the rents, issues, profits or income received or derived therefrom which are assessed, reassessed or levied by the United States, the State of California or any local government authority or agency or any political subdivision thereof, and shall include Landlord’s reasonable legal fees, costs and disbursements incurred in connection with proceedings for reduction of Tax Costs or any part thereof; provided, however, if at any time after the date of this Lease the methods of taxation now prevailing shall be altered so that in lieu of or as a supplement to or a substitute for the whole or any part of any Tax Costs, there shall be assessed, reassessed or levied (a) a tax, assessment, reassessment, levy, imposition or charge wholly or partially as a net income, capital or franchise levy or otherwise on the rents, issues, profits or income derived therefrom, or (b) a tax, assessment, reassessment, levy (including but not limited to any municipal, state or federal levy), imposition or charge measured by or based in whole or in part upon the Real Property and imposed upon Landlord, then except to the extent such items are payable by Tenant under Article 6 below, such taxes, assessments, reassessments or levies or the part thereof so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included in the term “Direct Costs.” In addition, when calculating Tax Costs for the Base Year, special assessments shall only be deemed included in Tax Costs for the Base Year to the extent that such special assessments are included in Tax Costs for the applicable subsequent calendar year during the Term.

(ii) “ Operating Costs ”, which shall mean all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the maintenance, operation, replacement, ownership and repair of the Project, the equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring, adjacent walks, malls and landscaped and common areas and the parking structure, areas and facilities of the Project. Operating Costs shall include but not be limited to, salaries, wages, medical, surgical and general welfare benefits and pension payments, payroll taxes, fringe benefits, employment taxes, workers’ compensation, uniforms and dry cleaning thereof for all persons who perform duties connected with the operation, maintenance and repair of the Project, its equipment, the intrabuilding cabling and wiring and the adjacent walks and landscaped areas, including janitorial, gardening, security, parking, operating engineer, elevator, painting, plumbing, electrical, carpentry, heating, ventilation, air conditioning and window washing; hired services; a reasonable allowance for depreciation of the cost of acquiring or the rental expense of personal property used in the maintenance, operation and repair of the Project; accountant’s fees incurred in the preparation of rent adjustment statements; legal fees; real estate tax consulting fees; personal property taxes on property used in the maintenance and operation of the Project; fees,

 

-3-


costs, expenses or dues payable pursuant to the terms of any covenants, conditions or restrictions or owners’ association pertaining to the Project; capital expenditures incurred to effect economies of operation of, or stability of services to, the Project and capital expenditures required by government regulations, laws, or ordinances including, but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act; provided, however, that capital expenditures included in Operating Costs shall be amortized (with interest at eight percent (8%) per annum) over its useful life; the cost of all charges for gas and water furnished to the Project (including, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with Landlord’s supplying of “green” or other renewable utilities), and any taxes thereon; the cost of all charges for electricity furnished to the common areas of the Project (including, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with Landlord’s supplying of “green” or other renewable energy, but excluding any electricity furnished to other tenants of the Project), and any taxes thereon; the cost of all charges for fire and extended coverage, liability and all other insurance in connection with the Project carried by Landlord; the cost of all building and cleaning supplies and materials; the cost of all charges for cleaning, maintenance and service contracts and other services with independent contractors and administration fees; a property management fee (which fee may be imputed if Landlord has internalized management or otherwise acts as its own property manager) and license, permit and inspection fees relating to the Project. In the event, during any calendar year (including the Base Year), the Project is less than ninety-five percent (95%) occupied at all times, Operating Costs shall be adjusted to reflect the Operating Costs of the Project as though ninety-five percent (95%) were occupied at all times, and the increase or decrease in the sums owed hereunder shall be based upon such Operating Costs as so adjusted. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article 3, when calculating Operating Costs for the Base Year, unless Operating Costs for the applicable subsequent calendar year include the applicable following items, Operating Costs shall exclude (a) increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited to, labor-related boycotts and strikes, utility rate hikes, utility conservation surcharges, or other surcharges, insurance premiums resulting from terrorism coverage, catastrophic events and/or the management of environmental risks, and (b) amortization of any capital items including, but not limited to, capital improvements, capital repairs and capital replacements (including such amortized costs where the actual improvement, repair or replacement was made in prior years).

Notwithstanding anything above to the contrary, Operating Costs shall not include (1) the cost of providing electricity to any other tenants of the Project or the cost of providing any other service directly to and paid directly by any tenant (outside of such tenant’s Direct Cost payments) such as where a tenant directly contracts for utilities with the local utility company, provided that in each such case, Landlord shall have the right to “gross up” such item (other than electricity) as if such space was vacant; (2) the cost of any items for which Landlord is reimbursed by insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, a tenant of the Project (outside of such tenant’s Direct Cost payments), or otherwise to the extent so reimbursed; (3) any real estate brokerage commissions or other costs incurred in procuring tenants, or any fee in lieu of commission; (4) amortization of principal and interest on mortgages or ground lease payments (if any); (5) costs of items considered capital repairs, replacements, improvements and equipment under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied except as expressly included in Operating Costs pursuant to the definition above; (6) costs incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Project or any law, code, regulation, ordinance or the like; (7) any compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions operated by Landlord (other than in the parking facility for the Project); (8) costs incurred in connection with upgrading the Project to comply with disability, life, seismic, fire and safety codes, ordinances, statutes, or other laws in effect prior to the Commencement Date, including, without limitation, the then applicable requirements of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ ADA ”), including penalties or damages incurred due to such non-compliance; (9) bad debt expenses and interest, principal, points and fees on debts (except in connection with the financing of items which may be included in Operating Costs); (10) marketing costs, including those costs described in (3) above, attorneys’ fees in connection with the negotiation and preparation of letters, deal memos, letters of intent, leases, subleases and/or assignments, space planning costs, and other costs and expenses incurred in connection with lease, sublease and/or assignment negotiations and transactions with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project, including attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenditures incurred in connection with disputes with present or prospective tenants or other occupants of the Project; (11) costs, including permit, license and inspection costs, incurred with respect to the installation of other tenants’ or occupants’ improvements made for tenants or other occupants in the Project or incurred in renovating or otherwise improving, decorating,

 

-4-


painting or redecorating vacant space for tenants or other occupants in the Project; (12) any costs expressly excluded from Operating Costs elsewhere in this Lease; (13) costs of any items (including, but not limited to, costs incurred by Landlord for the repair of damage to the Project) to the extent Landlord receives reimbursement from insurance proceeds or from a third party (except that any deductible amount under any insurance policy shall be included within Operating Costs); (14) rentals and other related expenses for leasing an HVAC system, elevators, or other items (except when needed in connection with normal repairs and maintenance of the Project) which if purchased, rather than rented, would constitute a capital improvement not included in Operating Costs pursuant to this Lease; (15) depreciation, amortization and interest payments, except as specifically included in Operating Costs pursuant to the terms of this Lease and except on materials, tools, supplies and vendor-type equipment purchased by Landlord to enable Landlord to supply services Landlord might otherwise contract for with a third party, where such depreciation, amortization and interest payments would otherwise have been included in the charge for such third party’s services, all as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, and when depreciation or amortization is permitted or required, the item shall be amortized over its reasonably anticipated useful life; (16) expenses in connection with services or other benefits which are not offered to Tenant or for which Tenant is charged for directly but which are provided to another tenant or occupant of the Project, without charge; (17) costs incurred in connection with the operation of retail stores selling merchandise and restaurants in the Project to the extent such costs are in excess of the costs Landlord reasonably estimates would have been incurred had such space been used for general office use; (18) costs (including in connection therewith all attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement, judgments and/or payments in lieu thereof) arising from claims, disputes or potential disputes in connection with potential or actual claims litigation or arbitrations pertaining to Landlord and/or the Project, other than such claims or disputes respecting any services or equipment used in the operation of the Project by Landlord; (19) costs associated with the operation of the business of the partnership which constitutes Landlord as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation of the Project; (20) costs incurred in connection with the original construction of the Project; (21) costs of correcting defects in or inadequacy of the initial design or construction of the Project; and (22) costs incurred to (i) comply with laws relating to the removal of any “Hazardous Material,” as that term is defined in Article 28 of this Lease, which was in existence on the Project prior to the Commencement Date, and was of such a nature that a federal, state or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Material, in the state, and under the conditions that it then existed on the Project, would have then required the removal of such Hazardous Material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto, and (ii) remove, remedy, contain, or treat any Hazardous Material, which Hazardous Material is brought onto the Project after the date hereof by Landlord or any other tenant of the Project and is of such a nature, at that time, that a federal, state or municipal governmental authority, if it had then had knowledge of the presence of such Hazardous Material, in the state, and under the conditions, that it then exists on the Project, would have then required the removal of such Hazardous Material or other remedial or containment action with respect thereto.

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the aggregate Controllable Operating Costs, as that term is defined below, shall not increase more than six percent (6%) in any calendar year over the maximum amount of Controllable Operating Costs chargeable for the immediately preceding calendar year, with no limit on the Controllable Operating Costs during the Base Year (i.e., the actual Controllable Operating Costs for the Base Year shall be the maximum amount for the Base Year for purposes of this provision). “ Controllable Operating Costs ” shall mean wages, salaries and other compensation and benefits paid to Landlord’s non-union employees engaged in the operation, management, maintenance or security of the Project, any management fee paid to any affiliate of Landlord and any rental paid for any management office of the Project.

(d) Determination of Payment .

(i) If for any calendar year ending or commencing within the Term, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for such calendar year exceeds Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for the Base Year, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in the manner set forth in Sections 3(d)(ii) and (iii), below, and as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the excess (the “ Excess ”).

 

-5-


(ii) Landlord shall give Tenant a yearly expense estimate statement (the “ Estimate Statement ”) which shall set forth Landlord’s reasonable estimate (the “ Estimate ”) of what the total amount of Direct Costs for the then-current calendar year shall be and the estimated Excess (the “ Estimated Excess ”) as calculated by comparing Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for such calendar year, which shall be based upon the Estimate, to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of Direct Costs for the Base Year. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Estimate Statement for any calendar year shall not preclude Landlord from subsequently enforcing its rights to collect any Estimated Excess under this Article 3, once such Estimated Excess has been determined by Landlord. If pursuant to the Estimate Statement an Estimated Excess is calculated for the then-current calendar year, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of Monthly Basic Rental due, a fraction of the Estimated Excess for the then-current calendar year (reduced by any amounts paid pursuant to the last sentence of this Section 3(d)(ii)). Such fraction shall have as its numerator the number of months which have elapsed in such current calendar year to the month of such payment, both months inclusive, and shall have twelve (12) as its denominator. Until a new Estimate Statement is furnished, Tenant shall pay monthly, with the Monthly Basic Rental installments, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of the total Estimated Excess set forth in the previous Estimate Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant.

(iii) In addition, Landlord shall endeavor to give to Tenant as soon as reasonably practicable following the end of each calendar year, a statement (the “ Statement ”) which shall state the Direct Costs incurred or accrued for such preceding calendar year, and which shall indicate the amount, if any, of the Excess. Upon receipt of the Statement for each calendar year during the Term, if amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are less than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement, Tenant shall pay, with its next installment of monthly Basic Rental due, the full amount of the Excess for such calendar year, less the amounts, if any, paid during such calendar year as Estimated Excess. If, however, the Statement indicates that amounts paid by Tenant as Estimated Excess are greater than the actual Excess as specified on the Statement, such overpayment shall be credited against Tenant’s next installments of Estimated Excess. The failure of Landlord to timely furnish the Statement for any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord from enforcing its rights under this Article 3, once such Statement has been delivered. Even though the Term has expired and Tenant has vacated the Premises, when the final determination is made of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the Direct Costs for the calendar year in which this Lease terminates, if an Excess is present, Tenant shall immediately pay to Landlord an amount as calculated pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3(d). The provisions of this Section 3(d)(iii) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

(iv) If the Project is a part of a multi-building development, those Direct Costs attributable to such development as a whole (and not attributable solely to any individual building therein) shall be allocated by Landlord to the Project and to the other buildings within such development on an equitable basis.

(e) Audit Right . Within one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a Statement by Tenant (“ Review Period ”), if Tenant disputes the amount set forth in the Statement, Tenant’s employees or an independent certified public accountant (which accountant is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm and is not retained on a contingency fee basis), designated by Tenant, may, after reasonable notice to Landlord (“ Review Notice ”) and at reasonable times, inspect Landlord’s records at Landlord’s offices, provided that Tenant is not then in default after expiration of all applicable cure periods and provided further that Tenant and such accountant or representative shall, and each of them shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause their respective agents and employees to, maintain all information contained in Landlord’s records in strict confidence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall only have the right to review Landlord’s records one (1) time during any twelve (12) month period. If after such inspection, but within thirty (30) days after the Review Period, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing (“ Dispute Notice ”) that Tenant still disputes such amounts, a certification as to the proper amount shall be made in accordance with Landlord’s standard accounting practices, at Tenant’s expense, by an independent certified public accountant selected by Landlord and who is a member of a nationally or regionally recognized accounting firm. Tenant’s failure to deliver the Review Notice within the Review Period or to deliver the Dispute Notice within thirty (30) days after the Review Period shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s approval of such Statement and Tenant, thereafter, waives the right or ability to dispute the amounts set forth in such Statement. If Tenant timely delivers the Review Notice and the Dispute Notice, Landlord shall cooperate in good faith with Tenant and the accountant to show Tenant and the accountant the

 

-6-


information upon which the certification is to be based. However, if such certification by the accountant proves that the Direct Costs set forth in the Statement were overstated by more than ten percent (10%), then the cost of the accountant and the cost of such certification shall be paid for by Landlord. Promptly following the parties receipt of such certification, the parties shall make such appropriate payments or reimbursements, as the case may be, to each other, as are determined to be owing pursuant to such certification. Tenant agrees that this section shall be the sole method to be used by Tenant to dispute the amount of any Direct Costs payable by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, and Tenant hereby waives any other rights at law or in equity relating thereto.

ARTICLE 4

CASH SECURITY DEPOSIT/LETTER OF CREDIT

(a) Cash Security Deposit . Tenant has deposited or concurrently herewith is depositing with Landlord the sum set forth in Article 1.F. of the Basic Lease Provisions as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant breaches any provision of this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of rent, Landlord may use all or any part of this cash security deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sums in default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion of said deposit is so used or applied, Tenant shall, within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit funds with Landlord in a form acceptable under Section 3(b) above and in an amount sufficient to restore the cash security deposit to its full amount. Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be required to keep the cash security deposit in trust, segregate it or keep it separate from Landlord’s general funds, but Landlord may commingle the cash security deposit with its general funds and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on such deposit. At the expiration of the Term, and provided there exists no default by Tenant hereunder, the cash security deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant (or, at Landlord’s option, to Tenant’s “Transferee”, as such term is defined in Article 15 below), provided that subsequent to the expiration of this Lease, Landlord may retain from said cash security deposit (i) an amount reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover potential Direct Cost reconciliation payments due with respect to the calendar year in which this Lease terminates or expires (such amount so retained shall not, in any event, exceed ten percent (10%) of estimated Direct Cost payments due from Tenant for such calendar year through the date of expiration or earlier termination of this Lease and any amounts so retained and not applied to such reconciliation shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s delivery of the Statement for such calendar year), (ii) any and all amounts reasonably estimated by Landlord to cover the anticipated costs to be incurred by Landlord to remove any signage provided to Tenant under this Lease, to remove cabling and other items required to be removed by Tenant under Section 29(b) below and to repair any damage caused by such removal (in which case any excess amount so retained by Landlord shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such removal and repair), and (iii) any and all amounts permitted by law or this Section 4(a). Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code and all other provisions of law, now or hereafter in effect, which provide that Landlord may claim from a cash security deposit only those sums reasonably necessary to remedy defaults in the payment of rent, to repair damage caused by Tenant or to clean the Premises, it being agreed that Landlord may, in addition, claim those sums specified in this Section 4(a) above, and all of Landlord’s damages under this Lease and California law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon termination of this Lease under Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code and/or those sums reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage, foreseeable or unforeseeable, caused by the acts or omissions of Tenant or any officer, employee, agent, contractor or invitee of Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 4(a), in the event that Tenant, at the expiration of the twenty-fourth (24 th ), twenty-eighth (28 th ), thirty-second (32 nd ) and/or thirty-sixth (36 th ) full calendar months of the initial Lease Term, is not in default of any of its obligations under this Lease (or if Tenant is then in default, upon Tenant’s cure of such default), Landlord shall reduce the amount of the cash security deposit by the amount of the monthly Basic Rental due and payable to Landlord for the next full calendar month(s) of the initial Lease Term, respectively, and Landlord shall apply such amounts against Tenant’s monthly Basic Rental obligation for such next full calendar month(s).

(b) Letter of Credit .

(i) Stated Amount . Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an unconditional, irrevocable and

 

-7-


renewable letter of credit (“ Letter of Credit ”) in favor of Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, issued by a financial institution satisfactory to Landlord, in the principal amount (“ Stated Amount ”) specified below, to be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease. Tenant shall pay all expenses, points and/or fees incurred by Tenant in obtaining the Letter of Credit. If the Letter of Credit delivered by Tenant is inconsistent with the form attached hereto as Exhibit E (including, without limitation, the wrong name or address for the Beneficiary), Landlord may so notify Tenant in writing, in which case Tenant shall cause the Letter of Credit to be corrected within five (5) business days after such notice. Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon the Letter of Credit if the credit rating or financial condition of the issuer of the Letter of Credit is no longer reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Following any such draw by Landlord on the Letter of Credit solely because of the deterioration of the creditworthiness of the issuer of the Letter of Credit, Landlord will disburse such Letter of Credit proceeds to Tenant provided (A) Tenant delivers to Landlord a replacement Letter of Credit from a financial institution satisfactory to Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “E” within sixty (60) days after Landlord’s draw thereon, (B) there exists no event of default with respect to any provision of this Lease, and (C) Tenant pays all of Landlord’s fees and expenses incurred in connection with such disbursement; provided, however, if any of the three (3) foregoing conditions are not satisfied, the proceeds received from such draw shall constitute Landlord’s property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of the bankruptcy estate of Tenant) and Landlord may then use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds for the purposes set forth in clauses (1) through (5) of the next paragraph. The Stated Amount shall initially be One Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($150,000.00); provided, however, that, except as hereinafter provided, upon the last day of the thirty-sixth (36 th ) month of the initial Term (the “ Letter of Credit Return Date ”), Landlord shall return the Letter of Credit to Tenant and this Section 4(b) shall be of no further force and effect. However, if (i) a default by Tenant occurs under this Lease, or (ii) circumstances exist that would, with notice or lapse of time, or both, constitute a default by Tenant, and in the case of (i) or (ii) Tenant has failed to cure such default within the time period permitted by Article 19 or such lesser time as may remain before the Letter of Credit Return Date as provided above, the Letter of Credit shall not be returned to Tenant and this Section 4(b) shall continue to be in force and effect, unless and until such default shall have been fully cured pursuant to the terms of this Lease, at which time Landlord shall return to Tenant the Letter of Credit and this Section 4(b) shall be of no further force and effect as hereinabove described.

(ii) Demands on Letter of Credit . The Letter of Credit shall state that an authorized officer or other representative of Landlord may make demand on Landlord’s behalf for the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, or any portion thereof, and that the issuing bank must immediately honor such demand, without qualification or satisfaction of any conditions, except the proper identification of the party making such demand. In addition, the Letter of Credit shall indicate that it is transferable in its entirety by Landlord as beneficiary and that upon receiving written notice of transfer, and upon presentation to the issuing bank of the original Letter of Credit, the issuer or confirming bank will reissue the Letter of Credit naming such transferee as the beneficiary. Tenant shall be responsible for the payment to the issuing bank of any transfer costs imposed by the issuing bank in connection with any such transfer. If (A) the term of the Letter of Credit held by Landlord will expire prior to the last day of the Lease Term and the Letter of Credit is not extended, or a new Letter of Credit for an extended period of time is not substituted, in either case at least sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the Letter of Credit, or (B) Tenant commits a default with respect to any provision of this Lease, which is not cured within any applicable cure period, including the filing of a voluntary petition under Title 11 of the United States Code (i.e., the Bankruptcy Code), or otherwise becomes a debtor in any case or proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code, as now existing or hereinafter amended, or any similar law or statute, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) draw upon all or any portion of the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, and the proceeds received from such draw shall constitute Landlord’s property (and not Tenant’s property or the property of the bankruptcy estate of Tenant) and Landlord may then use, apply or retain all or any part of the proceeds (1) for the payment of any sum which is in default, (2) to reimburse Landlord for costs incurred by Landlord in connection with this Lease (including, without limitation, any costs incurred by Landlord to improve the Premises, and any brokerage commissions and attorneys’ fees), (3) for the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, (4) to compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default or (5) as prepaid rent to be applied against Tenant’s Basic Rental obligations for the last month of the Term and the immediately preceding month(s)

 

-8-


of the Term until the remaining proceeds are exhausted. If any portion of the Letter of Credit proceeds are so used or applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after demand therefor, post an additional Letter of Credit in an amount to cause the aggregate amount of the unused proceeds and such new Letter of Credit to equal the Stated Amount required in Section 4(b)(i) above. Landlord shall not be required to keep any proceeds from the Letter of Credit separate from its general funds. Should Landlord sell its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term and if Landlord deposits with the purchaser thereof the Letter of Credit or any proceeds of the Letter of Credit, thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with respect to the Letter of Credit and said proceeds and Tenant shall look solely to such transferee for the return of the Letter of Credit or any proceeds therefrom.

(iii) Reservation of Rights . The use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit, the proceeds or any portion thereof, shall not prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies provided under this Lease, it being intended that Landlord shall not be required to proceed against the Letter of Credit, and such use, application or retention of the Letter of Credit shall not operate as a limitation on any recovery to which Landlord may otherwise be entitled. No trust relationship is created herein between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the Letter of Credit.

(iv) Waiver of Security Deposit Laws . Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that in no event or circumstance shall the Letter of Credit, any renewal thereof or substitute therefor or the proceeds thereof be (i) deemed to be or treated as a “security deposit” within the meaning of California Civil Code Section 1950.7, (ii) subject to the terms of such Section 1950.7, or (iii) intended to serve as a “security deposit” within the meaning of such Section 1950.7. The parties hereto (A) recite that the Letter of Credit is not intended to serve as a security deposit and such Section 1950.7 and any and all other laws, rules and regulations applicable to security deposits in the commercial context (“ Security Deposit Laws ”) shall have no applicability or relevancy thereto and (B) waive any and all rights, duties and obligations either party may now or, in the future, will have relating to or arising from the Security Deposit Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent California Civil Code Section 1950.7 in any way: (a) is applicable to this Lease or the Letter of Credit (or any proceeds thereof); or (b) controls Landlord’s rights to draw on the Letter of Credit or apply the proceeds of the Letter of Credit to any amounts due under the Lease or any damages Landlord may suffer following termination of this Lease, then Tenant fully and irrevocably waives the benefits and protections of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, it being agreed that Landlord may recover from the Letter of Credit (or its proceeds) all of Landlord’s damages under this Lease and California law including, but not limited to, any damages accruing upon the termination of this Lease in accordance with this Lease and Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code.

ARTICLE 5

HOLDING OVER

Should Tenant (or any subtenant, assignee or other party occupying the Premises by, through, under, or with the permission of Tenant), without Landlord’s written consent, hold over after termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, become either a tenant at sufferance or a month-to-month tenant upon each and all of the terms herein provided as may be applicable to such a tenancy and any such holding over shall not constitute an extension of this Lease. During such holding over, Tenant shall pay in advance, monthly, Basic Rental at a rate equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the rate in effect for the last month of the Term of this Lease, in addition to, and not in lieu of, all other payments required to be made by Tenant hereunder including but not limited to Tenant’s Proportionate Share of any increase in Direct Costs. Nothing contained in this Article 5 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over of the Premises by Tenant, and Landlord expressly reserves the right to require Tenant to surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Lease upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all costs, loss, expense or liability, including without limitation, claims made by any succeeding tenant and real estate brokers claims and attorney’s fees and costs.

 

-9-


ARTICLE 6

OTHER TAXES

Tenant shall pay, prior to delinquency, all taxes assessed against or levied upon trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and all other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises. In the event any or all of Tenant’s trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment and other personal property shall be assessed and taxed with property of Landlord, or if the cost or value of any leasehold improvements in the Premises exceeds the cost or value of a Project-standard buildout as determined by Landlord and, as a result, real property taxes for the Project are increased, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within ten (10) days after delivery to Tenant by Landlord of a written statement setting forth such amount, the amount of such taxes applicable to Tenant’s property or above-standard improvements. Tenant shall assume and pay to Landlord at the time Basic Rental next becomes due (or if assessed after the expiration of the Term, then within ten (10) days), any excise, sales, use, rent, occupancy, garage, parking, gross receipts or other taxes (other than net income taxes) which may be assessed against or levied upon Landlord on account of the letting of the Premises or the payment of Basic Rental or any other sums due or payable hereunder, and which Landlord may be required to pay or collect under any law now in effect or hereafter enacted. In addition to Tenant’s obligation pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant shall pay directly to the party or entity entitled thereto all business license fees, gross receipts taxes and similar taxes and impositions which may from time to time be assessed against or levied upon Tenant, as and when the same become due and before delinquency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any sums payable by Tenant under this Article 6 shall not be included in the computation of “Tax Costs.”

ARTICLE 7

USE

Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises only for the use set forth in Article 1.H. of the Basic Lease Provisions and shall not use or occupy the Premises or permit the same to be used or occupied for any other purpose without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, and Tenant agrees that it will use the Premises in such a manner so as not to interfere with or infringe upon the rights of other tenants or occupants in the Project. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances, governmental regulations or requirements now in force or which may hereafter be in force relating to or affecting (i) the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises or the Project (excluding structural changes to the Project not related to Tenant’s particular use of the Premises), and (ii) improvements installed or constructed in the Premises by or for the benefit of Tenant. Tenant shall not permit more than six (6) people per one thousand (1,000) rentable square feet of the Premises to occupy the Premises at any time. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which would invalidate or increase the cost of any insurance policy covering the Project and/or the property located therein and Tenant shall comply with all rules, orders, regulations and requirements of any organization which sets out standards, requirements or recommendations commonly referred to by major fire insurance underwriters, and Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charges for any such insurance policy assessed or increased by reason of Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Article 7. Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable sustainability practices and shall not permit any use of the Premises which may affect the continued certification of the Project issued pursuant to the United States Green Building Council’s Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (“ LEED ”)rating system (or other applicable certification standard).

ARTICLE 8

CONDITION OF PREMISES

Tenant hereby agrees that except as provided in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made a part hereof, the Premises shall be taken “as is”, “with all faults”, “without any representations or warranties”, and Tenant hereby agrees and warrants that it has investigated and inspected the condition of the Premises and the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes, and Tenant does hereby waive and disclaim any objection to, cause of action based upon, or claim that its obligations hereunder should be reduced or limited because of the condition of the Premises or the Project or the suitability of same for Tenant’s purposes. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any agent nor any employee of Landlord has made any representations or warranty with respect to the Premises or the Project or with respect to the

 

-10-


suitability of either for the conduct of Tenant’s business and Tenant expressly warrants and represents that Tenant has relied solely on its own investigation and inspection of the Premises and the Project in its decision to enter into this Lease and let the Premises in the above-described condition. Nothing contained herein is intended to, nor shall, obligate Landlord to implement sustainability practices for the Project or to seek certification under, or make modifications in order to obtain, a certification from LEED or any other comparable certification. The Premises shall be initially improved as provided in, and subject to, the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made a part hereof. The existing leasehold improvements in the Premises as of the date of this Lease, together with the Improvements (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter) may be collectively referred to herein as the “ Tenant Improvements. ” The taking of possession of the Premises by Tenant shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Project were at such time in satisfactory condition. Tenant hereby waives subsection 1 of Section 1932 and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the Civil Code of California or any successor provision of law.

ARTICLE 9

REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

(a) Landlord’s Obligations . Landlord shall maintain the structural portions of the Project, including the foundation, floor/ceiling slabs, roof, curtain wall, exterior glass, columns, beams, shafts, stairs, stairwells, elevator cabs and common areas, and shall also maintain and repair the basic mechanical, electrical, life safety, plumbing, sprinkler systems and heating, ventilating and air-conditioning systems (provided, however, that Landlord’s obligation with respect to any such systems shall be to repair and maintain those portions of the systems located in the core of the Project or in other areas outside of the Premises, but Tenant shall be responsible to repair and maintain any distribution of such systems throughout the Premises).

(b) Tenant’s Obligations . Except as expressly provided as Landlord’s obligation in this Article 9, Tenant shall keep the Premises in good condition and repair and in compliance with Landlord’s sustainability practices including, without limitation, compliance with any LEED rating system (or other certification standard) applicable to the Project. All damage or injury to the Premises or the Project resulting from the act or negligence of Tenant, its employees, agents or visitors, guests, invitees or licensees or by the use of the Premises, shall be promptly repaired by Tenant at its sole cost and expense, to the satisfaction of Landlord; provided, however, that for damage to the Project as a result of casualty or for any repairs that may impact the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, heating, ventilation or air-conditioning systems of the Project, Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to select the contractor and oversee all such repairs. Landlord may make any repairs which are not promptly made by Tenant after Tenant’s receipt of written notice and the reasonable opportunity of Tenant to make said repair within five (5) business days from receipt of said written notice, and charge Tenant for the cost thereof, which cost shall be paid by Tenant within five (5) days from invoice from Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for the design and function of all non-standard improvements of the Premises, whether or not installed by Landlord at Tenant’s request. Tenant waives all rights to make repairs at the expense of Landlord, or to deduct the cost thereof from the rent.

(c) Alterations . Tenant shall make no alterations, installations, changes or additions in or to the Premises or the Project (collectively, “ Alterations ”) without Landlord’s prior written consent. Without limitation as to other grounds for Landlord withholding its consent to any proposed Alteration, Landlord may withhold its consent to a proposed Alteration if Landlord determines that such Alteration is not compatible with any existing or planned future certification of the Project under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard). Any Alterations approved by Landlord must be performed in accordance with the terms hereof, using only contractors or mechanics approved by Landlord in writing and upon the approval by Landlord in writing of fully detailed and dimensioned plans and specifications pertaining to the Alterations in question, to be prepared and submitted by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. Tenant shall at its sole cost and expense obtain all necessary approvals and permits pertaining to any Alterations approved by Landlord. Tenant shall cause all Alterations to be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in conformance with all applicable federal, state, county and municipal laws, rules and regulations, pursuant to a valid building permit, and in conformance with Landlord’s construction rules and regulations. If Landlord, in approving any Alterations, specifies a commencement date therefor, Tenant shall not commence any work with respect to such Alterations prior to such date. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord free and harmless from all liens and claims of lien, and all other liability, claims

 

-11-


and demands arising out of any work done or material supplied to the Premises by or at the request of Tenant in connection with any Alterations. Tenant shall be entitled to install, as an initial Tenant Improvement or as an Alteration, dedicated heating, ventilation and air conditioning units (“ Supplemental Units ”) within the Premises at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. The plans and specifications for any Supplemental Units shall, as indicated in this Article 9 above and the Tenant Work Letter (as applicable), be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. If Tenant elects to install Supplemental Units within the Premises, Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of electricity supplied to such units pursuant to the procedure described in Section 11(a) below. Tenant shall be solely responsible for maintenance and repair of the Supplemental Units and such units shall be considered to be a fixture within the Premises and shall remain upon the Premises upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

(d) Insurance; Liens . Prior to the commencement of any Alterations, Tenant shall provide Landlord with evidence that Tenant carries “Builder’s All Risk” insurance in an amount approved by Landlord covering the construction of such Alterations, and such other insurance as Landlord may reasonably require, it being understood that all such Alterations shall be insured by Tenant pursuant to Article 14 of this Lease immediately upon completion thereof. In addition, Landlord may, in its discretion, require Tenant to obtain a bond or some alternate form of security satisfactory to Landlord in an amount sufficient to ensure the lien free completion of such Alterations.

(e) Costs and Fees; Removal . If permitted Alterations are made, they shall be made at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be and become the property of Landlord, except that Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant given at the time of Landlord’s consent to any Improvements or Alterations, require Tenant at Tenant’s expense to remove such Improvements or other Alterations from the Premises upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and to repair any damage to the Premises and the Project caused by such removal. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall not, however, be required to remove any of the existing (as of the date of this Lease) Tenant Improvements in the Premises or any Tenant Improvement shown on the Final Space Plan (as such term is defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and incorporated herein by this reference). Any and all costs attributable to or related to the applicable building codes of the city in which the Project is located (or any other authority having jurisdiction over the Project) arising from Tenant’s plans, specifications, improvements, Alterations or otherwise shall be paid by Tenant at its sole cost and expense. With regard to repairs, Alterations or any other work arising from or related to this Article 9, Landlord shall be entitled to receive an administrative/coordination fee (which fee shall vary depending upon whether or not Tenant orders the work directly from Landlord) sufficient to compensate Landlord for all overhead, general conditions, fees and other costs and expenses arising from Landlord’s involvement with such work. The construction of initial improvements to the Premises shall be governed by the terms of the Tenant Work Letter and not the terms of this Article 9, except as expressly provided in the first sentence of this Section 9(e).

ARTICLE 10

LIENS

Tenant shall keep the Premises and the Project free from any mechanics’ liens, vendors liens or any other liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant, and Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any such lien or claim or action thereon, together with costs of suit and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord in connection with any such claim or action. Before commencing any work of alteration, addition or improvement to the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord at least ten (10) business days’ written notice of the proposed commencement of such work (to afford Landlord an opportunity to post appropriate notices of non-responsibility). In the event that there shall be recorded against the Premises or the Project or the property of which the Premises is a part any claim or lien arising out of any such work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by Tenant and such claim or lien shall not be removed or discharged within ten (10) days of filing, Landlord shall have the right but not the obligation to pay and discharge said lien without regard to whether such lien shall be lawful or correct (in which case Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any such payment made by Landlord within ten (10) days following written demand), or to require that Tenant promptly deposit with Landlord in cash, lawful money of the United States, one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the amount of such claim, which sum may be retained by Landlord until such claim shall have been removed of record or until judgment shall have been rendered on such claim and such judgment

 

-12-


shall have become final, at which time Landlord shall have the right to apply such deposit in discharge of the judgment on said claim and any costs, including attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord, and shall remit the balance thereof to Tenant.

ARTICLE 11

PROJECT SERVICES

(a) Basic Services . Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises, at a cost to be included in Operating Costs, from 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. Mondays through Fridays and 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on Saturdays, excepting local and national holidays, air conditioning and heat all in such reasonable quantities as in the judgment of Landlord is reasonably necessary for the comfortable occupancy of the Premises. In addition, Landlord shall provide electric current for normal lighting and normal office machines, elevator service and water on the same floor as the Premises for lavatory and drinking purposes in such reasonable quantities as in the judgment of Landlord is reasonably necessary for general office use and in compliance with applicable codes. To the extent reasonably determined by Landlord to be practicable, all such electricity (including, without limitation, electricity in order to power the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system serving the Premises), shall be separately metered or submetered at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall make payment directly to the entity providing such electricity to the Premises if such separate meters are installed. If, however, separate meters are not installed and the Premises are submetered or are jointly metered, then Landlord shall determine and Tenant shall pay the amount reasonably determined by Landlord to be Tenant’s equitable share of the monthly charge for such electricity, as Additional Rent. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord’s efforts to cause the utilities for the Project to comply with Landlord’s sustainability practices and any LEED rating (or other applicable certification standard) applicable to the Project. Such efforts may include, without limitation, the use of energy efficient bulbs in task lighting, energy efficient lighting controls and measures to avoid over-lighting interior spaces. Janitorial and maintenance services shall be furnished five (5) days per week, excepting local and national holidays. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may establish for the proper functioning and protection of the common area air conditioning, heating, elevator, electrical, intrabuilding cabling and wiring and plumbing systems. Landlord shall not be liable for, and there shall be no rent abatement as a result of, any stoppage, reduction or interruption of any such services caused by governmental rules, regulations or ordinances, riot, strike, labor disputes, breakdowns, accidents, necessary repairs or other cause. Except as specifically provided in this Article 11, Tenant agrees to pay for all utilities and other services utilized by Tenant and any additional building services furnished to Tenant which are not uniformly furnished to all tenants of the Project, at the rate generally charged by Landlord to tenants of the Project for such utilities or services.

(b) Excess Usage . Tenant will not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises which will in any way increase the amount of electricity or water usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as general office space; nor connect any apparatus, machine or device with water pipes or electric current (except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises), for the purpose of using electric current or water. Tenant shall promptly respond to all reasonable informational requests made by Landlord from time to time regarding Landlord’s reporting requirements under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard) including, without limitation, informational requests regarding Tenant’s utility usage.

(c) Additional Electrical Service . If Tenant shall require electric current in excess of that which Landlord is obligated to furnish under Section 11(a) above, Tenant shall first obtain the written consent of Landlord, which Landlord may refuse in its sole and absolute discretion.

(d) HVAC Balance . If any lights, machines or equipment (including but not limited to computers and computer systems and appurtenances) are used by Tenant in the Premises which materially affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system, or generate substantially more heat in the Premises than would be generated by the building standard lights and usual office equipment, Landlord shall have the right to install any machinery and equipment which Landlord reasonably deems necessary to restore temperature balance, including but not limited to modifications to the standard air conditioning equipment, and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and any additional cost of operation and maintenance occasioned thereby, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand by Landlord.

 

-13-


(e) Telecommunications . Upon request from Tenant from time to time, Landlord will provide Tenant with a listing of telecommunications and media service providers serving the Project, and Tenant shall have the right to contract directly with the providers of its choice. If Tenant wishes to contract with or obtain service from any provider which does not currently serve the Project or wishes to obtain from an existing carrier services which will require the installation of additional equipment, such provider must, prior to providing service, enter into a written agreement with Landlord setting forth the terms and conditions of the access to be granted to such provider. In considering the installation of any new or additional telecommunications cabling or equipment at the Project, Landlord will consider all relevant factors in a reasonable and non-discriminatory manner, including, without limitation, the existing availability of services at the Project, the impact of the proposed installations upon the Project and its operations and the available space and capacity for the proposed installations. Landlord may also consider whether the proposed service may result in interference with or interruption of other services at the Project or the business operations of other tenants or occupants of the Project. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to incur any costs or liabilities in connection with the installation or delivery of telecommunication services or facilities at the Project. All such installations shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and shall be performed in accordance with the terms of Article 9. If Landlord approves the proposed installations in accordance with the foregoing, Landlord will deliver its standard form agreement upon request and will use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly enter into an agreement on reasonable and non-discriminatory terms with a qualified, licensed and reputable carrier confirming the terms of installation and operation of telecommunications equipment consistent with the foregoing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord acknowledges that Tenant will have the right to use Cox Cable as its telecommunications provider for the Premises and Landlord will reasonably cooperate with Tenant and Cox Cable to grant to Cox Cable access to the Premises to provide such services.

(f) After-Hours Use . If Tenant requires heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning during times other than the times provided in Section 11(a) above, Tenant shall give Landlord such advance notice as Landlord shall reasonably require and shall pay Landlord’s standard charge for such after-hours use, which charge shall be an amount equal to Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Landlord’s actual cost to provide such after-hours heating, ventilation and/or air conditioning services. Tenant shall have after-hours access to the Project and will be provided with access key cards for such after-hours access in an amount reasonably required by Tenant in accordance with Section 26(f) of the Rules and Regulations.

ARTICLE 12

RIGHTS OF LANDLORD

(a) Right of Entry . Landlord and its agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times for the purpose of cleaning the Premises, examining or inspecting the same, serving or posting and keeping posted thereon notices as provided by law, or which Landlord deems necessary for the protection of Landlord or the Project, showing the same to prospective tenants, lenders or purchasers of the Project, in the case of an emergency, and for making such alterations, repairs, improvements or additions to the Premises or to the Project as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when such an entry by Landlord is necessary or permitted hereunder, Landlord may enter by means of a master key, or may forcibly enter in the case of an emergency, in each event without liability to Tenant and without affecting this Lease.

(b) Maintenance Work . Landlord reserves the right from time to time, but subject to payment by and/or reimbursement from Tenant as otherwise provided herein: (i) to install, use, maintain, repair, replace, relocate and control for service to the Premises and/or other parts of the Project pipes, ducts, conduits, wires, cabling, appurtenant fixtures, equipment spaces and mechanical systems, wherever located in the Premises or the Project, (ii) to alter, close or relocate any facility in the Premises or the common areas or otherwise conduct any of the above activities for the purpose of complying with a general plan for fire/life safety for the Project or otherwise, and (iii) to comply with any federal, state or local law, rule or order. Landlord shall attempt to perform any such work with the least inconvenience to Tenant as is reasonably practicable, but in no event shall Tenant be permitted to withhold or reduce Basic Rental or other charges due hereunder as a result of same, make any claim for constructive eviction or otherwise make any claim against Landlord for interruption or interference with Tenant’s business and/or operations.

 

-14-


(c) Rooftop . If Tenant desires to use the rooftop of the Project for any purpose, including the installation of communication equipment to be used from the Premises, such rights will be granted in Landlord’s sole discretion and Tenant must negotiate the terms of any rooftop access with Landlord or the rooftop management company or lessee holding rights to the rooftop from time to time. Any rooftop access granted to Tenant will be at prevailing rates and will be governed by the terms of a separate written agreement or an amendment to this Lease.

ARTICLE 13

INDEMNITY; EXEMPTION OF LANDLORD FROM LIABILITY

(a) Indemnity . Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, Arden Realty, Inc., their subsidiaries, partners, parental or other affiliates and their respective members, shareholders, officers, directors, employees and contractors (collectively, “ Landlord Parties ”) harmless from any and all claims arising from Tenant’s use of the Premises or the Project or from the conduct of its business or from any activity, work or thing which may be permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Premises or the Project and shall further indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims arising from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease or arising from any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, patrons, customers or members in or about the Project and from any and all costs, attorneys’ fees and costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in the defense of any claim or any action or proceeding brought thereon, including negotiations in connection therewith. Tenant hereby assumes all risk of damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Premises from any cause, and Tenant hereby waives all claims in respect thereof against Landlord and the Landlord Parties, excepting where the damage is caused solely by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties.

(b) Exemption of Landlord from Liability . Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for injury to Tenant’s business, or loss of income therefrom, however occurring (including, without limitation, from any failure or interruption of services or utilities or as a result of Landlord’s negligence), or, except in connection with damage or injury resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or the Landlord Parties, for damage that may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, merchandise or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees, customers, agents, or contractors, or any other person in, on or about the Premises directly or indirectly caused by or resulting from any cause whatsoever, including, but not limited to, fire, steam, electricity, gas, water, or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, light fixtures, or mechanical or electrical systems, or from intrabuilding cabling or wiring, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises or upon other portions of the Project or from other sources or places and regardless of whether the cause of such damage or injury or the means of repairing the same is inaccessible to Tenant. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable to Tenant for any damages arising from any willful or negligent action or inaction of any other tenant of the Project.

(c) Security . Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s election whether or not to provide any type of mechanical surveillance or security personnel whatsoever in the Project is solely within Landlord’s discretion; Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall have no duty or liability in connection with the provision, or lack, of such services, and Tenant hereby agrees to hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless with regard to any such potential claim. Landlord and the Landlord Parties shall not be liable for losses due to theft, vandalism, or like causes. Tenant shall defend, indemnify, and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any such claims made by any employee, licensee, invitee, contractor, agent or other person whose presence in, on or about the Premises or the Project is attendant to the business of Tenant.

ARTICLE 14

INSURANCE

(a) Tenant’s Insurance . Tenant, shall at all times during the Term of this Lease, and at its own cost and expense, procure and continue in force the following insurance coverage: (i) Commercial General Liability Insurance, written on an occurrence basis, with a combined single limit for bodily injury and property damages of not less than Two Million Dollars

 

-15-


($2,000,000) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the annual aggregate, including products liability coverage if applicable, owners and contractors protective coverage, blanket contractual coverage including both oral and written contracts, and personal injury coverage, covering the insuring provisions of this Lease and the performance of Tenant of the indemnity and exemption of Landlord from liability agreements set forth in Article 13 hereof; (ii) a policy of standard fire, extended coverage and special extended coverage insurance (all risks), including a vandalism and malicious mischief endorsement, sprinkler leakage coverage and earthquake sprinkler leakage where sprinklers are provided in an amount equal to the full replacement value new without deduction for depreciation of all (A) Tenant Improvements, Alterations, fixtures and other improvements in the Premises, including but not limited to all mechanical, plumbing, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, telecommunication and other equipment, systems and facilities, and (B) trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property installed by or at the expense of Tenant; (iii) Worker’s Compensation coverage as required by law; and (iv) business interruption, loss of income and extra expense insurance covering any failure or interruption of Tenant’s business equipment (including, without limitation, telecommunications equipment) and covering all other perils, failures or interruptions sufficient to cover a period of interruption of not less than twelve (12) months. Tenant shall carry and maintain during the entire Term (including any option periods, if applicable), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, increased amounts of the insurance required to be carried by Tenant pursuant to this Article 14 and such other reasonable types of insurance coverage and in such reasonable amounts covering the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, as may be reasonably required by Landlord.

(b) Form of Policies . The aforementioned minimum limits of policies and Tenant’s procurement and maintenance thereof shall in no event limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. The Commercial General Liability Insurance policy shall name Landlord, the Landlord Parties, Landlord’s property manager, Landlord’s lender(s) and such other persons or firms as Landlord specifies from time to time, as additional insureds with an appropriate endorsement to the policy(s). All such insurance policies carried by Tenant shall be with companies having a rating of not less than A-VIII in Best’s Insurance Guide. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, from the insurance companies, or cause the insurance companies to furnish, certificates of coverage. The deductible under each such policy shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. No such policy shall be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage or other modification or cancellation except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to Landlord by the insurer. All such policies shall be endorsed to agree that Tenant’s policy is primary and that any insurance carried by Landlord is excess and not contributing with any Tenant insurance requirement hereunder. Tenant shall, at least twenty (20) days prior to the expiration of such policies, furnish Landlord with renewals or binders. Tenant agrees that if Tenant does not take out and maintain such insurance or furnish Landlord with renewals or binders in a timely manner, Landlord may (but shall not be required to) procure said insurance on Tenant’s behalf and charge Tenant the cost thereof, which amount shall be payable by Tenant upon demand with interest (at the rate set forth in Section 20(e) below) from the date such sums are expended. Tenant shall have the right to provide such insurance coverage pursuant to blanket policies obtained by Tenant, provided such blanket policies expressly afford coverage to the Premises and to Tenant as required by this Lease.

(c) Landlord’s Insurance . Landlord may, as a cost to be included in Operating Costs, procure and maintain at all times during the Term of this Lease, a policy or policies of insurance covering loss or damage to the Project in the amount of the full replacement cost without deduction for depreciation thereof, providing protection against all perils included within the classification of fire and extended coverage, vandalism coverage and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, water damage, and special extended coverage on the building. Additionally, Landlord may carry: (i) Bodily Injury and Property Damage Liability Insurance and/or Excess Liability Coverage Insurance; and (ii) Earthquake and/or Flood Damage Insurance; and (iii) Rental Income Insurance; and (iv) any other forms of insurance Landlord may deem appropriate or any lender may require. The costs of all insurance carried by Landlord shall be included in Operating Costs.

(d) Waiver of Subrogation . Landlord and Tenant each agree to require their respective insurers issuing the insurance described in Sections 14(a)(ii), 14(a)(iv) and the first sentence of Section 14(c), to waive any rights of subrogation that such companies may have against the other party. Tenant hereby waives any right that Tenant may have against Landlord

 

-16-


and Landlord hereby waives any right that Landlord may have against Tenant as a result of any loss or damage to the extent such loss or damage is insurable under such policies.

(e) Compliance with Insurance Requirements . Tenant agrees that it will not, at any time, during the Term of this Lease, carry any stock of goods or do anything in or about the Premises that will in any way tend to increase the insurance rates upon the Project. Tenant agrees to pay Landlord forthwith upon demand the amount of any increase in premiums for insurance that may be carried during the Term of this Lease, or the amount of insurance to be carried by Landlord on the Project resulting from the foregoing, or from Tenant doing any act in or about the Premises that does so increase the insurance rates, whether or not Landlord shall have consented to such act on the part of Tenant. If Tenant installs upon the Premises any electrical equipment which causes an overload of electrical lines of the Premises, Tenant shall at its own cost and expense, in accordance with all other Lease provisions (specifically including, but not limited to, the provisions of Article 9, 10 and 11 hereof), make whatever changes are necessary to comply with requirements of the insurance underwriters and any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to constitute Landlord’s consent to such overloading. Tenant shall, at its own expense, comply with all insurance requirements applicable to the Premises including, without limitation, the installation of fire extinguishers or an automatic dry chemical extinguishing system.

ARTICLE 15

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

Tenant shall have no power to, either voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, sell, assign, transfer or hypothecate this Lease, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant’s employees, officers, directors, and agents without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant may transfer its interest pursuant to this Lease only upon the following express conditions, which conditions are agreed by Landlord and Tenant to be reasonable:

(a) That the proposed Transferee (as hereafter defined) shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld but, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it shall be reasonable for Landlord to deny such consent if:

(i) The use to be made of the Premises by the proposed Transferee is (A) not generally consistent with the character and nature of all other tenancies in the Project, or (B) a use which conflicts with any so-called “exclusive” then in favor of another tenant of the Project or any other buildings which are in the same complex as the Project, or (C) a use that is not compatible with the existing certification or a planned future certification of the Project under the LEED rating system (or other applicable certification standard), or (D) a use which would be prohibited by any other portion of this Lease (including but not limited to any Rules and Regulations then in effect);

(ii) The financial responsibility of the proposed Transferee is not reasonably satisfactory to Landlord;

(iii) The proposed Transferee is either a governmental agency or instrumentality thereof; or

(iv) Either the proposed Transferee or any person or entity which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the proposed Transferee (A) occupies space in the Project at the time of the request for consent, or (B) is negotiating with Landlord or has negotiated with Landlord during the six (6) month period immediately preceding the date of the proposed Transfer, to lease space in the Project.

(b) Upon Tenant’s submission of a request for Landlord’s consent to any such Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord Landlord’s then standard processing fee and reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with the proposed Transfer, which the parties hereby stipulate to be $1,000.00, unless Landlord provides to Tenant evidence that Landlord has incurred greater costs in connection with the proposed Transfer;

 

-17-


(c) That the proposed Transferee shall execute an agreement pursuant to which it shall agree to perform faithfully and be bound by all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease applicable to that portion of the Premises so transferred; and

(d) That an executed duplicate original of said assignment and assumption agreement or other Transfer on a form reasonably approved by Landlord, shall be delivered to Landlord within five (5) days after the execution thereof, and that such Transfer shall not be binding upon Landlord until the delivery thereof to Landlord and the execution and delivery of Landlord’s consent thereto. It shall be a condition to Landlord’s consent to any subleasing, assignment or other transfer of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises (“ Transfer ”) that (i) upon Landlord’s consent to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay and continue to pay Landlord fifty percent (50%) of any “Transfer Premium” (defined below), received by Tenant from the transferee; (ii) any sublessee of part or all of Tenant’s interest in the Premises shall agree that in the event Landlord gives such sublessee notice that Tenant is in default under this Lease, such sublessee shall thereafter make all sublease or other payments directly to Landlord, which will be received by Landlord without any liability whether to honor the sublease or otherwise (except to credit such payments against sums due under this Lease), and any sublessee shall agree to attorn to Landlord or its successors and assigns at their request should this Lease be terminated for any reason, except that in no event shall Landlord or its successors or assigns be obligated to accept such attornment; (iii) any such Transfer and consent shall be effected on forms supplied by Landlord and/or its legal counsel; (iv) Landlord may require that Tenant not then be in default beyond any applicable cure period hereunder in any respect; and (v) Tenant or the proposed subtenant or assignee (collectively, “ Transferee ”) shall agree to pay Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, a sum equal to the additional costs, if any, incurred by Landlord for maintenance and repair as a result of any change in the nature of occupancy caused by such subletting or assignment. “ Transfer Premium ” shall mean all rent, Additional Rent or other consideration payable by a Transferee in connection with a Transfer in excess of the Basic Rental and Direct Costs payable by Tenant under this Lease during the term of the Transfer and if such Transfer is for less than all of the Premises, the Transfer Premium shall be calculated on a rentable square foot basis. The calculation of “Transfer Premium” shall also include, but not be limited to, key money, bonus money or other cash consideration paid by a Transferee to Tenant in connection with such Transfer, and any payment in excess of fair market value for services rendered by Tenant to the Transferee and any payment in excess of fair market value for assets, fixtures, inventory, equipment, or furniture transferred by Tenant to the Transferee in connection with such Transfer. Any Transfer of this Lease which is not in compliance with the provisions of this Article 15 shall be voidable by written notice from Landlord and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate this Lease. In no event shall the consent by Landlord to any Transfer be construed as relieving Tenant or any Transferee from obtaining the express written consent of Landlord to any further Transfer, or as releasing Tenant from any liability or obligation hereunder whether or not then accrued and Tenant shall continue to be fully liable therefor. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any person other than Tenant shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of this Article 15 or the acceptance of any Transferee hereunder, or a release of Tenant (or of any Transferee of Tenant). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, if Tenant or any proposed Transferee claims that Landlord has unreasonably withheld or delayed its consent under this Article 15 or otherwise has breached or acted unreasonably under this Article 15, their sole remedies shall be a declaratory judgment and an injunction for the relief sought without any monetary damages, and Tenant hereby waives all other remedies, including, without limitation, any right at law or equity to terminate this Lease, on its own behalf and, to the extent permitted under all applicable laws, on behalf of the proposed Transferee.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 15, an assignment or subletting of all or a portion of the Premises to an affiliate (“ Affiliate ”) of Tenant (an entity which is controlled by, controls, or is under common control with, Tenant or that acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or business), shall not be deemed a Transfer under this Article 15, provided that Tenant notifies Landlord of any such assignment or sublease and promptly supplies Landlord with any documents or information requested by Landlord regarding such assignment or sublease or such affiliate, and further provided that (i) such assignment or sublease is not a subterfuge by Tenant to avoid its obligations under this Lease, and (ii) Landlord confirms that such assignee or subtenant does not violate Landlord’s “know your customer” requirements. An assignee of Tenant’s entire interest in this Lease pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence may be referred to herein as an “ Affiliated Assignee .” “ Control ,” as used in

 

-18-


this Article 15, shall mean the ownership, directly or indirectly, of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities of, or possession of the right to vote, in the ordinary direction of its affairs, of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the voting interest in, an entity.

ARTICLE 16

DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

If the Project is damaged by fire or other insured casualty and the insurance proceeds have been made available therefor by the holder or holders of any mortgages or deeds of trust covering the Premises or the Project, the damage shall be repaired by Landlord to the extent such insurance proceeds are available therefor and provided such repairs can, in Landlord’s sole opinion, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord, without the payment of overtime or other premiums, and until such repairs are completed rent shall be abated in proportion to the part of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business (but there shall be no abatement of rent by reason of any portion of the Premises being unusable for a period equal to one (1) day or less). However, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, guests, invitees and the like, there shall be no abatement of rent, unless and to the extent Landlord receives rental income insurance proceeds. Within sixty (60) days after the date Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant (“ Damage Repair Estimate ”) of Landlord’s estimated assessment of the period of time in which the repairs will be completed. Upon the occurrence of any damage to the Premises, Tenant shall assign to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Section 14(a)(ii)(A) above; provided, however, that if the cost of repair of improvements within the Premises by Landlord exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, as so assigned by Tenant, such excess costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s repair of such damage. If the Damage Repair Estimate indicates that repairs cannot, in Landlord’s opinion, be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the necessity for repairs as a result of such damage becomes known to Landlord without the payment of overtime or other premiums, Landlord may, at its option, either (i) make such repairs in a reasonable time and in such event this Lease shall continue in effect and the rent shall be abated, if at all, in the manner provided in this Article 16, or (ii) elect not to effect such repairs and instead terminate this Lease, by notifying Tenant in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as a result of damage, such notice to include a termination date giving Tenant sixty (60) days to vacate the Premises. In addition, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease if the Project shall be damaged by fire or other casualty or cause, whether or not the Premises are affected, if the damage is not fully covered, except for deductible amounts, by Landlord’s insurance policies. However, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease pursuant to Landlord’s termination right as provided above, and if the Damage Repair Estimate indicates that repairs cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after being commenced and if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, licensees, invitees or agents, Tenant may elect, not later than thirty (30) days after Tenant’s receipt of the Damage Repair Estimate, to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord effective as of the date specified in Tenant’s notice. Finally, if the Premises or the Project is damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then notwithstanding anything contained in this Article 16 to the contrary, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by giving written notice to Tenant of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after Landlord learns of the necessity for repairs as the result of such damage. In the event that the Premises or the Project is destroyed or damaged to any substantial extent during the last twelve (12) months of the Lease Term and if such damage shall take longer than sixty (60) days to repair and if such damage is not the result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or Tenant’s employees, licensees, invitees or agents, then notwithstanding anything in this Article 16 to the contrary, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord of the exercise of such option within sixty (60) days after Tenant learns of the necessity for repairs as the result of such damage. A total destruction of the Project shall automatically terminate this Lease. Except as provided in this Article 16, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business or property arising from such damage or destruction or the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Project or the Premises or in or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment therein. Tenant understands that Landlord will not carry insurance of any kind on Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, trade fixtures or equipment, and that

 

-19-


Landlord shall not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same. Tenant acknowledges that Tenant shall have no right to any proceeds of insurance carried by Landlord relating to property damage. With respect to any damage which Landlord is obligated to repair or elects to repair, Tenant, as a material inducement to Landlord entering into this Lease, irrevocably waives and releases its rights under the provisions of Sections 1932 and 1933 of the California Civil Code.

ARTICLE 17

SUBORDINATION

This Lease is subject to, and Tenant agrees to comply with, all matters of record affecting the Real Property. This Lease is also subject and subordinate to all ground or underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust which affect the Real Property, including all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the lessor under any such lease or the holder or holders of any such mortgage or deed of trust shall advise Landlord that they desire or require this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, upon written request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant agrees to promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all documents or instruments which Landlord or such lessor, holder or holders deem necessary or desirable for purposes thereof. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all ground or underlying leases, mortgages or deeds of trust which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, the Project or the property or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided, however, that Landlord obtains from the lender or other party in question a written undertaking in favor of Tenant to the effect that such lender or other party will not disturb Tenant’s right of possession under this Lease if Tenant is not then or thereafter in breach of any covenant or provision of this Lease. Tenant agrees, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, to execute, acknowledge and deliver upon request any and all documents or instruments requested by Landlord or necessary or proper to assure the subordination of this Lease to any such mortgages, deed of trust, or leasehold estates (hereinafter, an “ SNDA ”). Tenant agrees that in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any mortgage or deed of trust or any deed in lieu thereof, to attorn to the purchaser or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale or deed in lieu thereof as so requested to do so by such purchaser and to recognize such purchaser as the lessor under this Lease; Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request execute such further instruments or assurances as such purchaser may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment. Tenant agrees to provide copies of any notices of Landlord’s default under this Lease to any mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary whose address has been provided to Tenant and Tenant shall provide such mortgagee or deed of trust beneficiary a commercially reasonable time after receipt of such notice within which to cure any such default. Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure proceeding or sale.

ARTICLE 18

EMINENT DOMAIN

If the whole of the Premises or the Project or so much thereof as to render the balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken under power of eminent domain, or is sold, transferred or conveyed in lieu thereof, this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of such condemnation, or as of the date possession is taken by the condemning authority, at Landlord’s option. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to the same or any part thereof; provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or to require Tenant to assign to Landlord any award made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and trade fixtures belonging to Tenant and removable by Tenant at the expiration of the Term hereof as provided hereunder or for the interruption of, or damage to, Tenant’s business. In the event of a partial taking described in this Article 18, or a sale, transfer or conveyance in lieu thereof, which does not result in a termination of this Lease, the rent shall be apportioned according to the ratio that the part of the Premises remaining useable by Tenant bears to the total

 

-20-


area of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights it might otherwise have pursuant to Section 1265.130 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

ARTICLE 19

DEFAULT

Each of the following acts or omissions of Tenant or of any guarantor of Tenant’s performance hereunder, or occurrences, shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Failure or refusal to pay Basic Rental, Additional Rent or any other amount to be paid by Tenant to Landlord hereunder within three (3) calendar days after notice that the same is due or payable hereunder; said three (3) day period shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, the notice requirements of Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar or successor law;

(b) Except as set forth in items (a) above and (c) through and including (g) below, failure to perform or observe any other covenant or condition of this Lease to be performed or observed within thirty (30) days following written notice to Tenant of such failure. Such thirty (30) day notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any required under Section 1161 of the California Code of Civil Procedure or any similar or successor law;

(c) Abandonment or vacating or failure to accept tender of possession of the Premises or any significant portion thereof unless Tenant is marketing the Premises for sublease;

(d) The taking in execution or by similar process or law (other than by eminent domain) of the estate hereby created;

(e) The filing by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder in any court pursuant to any statute of a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or arrangement for the appointment of a receiver of all or a portion of Tenant’s property; the filing against Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of any such petition, or the commencement of a proceeding for the appointment of a trustee, receiver or liquidator for Tenant, or for any guarantor hereunder, or of any of the property of either, or a proceeding by any governmental authority for the dissolution or liquidation of Tenant or any guarantor hereunder, if such proceeding shall not be dismissed or trusteeship discontinued within thirty (30) days after commencement of such proceeding or the appointment of such trustee or receiver; or the making by Tenant or any guarantor hereunder of an assignment for the benefit of creditors. Tenant hereby stipulates to the lifting of the automatic stay in effect and relief from such stay for Landlord in the event Tenant files a petition under the United States Bankruptcy laws, for the purpose of Landlord pursuing its rights and remedies against Tenant and/or a guarantor of this Lease;

(f) Tenant’s failure to cause to be released any mechanics liens filed against the Premises or the Project within twenty (20) days after the date the same shall have been filed or recorded; or

(g) Tenant’s failure to observe or perform according to the provisions of Section 4(b)(i) and Articles 7, 14, 17 or 25 within two (2) business days after notice from Landlord.

All defaults by Tenant of any covenant or condition of this Lease shall be deemed by the parties hereto to be material.

ARTICLE 20

REMEDIES

(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under this Lease as provided in Article 19 hereof, Landlord may exercise all of its remedies as may be permitted by law, including but not limited to the remedy provided by Section 1951.4 of the California Civil Code, and including without limitation, terminating this Lease, reentering the Premises and removing all persons and property therefrom, which property may be stored by Landlord at a warehouse or elsewhere at the risk, expense and for the account of Tenant. If Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant the aggregate of all amounts permitted by law, including but not limited to (i) the worth at the time of award of the amount of any unpaid rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (ii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after

 

-21-


termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus (iv) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including but not limited to, tenant improvement expenses, brokerage commissions and advertising expenses incurred, expenses of remodeling the Premises or any portion thereof for a new tenant, whether for the same or a different use, and any special concessions made to obtain a new tenant; and (v) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by applicable law. The term “rent” as used in this Section 20(a) shall be deemed to be and to mean all sums of every nature required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Lease, whether to Landlord or to others. As used in items (i) and (ii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate set forth in item (e), below, but in no case greater than the maximum amount of such interest permitted by law. As used in item (iii), above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

(b) Nothing in this Article 20 shall be deemed to affect Landlord’s right to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to the termination of this Lease for personal injuries or property damage under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Landlord’s re-entry to perform acts of maintenance or preservation of or in connection with efforts to relet the Premises or any portion thereof, or the appointment of a receiver upon Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises or any portion thereof and, until Landlord does elect to terminate this Lease, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Landlord may enforce all of Landlord’s rights and remedies hereunder including, without limitation, the remedy described in California Civil Code Section 1951.4 (lessor may continue lease in effect after lessee’s breach and abandonment and recover rent as it becomes due, if lessee has the right to sublet or assign, subject only to reasonable limitations). Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to recover all rent as it becomes due.

(d) All rights, powers and remedies of Landlord hereunder and under any other agreement now or hereafter in force between Landlord and Tenant shall be cumulative and not alternative and shall be in addition to all rights, powers and remedies given to Landlord by law, and the exercise of one or more rights or remedies shall not impair Landlord’s right to exercise any other right or remedy.

(e) Any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder which is not paid when due shall bear interest at the lower of eighteen percent (18%) per annum or the maximum lawful rate of interest from the due date until paid, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, but the payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition to such interest: (i) if Basic Rental is not paid on or before the fifth (5 th ) day of the calendar month for which the same is due, a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount overdue or $100, whichever is greater, shall be immediately due and owing and shall accrue for each calendar month or part thereof until such rental, including the late charge, is paid in full, which late charge Tenant hereby agrees is a reasonable estimate of the damages Landlord shall suffer as a result of Tenant’s late payment and (ii) an additional charge of $25 shall be assessed for any check given to Landlord by or on behalf of Tenant which is not honored by the drawee thereof; which damages include Landlord’s additional administrative and other costs associated with such late payment and unsatisfied checks and the parties agree that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix Landlord’s actual damage in such event. Such charges for interest and late payments and unsatisfied checks are separate and cumulative and are in addition to and shall not diminish or represent a substitute for any or all of Landlord’s rights or remedies under any other provision of this Lease.

 

-22-


(f) In the event of any default, breach or violation of Tenant’s rights under this Lease by Landlord, Tenant’s exclusive remedies shall be an action for specific performance or action for actual damages. Without limiting any other waiver by Tenant which may be contained in this Lease, Tenant hereby waives the benefit of any law granting it the right to perform Landlord’s obligation, or the right to terminate this Lease on account of any Landlord default.

ARTICLE 21

TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

In the event of any transfer or termination of Landlord’s interest in the Premises or the Project by sale, assignment, transfer, foreclosure, deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or otherwise whether voluntary or involuntary, Landlord shall be automatically relieved of any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of Landlord from and after the date of such transfer or termination, including furthermore without limitation, the obligation of Landlord under Article 4 and California Civil Code 1950.7 above to return the cash security deposit and Letter of Credit, provided said cash security deposit and Letter of Credit are transferred to said transferee. Tenant agrees to attorn to the transferee upon any such transfer and to recognize such transferee as the lessor under this Lease and Tenant shall, within five (5) days after request, execute such further instruments or assurances as such transferee may reasonably deem necessary to evidence or confirm such attornment.

ARTICLE 22

BROKER

In connection with this Lease, Tenant warrants and represents that it has had dealings only with firm(s) set forth in Article 1.I. of the Basic Lease Provisions and that it knows of no other person or entity who is or might be entitled to a commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection herewith and does hereby indemnify and agree to hold Landlord, its agents, members, partners, representatives, officers, affiliates, shareholders, employees, successors and assigns harmless from and against any and all loss, liability and expenses that Landlord may incur should such warranty and representation prove incorrect, inaccurate or false.

ARTICLE 23

PARKING

Tenant shall be entitled to use, commencing on the Commencement Date, the number of unreserved parking passes set forth in Article 1.J. of the Basic Lease Provisions, which parking passes shall pertain to the Project parking facility. Tenant shall not be required to pay to Landlord any fee for such unreserved parking passes during the initial Term of this Lease; however, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of any taxes imposed by any governmental authority in connection with the use of such parking passes by Tenant or the use of the parking facility by Tenant. Tenant’s continued right to use the parking passes is conditioned upon Tenant abiding by all rules and regulations which are prescribed from time to time for the orderly operation and use of the parking facility where the parking passes are located, including any sticker or other identification system established by Landlord, Tenant’s cooperation in seeing that Tenant’s employees and visitors also comply with such rules and regulations, and Tenant not being in default under this Lease. Landlord specifically reserves the right to change the size, configuration, design, layout and all other aspects of the Project parking facility at any time and Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord may, without incurring any liability to Tenant and without any abatement of rent under this Lease, from time to time, close-off or restrict access to the Project parking facility for purposes of permitting or facilitating any such construction, alteration or improvements. Landlord may, from time to time, relocate any reserved parking spaces (if any) used by Tenant to another location in the Project parking facility. Landlord may delegate its responsibilities hereunder to a parking operator or a lessee of the parking facility in which case such parking operator or lessee shall have all the rights of control attributed hereby to the Landlord. The parking passes used by Tenant pursuant to this Article 23 are provided to Tenant solely for use by Tenant’s own personnel and such passes may not be transferred, assigned, subleased or otherwise alienated by Tenant without Landlord’s prior approval.

 

-23-


ARTICLE 24

WAIVER

No waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease shall be deemed to be a waiver of any other provision hereof or of any subsequent breach by Tenant of the same or any other provision. No provision of this Lease may be waived by Landlord, except by an instrument in writing executed by Landlord. Landlord’s consent to or approval of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent act of Tenant, whether or not similar to the act so consented to or approved. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. The subsequent acceptance of rent hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent so accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding breach at the time of acceptance of such rent. Any payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of an amount less than the total amount then due hereunder shall be deemed to be in partial payment only thereof and not a waiver of the balance due or an accord and satisfaction, notwithstanding any statement or endorsement to the contrary on any check or any other instrument delivered concurrently therewith or in reference thereto. Accordingly, Landlord may accept any such amount and negotiate any such check without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover all balances due and owing and to pursue its other rights against Tenant under this Lease, regardless of whether Landlord makes any notation on such instrument of payment or otherwise notifies Tenant that such acceptance or negotiation is without prejudice to Landlord’s rights.

ARTICLE 25

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, upon not less than ten (10) days’ prior written notice from Landlord, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying the following information, (but not limited to the following information in the event further information is requested by Landlord): (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as modified, is in full force and effect); (ii) the dates to which the rental and other charges are paid in advance, if any; (iii) the amount of Tenant’s cash security deposit and the Stated Amount of the Letter of Credit, if any; and (iv) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord hereunder, and no events or conditions then in existence which, with the passage of time or notice or both, would constitute a default on the part of Landlord hereunder, or specifying such defaults, events or conditions, if any are claimed. It is expressly understood and agreed that any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Real Property.

ARTICLE 26

LIABILITY OF LANDLORD

Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, any remedy of Tenant for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord hereunder or any claim, cause of action or obligation, contractual, statutory or otherwise by Tenant against Landlord or the Landlord Parties concerning, arising out of or relating to any matter relating to this Lease and all of the covenants and conditions or any obligations, contractual, statutory, or otherwise set forth herein, shall be limited solely and exclusively to an amount which is equal to the lesser of (i) the interest of Landlord in and to the Project, and (ii) the interest Landlord would have in the Project if the Project were encumbered by third party debt in an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of the then current value of the Project. No other property or assets of Landlord or any Landlord Party shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this Lease, Landlord’s obligations to Tenant, whether contractual, statutory or otherwise, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant hereunder, or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises.

 

-24-


ARTICLE 27

INABILITY TO PERFORM

This Lease and the obligations of Tenant hereunder shall not be affected or impaired because Landlord is unable to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder or is delayed in doing so, if such inability or delay is caused by reason of any prevention, delay, stoppage due to strikes, lockouts, acts of God, terrorism, evacuation or any other cause previously, or at such time, beyond the reasonable control or anticipation of Landlord (collectively, a “ Force Majeure ”) and Landlord’s obligations under this Lease shall be forgiven and suspended by any such Force Majeure.

ARTICLE 28

HAZARDOUS WASTE

(a) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Material (as defined in Section 28(d) below) to be brought, kept or used in or about the Project by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, or invitees. Tenant indemnifies Landlord and the Landlord Parties from and against any breach by Tenant of the obligations stated in the preceding sentence, and agrees to defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs, liabilities, or losses (including, without limitation, diminution in value of the Project, damages for the loss or restriction or use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Project, damages arising from any adverse impact or marketing of space in the Project, and sums paid in settlement of claims, attorneys’ fees and costs, consultant fees, and expert fees) which arise during or after the Term of this Lease as a result of such breach. This indemnification of Landlord and the Landlord Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal, or restoration work required by any federal, state, or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on or under the Project. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Project caused or permitted by Tenant results in any contamination of the Project, then subject to the provisions of Articles 9, 10 and 11 hereof, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at its sole expense as are necessary to return the Project to the condition existing prior to the introduction of any such Hazardous Material and the contractors to be used by Tenant for such work must be approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have any material adverse long-term or short-term effect on the Project and so long as such actions do not materially interfere with the use and enjoyment of the Project by the other tenants thereof; provided however, Landlord shall also have the right, by written notice to Tenant, to directly undertake any such mitigation efforts with regard to Hazardous Materials in or about the Project due to Tenant’s breach of its obligations pursuant to this Section 28(a), and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the costs thereof.

(b) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord may become legally liable for the costs of complying with Laws (as defined in Section 28(e) below) relating to Hazardous Material which are not the responsibility of Landlord or the responsibility of Tenant, including the following: (i) Hazardous Material present in the soil or ground water on the Project of which Landlord has no knowledge as of the effective date of this Lease; (ii) a change in Laws which relate to Hazardous Material which make that Hazardous Material which is present on the Real Property as of the effective date of this Lease, whether known or unknown to Landlord, a violation of such new Laws; (iii) Hazardous Material that migrates, flows, percolates, diffuses, or in any way moves on to, or under, the Project after the effective date of this Lease; or Hazardous Material present on or under the Project as a result of any discharge, dumping or spilling (whether accidental or otherwise) on the Project by other lessees of the Project or their agents, employees, contractors, or invitees, or by others. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that the cost of complying with Laws relating to Hazardous Material on the Project for which Landlord is legally liable and which are paid or incurred by Landlord shall be an Operating Cost (and Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Proportionate Share thereof in accordance with Article 3) unless the cost of such compliance as between Landlord and Tenant, is made the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to Section 28(a) above. To the extent any such Operating Cost relating to Hazardous Material is subsequently recovered or reimbursed through insurance, or recovery from responsible third parties or other action, Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reimbursement to the extent it has paid its share of such Operating Cost to which such recovery or reimbursement relates.

 

-25-


(c) It shall not be unreasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any proposed Transfer if (i) the proposed transferee’s anticipated use of the Premises involves the generation, storage, use, treatment, or disposal of Hazardous Material; (ii) the proposed Transferee has been required by any prior landlord, lender, or governmental authority to take remedial action in connection with Hazardous Material contaminating a property if the contamination resulted from such Transferee’s actions or use of the property in question; or (iii) the proposed Transferee is subject to an enforcement order issued by any governmental authority in connection with the use, disposal, or storage of a Hazardous Material.

(d) As used herein, the term “ Hazardous Material ” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the State of California or the United States Government. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, any material or substance which is (i) defined as “Hazardous Waste,” “Extremely Hazardous Waste,” or “Restricted Hazardous Waste” under Sections 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140, of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (ii) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25316 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8 (Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act), (iii) defined as a “Hazardous Material,” “Hazardous Substance,” or “Hazardous Waste” under Section 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.95 (Hazardous Materials Release Response Plans and Inventory), (iv) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” under Section 25281 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (v) petroleum, (vi) asbestos, (vii) listed under Article 9 or defined as Hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of the California Administrative Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (viii) designated as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317), (ix) defined as a “Hazardous Waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 6903), or (x) defined as a “Hazardous Substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 9601).

(e) As used herein, the term “ Laws ” means any applicable federal, state or local law, ordinance, or regulation relating to any Hazardous Material affecting the Project, including, without limitation, the laws, ordinances, and regulations referred to in Section 28(d) above.

ARTICLE 29

SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY

(a) The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant to Landlord, or a mutual termination hereof, shall not work a merger, and shall at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to it of any or all subleases or subtenancies affecting the Premises.

(b) Upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease, or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall, without expense to Landlord, remove or cause to be removed from the Premises all debris and rubbish, all furniture, equipment, business and trade fixtures, free-standing cabinet work, moveable partitioning, telephone and data cabling and other articles of personal property in the Premises except to the extent Landlord elects by notice to Tenant to exercise its option to have any subleases or subtenancies assigned to it. Tenant shall be responsible for the cost to repair all damage to the Premises resulting from the removal of any of such items from the Premises, provided that Landlord shall have the right to either (I) cause Tenant to perform said repair work, or (II) perform said repair work itself, at Tenant’s expense (with any such costs incurred by Landlord to be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within three (3) business days following written demand therefor from Landlord).

(c) Whenever Landlord shall reenter the Premises as provided in Article 20 hereof, or as otherwise provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the Term of this Lease (or within forty-eight (48) hours after a termination by reason of Tenant’s default), as provided in this Lease, shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such items and dispose of the same in any manner or store the same in a public warehouse or elsewhere for the account and at the expense and risk of Tenant, and if Tenant shall fail to pay the cost of storing any such property after it has been

 

-26-


stored for a period of thirty (30) days or more, Landlord may sell any or all of such property at public or private sale, in such manner and at such times and places as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may deem proper, without notice to or demand upon Tenant, for the payment of all or any part of such charges or the removal of any such property, and shall apply the proceeds of such sale as follows: first, to the cost and expense of such sale, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs for services rendered; second, to the payment of the cost of or charges for storing any such property; third, to the payment of any other sums of money which may then or thereafter be due to Landlord from Tenant under any of the terms hereof; and fourth, the balance, if any, to Tenant.

(d) All fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances attached to or built into the Premises prior to or during the Term, whether by Landlord or Tenant and whether at the expense of Landlord or Tenant, or of both, shall be and remain part of the Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant at the end of the Term unless otherwise expressly provided for in this Lease or unless such removal is required by Landlord. Such fixtures, Tenant Improvements, Alterations and/or appurtenances shall include but not be limited to: all floor coverings, drapes, paneling, built-in cabinetry, molding, doors, vaults (including vault doors), plumbing systems, security systems, electrical systems, lighting systems, communication systems, all fixtures and outlets for the systems mentioned above and for all telephone, radio and television purposes, and any special flooring or ceiling installations.

ARTICLE 30

MISCELLANEOUS

(a) SEVERABILITY; ENTIRE AGREEMENT . ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE WHICH SHALL PROVE TO BE INVALID, VOID, OR ILLEGAL SHALL IN NO WAY AFFECT, IMPAIR OR INVALIDATE ANY OTHER PROVISION HEREOF AND SUCH OTHER PROVISIONS SHALL REMAIN IN FULL FORCE AND EFFECT. THIS LEASE AND THE EXHIBITS AND ANY ADDENDUM ATTACHED HERETO CONSTITUTE THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO WITH REGARD TO TENANT’S OCCUPANCY OR USE OF ALL OR ANY PORTION OF THE PROJECT, AND NO PRIOR AGREEMENT OR UNDERSTANDING PERTAINING TO ANY SUCH MATTER SHALL BE EFFECTIVE FOR ANY PURPOSE. NO PROVISION OF THIS LEASE MAY BE AMENDED OR SUPPLEMENTED EXCEPT BY AN AGREEMENT IN WRITING SIGNED BY THE PARTIES HERETO OR THEIR SUCCESSOR IN INTEREST. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY DELETION OF LANGUAGE FROM THIS LEASE PRIOR TO ITS MUTUAL EXECUTION BY LANDLORD AND TENANT SHALL NOT BE CONSTRUED TO HAVE ANY PARTICULAR MEANING OR TO RAISE ANY PRESUMPTION, CANON OF CONSTRUCTION OR IMPLICATION INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE PARTIES INTENDED THEREBY TO STATE THE CONVERSE, OBVERSE OR OPPOSITE OF THE DELETED LANGUAGE.

(b) Attorneys’ Fees; Waiver of Jury Trial .

(i) In any action to enforce the terms of this Lease, including any suit by Landlord for the recovery of rent or possession of the Premises, the losing party shall pay the successful party a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees and costs in such suit and such attorneys’ fees and costs shall be deemed to have accrued prior to the commencement of such action. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with enforcing its rights under this Lease against Tenant following a bankruptcy by Tenant, including, without limitation, legal fees, experts’ fees and expenses and court costs.

(ii) TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION SEEKING SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE OF ANY PROVISION OF THIS LEASE, FOR DAMAGES FOR ANY BREACH UNDER THIS LEASE, OR OTHERWISE FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY RIGHT OR REMEDY HEREUNDER.

(c) Time of Essence . Each of Tenant’s covenants herein is a condition and time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease.

 

-27-


(d) Headings; Joint and Several . The article headings contained in this Lease are for convenience only and do not in any way limit or amplify any term or provision hereof. The terms “Landlord” and “Tenant” as used herein shall include the plural as well as the singular, the neuter shall include the masculine and feminine genders and the obligations herein imposed upon Tenant shall be joint and several as to each of the persons, firms or corporations of which Tenant may be composed.

(e) Reserved Area . Tenant hereby acknowledges and agrees that the exterior walls of the Premises and the area between the finished ceiling of the Premises and the slab of the floor of the Project thereabove have not been demised hereby and the use thereof together with the right to install, maintain, use, repair and replace pipes, ducts, conduits, wiring and cabling leading through, under or above the Premises or throughout the Project in locations which will not materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises and serving other parts of the Project are hereby excepted and reserved unto Landlord.

(f) NO OPTION . THE SUBMISSION OF THIS LEASE BY LANDLORD, ITS AGENT OR REPRESENTATIVE FOR EXAMINATION OR EXECUTION BY TENANT DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OPTION OR OFFER TO LEASE THE PREMISES UPON THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS CONTAINED HEREIN OR A RESERVATION OF THE PREMISES IN FAVOR OF TENANT, IT BEING INTENDED HEREBY THAT THIS LEASE SHALL ONLY BECOME EFFECTIVE UPON THE EXECUTION HEREOF BY LANDLORD AND TENANT AND DELIVERY OF A FULLY EXECUTED LEASE TO TENANT.

(g) Use of Project Name; Improvements . Tenant shall not be allowed to use the name, picture or representation of the Project, or words to that effect, in connection with any business carried on in the Premises or otherwise (except as Tenant’s address) without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event that Landlord undertakes any additional improvements on the Real Property including but not limited to new construction or renovation or additions to the existing improvements, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any noise, dust, vibration or interference with access to the Premises or disruption in Tenant’s business caused thereby.

(h) Rules and Regulations . Tenant shall observe faithfully and comply strictly with the rules and regulations (“ Rules and Regulations ”) attached to this Lease as Exhibit “B” and made a part hereof, and such other Rules and Regulations as Landlord may from time to time reasonably adopt for the safety, care and cleanliness of the Project, the facilities thereof, or the preservation of good order therein. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for violation of any such Rules and Regulations, or for the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease by any other tenant in the Project. A waiver by Landlord of any Rule or Regulation for any other tenant shall not constitute nor be deemed a waiver of the Rule or Regulation for this Tenant.

(i) Quiet Possession . Upon Tenant’s paying the Basic Rental, Additional Rent and other sums provided hereunder and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire Term hereof, subject to all of the provisions of this Lease.

(j) Rent . All payments required to be made hereunder to Landlord shall be deemed to be rent, whether or not described as such.

(k) Successors and Assigns . Subject to the provisions of Article 15 hereof, all of the covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

(l) Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be given by personal service evidenced by a signed receipt (or refusal to accept delivery) or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, or via overnight courier, and shall be effective upon proof of delivery (or refusal to accept delivery), addressed to Tenant at the Premises or to Landlord at the management office for the Project, with a copy to Landlord, c/o Arden Realty, Inc., 11601 Wilshire Boulevard, Fourth Floor, Los Angeles, California 90025, Attn: Legal Department. Either party may by notice to the other specify a different address for notice purposes except that, upon Tenant’s taking possession of the Premises, the Premises shall

 

-28-


constitute Tenant’s address for notice purposes. A copy of all notices to be given to Landlord hereunder shall be concurrently transmitted by Tenant to such party hereafter designated by notice from Landlord to Tenant. Any notices sent by Landlord regarding or relating to eviction procedures, including without limitation three (3) day notices, may be sent by regular mail.

(m) Persistent Delinquencies . In the event that Tenant shall be delinquent by more than fifteen (15) days in the payment of rent on three (3) separate occasions in any twelve (12) month period, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by thirty (30) days written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the last such delinquency.

(n) Right of Landlord to Perform . All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under any of the terms of this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, and such failure shall continue beyond any applicable cure period set forth in this Lease, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant’s part to be made or performed as is in this Lease provided. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 20(e) above from the date of such payment by Landlord, shall be payable to Landlord on demand and Tenant covenants to pay any such sums, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the nonpayment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of the rent.

(o) Access, Changes in Project, Facilities, Name .

(i) Every part of the Project except the inside surfaces of all walls, windows and doors bounding the Premises (including exterior building walls, the rooftop, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance), and any space in or adjacent to the Premises or within the Project used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Premises for the purposes of operation, maintenance, decoration and repair, are reserved to Landlord.

(ii) Landlord reserves the right, without incurring any liability to Tenant therefor, to make such changes in or to the Project and the fixtures and equipment thereof, as well as in or to the street entrances, halls, passages, elevators, stairways and other improvements thereof, as it may deem necessary or desirable.

(iii) Landlord may adopt any name for the Project and Landlord reserves the right, from time to time, to change the name and/or address of the Project at any time.

(p) Signing Authority . If Tenant is a corporation, partnership or limited liability company, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said entity represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity in accordance with: (i) if Tenant is a corporation, a duly adopted resolution of the Board of Directors of said corporation or in accordance with the By-laws of said corporation, (ii) if Tenant is a partnership, the terms of the partnership agreement, and (iii) if Tenant is a limited liability company, the terms of its operating agreement, and that this Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms. Concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, Tenant shall provide to Landlord a copy of: (A) if Tenant is a corporation, such resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of this Lease on behalf of such corporation, which copy of resolution shall be duly certified by the secretary or an assistant secretary of the corporation to be a true copy of a resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors of said corporation and shall be in a form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, (B) if Tenant is a partnership, a copy of the provisions of the partnership agreement granting the requisite authority to each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said partnership, and (C) if Tenant is a limited liability company, a copy of the provisions of its operating agreement granting the requisite authority to each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said limited liability company. In the event Tenant fails to comply with the requirements set forth in this subparagraph (p), then each individual executing this Lease shall be personally liable, jointly and severally along with Tenant, for all of Tenant’s obligations in this Lease.

 

-29-


(q) Identification of Tenant .

(i) If Tenant constitutes more than one person or entity, (A) each of them shall be jointly and severally liable for the keeping, observing and performing of all of the terms, covenants, conditions and provisions of this Lease to be kept, observed and performed by Tenant, (B) the term “Tenant” as used in this Lease shall mean and include each of them jointly and severally, and (C) the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them, with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, expiration, termination or modification of this Lease, shall be binding upon each and all of the persons or entities executing this Lease as Tenant with the same force and effect as if each and all of them had so acted or so given or received such notice or refund or so signed.

(ii) If Tenant is a partnership (or is comprised of two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) or if Tenant’s interest in this Lease shall be assigned to a partnership (or to two or more persons, individually and as co-partners of a partnership) pursuant to Article 15 hereof (any such partnership and such persons hereinafter referred to in this Section 30(q)(ii) as “ Partnership Tenant ”), the following provisions of this Lease shall apply to such Partnership Tenant:

(A) The liability of each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be joint and several.

(B) Each of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant hereby consents in advance to, and agrees to be bound by, any written instrument which may hereafter be executed, changing, modifying or discharging this Lease, in whole or in part, or surrendering all or any part of the Premises to the Landlord, and by notices, demands, requests or other communication which may hereafter be given, by the individual or individuals authorized to execute this Lease on behalf of Partnership Tenant under Subparagraph (p) above.

(C) Any bills, statements, notices, demands, requests or other communications given or rendered to Partnership Tenant or to any of the parties comprising Partnership Tenant shall be deemed given or rendered to Partnership Tenant and to all such parties and shall be binding upon Partnership Tenant and all such parties.

(D) If Partnership Tenant admits new partners, all of such new partners shall, by their admission to Partnership Tenant, be deemed to have assumed performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed.

(E) Partnership Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord of the admission of any such new partners, and, upon demand of Landlord, shall cause each such new partner to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement in form satisfactory to Landlord, wherein each such new partner shall assume performance of all of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease on Partnership Tenant’s part to be observed and performed (but neither Landlord’s failure to request any such agreement nor the failure of any such new partner to execute or deliver any such agreement to Landlord shall terminate the provisions of clause (D) of this Section 30(q)(ii) or relieve any such new partner of its obligations thereunder).

(r) Survival of Obligations . Any obligations of Tenant occurring prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.

(s) Confidentiality . Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space planning consultants and any proposed Transferees.

(t) Governing Law . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. No conflicts of law rules of any state or country (including, without limitation, California conflicts of law rules) shall be applied to result in the application of any substantive or procedural laws of any state or country other than California. All controversies, claims, actions or causes of action arising between the parties hereto and/or their respective successors and assigns, shall be brought, heard and adjudicated by the courts of

 

-30-


the State of California, with venue in the County in which the Project is located. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to personal jurisdiction by the courts of the State of California in connection with any such controversy, claim, action or cause of action, and each of the parties hereto consents to service of process by any means authorized by California law and consent to the enforcement of any judgment so obtained in the courts of the State of California on the same terms and conditions as if such controversy, claim, action or cause of action had been originally heard and adjudicated to a final judgment in such courts. Each of the parties hereto further acknowledges that the laws and courts of California were freely and voluntarily chosen to govern this Lease and to adjudicate any claims or disputes hereunder.

(u) Office of Foreign Assets Control . Tenant certifies to Landlord that (i) Tenant is not entering into this Lease, nor acting, for or on behalf of any person or entity named as a terrorist or other banned or blocked person or entity pursuant to any law, order, rule or regulation of the United States Treasury Department or the Office of Foreign Assets Control, and (ii) Tenant shall not assign this Lease or sublease to any such person or entity or anyone acting on behalf of any such person or entity. Landlord shall have the right to conduct all reasonable searches in order to ensure compliance with the foregoing. Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Landlord Parties harmless from any and all claims arising from or related to any breach of the foregoing certification.

(v) Financial Statements . Within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with current financial statements of Tenant and financial statements for the three (3) calendar or fiscal years (if Tenant’s fiscal year is other than a calendar year) prior to the current financial statement year. Any such statements shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, if the normal practice of Tenant, shall be audited by an independent certified public accountant. Landlord agrees that any financial statements delivered to Landlord under this Article 30(v) shall, unless available in the public domain, constitute confidential information of Tenant and Landlord agrees that it will not disclose or disseminate any information contained in such financial statements (and Tenant may require Landlord to execute a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement prior to delivery), provided Tenant acknowledges and agrees that such financial statements may be disclosed by Landlord to Landlord’s affiliates, attorneys, accountants and/or prospective lenders or purchasers so long as such parties agree to keep such information confidential.

(w) Exhibits . The Exhibits attached hereto are incorporated herein by this reference as if fully set forth herein.

(x) Independent Covenants . This Lease shall be construed as though the covenants herein between Landlord and Tenant are independent (and not dependent) and Tenant hereby expressly waives the benefit of any statute to the contrary and agrees that if Landlord fails to perform its obligations set forth herein, Tenant shall not be entitled to make any repairs or perform any acts hereunder at Landlord’s expense or to set off of any of the rent or other amounts owing hereunder against Landlord.

(y) Counterparts . This Lease may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but such counterparts, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement.

(z) Non-Discrimination . Tenant herein covenants that Tenant and its heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, and all persons claiming under or through Tenant, and this Lease is made and accepted upon and subject to the following conditions:

“That there shall be no discrimination against or segregation of any person or group of persons on account of race, color, creed, religion, sex, marital status, national origin or ancestry, in the leasing, subleasing, transferring, use, occupancy, tenure or enjoyment of the Premises, nor shall Tenant, or any person claiming under or through Tenant, establish or permit any such practice or practices of discrimination or segregation with reference to the selection, location, number, use or occupancy of tenants, subtenants or vendees in the Premises.”

(aa) Roof Equipment . If Tenant desires to use the roof of the Project to install communication equipment or condensers for the Supplemental Units on the roof of the Project

 

-31-


to be used from the Premises, Tenant may so notify Landlord in writing (“ Roof Equipment Notice ”), which Roof Equipment Notice shall generally describe the specifications for the equipment desired by Tenant. If Tenant delivers a Roof Equipment Notice, then subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors (which shall first be reasonably approved by Landlord) shall have the right and access to install, repair, replace, remove, operate and maintain (i) condensers for the Supplemental Units and/or (ii) one (1) so-called “satellite dish” or other similar device, such as antennae (collectively, “ Communication Equipment ”) no greater than one (1) meter in diameter, together with aesthetic screening designated by Landlord and all cable, wiring, conduits and related equipment, for the purpose of receiving and sending radio, television, computer, telephone or other communication signals, at a location on the roof of the Project designated by Landlord. The condensers for the Supplemental Units and the Communication Equipment may be collectively referred to herein as the “ Roof Equipment .” Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to relocate the Roof Equipment at any time to another location on the roof of the Project reasonably approved by Tenant at Landlord’s expense. Tenant shall retain Landlord’s designated roofing contractor to make any necessary penetrations and associated repairs to the roof in order to preserve Landlord’s roof warranty. Tenant’s installation and operation of the Roof Equipment shall be governed by the following terms and conditions:

(A) Tenant’s right to install, replace, repair, remove, operate and maintain the Roof Equipment shall be subject to all governmental laws, rules and regulations and covenants, conditions and restrictions and Landlord makes no representation that such covenants, conditions and restrictions and laws, rules and regulations permit such installation and operation.

(B) All plans and specifications for the Roof Equipment shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

(C) All costs of installation, operation and maintenance of the Roof Equipment and any necessary related equipment (including, without limitation, costs of obtaining any necessary permits and connections to the Project’s electrical system) shall be borne by Tenant.

(D) It is expressly understood that Landlord retains the right to use the roof of the Project for any purpose whatsoever provided that Landlord shall not unduly interfere with Tenant’s use of the Roof Equipment.

(E) Tenant shall use the Roof Equipment so as not to cause any interference to other tenants in the Project or with any other tenant’s Communication Equipment or the Project’s heating, ventilation and air condition system, and not to damage the Project or interfere with the normal operation of the Project.

(F) Landlord shall not have any obligations with respect to the Roof Equipment. Landlord makes no representation that (i) the Communications Equipment will be able to receive or transmit communication signals without interference or disturbance (whether or not by reason of the installation or use of similar equipment by others on the roof of the Project) or (ii) that the Supplemental Units will be able to adequately heat, ventilate or cool the Premises, and Tenant agrees that Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor. Tenant shall not lease or otherwise make the Roof Equipment available to any third party and the Roof Equipment shall be only for Tenant’s use in connection with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises.

(G) Tenant shall (i) be solely responsible for any damage caused as a result of the Roof Equipment, (ii) promptly pay any tax, license or permit fees charged pursuant to any laws or regulations in connection with the installation, maintenance or use of the Roof Equipment and comply with all precautions and safeguards recommended by all governmental authorities, and (iii) pay for all necessary repairs, replacements to or maintenance of the Roof Equipment.

(H) The Roof Equipment shall remain the sole property of Tenant. Tenant shall remove the Roof Equipment and related equipment at Tenant’s sole cost and expense upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease or upon the imposition of any governmental law or regulation which may require removal, and shall repair the Project upon such removal to the extent required by such work of removal. If Tenant fails to remove the Roof

 

-32-


Equipment and repair the Project within fifteen (15) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. The provisions of this Section 30(aa)(H) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(I) The Roof Equipment shall be deemed to constitute a portion of the Premises for purposes of Articles 13 and 14 of this Lease.

(J) Upon request from Landlord, Tenant agrees to execute a license agreement with Landlord or Landlord’s rooftop management company regarding Tenant’s installation, use and operation of the Roof Equipment, which license agreement shall be in commercially reasonable form, shall not require any payments from Tenant and shall incorporate the terms and conditions of this Section 30(aa).

ARTICLE 31

SIGNAGE/DIRECTORY

Provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, as a charge to the Improvement Allowance (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made part hereof), Tenant shall have the right to (i) one (1) line in the lobby directory during the Term and (ii) Project-standard suite entry signage. In addition, provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, Tenant shall have the right, as a charge to the Improvement Allowance (as defined in the Tenant Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit “D” and made part hereof), to install (i) a strip on the Project’s “monument” sign (“ Monument Signage ”) and (ii) one (1) building-top sign at the top of the Project (“ Building-Top Signage ”). The Monument Signage and the Building-Top Signage may be collectively referred to herein as “ Tenant’s Signage ”. The graphics, materials, size, color, design, lettering, lighting (if any), specifications and exact location of Tenant’s Signage (collectively, the “ Signage Specifications ”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. In addition, Tenant’s Signage and all Signage Specifications therefore shall be subject to Tenant’s receipt of all required governmental permits and approvals, shall be subject to all applicable governmental laws and ordinances, and all covenants, conditions and restrictions affecting the Project. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage and/or the Signage Specifications therefor, Landlord has made no representations or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining such approvals and permits. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary permits and approvals for Tenant’s Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining provisions of this Lease shall not be affected. The cost of installation of Tenant’s Signage, as well as all costs of design and construction of Tenant’s Signage and all other costs associated with Tenant’s Signage, including, without limitation, permits, maintenance and repair, shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that at any time during the Term of this Lease, Tenant fails to occupy at least 15,000 square feet of the Premises, Tenant’s right to the Building-Top Signage shall thereupon terminate and Tenant shall remove the Building-Top Signage as provided in this Article 31 below. The rights to Tenant’s Signage shall be personal to the originally named Tenant and may not be transferred. Should the Signage require maintenance or repairs as determined in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, Landlord shall have the right to provide written notice thereof to Tenant and Tenant shall cause such repairs and/or maintenance to be performed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Should Tenant fail to perform such maintenance and repairs within the period described in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have the right to cause such work to be performed and to charge Tenant, as Additional Rent, for the cost of such work. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (or the termination of Tenant’s Building-Top Signage right as described above), Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, cause the Tenant’s Signage to be removed from the monument and the exterior of the Project and shall cause the monument and the exterior of the Project to be restored to the condition existing prior to the placement of Tenant’s Signage. If Tenant fails to remove Tenant’s Signage and to restore the monument and the exterior of the Project as provided in the immediately preceding sentence within thirty (30) days following the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease (or the termination of Tenant’s Building-Top Signage as provided above), then Landlord may perform such work, and all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in so performing such work shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) days after Tenant’s receipt of invoice therefor. The immediately preceding sentence shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

-33-


ARTICLE 32

CONTINGENCY

This Lease is subject to and conditional upon Landlord entering into an agreement with New Vista Asset Management, the current tenant of a portion of the Premises, whereby such existing tenant agrees to terminate its existing lease prior to the scheduled date of expiration thereof upon terms acceptable to Landlord (the “ Contingency ”). If the Contingency is not satisfied, Landlord shall so notify Tenant, in which case this Lease shall be null and void, Landlord shall immediately refund the cash security deposit and return the Letter of Credit to Tenant and neither party shall have any further obligation to the other.

ARTICLE 33

OPTION TO EXTEND

(a) Option Right . Landlord hereby grants the Tenant named in this Lease (the “ Original Tenant ”) one (1) option (“ Option ”) to extend the Term for the entire Premises for a period of three (3) years (the “ Option Term ”), which Option shall be exercisable only by written notice delivered by Tenant to Landlord as set forth below. The rights contained in this Article 33 shall be personal to the Original Tenant and may only be exercised by the Original Tenant (and not any assignee, sublessee or other transferee of the Original Tenant’s interest in this Lease) if the Original Tenant occupies the entire Premises as of the date of Tenant’s Acceptance (as defined in Section 33(c) below).

(b) Option Rent . The rent payable by Tenant during the Option Term (“ Option Rent ”) shall be equal to 100% of the “Market Rent” (defined below). “ Market Rent ” shall mean the applicable Monthly Basic Rental, and all escalations, Direct Costs, additional rent and other charges at which tenants, as of the commencement of the Option Term, are entering into leases for non-sublease office space which is not encumbered by expansion rights and which is comparable in size, location and quality to the Premises in renewal transactions for a term comparable to the Option Term, which comparable space is located in office buildings comparable to the Project in San Diego, California, taking into consideration free rent, escalations, tenant improvements and brokerage commissions, and also taking into consideration the value of the existing improvements in the Premises to Tenant, as compared to the value of the existing improvements in such comparable space, with such value to be based upon the age, quality and layout of the improvements and the extent to which the same could be utilized by Tenant with consideration given to the fact that the improvements existing in the Premises are specifically suitable to Tenant.

(c) Exercise of Option . The Option shall be exercised by Tenant only in the following manner: (i) Tenant shall not be in default, and shall not have been in default under this Lease more than once, on the delivery date of the Interest Notice and Tenant’s Acceptance; (ii) Tenant shall deliver written notice (“ Interest Notice ”) to Landlord not more than twelve (12) months nor less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Term, stating that Tenant is interested in exercising the Option; (iii) within fifteen (15) business days of Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice, Landlord shall deliver notice (“ Option Rent Notice ”) to Tenant setting forth the Option Rent; and (iv) if Tenant desires to exercise such Option, Tenant shall provide Landlord written notice within five (5) business days after receipt of the Option Rent Notice (“ Tenant’s Acceptance ”). Tenant’s failure to deliver the Interest Notice or Tenant’s Acceptance on or before the dates specified above shall be deemed to constitute Tenant’s election not to exercise the Option. If Tenant timely and properly exercises its Option, the Term shall be extended for the Option Term upon all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Lease, except that the rent for the Option Term shall be as indicated in the Option Rent Notice.

 

-34-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease, consisting of the foregoing provisions and Articles, including all exhibits and other attachments referenced therein, as of the date first above written.

 

“LANDLORD”    

ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP,

a Maryland limited partnership

    By:   ARDEN REALTY, INC.,
      a Maryland corporation
      Its: Sole General Partner
      By:  

/s/ Scott E. Lyle

        Its:  

Scott E. Lyle

         

Chief Operating Officer

“TENANT”     VITAL THERAPIES, INC.,
    a Delaware corporation
    By:  

/s/ Aron Stern

    Print Name:  

Aron Stern

    Title:  

Chief Financial Officer

    By:  

/s/ T. E. Winters

    Print Name:  

T. E. Winters

    Title:  

Chief Executive Officer

 

-35-


EXHIBIT “A”

PREMISES

 

LOGO

This Exhibit “A” is provided for informational purposes only and is intended to be only an approximation of the layout of the Premises and shall not be deemed to constitute any representation by Landlord as to the exact layout or configuration of the Premises.

 

EXHIBIT “A”

-1-


EXHIBIT “B”

RULES AND REGULATIONS

1. No sign, advertisement or notice shall be displayed, printed or affixed on or to the Premises or to the outside or inside of the Project or so as to be visible from outside the Premises or Project without Landlord’s prior written consent. Landlord shall have the right to remove any non-approved sign, advertisement or notice, without notice to and at the expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for such removal. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at the expense of Tenant by Landlord or by a person selected by Landlord and in a manner and style acceptable to Landlord.

2. Tenant shall not obtain for use on the Premises ice, waxing, cleaning, interior glass polishing, rubbish removal, towel or other similar services, or accept barbering or bootblackening, or coffee cart services, milk, soft drinks or other like services on the Premises, except from persons authorized by Landlord and at the hours and under regulations fixed by Landlord. No vending machines or machines of any description shall be installed, maintained or operated upon the Premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

3. The sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators and stairways shall not be obstructed by Tenant or used for any purpose other than for ingress and egress from Tenant’s Premises. Under no circumstances is trash to be stored in the corridors. Notice must be given to Landlord for any large deliveries. Furniture, freight and other large or heavy articles, and all other deliveries may be brought into the Project only at times and in the manner designated by Landlord, and always at Tenant’s sole responsibility and risk. Landlord may impose reasonable charges for use of freight elevators after or before normal business hours. All damage done to the Project by moving or maintaining such furniture, freight or articles shall be repaired by Landlord at Tenant’s expense. Tenant shall not take or permit to be taken in or out of entrances or passenger elevators of the Project, any item normally taken, or which Landlord otherwise reasonably requires to be taken, in or out through service doors or on freight elevators. Tenant shall move all supplies, furniture and equipment as soon as received directly to the Premises, and shall move all waste that is at any time being taken from the Premises directly to the areas designated for disposal.

4. Toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than for which they were constructed and no foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown therein.

5. Tenant shall not overload the floor of the Premises or mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, ceilings or floor or in any way deface the Premises. Tenant shall not place typed, handwritten or computer generated signs in the corridors or any other common areas. Should there be a need for signage additional to the Project standard tenant placard, a written request shall be made to Landlord to obtain approval prior to any installation. All costs for said signage shall be Tenant’s responsibility.

6. In no event shall Tenant place a load upon any floor of the Premises or portion of any such flooring exceeding the floor load per square foot of area for which such floor is designed to carry and which is allowed by law, or any machinery or equipment which shall cause excessive vibration to the Premises or noticeable vibration to any other part of the Project. Prior to bringing any heavy safes, vaults, large computers or similarly heavy equipment into the Project, Tenant shall inform Landlord in writing of the dimensions and weights thereof and shall obtain Landlord’s consent thereto. Such consent shall not constitute a representation or warranty by Landlord that the safe, vault or other equipment complies, with regard to distribution of weight and/or vibration, with the provisions of this Rule 6 nor relieve Tenant from responsibility for the consequences of such noncompliance, and any such safe, vault or other equipment which Landlord determines to constitute a danger of damage to the Project or a nuisance to other tenants, either alone or in combination with other heavy and/or vibrating objects and equipment, shall be promptly removed by Tenant, at Tenant’s cost, upon Landlord’s written notice of such determination and demand for removal thereof.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-1-


7. Tenant shall not use or keep in the Premises or Project any kerosene, gasoline or inflammable, explosive or combustible fluid or material, or use any method of heating or air-conditioning other than that supplied by Landlord.

8. Tenant shall not lay linoleum, tile, carpet or other similar floor covering so that the same shall be affixed to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord.

9. Tenant shall not install or use any blinds, shades, awnings or screens in connection with any window or door of the Premises and shall not use any drape or window covering facing any exterior glass surface other than the standard drapes, blinds or other window covering established by Landlord.

10. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in obtaining maximum effectiveness of the cooling system by closing window coverings when the sun’s rays fall directly on windows of the Premises. Tenant shall not obstruct, alter, or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlord’s heating, ventilating and air-conditioning system. Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or control valves. Tenant shall participate in recycling programs undertaken by Landlord as part of Landlord’s sustainability practices including, without limitation, the sorting and separation of its trash and recycling into such categories as required by such sustainability practices.

11. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except as such storage may be incidental to the permitted use of the Premises. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, occupy or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used for the manufacture or sale of liquor or tobacco in any form, or a barber or manicure shop, or as an employment bureau. The Premises shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any improper, objectionable or immoral purpose. No auction shall be conducted on the Premises.

12. Tenant shall not make, or permit to be made, any unseemly or disturbing noises, or disturb or interfere with occupants of Project or neighboring buildings or premises or those having business with it by the use of any musical instrument, radio, phonographs or unusual noise, or in any other way.

13. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the Premises, and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant in the Premises, except that the preparation of coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar items for tenants, their employees and visitors shall be permitted. Notwithstanding the foregoing and if (and only if) bike racks are not provided by Landlord within the common areas of the Project, then Tenant may store bicycles in the first floor of the Premises only during normal business hours subject to Landlord’s reasonable security and safety requirements. Article 13 of the Lease shall apply to any such entry and storage of bicycles. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to be produced in or permeate from or throughout the Premises. The foregoing notwithstanding, Tenant shall have the right to use a microwave and to heat microwavable items typically heated in an office. No hot plates, toasters, toaster ovens or similar open element cooking apparatus shall be permitted in the Premises.

14. The sashes, sash doors, skylights, windows and doors that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways or other public places in the Project shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels or other articles be placed on the window sills. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in the Premises or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved in advance by Landlord.

15. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanisms thereof unless Landlord is first notified thereof, gives written approval, and is furnished a key therefor. Each tenant must, upon the termination of his tenancy, give to Landlord all keys and key cards of stores, offices, or toilets or toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay Landlord the cost of replacing the same or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to make such change. If more than two keys for one lock are

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-2-


desired, Landlord will provide them upon payment therefor by Tenant. Tenant shall not key or re-key any locks. All locks shall be keyed by Landlord’s locksmith only.

16. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord’s opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Project or its desirability as an office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from and discontinue such advertising.

17. Landlord reserves the right to control access to the Project by all persons after reasonable hours of generally recognized business days and at all hours on Sundays and legal holidays and may at all times control access to the equipment areas of the Project outside the Premises. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests after hours access and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to establish reasonable rules and charges pertaining to freight elevator usage, including the allocation and reservation of such usage for tenants’ initial move-in to their premises, and final departure therefrom. Landlord may also establish from time to time reasonable rules and charges for accessing the equipment areas of the Project, including the risers, rooftops and telephone closets.

18. Any person employed by any tenant to do janitorial work shall, while in the Project and outside of the Premises, be subject to and under the control and direction of the Office of the Project or its designated representative such as security personnel (but not as an agent or servant of Landlord, and the Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons).

19. All doors opening on to public corridors shall be kept closed, except when being used for ingress and egress. Tenant shall cooperate and comply with any reasonable safety or security programs, including fire drills and air raid drills, and the appointment of “fire wardens” developed by Landlord for the Project, or required by law. Before leaving the Premises unattended, Tenant shall close and securely lock all doors or other means of entry to the Premises and shut off all lights and water faucets in the Premises.

20. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the management office of the Project.

21. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Project are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

22. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenants in the Premises in settings approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or annoyance.

23. No air-conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall pay the cost of all electricity used for air-conditioning in the Premises if such electrical consumption exceeds normal office requirements, regardless of whether additional apparatus is installed pursuant to the preceding sentence.

24. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Project, either by any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

25. All electrical ceiling fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Project must be fluorescent and/or of a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 2  1 / 2 watts per net usable square foot in the Premises in respect of office lighting nor shall Tenant permit the consumption in the Premises of more than 1  1 / 2 watts per net usable square foot of space in the Premises in respect of the power outlets therein, at any one time. In the event that such limits are exceeded, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to remove lighting fixtures and equipment and/or to charge Tenant for the cost of the additional electricity consumed.

26. Parking.

(a) Subject to Landlord’s reasonable security requirements, repairs made by Landlord to the Project and Articles 16 and 18 of the Lease, Tenant shall have access to the

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-3-


Project parking facility twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week throughout the Term.

(b) Automobiles must be parked entirely within the stall lines on the floor.

(c) All directional signs and arrows must be observed.

(d) The speed limit shall be 5 miles per hour.

(e) Parking is prohibited in areas not striped for parking.

(f) Access cards or any other device or form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) shall remain the property of Landlord (or its operator). Such parking identification device (if any) must be displayed as requested and may not be mutilated in any manner. The serial number of the parking identification device may not be obliterated. Devices are not transferable or assignable and any device in the possession of an unauthorized holder will be void. There will be a replacement charge to the Tenant or person designated by Tenant of $30.00 for loss of any access card. There shall be a security deposit of $30.00 due at issuance for each card key issued to Tenant.

(g) Tenant may validate visitor parking by such method or methods as the Landlord may approve, at the validation rate from time to time generally applicable to visitor parking.

(h) Landlord (and its operator) may refuse to permit any person who violates the within rules to park in the Project parking facility, and any violation of the rules shall subject the automobile to removal from the Project parking facility at the parker’s expense. In either of said events, Landlord (or its operator) shall refund a prorata portion of the current monthly parking rate and the sticker or any other form of identification supplied by Landlord (or its operator) will be returned to Landlord (or its operator).

(i) Project parking facility managers or attendants are not authorized to make or allow any exceptions to these Rules and Regulations.

(j) All responsibility for any loss or damage to automobiles or any personal property therein is assumed by the parker.

(k) Loss or theft of parking identification devices from automobiles must be reported to the Project parking facility manager immediately, and a lost or stolen report must be filed by the parker at that time.

(l) The parking facilities are for the sole purpose of parking one automobile per space. Washing, waxing, cleaning or servicing of any vehicles by the parker or his agents is prohibited.

(m) Landlord (and its operator) reserves the right to refuse the issuance of monthly stickers or other parking identification devices to any Tenant and/or its employees who refuse to comply with the above Rules and Regulations and all City, State or Federal ordinances, laws or agreements.

(n) Tenant agrees to acquaint all employees with these Rules and Regulations.

(o) No vehicle shall be stored in the Project parking facility for a period of more than one (1) week.

27. The Project is a non-smoking Project. Smoking or carrying lighted cigars or cigarettes in the Premises or the Project, including the elevators in the Project, is prohibited.

28. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent (which consent may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s absolute discretion), allow any employee or agent to carry any type of gun or other firearm in or about any of the Premises or Project.

 

EXHIBIT “B”

-4-


EXHIBIT “C”

NOTICE OF TERM DATES

AND TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE

 

TO:  

 

   DATE:  

 

 

 

    
 

 

    

 

RE:   Lease dated                                                       , 20      , between                                                                                  
                                                                                    (“ Landlord ”), and                                                                          
                                                                                                                   (“ Tenant ”), concerning Suite              , located at
                                                                                                                                                                                             .                 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

In accordance with the Lease, Landlord wishes to advise and/or confirm the following:

1. That the Premises have been accepted herewith by the Tenant as being substantially complete in accordance with the Lease and that there is no deficiency in construction.

2. That the Tenant has taken possession of the Premises and acknowledges that under the provisions of the Lease the Term of said Lease shall commence as of                      for a term of                      ending on                      .

3. That in accordance with the Lease, Basic Rental commenced to accrue on                      .

4. If the Commencement Date of the Lease is other than the first day of the month, the first billing will contain a prorata adjustment. Each billing thereafter shall be for the full amount of the monthly installment as provided for in said Lease.

5. Rent is due and payable in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term of said Lease. Your rent checks should be made payable to                      at                                                                   .

6. The exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is                      square feet.

7. Tenant’s Proportionate Share, as adjusted based upon the exact number of rentable square feet within the Premises is              %.

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

TENANT:

 

 

  ,
a  

 

 
By:  

 

 
  Its:  

 

 

EXHIBIT ONLY

***DO NOT SIGN***

 

EXHIBIT “C”

-1-


EXHIBIT “D”

TENANT WORK LETTER

[VITAL THERAPIES, INC.]

This Tenant Work Letter shall set forth the terms and conditions relating to the renovation of the tenant improvements in the Premises. This Tenant Work Letter is essentially organized chronologically and addresses the issues of the renovation of the Premises, in sequence, as such issues will arise.

SECTION 1

LANDLORD’S INITIAL CONSTRUCTION IN THE PREMISES

Landlord has constructed, at its sole cost and expense, the base, shell and core (i) of the Premises, and (ii) of the floor of the Project on which the Premises is located (collectively, the “ Base, Shell and Core ”). Tenant has inspected and hereby approves the condition of the Premises and Base, Shell and Core, and agrees that, subject to construction of the Improvements, the Premises and the Base, Shell and Core shall be delivered to Tenant in its current “as-is” condition. The improvements to be initially installed in the Premises shall be designed and constructed pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter. Any costs of initial design and construction of any improvements to the Premises shall be an “Improvement Allowance Item”, as that term is defined in Section 2.2 of this Tenant Work Letter.

SECTION 2

IMPROVEMENTS

2.1 Improvement Allowance . Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time improvement allowance (the “ Improvement Allowance ”) in the amount of $477,950.00 (based on $25.00 per rentable square foot of the Premises) for the costs relating to the initial design and construction of Tenant’s improvements which are permanently affixed to the Premises (the “ Improvements ”) and the other Improvement Allowance Items described in Section 2.2 below. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to make disbursements pursuant to this Tenant Work Letter in a total amount which exceeds the Improvement Allowance and in no event shall Tenant be entitled to any credit for any unused portion of the Improvement Allowance not used by Tenant by the date which is sixty (60) days after the Commencement Date.

2.2 Disbursement of the Improvement Allowance . Except as otherwise set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, the Improvement Allowance shall be disbursed by Landlord (each of which disbursements shall be made pursuant to Landlord’s disbursement process) for costs related to the construction of the Improvements and for the following items and costs (collectively, the “ Improvement Allowance Items ”): (i) payment of the fees of the “Architect” and the “Engineers,” as those terms are defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter, and payment of the fees incurred by, and the cost of documents and materials supplied by, Landlord and Landlord’s consultants in connection with the preparation and review of the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in Section 3.1 of this Tenant Work Letter; (ii) the cost of permits; (iii) the cost of any changes in the Base, Shell and Core required by the Construction Drawings; (iv) the cost of any changes to the Construction Drawings or Improvements required by applicable building codes (the “ Code ”); and (v) the “Landlord Coordination Fee”, as that term is defined in Section 4.3.2 of this Tenant Work Letter. However, in no event shall more than Three and 00/100 Dollars ($3.00) per usable square foot of the Improvement Allowance be used for the aggregate cost of items described in (i) and (ii) above; any additional amount incurred as a result of (i) and (ii) above shall be paid for by Tenant as part of the Over-Allowance Amount.

2.3 Standard Improvement Package . Landlord has established specifications (the “ Specifications ”) for the Project standard components to be used in the construction of the Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “ Standard Improvement Package ”), which Specifications are available upon request. The quality of Improvements shall be equal to or of

 

EXHIBIT “D”

-1-


greater quality than the quality of the Specifications, provided that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, require the Improvements to comply with certain Specifications.

SECTION 3

CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS

3.1 Selection of Architect/Construction Drawings . Landlord shall retain an architect/space planner designated by Landlord (the “ Architect ”) to prepare the “Construction Drawings,” as that term is defined in this Section 3.1. Landlord shall also retain the engineering consultants designated by Landlord (the “ Engineers ”) to prepare all plans and engineering working drawings relating to the structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing, HVAC and life safety work of the Tenant Improvements. The plans and drawings to be prepared by Architect and the Engineers hereunder shall be known collectively as the “ Construction Drawings .” All Construction Drawings shall comply with the drawing format and specifications as reasonably determined by Landlord, and shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval. Landlord’s review of the Construction Drawings as set forth in this Section 3, shall be for its sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, or obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, Code compliance or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Construction Drawings are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect, engineers and consultants, and notwithstanding any advice or assistance which may be rendered to Tenant by Landlord or Landlord’s space planner, architect, engineers, and consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Construction Drawings.

3.2 Final Space Plan . Tenant and the Architect have prepared the final space plan for Improvements in the Premises (collectively, the “ Final Space Plan ”), which Final Space Plan is attached hereto as Schedule 1 and has been approved by Landlord and Tenant.

3.3 Final Working Drawings . Based on the Final Space Plan, Landlord shall cause the Architect and the Engineers to complete the architectural and engineering drawings for the Premises, and the final architectural working drawings in a form which is complete to allow subcontractors to bid on the work and to obtain all applicable permits (collectively, the “ Final Working Drawings ”) and shall submit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s approval. Upon Landlord’s approval of Final Working Drawings, Landlord shall submit the Final Working Drawings to Tenant for Tenant’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall approve or disapprove any draft of Final Working Drawings within three (3) business days after Tenant’s receipt thereof. Tenant’s disapproval of Final Working Drawings shall include the reasonable reasons for Tenant’s disapproval. If Tenant fails to disapprove any draft of Final Working Drawings by written notice to Landlord within said three (3) business day period, said draft of Final Working Drawings shall be deemed to be approved by Tenant.

3.4 Permits . The Final Working Drawings shall be approved or deemed approved by Tenant (the “ Approved Working Drawings ”) prior to the commencement of the construction of the Improvements. Landlord shall cause the Architect to immediately submit the Approved Working Drawings to the appropriate municipal authorities for all applicable building permits necessary to allow “Contractor,” as that term is defined in Section 4.1, below, to commence and fully complete the construction of the Improvements (the “ Permits ”). No changes, modifications or alterations in the Approved Working Drawings may be made without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3.5 Time Deadlines . Tenant shall use its best efforts and all due diligence to cooperate with the Architect, the Engineers, and Landlord to complete all phases of the Construction Drawings and the permitting process and to receive the permits, and with Contractor for approval of the “Cost Proposal,” as that term is defined in Section 4.2 of this Tenant Work Letter, as soon as possible after the execution of the Lease, and, in that regard, shall meet with Landlord on a scheduled basis to be determined by Landlord, to discuss Tenant’s progress in connection with the same. The applicable dates for approval of items, plans and drawings as described in this Section 3, Section 4 below may be referenced to herein as the “ Time Deadlines ”.

 

EXHIBIT “D”

-2-


SECTION 4

CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

4.1 Contractor . The contractor which shall construct the Improvements shall be a contractor designated by Landlord. The contractor selected may be referred to herein as the “ Contractor ”.

4.2 Cost Proposal . After the Approved Working Drawings are signed by Landlord and Tenant, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a cost proposal in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings, which cost proposal shall include, as nearly as possible, the cost of all Improvement Allowance Items to be incurred by Tenant in connection with the construction of the Improvements (the “ Cost Proposal ”). Tenant shall approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord within three (3) business days of the receipt of the same, and upon receipt of the same by Landlord, Landlord shall be released by Tenant to purchase the items set forth in the Cost Proposal and to commence the construction relating to such items. The date by which Tenant must approve and deliver the Cost Proposal to Landlord shall be known hereafter as the “ Cost Proposal Delivery Date .”

4.3 Construction of Improvements by Contractor under the Coordination of Landlord .

4.3.1 Over-Allowance Amount . On the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord an amount (the “ Over-Allowance Amount ”) equal to the difference between (i) the amount of the Cost Proposal and (ii) the amount of the Improvement Allowance (less any portion thereof already disbursed by Landlord, or in the process of being disbursed by Landlord, on or before the Cost Proposal Delivery Date). The Over-Allowance Amount shall be disbursed by Landlord prior to the disbursement of any then remaining portion of the Improvement Allowance, and such disbursement shall be pursuant to the same procedure as the Improvement Allowance. In the event that, after the Cost Proposal Delivery Date, any revisions, changes, or substitutions shall be made to the Construction Drawings or the Improvements, any additional costs which arise in connection with such revisions, changes or substitutions or any other additional costs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord immediately upon Landlord’s request as an addition to the Over-Allowance Amount.

4.3.2 Landlord’s Retention of Contractor . Landlord shall independently retain Contractor, on behalf of Tenant, to construct the Improvements in accordance with the Approved Working Drawings and the Cost Proposal and Landlord shall coordinate the construction by Contractor, and Tenant shall pay a construction coordination fee (the “ Landlord Coordination Fee ”) to Landlord in an amount equal to the product of (i) five percent (5%) and (ii) an amount equal to the Improvement Allowance plus the Over-Allowance Amount (as such Over-Allowance Amount may increase pursuant to the terms of this Tenant Work Letter).

SECTION 5

COMPLETION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS

5.1 Substantial Completion . For purposes of this Lease, “ Substantial Completion ” of the Improvements in the Premises shall occur upon the completion of construction of the Improvements in the Premises pursuant to the Approved Working Drawings, with the exception of any punch list items and any tenant fixtures, work-stations, built-in furniture, or equipment to be installed by Tenant.

5.2 Delay of the Substantial Completion of the Premises . Except as provided in this Section 5, the Commencement Date and Tenant’s obligation to pay rent for the Premises shall occur as set forth in the Lease. However, if there shall be a delay or there are delays in the Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the Premises as a result of the following (collectively, “ Tenant Delays ”):

5.2.1 Tenant’s failure to comply with the Time Deadlines;

 

EXHIBIT “D”

-3-


5.2.2 Tenant’s failure to timely approve or not approve (stating the reasons therefor) any matter requiring Tenant’s approval;

5.2.3 A breach by Tenant of the terms of this Tenant Work Letter or the Lease;

5.2.4 Changes in any of the Construction Drawings after disapproval of the same by Landlord or because the same do not comply with Code or other applicable laws;

5.2.5 Tenant’s request for changes in the Approved Working Drawings;

5.2.6 Tenant’s requirement for materials, components, finishes or improvements which are not available in a commercially reasonable time given the anticipated date of Substantial Completion of the Improvements in the Premises, and which are different from, and not included in, the Standard Improvement Package;

5.2.7 Changes to the Base, Shell and Core required by the Approved Working Drawings; or

5.2.8 Any other acts or omissions of Tenant, or its agents, or employees;

then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease or this Tenant Work Letter and regardless of the actual date of the Substantial Completion of Improvements in the Premises, the date of Substantial Completion thereof shall be deemed to be the date that Substantial Completion would have occurred if no Tenant Delay or Delays, as set forth above, had occurred.

SECTION 6

MISCELLANEOUS

6.1 Tenant’s Representative . Tenant has designated Aron Stern as its sole representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Landlord, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Tenant as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.2 Landlord’s Representative . Prior to commencement of construction of Improvements, Landlord shall designate a representative with respect to the matters set forth in this Tenant Work Letter, who, until further notice to Tenant, shall have full authority and responsibility to act on behalf of the Landlord as required in this Tenant Work Letter.

6.3 Time of the Essence in This Tenant Work Letter . Unless otherwise indicated, all references herein to a “number of days” shall mean and refer to calendar days.

 

EXHIBIT “D”

-4-


SCHEDULE 1

FINAL SPACE PLANS

 

LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 1

-1-


 

LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 1

-2-


EXHIBIT “E”

LETTER OF CREDIT

Arden Realty Limited Partnership

c/o General Electric Capital Corporation

14951 Dallas Parkway, Suite #600

Dallas, TX 75254

ATTN: Letter of Credit Department

 

RE: Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.                      for U.S. $                     

Ladies and Gentlemen:

We hereby issue our irrevocable Letter of Credit No.                      in favor of ARDEN REALTY LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a Maryland limited partnership (“Beneficiary”), for the account of                                          , a                      .

We undertake to honor from time to time your draft or drafts at sight on us not exceeding in the aggregate              U.S. Dollars (U.S. $              ). All drafts hereunder must be marked “Drawn under Irrevocable Letter of Credit No.                  , dated              , 20      .”

Presentation of drafts drawn hereunder may be made at any time on or before the expiration date hereof at our offices located at                                          . Presentation on or before noon of any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which all commercial banks in (city), (state) are authorized or required to be closed (“Banking Day”) shall result in payment to Beneficiary on the same date. Drafts presented after noon on any Banking Day shall result in payment to Beneficiary on the next Banking Day. We hereby waive any right that we may otherwise have to delay payment to a later date. If the expiration date is not a Banking Day, drafts presented on the first following Banking Day shall be deemed timely. Any notice of dishonor must be given within the applicable time period set forth above for payment.

Partial drawings are permitted, and this Letter of Credit shall, except to the extent reduced thereby, survive any partial drawings.

This Letter of Credit is valid through and including                      , 20      .

It is a condition of this Letter of Credit that it shall be automatically renewed for successive terms of one (1) year from the above-stated or any future expiration date, which shall become effective without amendment unless Beneficiary receives, not less than sixty (60) days before the above-stated or any future expiration date, written notice from us (in the manner below provided) that we have elected not to renew this Letter of Credit for any such additional term. If Beneficiary receives such notice of non-renewal from us, then Beneficiary may at any time prior to the then current expiration date hereof present its draft for payment hereunder.

Any notice to Beneficiary in connection with this Letter of Credit shall be in writing and shall be delivered in hand with receipt acknowledged, or by certified mail (return receipt requested), to Arden Realty Limited Partnership, c/o General Electric Capital Corporation, 14951 Dallas Parkway, Suite #600, Dallas, TX 75254, ATTN: Letter of Credit Department (or to such other address for any such notices which Beneficiary may hereafter specify) in a written notice delivered to the undersigned.

We agree that we shall have no duty or right to inquire as to the basis upon which Beneficiary has determined to present to us any draft under this Letter of Credit. We hereby waive any defense based upon any allegation of fraud.

 

EXHIBIT “E”

-1-


We shall not be required or entitled to inquire as to the authority of the person signing any draft or other instrument contemplated hereunder on behalf of Beneficiary, and we shall accept such signature as conclusive evidence of authority.

This Letter of Credit is transferable in its entirety and not in part to any transferee. Upon any such transfer, all references herein to the beneficiary shall be automatically changed to such transferee, and draft(s) may be issued by such transferee rather than the beneficiary.

This irrevocable Letter of Credit is subject to the International Standby Practices 1998 (“ISP98”), International Chamber of Commerce Publication 590 and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the Uniform Commercial Code of the State of                      .

All of the terms and conditions of this Letter of Credit are contained herein and shall not be altered except by reduction in the amount due to corresponding payments in like amount in compliance with the aforementioned terms. Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, there are no conditions to this Letter of Credit.

 

Very truly yours,
By:  

 

Title:  

 

 

EXHIBIT “E”

-2-

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of the Registrant

Set forth below is a list of subsidiaries of the Registrant. All of the subsidiaries listed below are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Vital Therapies, Inc. and are owned directly by Vital Therapies, Inc.

 

Subsidiary

   Jurisdiction of
Formation

Vital Therapies (Beijing) Co. Ltd.

   China

Vital Therapies Ltd.

   United Kingdom

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Vital Therapies, Inc. of our report dated July 22, 2013 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Vital Therapies, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Diego, California

October 11, 2013

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Vital Therapies, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated July 16, 2009 (July 22, 2013 as to the effect of the May 2011 and March 2012 stock splits described in Note 1) relating to our audit of the consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows of Vital Therapies, Inc. (a development stage enterprise) for the period from May 23, 2003 (Inception) to December 31, 2008.

We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ HEIN  & ASSOCIATES LLP

Irvine, California

October 11, 2013